Calander University of Peshawar

THE CALENDAR OF
UNIVERSITY OF PESHAWAR 2000.
CONTENTS Page No.

1. Preface
2. Introduction
PART - I
ACTS AND ORDINANCES
i) The University of Peshawar Act-1950. 1

ii) Darul-ulum-Islamia Sarhad Peshawar (Trustees Act, 1954). 23
iii) The West Pakistan (University of Peshawar) Ordinance XXIII of 1961. 36
iv) University of Peshawar (Employees Efficiency & Discipline) Ordinance 1961. 67
v) The West Pakistan Universities (Amendment) Ordinance No. XL of 1962. 77
vi) The West Pakistan Universities Removal of Un-desirable Government Servants
Ordinance No. XX of 1962. 80
vii) The West Pakistan Universities (Amendment) Ordinance, 1964. 81
viii) University of Peshawar Employees Residence Ordinance, 1973. 82
ix) The University of Peshawar Act 1974 (NWFP Act No. II of 1974). 87
x) The NWFP Universities (Amendment) Act 1985 (NWFP Act No. VII of 1985). 125
xi) NWFP Universities (Amendment) Ordinance No. III of 1992. 127
xii) The NWFP Conduct of Examinations (Eradication of Malpractice)
Ordinance 1995 (NWFP Ordinance No. III of 1995). 129
PART - II
CONSTITUTIONS
Statutes
i) The University of Peshawar Service Statutes, 1977. 134

ii) The University of Peshawar Efficiency and Discipline Statutes, 1977. 147
iii) The University of Peshawar Service Pension Statutes. 153
iv) Pension and Retirement benefits under Revised BPS Scheme, 1994. 160
v) The University of Peshawar General Provident Fund Statutes, 1977. 161
vi) The University of Peshawar Employees Welfare Fund Statutes, 1971. 165
vii) The University of Peshawar Benevolent Fund Statutes, 1974. 175
viii) Statutes Relating to the Constitution of the Quaid-e-Azam Foundation, University of Peshawar. 181
ix) Form and Manner for maintenance of University Accounts. 184
x) Statutes Relating to Audit of accounts of the University. 188
xi) Statutes Relating to maintenance of the Register for Registered Graduates. 189
xii) The University of Peshawar Election Statutes. 192
xiii) Statutes Relating to Conferment of Title of Emeritus Professor. 209
xiv) University of Peshawar Teachers National Scales of Pay Statutes, 1975. 211
xv) University of Peshawar Teachers National Pay Scales (Amendment) Statutes, 1977. 232
xvi) The University of Peshawar (School Teachers) National Scales of Pay Statutes, 1976. 235
xvii) The University of Peshawar Employees (School Teachers)
National Scales of Pay (Amendment) Statutes, 1977. 248
xviii) The University of Peshawar (Administrative Staff) Pay Revised Statutes, 1976. 252
xix) The University of Peshawar Employees (Administrative Staff)
Pay Revised (Amendment) Statutes, 1977. 285
xx) Class-III & Class-IV Employees National Scales of Pay Statutes, 1972. 289
xxi) University of Peshawar Employees (Class-III & IV) NPS (Amendment) Statutes, 1977. 310
xxii) Revised National Scales of Pay Statutes, 1981. 313
xxiii) Basic Pay Scales Scheme, 1983. 316
xxiv) Basic Pay Scales Scheme, 1987. 329
xxv) Basic Pay Scales Scheme, 1991 (1-15) 333
xxvi) Basic Pay Scales Scheme,1991 (16-22) 336
xxvii) Basic Pay Scales Scheme, 1994. 339
PART - III
RULES AND REGULATIONS
i) The University of Peshawar Leave Rules 1977. 344

ii) The University of Peshawar amendment in Study Leave Rules. 358
iii) The University of Peshawar Employees Residence Rules 1992. 360
iv) University of Peshawar Employees
Requisitioning of House and House Subsidy Rules 1981-1991,1992 and 1994. 365
v) The University of Peshawar Library Rules. 372
vi) Rules Relating to Change of subject and Adjustment/Refund of Fee. 374
vii) Admission Regulations for M.A./M.Sc. Classes 1975. 375
viii) Regulations for University Register of Students. 382
ix) Students Conduct and Discipline Regulations. 385
x) Hostel Rules Regulations 1989-90 onward. 393
xi) Regulations for Social Work. 406
xii) Regulations for award of Scholarships and Freeships etc. 409
xiii) Regulations Relating to the Convocation of the University. 413
xiv) Rules Relating to Admission to Degrees. 417
xv) Honorary Degree. 419
xvi) Form of Academical Costumes. 420
xvii) Rules for Correction in Date of Birth. 423
xviii) Regulations Relating to M.Phil. Degree. 425
xix) Regulations Relating to Ph.D. Degree. 436
xx) Procedure for Private Candidates. 447
xxi) Examinations of the University of Peshawar. 448
xxii) The Conduct of Examinations. 452
xxiii) Appointment, Duties and Remuneration of Examiners and Scrutineers. 457
xxiv) Rules - Relating to the Duties of
Superintendents/Supervisory Staff, Members of the Examinations Centre. 462
xxv) Regulations for Affiliation of Educational Institutions to the University of Peshawar. 490
xxvi) Rules for the Affiliation of Educational Institutions in
Private Sector to the University of Peshawar. 498
xxvii) Rules of Business of the Senate, University of Peshawar. 507
xxviii) Rules of Business of the Syndicate, University of Peshawar. 510
xxix) Rules of Business of Academic Council, University of Peshawar. 512
xxx) Transport Rules, 1992. 514
PART - IV
PROCEDURE AND GENERAL
i) The University of Peshawar Terms and Vacations. 524

ii) List of Recognized Degree, Diploma, Certificate and their Equivalence. 526
iii) University Officers Since Inception. 558
iv) Emeritus Professors. 561
v) Seniority List of Administrative Officers of the University of Peshawar. 562
INTRODUCTION
The University of Peshawar is the fulfillment of a dream which had long remained unrealized. The
first seeds of the University were sown by Sahibzada Sir Abdul Qaiyum, a far-sighted son of the soil, who boldly
conceived the idea and founded Islamia College, the Dar-ul-Uloom, almost at the entrance of the historic Khyber Pass.
The fascinating story of Islamia College first related in 1922 by Henry Martin, a renowned scholar
and an eminent principal of the College, even today possesses a charm and a romance all its own and is well worth
repeating.
Says Henry Martin in 1922:
"There is a certain romance about the Peshawar Islamia College due, not to antiquity (for the college
is only nine years old) but to situation. It stands at the extreme western edge of the Peshawar plain, only six miles from
the entrance of the Khyber Pass. The founders who pushed it out there close to the Frontier, as an outpost of civilization
and culture, had a line imagination. It stands there, alone and unafraid, right up against the wild hills of Afghanistan, a
symbol and a challenge. It brown towers and the graceful white domes and minaret of its mosque are the first notable
sight that greets the eyes of the traveller from Afghanistan and Central Asia as he enters India (now Pakistan) by the
Grand Trunk Road. After leaving Jamrud, he travels for six miles through a parched and arid land, and then comes
suddenly upon a veritable oasis in the desert, 250 acres of grassy fields and green lawns, avenues of trees and gardens
of flowers. It is wonderful how great a transformation has been brought about by devoted workers in so short a time.
Nine years ago this place was a desert: now it is a garden. And the transformation is a parable, a prophecy of the change
which the civilizing influence of this `home of learning should bring about in a wild people. In the words of an old
prophet!
The wilderness and the solitary place shall be glad for them. And the desert shall rejoice and blossom as a rose.
"The civilizing influence of education will slowly but surely spread from this centre. Students come
to the School and College, not only from the North-West Frontier Province proper but also from the trans-border tribes
and agencies, from Malakand, the Swat Valley and Chitral, from the Afridis of the Khyber, the Waziris of Tochi, the
Mahsuds of Wana, the Turis of the Kurram Valley and the Afridis of the Kohat Pass. When these young Pathans after
years of school and college life return to their tribes, they cannot help taking back with them something of what they
have learnt, becoming even if unconsciously, missionaries of civilization and culture".
"Though there is no romance of antiquity about the Islamia College itself, there certainly is about its
site. Just before the visitor from Peshawar reaches the College, he will see at his right hand, within the eastern
boundary of the College compound, two mounds - one near the road, and the other a few hundred yards to the north.
These were opened (not very scientifically, I fear) some years ago, and the excavations revealed the base of an ancient
Buddhist Stupa, the ruins of a temple and the foundations of monastic cells. Many images of Buddha, stone carvings,
coins and other relics were taken out. Archaeologists conclude that a Buddhist monastery flourished here about the year
200 A.D. or even earlier, perhaps as far back as the reign of the great Buddhist king, Kanishkha, of the Kushan dynasty,
whose capital was Parushphura, i.e. Peshawar. Here, in those ancient days, Buddhist monks studied the learning of the
time, and taught their pupils the mysteries of the four Aryassatani or Noble Thanks, the twelve Niadanas or Causes,
Karma and Nirvana. This very site, then, now occupied by a modern Muslim College teaching western science and
islamic theology was dedicated to religious education over seventeen centuries ago. The site itself is Dar-ul-Uloom, a
`Home of Learning'".
"Such is the romance of the Islamia College. But the romance is not always, perhaps not often,
comfortable. The clouds in the west, when the sun sinks in purple and gold, are gorgeous to look at from a distance, but
they would make but damp and cheerless dwelling-places".
"The workers in the Islamia College have much that is uncomfortable to put up with, inconvenience,
loneliness, isolation, possibly even danger. The romance, however, should help towards the endurance of the petty
discomforts and vexations of every-day life and work, when it brings to mind the meaning of it all, the noble object of
the work, and the possibilities of the future. As to danger, probably there is in reality none. There have been raids all
rounds the college, and many times the students have stood on the roofs of the hostels watching the flashes and
listening to the rattle of musketry in villages only few miles away. But in all the years of its existence, no raid was ever
made upon the Islamia College itself. It has no defences, no boundary wall, no barbed wire entanglements, no fortress,
only thirty armed chowkidars scattered over the large area of its compound at night. But it is protected by an invisible
wall, a wall of sentiments. The Khyber Afridis look upon it as their College, and hold it sacrosanct. Whatever else he is,
the Afridi raider is a staunch Massalman, and would regard an attack on his Massalman College as sacrilege".
"Its buildings are not so magnificent as those of Cordova, but Cordova belongs to the past and is
dead. The Islamia College has the future, and lives. The official name of the institution - "Dar-ul-Uloom" the `Home of
Learning', is a prophecy, or at least a hope. Whatever it is now, this college is to be the `Home of learning' in a province
educationally backward, and within a few miles of people but partially civilized".
Twenty-five years later, in April 1948, Quaid-e-Azam Muhammad Ali Jinnah, the Founder of
Pakistan, within a few months after the emergence of Pakistan as a sovereign independent State, visited Islamia College
and promised a University to this region in the following memorable words:
"Let me tell you that nothing is dearer to my heart than to have a University in the North-West Frontier Province from
where rays of learning and culture will spread throughout Central Asia; and provided you go the right way about it, you
will get your University sooner than you can imagine".
And a year later in 1949 the then Chief Minister Khan Abdul Qaiyum Khan made up his mind to set
up the University. A Committee consisting of the following was appointed, with the Education Minister, Mian Jaffar
Shah as its Chairman:
1. Mr. M. Ahmad, Chief Secretary to Government, NWFP.

2. Mr. Muhammad Aslam Khan Khattak, D.P.I., NWFP.
3. Mr. Ghulam Ishaq Khan, Secretary, Development Department, NWFP.
4. Ch. Mohammad Ali, Advocate General, NWFP.
5. Sh. Abdul Jalil, Finance Secretary, NWFP.
6. K.B. Shah Alam Khan, Retired D.P.I., NWFP.
7. Mr. A.C.T. Brotherton, Principal, Islamia College, Peshawar.
8. Canon R.H. Noble, Principal, Edwards College, Peshawar.
9. Mr. Abdul Hashim Khan, acted as secretary of the committee.
The committee drew up a five-year plan and decided that the University should be residential and
teaching, with affiliations, and that the following departments for postgraduate students should be opened:
Economics, English, Mathematics, History, Political Science, Urdu, Physics, Chemistry, Botany, Zoology, Education,
Law, Engineering (Electrical and Mechanical), and Agriculture with special emphasis on fruit technology and
sugarcane.
It was the ardent desire of the founders of the University that is should be placed on a sound and
scientific basis from its very inception and that it should develop into a first-rate institution. A detailed plan was
formulated and the University bill was drafted and scrutinised by the legislative Department of the Province. The
Advocate General, Ch. Mohammad Ali, discussed it with the Minister of Law and Education, Government of Pakistan;
the bill was then moved in the Provincial Legislative Assembly and adopted. The Provincial Government allocated
Rs.2,89,500 as a recurring grant and Rs.7,50,000 as a non recurring grant for the University in the first year. The
estimates of the five-year plan submitted to the Central Government amounted to Rs.74,95,000 as the capital
expenditure and a recurring expenditure of Rs.2,89,500 in the first year, rising to Rs.6,10,160 in the fifth year.
A six-year development plan was prepared in 1951. The plan envisaged construction of residential
and non-residential buildings and the setting up of departments of Sciences and Humanities, and Colleges in
professional subjects, e.g. Agriculture and Engineering, etc. Following the instructions issued by the Planning Board
(now Planning Commission), the University then prepared its First Five-Year Plan.
Education is essential to the progress of the country in all fields of life; needs no affirmation.
Education is the cornerstone upon which the foundation of a country's development is laid. No other developing nation
has realized the importance of education for the progress of the country so much as Pakistan has, and its stupendous
economic progress is tangible proof of this.
This University is responsible for providing skilled manpower to handle various industries of the
region. The Government has an ambitious programme of uplift of the people of the country. Until the University is
ready to produce the requisite skills the development plans cannot be implemented.
In order to achieve the above goals, the University of Peshawar with the kind help and assistance of
the Government (both Provincial and Federal) opened a number of postgraduate departments/colleges to impart
instruction to residents of this part of the country.
Growing from a "three-classroom campus: in 1950 to a full-fledged institution spreading over a

campus of 1050 acres and embracing Centers of Excellence, an Academy of Pashto Language and Literature, a Khushal
Khan Khattak Research Cell and a Islamic Research Centre, Ph.D., M.Phil., M.A. and M.Sc. courses, Professional
Colleges and Faculties, Colleges of Arts and Science, Diploma and Certificate level courses, and three Schools, the
University has now completed 45 years of its life.
The Campus of the University of Peshawar is the only place in Pakistan where educational facilities
exist from Nursery class to Ph.D. in almost all essential fields of the Natural, Physical and Social Sciences and
professional courses in Commerce, Law, Home-Economics and Education.
The subjects of Geology and Chemistry, having immediate and direct relationship with the
development needs of the country, were developed in the Centers of Excellence. Besides Area Study Centre (Central
Asia) and Pakistan Study Centre were also set up on the campus. These Centres are governed by respective Board of
Governors under overall control of the University Grants Commission and the Federal Government.
In order to provide instructional programmes and healthy entertainment to students of the University,
an auditorium, gymnasium and squash complex with swimming pools have also been constructed on the University
campus. In addition to above, 7 hostels for boys and three for girl students of Postgraduate Departments and
Constituent Colleges have been constructed, which are fully equipped with all modern facilities.
Stipends are also awarded to talented students. Provision for the award of scholarships to poor and
destitute students also exists in the University Budget. The facilities of Loan and Qurz-e-Hasna are also available.
Scholarships for high studies abroad leading to Ph.D. degrees are awarded on the basis of best performance in the
examination at Postgraduate level.
There are several factors which have contributed to the high reputation of the University of Peshawar.
It is situated at the entrance of the famous historical Khyber Pass., inhabited by the brave and fearless tribes - the sword
arm of Pakistan. The magnificent and systematic layout, a series of well-planned buildings of most modern pattern, and
above all, its bracing climate have further added to the charm of the University. Not only do these obvious factors speak
for the conspicuous position of this University, but the opening of almost all the important departments of teaching
which conform to the modern needs, have also achieved a place of respect for this institution.
The University of Peshawar has justifiably attained the position of being one of the most significant
Universities in the East.
PART - I
ACTS
&
ORDINANCES
THE UNIVERSITY OF PESHAWAR ACT, 1950
(Received the assent of the Governor, North-West Frontier Province, on the 16th March, 1950).
(as amended by "The Peshawar University Amendment Acts - "Act No. XXXI of 1950, Act No. V of
1951, Act No. II of 1952 and Act No. XI of 1953", and by "The University of Peshawar (Amendment) Acts - Act No.
XV of 1954 and Act No. I of 1955").
___________________________________
AN ACT
to establish and incorporate a University in North-
West Frontier Province, to be known as the
"University of Peshawar"
Preamble -
WHEREAS it is expedient to establish and incorporate a residential teaching and affiliating

University at Peshawar, to be known as "The University of Peshawar" it is hereby enacted as follows:-
Short title, extent, and commencement

1. This Act may be called the University of Peshawar Act, 1950.1
2. Territorial exercise of powers - The territorial limits within which the University shall exercise
powers conferred upon it by this Act and the Statutes, shall comprise the whole of the North-West Frontier Province,
Tribal Territories, States or territories beyond the administrative border of the Province as may apply to the University
for exercise of its powers therein.
3. This Act shall come into force on such dates the Provincial Government may, by notification in the
official Gazette, appoint in this behalf.
4. Definitions:
In this Act, unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context:-
(a) "College" means an institution maintained by or admitted to the privileges of the University
in accordance with the provisions of this Act, and the Statute thereunder;
(b) "Academic Council" means the Academic Council of the University;
(c) "Faculty" means a Faculty of the University;
(d) "Fellow" means an ex-officio or an ordinary member of the Senate of the University
appointed under the provisions of this Act;
(e) "Hall" means a unit of residence for students of the University maintained or recognized by
the University;
(f) "Headmaster" means the head of a High school recognised for the purposes of this Act;
(g) "High school" means an educational institution preparing candidates for the Matriculation
examination of the University in accordance with the conditions laid down in the Statutes, Ordinances and Regulations;
(h) "Principal" means the head of a Degree College;
(i) "Recognised Teacher" means a person recognised by the University as such in accordance
with the conditions laid down by the Statutes, Ordinances and Regulations;
(j) "Registered Graduate" means a graduate registered under the provisions of this Act;
(k) "Senate" means Senate of the University;
(l) "Statutes," "Ordinances" and "Regulations" means respectively the Statutes, Ordinances and
Regulations of the University made under this Act and for the time being enforce;
(m) "Syndicate" means the Syndicate of the University;
(n) "University" means the University of Peshawar;
(o) "University Department" means any Collegiate institution or post-graduate research

department maintained or recognised by the University; and
(p) "University Teacher" means a person appointed by the University as a Professor, Reader, or
a Lecturer in accordance with the conditions laid down in the Statutes, Ordinances and Regulations;
(q) "Board of Trustees" means the Board of Trustees constituted under section 3 of the Darul-
Ulum-i-Islamia-i-Sarhad, Peshawar (Trustees) Act, 1954.
5. The University Incorporation:
(1) The first Chancellor, and Vice-Chancellor of the University and the first members of the
Senate, and of the Syndicate and of the Academic Council of the University, and all persons who may hereafter become
such officers and members, so long as they continue to hold such office or membership are hereby constituted a body
incorporate by the name of the University of Peshawar.
(2) The University shall have a perpetual succession and a common seal and shall use and be
used by the said name.
(3) The University shall be competent to acquire and hold property both movable and
immovable, to lease, sell or otherwise transfer, any movable and immovable property which may have become vested
in its, for the purposes of the University and to contract and do all other things necessary for the purpose of this Act.
6. Powers of the University:

Subject to such conditions as may be prescribed by or under the provisions of this Act, the University
shall have the following powers:-
(1) to provide for instruction in such branches of learning as the University may think fit, and to make
provisions for research and for the advancement and dissemination of knowledge and especially for technical and
vocational education.
(2) to hold examinations, confer degrees and such diplomas, certificates, licenses, titles and marks of
honour on persons who -
(a) have pursued a course of study in the University or in a college affiliated thereto and have
passed the examination of the University under conditions laid down in the Statutes and Ordinances.
(b) are teachers in recognized educational institutions under conditions laid down int he
Ordinances and Regulations and have passed examinations of the University under like conditions.
(3) to confer degrees and other academic distinctions on persons who have carried on independent
research under conditions laid down in the Ordinances.
(4) to confer honorary degrees or other academic distinctions on persons approved by the Senate in the
manner prescribed in the Statutes.
(5) to provide such lectures and instructions for, and to grant under conditions laid down in the
Ordinances, such diplomas to persons not being enrolled students of the University or of a college affiliated to the
University as the University may determine.
(6) to admit colleges to the privileges of the University and to recognize "Halls" under conditions which
may be prescribed in the Statutes or Ordinances.
(7) to inspect colleges and halls.
(8) to co-operate with other Universities and authorities in such manner and for such purposes as the
University may determine,
(9) to institute Professorships, Readerships, lecturerships and any other teaching posts required by the
University and to appoint persons to such posts.
(10) to recognize teachers as qualified to give instruction in colleges.
(11) to institute and award Fellowships, Scholarships Exhibitions, Bursaries, Medals and other rewards in
accordance with conditions prescribed in the Statutes.
(12) to institute, maintain and manage colleges and halls in the manner prescribed in the Statutes or
Ordinances,
(13) to demand and to receive such fees and other charges as may be prescribed in the Statutes and
Ordinances,
(14) to supervise and to control the residence and discipline of students of the University and affiliated
Colleges and to make arrangements for promoting their health and welfare, and
(15) to do such other acts and things whether incidental to the powers aforesaid or not, as may be requisite
in order to further the objects of the University as an examining and teaching body and to cultivate and to promote the
Arts, Sciences and other branches of learning.
7. Admission to the University:

The University shall be open to all persons of either sex and of whatever race or creed or class and it
shall not be lawful for the University to adopt or impose on any person any test whatsoever of religious belief or
profession in order to entitle him to be admitted thereto as a teacher or student or to hold any office therein or to
graduate therefrom or to enjoy or exercise any privileges thereof except where such test is imposed by any testamentary
or other instrument creating a benefaction which has been accepted by the University. Provided that noting in this
section shall be deemed to prevent persons (whether teachers of the University or not) who have been approved for that
purpose by the Syndicate from giving religious instruction in the manner which may be prescribed by the Statutes to
those who are willing to receive it.
8. Courses of Study:
The courses of study in the University Colleges and Schools affiliated thereto shall be prescribed by
the Ordinances and Statutes and the teaching thereof shall be organized by such authorities as may be prescribed by the
Statutes.
9. Inspection:
If in the opinion of the Provincial Government a situation arises in which the existence of the
University as an efficient academic institution is in danger, it shall have the right to cause an inspection to be made by
such person or persons as it may direct, of the University, its buildings, libraries, workshops and equipment and of any
college and hall maintained, recognized by or affiliated to the University and also of the examinations, teaching and
other work conducted or done by the University and to cause any enquiry to be made in like manner in connection with
any matter connected with the University. The Provincial Government shall, in every case, give notice to the
University, of its intention to cause an inspection or inquiry to be made, not less than fifteen days from the date of the
receipt of the notice by the University, and the University shall be entitled to be represented thereafter.
(2) The Provincial Government shall communicate to the Senate and to the Syndicate
its view and shall after ascertaining the opinion of the Senate and the Syndicate thereon, advise the University on the
action to be taken.
(3) The Syndicate shall report to the Provincial Government such action, if any, as it
has taken or may propose to take, upon the results of the inspection or inquiry and such report shall be submitted within
such time as the Chancellor may direct through the Senate, which may express its opinion thereon.
(4) Where the University does not, within a reasonable time take action to the
satisfaction of the Provincial Government, the Provincial Government may after considering any explanation furnished
or representation made by the Senate and the Syndicate issue such directions as it may think fit and the Syndicate shall
comply therewith.
10. Officers of the University:
The following shall be the officers of the University:-
(1) The Chancellor.

(2) The Pro-Chancellor.
(3) The Vice-Chancellor.
(4) The Registrar.
(5) The Deans of the Faculties.
(6) Such other officers as may be declared by the Statutes to be officers of the
University.
11. The Chancellor:

(1) The Governor of the Province for the time being will be the Chancellor of the
University.
(2) The Chancellor shall have such powers as may be conferred on him by this Act, or
the Statutes, Ordinances and Regulations framed thereunder.
(3) Every proposal to confer an honorary degree shall be subject to the confirmation of
the Chancellor.
11-A. The Pro-Chancellor:

(1) The Chief Minister of the West Pakistan for the time being will be the Pro-
Chancellor of the University.
(2) In the absence of the Chancellor from the Province or during the Chancellor's
inability to act or when the Chancellor so directs, the Pro-Chancellor shall exercise all powers and perform all functions
of the Chancellor.
12. The Vice-Chancellor:

(1) The Vice Chancellor shall be appointed by the Chancellor for a period of five years
and shall be whole-time salaried officer.
(2) Where any temporary vacancy in the office of the Vice-Chancellor occurs by
reason of leave, illness, or other cause the Syndicate shall forthwith report the same to the Chancellor, who shall make
such arrangements for carrying on the office of the Vice-Chancellor as he may think fit.
(3) A Vice-Chancellor appointed under sub-sections 1 and 2 of this Section shall be
eligible for re-appointment.
13. Powers and duties of the Vice-Chancellor:

(1) A Vice-Chancellor shall be the principal executive and academic officer of the
University, and shall in the absence of the Chancellor and the Pro-Chancellor preside at the meetings of the Senate and
at any convocation of the University. He shall be an ex-officio member and chairman of the Syndicate and of the
Academic Council and shall be entitled to be present and to speak at any meeting of any authority or other body of the
University.
(2) It shall be the duty of the Vice-Chancellor to see that this Act, the Statutes and the
Ordinances are faithfully observed, and he shall have all powers necessary for this purpose.
(3) The Vice-Chancellor shall have powers to convene the meetings of the Senate, the
Syndicate, the Academic Council, and a joint meeting of more than one faculty.
(4) If any emergency arises in which, in his opinion, an immediate action should be
taken, the Vice-Chancellor shall take such action as he deems necessary. But he shall report such action to the authority
which, in the ordinary course, would have been competent to take such action at the earliest opportunity.
(5) Subject to sub-section 2 above, the Vice-Chancellor shall give effect to the orders
of the Syndicate regarding the appointment, suspension and the dismissal of the officers and teachers of the University
and shall exercise general control over the affairs of the University. He shall be responsible for the discipline of the
University in accordance with this Act, the Statutes and the Ordinances.
14. Registrar:
(1) The Registrar shall be whole-time salaried officer appointed by the Chancellor on
the recommendations of the Vice-Chancellor and shall act as the Secretary of the Senate, of the Syndicate and the
Academic Council. He shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as may be conferred or imposed on him by
the Statutes or Ordinances.
(2) The Registrar shall administer over the funds of the University, subject to the
approval of the Vice-Chancellor.
(3) He shall, subject to the control of the Syndicate and the Vice-Chancellor, manage
the property and investments of the University and shall be responsible for the presentation of the annual estimates and
statement of accounts.
(4) Subject to the powers of the Syndicate and Vice-Chancellor, the Registrar shall be
responsible for seeing that money is expended on the purpose for which this is granted or allotted.
(5) Unless otherwise provided for under this Act, all contracts shall be signed by the
Registrar on behalf of the University.
15. Other Officers:

The powers and duties of such other officers as may be declared by the Statutes to be officers of the
University shall be prescribed by the Statutes and Ordinances.
16. Authorities of the University:

The following shall be the authorities of the University:
(1) The Senate.
(2) The Syndicate.
(3) The Academic Council.
(4) The Faculties.
(5) Other such authorities as may be declared by the Statutes to be authorities of the
University.
17. The Senate:

(1) The Senate shall consist of the following 36 persons who shall hold office for a
period of three years:-
Clause I - Ex-Officio Members
(i) the Chancellor.
(ii) the Pro-Chancellor.
(iii) the Vice Chancellor.
(iv) the Hon'ble Minister for Education of the Province.
(v) the Director of Public Instruction of the Province.
(vi to x) five members of the Board of Trustees other than the Vice-Chancellor.
Clause 2 - other Members
(xi to xv) five Principals of the constituent and affiliated degree colleges of the
University, elected from amongst themselves.
(xvi-xx) five Professors and Readers of the University elected from amongst
themselves.
(xxi to xxiv) four members elected by the registered graduates from amongst
themselves. The Statutes shall provide for the definition of a graduate eligible for this purpose.
(xxv to xxvi) two Head Masters of recognized High Schools elected from amongst
themselves.
(xxvii) one member to be elected by recognized Industrial organizations in the
Province.
(xxviii to xxx) three members of the Legislative Assembly of the Province elected from amongst
themselves.
(xxxi to xxxvi) six persons to be nominated by the Chancellor of whom at least one must be a
woman.
2. The mode of election of members shall be such as prescribed by Statutes.
18. Meeting of the Senate:
(1) The Senate shall ordinarily meet twice a year on such dates as may be fixed by the
Vice-Chancellor.
(2) The Vice-Chancellor may whenever he thinks fit, and shall upon a requisition in
writing signed by not less than 20 percent, of the members of the Senate, convene a Special meeting of the Senate.
19. Powers and duties of the Senate:
The Senate shall be the supreme governing body on the University and shall have powers to revise
the Acts of the Syndicate and Academic Council and shall exercise all the powers of the University not otherwise
provided for by or under this Act.
20. The Syndicate:
(1) Syndicate shall be the Execution Body of the University and shall consist of the
following 10 members:-
(i) the Vice-Chancellor (ex-officio Chairman).
(ii) the Hon'ble Minister for Education of the Province.
(iii) the Director of Public Instruction of the Province.
(iv to vi) three nominees of the Board of Trustees chosen from amongst the
members of the Senate.
(vii) one nominee of the Chancellor.
(viii) one nominee of the Vice-Chancellor.
(ix to x) two members elected by the Senate from amongst themselves.
(2) The term of office of a member shall be one year.
(3) The mode of election of members shall be such as prescribed by Statutes.
21. Power and Duties of the Syndicate:

(1) The Syndicate:
(a) shall direct the form, custody and use of the common seal of the University.
(b) shall hold, control, and administer, the property and funds and shall make contracts
on behalf of the University.
(c) shall have powers, subject to the Statutes to transfer and accept transfer of any
movable or immovable property on behalf of the University.
Provided that all such transfers or acceptances of transfers shall be reported to the Senate at its next
meeting.
Provided further that no transfer of immovable property shall be made without the previous sanction
of the Senate and of the Chancellor.
(d) shall manage and regulate the finances, accounts and investments of the University.
(e) may invest any moneys belonging to the University including any unapplied
income, in any of the securities described in Section 20 of the Indian Trust Act, 1882, as applicable to Pakistan or the
purchase of immovable property in Pakistan with the like power of varying such investments, or may place on fixed
deposits in any Bank approved in this behalf by the Provincial Government any portion of such moneys not required
for immediate expenditure.
(f) shall administer any funds placed at the disposal of the University for specific
purposes.
(g) shall frame the budget of the University.
(h) shall lay before the Provincial Government annually a full statement of the
financial requirements of all colleges and halls.
(i) shall admit colleges and schools to the privileges of the University subject to the
provisions of this Act and under conditions which may be prescribed in the Statutes.
(j) shall arrange for and direct the inspection of colleges and halls.
(k) may institute at its discretion such Professorships, Readerships, Lecturerships or
other teaching posts as may be proposed by the Academic Council.
(l) may abolish or suspend after a report from the Academic Council thereon any
Professorships, Readerships, Lecturerships or other teaching posts in the University.
(m) save otherwise as provided for by this Act, or the Statutes, shall appoint the
officers, University Teachers and other servants (other than the Chancellor, the Vice-Chancellor, and the Registrar) and
shall define their duties and the conditions of their service and shall provide for the filling of temporary vacancies in
their posts.
(n) shall publish the results of University Examinations.
(o) may delegate, subject to such conditions as may be prescribed by regulations, its
powers to make contracts and to appoint officers, teachers and other servants of University, to such person or authority
as it may determine.
(p) shall, subject to the powers conferred by this Act or other authorities of the
University, regulate, determine, and administer all matters concerning the University, and to this end shall exercise all
other powers provided by this Act or the Statutes.
(2) The Syndicate shall appoint from among its own members, a finance committee to
advise it on matters of finance, and of such Committee the Vice-Chancellor shall be the Chairman, and at least one
member shall be a member of the Syndicate elected by the Senate.
22. Academic Council:

(1) The Academic Council shall be the Academic body of the University and its
constitution and terms of its members shall be prescribed by the Statutes.
(2) Subject to the provisions of this Act, the Statutes and Ordinances, the Academic
Council shall have the control and general regulation and be responsible for the maintenance of standards of teaching
and examinations with the University and shall exercise such other powers and perform such other duties as may be
conferred or imposed on its by or under this Act.
(3) The Academic Council shall have the right to advise the Syndicate on all academic
matters and in particular the Syndicate shall take no action in respect of the fees paid to examiners, the number,
qualifications and the emoluments of teachers, and the admission of colleges to the privileges of the University
otherwise than after consideration of the recommendations of the Academic Council.
23. Faculties:
(1) The University shall include faculties of Arts, Science, Law, Engineering and
Technology, Theology, Education, Agriculture and such other faculties as may be prescribed by the Statutes.
(2) The constitution and powers of the faculties shall be prescribed by the Statutes.
(3) There shall be a Dean of each faculty who shall be elected by the Faculty in such
manner and subject to such conditions as may be prescribed by the Statutes.
(4) The Dean of each Faculty shall be responsible for the due observance of the
Statutes relating to that Faculty.
(5) The Dean may receive in respect of his duties as Dean such remuneration (if any)
as may be fixed by the Syndicate and shall hold office on such terms as may be prescribed by the Statutes.
(6) Each Faculty shall comprise such departments of teaching as may be prescribed by
the Ordinances. The head of every such department shall be the Professor of the department or, if there is no Professor,
the Reader. If there is more than one Professor or more than one Reader of a department, as the case may be, the Vice-
Chancellor shall appoint such Professor or Reader to be the Head of the department as he thinks fit. The Head of the
department shall be responsible for the organization of the teaching in that department.
24. Other Authorities:

The constitution, powers and duties of such other authorities as may be declared by the Statutes to be
authorities of the University shall be prescribed by the Statutes.
25. University Boards:

(i) There shall be such Boards as may be prescribed by Statutes.
(ii) The constitution, powers and duties of the Boards shall be prescribed by the
Statutes.
STATUTES, ORDINANCE AND REGULATIONS
26. First Statutes:

The First Statutes shall be those prepared by the sub-committee of the Advisory Committee appointed
by the Hon'ble Minister for Education, North-West Frontier Province, for the establishment of a University in the
North-West Frontier Province at Peshawar, which shall be examined after the commencement of this Act by a
Committee consisting of the Vice-Chancellor, two persons nominated by the Chancellor and one person nominated by
the Vice-Chancellor and shall come into force after such modifications and additions as the Committee may see fit to
make thereto.
27. Statutes:
Subject to the provisions of the Act and in addition to all matters which by this Act are or may be
prescribed by the Statutes, the Statutes may provide for all or any of the following matters, namely:-
(a) The classification and the mode of appointment of the teachers of the University;
(b) The maintenance of a register of Registered Graduates;
(c) The discipline of the students.
28. Statutes how initiated and made:

(1) The Senate may make, amend or repeal a Statute in the manner here-in-after
appearing;
(2) The Syndicate may propose to the Senate the draft of any Statutes and such draft
shall be considered by the Senate as soon as may be. The Senate may approve such draft and pass the Statutes, or may
reject it, or may return it to the Syndicate for reconsideration, either in whole or in part, together with any amendment
which the Senate may suggest. After any draft, so returned; has been further considered by the Syndicate, together with
any amendments suggested by the Senate, it shall be again presented to the Senate with a report of the Syndicate
thereon and the Senate may then deal with the draft in any way it thinks fit.
(3) Where any Statute has been passed by the Senate or a draft of any Statute has been
rejected by the Senate it shall be submitted to the Chancellor who may refer the Statute or draft back to the Senate for
further consideration or in the case of the Statutes passed by the Senate, assent thereto, or withhold his assent. A Statute
passed by the Senate shall have no validity until it has been assented to by the Chancellor.
(4) The Syndicate shall not proposed the draft of any Statute or of any amendment of a
Statute or the repeal of any Statute.
(a) affecting the Statutes, power or constitution of any authority of the University until
such authority has been given opportunity of expressing an opinion upon the proposal or
(b) affecting the conditions of admission of colleges to the privileges of the University
until the Academic Council as been given an opportunity of expressing an opinion upon the proposal and such opinion
shall be forwarded by the Syndicate to the Senate along with any draft it may propose.
(5) The Senate may pass such resolutions regarding the desirability of amending,
repealing or adding to the Statutes and may instruct the Syndicate to present a report on such resolutions.
29. Ordinances:
Subject to the provisions of this Act the Statutes and in addition to all matters which by this act or the
Statutes, are to be provided for by the Ordinances, the Ordinances may provide for all or any of the following matters,
namely:
(a) The admission of students to the University.

(b) The course of study to be laid down for all degrees and diplomas of the University.
(c) The conditions under which students shall be admitted to the degree or diploma
courses and to the examinations of the University and they shall be eligible for the degrees and diplomas.
(d) The levying of fees for residence in halls maintained or recognized by the
University.
(e) The fees to be charged for the enrolment of students, for attending courses of
teaching in the University, for admission to the examinations, degrees and diplomas of the University and for
registration of graduates.
(f) The conditions subject to which persons may be recognized as qualified to give
instructions in the University and colleges.
(g) The conduct of examinations.
(h) The term of office, duties and conditions of service of officers and University
Teachers in so far as these are, by or under this Act, subjected to the Syndicate.
30. Ordinances how made:
(i) The first Ordinances shall be those prepared by the sub-committee of the University
Advisory Committee appointed by the Hon'ble Minister of Education, North-West Frontier Province, for establishment
of a University in the North-West Frontier Province, at Peshawar, which shall be examined after the commencement of
this Act by a committee consisting of the Chancellor or Vice-Chancellor, two persons nominated by the Chancellor and
one person nominated by the Vice-Chancellor and after such modifications and additions as the committee may see fit
to make thereto, and the same may come into force on such date as the committee may appoint.
(ii) Subject to the provision of Sub-section (i) Ordinances shall be made by the
Syndicate.
Provide that no Ordinance shall be made:
(a) affecting the admission of students or prescribing examinations to be recognized as
equivalent to the University examinations or the further qualifications mentioned in this Act for admissions to the
degree courses of the University, unless a draft of the same has been proposed by the Academic Council, or
(b) affecting conditions and mode of appointment and duties of examiners and the
conduct or standard of examinations of any course of study, except in accordance with a proposal of the Faculty or
Faculties concerned, and unless a draft of such Ordinances has been proposed by the Academic Council, or
(c) affecting the number, qualification and emoluments of teachers of the University,
unless a draft of the same has been proposed by the Academic Council.
(iii) All Ordinances made by the Syndicate shall have effect from such date as it may direct, but
every Ordinance so made shall be submitted as soon as may be, to the Chancellor and the Senate and shall be
considered by the Senate as soon as may be. The Senate shall have powers by a resolution passed by the majority of not
less than two-thirds of the members voting at such meeting to cancel any such Ordinance and such Ordinance shall,
from the date of such resolution, be void.
(iv) The Chancellor may at any time after any Ordinance has been considered by the
Senate, signify to the Senate and Syndicate his disallowance of such Ordinance and from the date of the receipt by the
Syndicate of intimation of such disallowance, such Ordinance shall become void.
(v) The Chancellor may direct that the operation of any Ordinance shall be suspended
until he has ha an opportunity of exercising his power of disallowance. An order of suspension under this sub-section
shall cease to have effect ont he expiration of one month from the date of such consideration of the Ordinance by the
Senate, or from the date of order of the Chancellor, whichever period expired earlier.
31. Regulations:
(1) The first Regulations shall be those prepared by the sub-committee of the
University Advisory Committee set up by the Hon'ble Minister for Education, North-West Frontier Province for
establishment of a University in the NWFP at Peshawar, which shall be examined after the commencement of this Act
by a committee may see fit to make thereto, and the same shall be approved and shall come into force on such date as
the committee may appoint.
(2) The authorities and the boards of the University may make regulations consistent
with this Act, Statutes and Ordinances for-
(a) laying down the procedure to be observed at their meetings and the number of
members required to form a quorum,
(b) providing for all matters which by this Act, Statutes and Ordinances are to be
prescribed by the Regulations, and
(c) providing for all other matters solely concerning such authorities and boards and
not provided for by this Act or by the Statutes or the Ordinances.
(3) Every authority of the University shall make regulations providing for the giving of
notice to the members of such authority of the dates and hours of meetings and of the business to be considered at the
meeting and for the keeping of a record of the proceedings of meetings.
(4) The Syndicate may direct the amendment in such matters as it may specify of any
Regulation made under this section other than a Regulation made by the Senate.
32. Hall and Residence:

Every student of the University shall have to reside with his parents or guardian or under
arrangements approved by the head of his institution or in a Hall or elsewhere under such conditions as may be
prescribed by the Statutes and he Ordinances.
33. Hall:
(1) Halls maintained by the University shall be such as may be named by the Statutes.
(2) Halls other than those maintained by the University shall be such as may be
recognized by the Syndicate on such general or special conditions as may be prescribed by the Ordinances.
(3) The conditions of residence in Halls shall be prescribed by the Ordinances and
every Hall shall be subject to inspection by any authority or officer of the University authorized in this behalf by the
Syndicate.
(4) The Syndicate shall have power to suspend or to withdraw the recognition of any
hall which is not conducted in accordance with the conditions prescribed by the Ordinances.
Provided that no such action shall be taken without affording the managing authority of such halls on
opportunity of making such representation as it may deem fit.
34. Admission to University Courses:

(1) No student shall be admitted to a course of study in the University leading to a
Degree unless he has passed the Matriculation examination of the University, or of any other University or Board
recognized by the law for the time being in force or examination recognized in accordance with the provisions of this
section as equivalent thereto and possesses such further qualifications, if any, as may be prescribed by the Ordinances
and has been enrolled as a student of the University.
(2) The conditions under which the students may be admitted to Diploma courses of
the University shall be prescribed by the Statutes.
(3) The University shall not, save with the previous sanction of the Senate and the
Chancellor, recognize as equivalent to its own examination or degree any examination or degree of any other
University.
(4) Unless exempted from the provisions of this sub-section by a special order of the
Syndicate made on the recommendations of the Academic Council, no student shall be admitted to a course of study
leading up to a degree unless he is enrolled as a member of a college, and any such exemption may be made subject to
such conditions as the Syndicate may think fit.
(5) Students exempted from the provisions of sub-section 4 and students admitted in
accordance with the conditions prescribed by the Ordinances to courses of study other than courses of study leading to
a degree, shall non-collegiate students of the University.
35. Examinations:
(1) All arrangements for the conduct of examinations and appointment of Examiners
shall be made by the Syndicate.
(2) If during the course of an examination, an examiner becomes for any cause
incapable of acting as such the Vice-Chancellor shall appoint an examiner to fill the vacancy. 3*.
36. Annual Report:

(1) The annual report of the University shall be prepared under the direction of the
Syndicate and shall be submitted to the Senate on or before such date as may be prescribed by the Statutes and shall be
considered by the Senate at one of its meeting.
(2) The Senate may pass resolutions thereon and communicate the same to the
Syndicate which shall take such action as it thinks fit and the Syndicate shall inform the Senate of the action taken by if
or of its reasons for taking no action.
37. Annual Accounts:

(1) The annual accounts and balance sheet of the University shall be prepared under
the direction of the Syndicate and shall be submitted to the Provincial Government for audit.
(2) The account when audited shall be published by the Syndicate in the official
Gazette and copies thereof shall, together with copies of the audit, be submitted to the Senate and to the Provincial
Government.
Budget
(3) The Syndicate shall also prepare, before such date as may be prescribed by the
Statutes, the financial estimates for the ensuing year.
(4) Every item of new expenditure of or above such amount as may be prescribed by
the Statutes, which it is proposed to include in the financial estimates shall be referred by the Syndicate to the Financial
Committee which may make recommendations thereon.
(5) The Syndicate shall after considering the recommendations, if any, of the Finance
Committee submit the financial estimates, as finally approved by it, to the Senate with such recommendations.
(6) The annual account and the financial estimates shall be considered by the Senate at
its annual meeting, and the Senate may pass resolution with reference thereto and communicate the same to the
Syndicate which shall take them into consideration and take action thereon as directed.
SUPPLEMENTARY PROVISIONS
38. Withdrawal of Degrees:

On the recommendation of the Syndicate made with the concurrence of not less than two-thirds of the
members present at the meeting, the Senate may, by a resolution passed with the concurrence of not less than two-thirds
of the members present at a meeting comprising not less than one-half of the members of the Senate, withdraw any
degree of diploma conferred by the University, other than an honorary degree.
39. Chancellor's power of removal from membership of University:

The Chancellor may with the concurrence of not less than two-thirds of the members of the Syndicate
for the time being in Pakistan, remove the name of any person from the register of graduates or from the roll of students
of the University or may remove any person from membership of any of its authorities, or other bodies and the reasons
for such removal shall be stated in writing.
40. Chancellor to decide validity of appointment etc:

If any question arises whether any person has been duly appointed, elected, nominated or coopted as,
or is entitled to be, a member of any authority or other body of the University , the matter shall be referred to the
Chancellor whose decision thereon shall be final.
41. Appeal to Chancellor:

(1) An appeal may be made by petition to the Chancellor against the order of any
officer or authority of the University affecting any class of persons in the University.
(2) The Chancellor shall send a copy of any petition to the officer or authority
concerned, and shall give such officer or authority an opportunity to show cause why the appeal should not be
entertained.
(3) The Chancellor may reject any such appeal, or may if he thinks fit, appoint a
commission of persons not being officers of the University or members of any authority thereof, to enquire into the
matter and report to him thereon and on receipt of the commission, the Chancellor shall send a copy thereof to the
Syndicate.
(4) The Syndicate shall take such report into consideration and shall within three
months of the receipt thereof pass a resolution thereon which shall be communicated to the Chancellor.
(5) A commission appointed under sub-section 3 may require any officer or authority
of the University to furnish it with any documents or information which is, in the opinion of the Commission, relevant
to the matter under inquiry and such officer or authority shall be bound to comply with such requisition.
42. Composition of Committee:

Where any authority of the University is given power by this Act or the Statutes to appoint a
Committee, such Committee shall, unless otherwise prescribed, consist of members of the authority concerned and of
such other persons if any, as the authority in each case may think fit.
43. Casual Vacancies:

A casual vacancy among the members (other than ex-officio members) of any authority or other body
of the University shall be filled as soon as conveniently may be, by the person or body who appointed, elected,
nominated or co-opted the member whose place has become vacant, and the person appointed, elected, nominated or
co-opted to a casual vacancy shall be a member of such authority or body for the residue of the term for which the
person whose place he fills would have been a member.
44. Vacancy not to render Act invalid:

No Act or proceeding of any authority or other body of the University shall be invalid only by
reasons of any vacancy in its membership.
45. Appointments to be by Contract:

(1) Every salaried officer and University teacher shall be appointed by a written
contract.
(2) The contract shall be lodged with the Registrar of the University and a copy thereof
shall be furnished to the officer or teacher concerned.
46. Disputes to be referred to arbitration:

(1) Any dispute arising out of a contract between the University and any officer or
University teacher shall, on the request of the officer or teacher concerned, be referred to a tribunal of arbitration
consisting of one member appointed by the Syndicate, one member nominated by the officer or teacher concerned, and
an umpire appointed by the Chancellor.
(2) The decision of the tribunal shall be final and no suit shall lie in any civil court in
respect of the matters decided by the tribunal except in accordance with the provisions of the Indian Arbitration Act,
1940.
47. Pension and Provident Fund:

(1) The University shall constitute for the benefit of its officers, teachers and other
servants, such pension and provident fund subject to conditions as may be prescribed by the Statutes.
(2) Where such pension or provident fund has been so constituted, the Provincial
Government may declare that the provisions of the Provident Funds Act, 1925, shall apply to such funds as if it were a
Government Provident Fund.
48. Protection of Acts and Orders:

All acts and orders made and passed by the University shall be final and no suit shall be instituted or
damage claimed for anything done or committed, in pursuance of the Act and the Statutes, Ordinances and Regulations
framed thereunder.
49. Affiliation:
(1) The affiliation of all educational institutions in the North-West Frontier Province
and other areas within the territorial limits of the University which at the time of the commencement of this Act stand
affiliated to the Punjab University, shall be deemed to have been withdrawn from that University and all such
institutions within these limits shall be deemed to have been affiliated to this University.
(2) No educational institution within the territorial limits of the University shall be
permitted to seek association or affiliation with any other University save with the previous consent of the Senate and
the Chancellor.
TRANSITORY PROVISIONS
50. Completion of Courses and Examination for studying in Colleges in the North-West Frontier
Province as affiliated to the Punjab University.
Notwithstanding any thing contained in this Act or the Statutes or the Ordinances, a student of a
college with in the territorial limits of this University previously affiliated to the Punjab University who, immediately
prior to the commencement of this Act was studying or was eligible for any examination of the Punjab University shall
be permitted to complete his course in preparation therefore, and the University shall provide for such student's
instruction and examination in accordance with the prospectus of studies of the Punjab University.
51. Appointment of First Vice-Chancellor:

The first Vice-Chancellor may be appointed at any time after the passing of this Act. Such
appointment shall notwithstanding anything contained in Section 12, sub section 1, be made by the Chancellor for a
period of five years on such terms and conditions as he thinks fit.
52. First appointment of University Staff:

(1) At any time after the passing of this Act and until such time as the authorities of the
University shall have been duly constituted:
(a) The Registrar may be appointed by the Chancellor on the recommendations of the
Vice-Chancellor.
(b) Any other officer of the University may be appointed by the Vice-Chancellor with
the previous sanction of the Chancellor.
(c) Teachers of the University shall be appointed by the Chancellor after considering
the recommendation of an Advisory Committee consisting of the Vice-Chancellor, the Director of Public Instruction
and such other persons, if any, as the Chancellor thinks fit to associate with them.
53. Extraordinary powers of first Vice-Chancellor:
The Vice-Chancellor appointed under Section 52 shall have powers:-
(a) with the previous approval of the Chancellor to make additional Statutes, to provide
for any matter not provided for by the first Statutes;
(b) to constitute provisional authorities and bodies and on their recommendations to

make rules providing for the conduct of the work of the University.
(c) subject to the control of the Provincial Government to make such financial
arrangements as may be necessary to carry out the objectives of this Act;
(d) with the sanction of the Chancellor to make such appointments as may be necessary
to enable this Act or any part thereof to be bought into operation;
(e) to appoint committees, as he may think fit, to discharge such of his functions as he
may direct; and
(f) generally to exercise all or any of the powers conferred on the Syndicate by this Act
or the Statutes.
DARUL-ULUM-I-ISLAMIA-I-SARHAD PESHAWAR
(TRUSTEES) ACT, 1954
ACT NO. XIV OF 1954
(Received the assent of the Governor, North-West Frontier Province, on 20th December 1954).
AN ACT
To constitute a Board of Trustees to take over and manage the properties mentioned in the Schedule
annexed hereto or which may hereafter be acquired by it.
Whereas it is expedient to constitute a Board of Trustees to take over and manage the properties
mentioned in the Schedule annexed hereto or which may hereafter be acquired by it.
It is hereby enacted as follows:-
1. Short title and commencement:

(1) This Act may be called Darul-Ulum-i-Islamia-i-Sarhad Peshawar (Trustees) Act,
1954.
(2) It shall come into force at once.
Definitions:
2. In this Act unless there is any thing repugnant in the subject or context.
(1) "Board" means the Board constituted under Section 3 of the Act.
(2) "Government" means the North-West Frontier Province Government.
(3) "Prescribed" means prescribed by or under the rules made by government under
this Act.
(4) "Property" means both movable and immovable property.
Constitution of the Board of Trustees:

3. (1) Notwithstanding anything contained in any other law for the time being in force,
there shall be constituted a Board of Trustees by the Government to take over, manage and control the properties
mentioned in the Schedule annexed hereto and properties which may hereafter be acquired by gifted to or endowed in
favour of Darul-Ulum-i-Islami-i-Sarhad Peshawar or the University of Peshawar and notified by the government as
such.
(2) The Board of Trustees shall comprise of the following eight members:-
1. Minister for Education Chairman

2. Addl Chief Secretary NWFP. Member
3. Vice-Chancellor, Peshawar University Member
4. Secretary Finance Department NWFP Member
5. Secretary Education Department Member
6. Commissioner Peshawar Division Member
7. A representative of old boy to be Member
nominated by the Governor.
8. Principal Islamia College Member/Secretary
The Registrar of the University of Peshawar will act as non-member secretary of the Board.
(3) If any members of the Board, other than the Vice-Chancellor dies, resigns or
become otherwise incapable performing the duties of a Trustees, the vacancy or vacancies so caused shall be filled up
by the Governor of the Province on the recommendation of the remaining members of the Board.
Income from the Property:
4. The income from the properties under the management of the Board shall be placed at the disposal of
the University of Peshawar, at such intervals of the year as may be prescribed.
5. (1) The Board shall maintain a register or registers showing all the properties under its control and
management with their respective incomes, and shall maintain accounts of income and expenditure in such manner as
may be prescribed.
(2) The Provincial government shall at the close of each financial year arrange to get the accounts
maintained by the Board audited at the expense of the Trust property.
6. The Board may appoint as many persons as it deems necessary to assist the Board, in the
management and control, and pay them such emoluments as may be commensurate with the duties performed by them.
Powers to make Rules:

7. The Provincial Government may from time to time make rules for the efficient discharge of duties by
the Board.
SCHEDULE
APPENDIX "A"
1. Land bearing Khasra Nos. 43, 44, 874, 875, 876, 877, 878, 879, and 860 measuring 30 Kanals - 4
Marlas situated in Khata No 6/348, Jammabandi 1948-49, of village Hari Chand, Tehsil Charsadda, District Peshawar.
2. Land bearing Khasra Nos. 581, 648, 649, 659, 1335, and 1344 measuring 18 Kanals - 5 Marlas
situated in Khata No. 6/349, Jammabandi 1948-49, of village Hari Chand, Tehsil Charsadda, District Peshawar.
3. Land bearing Khasra Nos. 1336, 1337, 1338, 1339, 1341, 1342, and 1343 measuring 28 Kanals - 18
Marlas situated in Khata No. 6/350, Jammabandi 1948-49, of village Hari Chand, Tehsil Charsadda, District Peshawar.
4. Land bearing Khasra No. 658, measuring 7 Kanals - 18 Marlas situated in Khata No. 6/351,
Jammabandi 1948-49, of village Hari Chand, Tehsil Charsadda, District Peshawar.
5. Land bearing Khasra Nos. 1345, 1346, and 1349 measuring 11 Kanals - 9 Marlas situated in Khata
No. 6/352, Jammabandi 1948-49, of village Hari Chand, Tehsil Charsadda, District Peshawar.
6. Land bearing Khasra Nos. 1354, 1356, 1364, 1365, 1367, 1368, 1369, and 1370 measuring 19 Kanals
- 2 Marlas situated in Khata No. 6/353, Jammabandi 1948-49, of village Hari Chand, Tehsil Charsadda, District
Peshawar.
7. Land bearing Khasra Nos. 17, 18, 21, 79, 83, 84, 100, 106, 110, 112, and 113 measuring 77 Kanals -
2 Marlas situated in Khata No. 6/354, Jammabandi 1948-49, of village Hari Chand, Tehsil Charsadda, District
Peshawar.
8. Land bearing Khasra No. 86 measuring 8 Kanals - 18 Marlas situated in Khata No. 6/355,
9. Land bearing Khasra Nos. 71 and 85 measuring 17 Kanals - 17 Marlas situated in Khata No. 6/356,
11. Land bearing Khasra Nos. 568, 569, 570, 571, 572, 573, 576, 577, 578, 582, 583, 584, 590, 591, 592,
593, 594, 595, 596, 597, 598, 599, 600, 601, 602, 603, 604, 605, 606, 608, 609, 610, 611, 612, 613, 614, 630, 631, and
636 measuring 182 Kanals - 13 Marlas, situated in Khata No. 6/358, Jammabandi 1948-49, of village Hari Chand,
Tehsil Charsadda, District Peshawar.
13. Land bearing Khasra No. 607 measuring 11 Marlas situated in Khata No. 6/360, Jammabandi 1948-
49, of village Hari Chand, Tehsil Charsadda, District Peshawar.
14. Land bearing Khasra Nos. 3222, 3224, 3226, 3227, 3228, 3229, 3234, 3238, 3239, 3240, 3241, and
3243 measuring 63 Kanals situated in Khata No. 6/361, Jammabandi 1948-49, of village Hari Chand, Tehsil
Charsadda, District Peshawar.
15. Land bearing Khasra Nos. 145, 146, 162, 165, 170 and 192 measuring 45 Kanals - 10 Marlas situated
in Khata No. 6/362, Jammabandi 1948-49, of village Hari Chand, Tehsil Charsadda, District Peshawar.
16. Land bearing Khasra Nos. 164, 171, 190 and 191 measuring 27 Kanals - 3 Marlas situated in Khata
18. Land bearing Khasra Nos. 144, 147, 168, 169 and 193 measuring 22 Kanals - 13 Marlas situated in
Khata No. 6/365, Jammabandi 1948-49, of village Hari Chand, Tehsil Charsadda, District Peshawar.
20. Land bearing Khasra Nos. 117, 118, 161, 166 and 167 measuring 23 Kanals - 17 Marlas situated in
23. Land bearing Khasra Nos. 1332, 1333, 1334, 1357, 1359, 1360, 1361, 1362, 1363, and 1366
measuring 29 Kanals - 1 Marla situated in Khata No. 6/370, Jammabandi 1948-49, of village Hari Chand, Tehsil
24. Land bearing Khasra Nos. 1220, 1221, 1226, 1227, 1228, and 1229 measuring 19 Kanals - 11 Marlas
27. Land bearing Khasra Nos. 652, 653, 653/1, 654, 655, 656, 660, 661, 662, 663, 664, 665, 666, 667,
670, 671, 672, 673, 674, 675, 676, 677, 680, 681, 682, 683, 684, 684/1, 4168/1877, 1878, 4169/1879-1880, 1878, 1887,
1890, 1892, 1893, 1894, 1895, 1898, 1899, 1900, 1901, 1902, 1903, 1904, 1905, 1906, 1908, 1909, 1910, 1911, 1912,
1913, 1914, 1915, 1916, and 1917 measuring 299 Kanals - 13 Marlas, situated in Khata No. 6/374, Jammabandi 1948-
628, 629, 632, 634, 635, 637, 638, 639, 640, 643, and 1340 measuring 117 Kanals - 13 Marlas situated in Khata No.
6/379, Jammabandi 1948-49, of village Hari Chand, Tehsil Charsadda, District Peshawar.
34. Land bearing Khasra Nos. 713, 715, 717, 719, 720, 721, 729, 845, 846, 847, 860, 862, and 863
measuring 54 Kanals - 2 Marlas situated in Khata No. 6/381, Jammabandi 1948-49, of village Hari Chand, Tehsil
35. Land bearing Khasra No. 757 measuring 4 Kanals- 12 Marlas situated in Khata No. 6/382,
848, and 861 measuring 74 Kanals - 11 Marlas situated in Khata No. 6/383, Jammabandi 1948-49, of village Hari
Chand, Tehsil Charsadda, District Peshawar.
37. Land bearing Khasra Nos. 710, 711, 712, 714, 718, 734, 735, 736,, 750, 751, 753, and 755 measuring
99 Kanals - 11 Marlas situated in Khata No. 6/384, Jammabandi 1948-49, of village Hari Chand, Tehsil Charsadda,
District Peshawar.
38. Land bearing Khasra Nos. 641, 642, 645, 646, 647, 650, 651, 652, and 657 measuring 37 Kanals
39. Land bearing Khasra Nos. 771, 864, and 866 measuring 4 Kanals - 18 Marlas situated in Khata No.
40. Land bearing Khasra Nos. 57, 122, 122/1, 124, 125, 136, 137, 615, 668 and 669 measuring 41 Kanals
- 13 Marlas situated in Khata No. 6/387, Jammabandi 1948-49, of village Hari Chand, Tehsil Charsadda, District
Peshawar.
41. Land bearing Khasra Nos. 54, 55, 126, 139, 139/1, 150, 157, and 160 measuring 44 Kanals - 6 Marlas
42. Land bearing Khasra Nos. 109, 111, 121, 123, and 677 measuring 34 Kanals - 18 Marlas situated in
43. Land bearing Khasra Nos. 73, 74, 77, 88, 89, 90, 91, 93, 95, 98, and 105 measuring 90 Kanals - 6
Marlas situated in Khata No. 6/390, Jammabandi 1948-49, of village Hari Chand, Tehsil Charsadda, District Peshawar.
44. Land bearing Khasra Nos. 19, 20, 34, 35, 36, 38, 96, 97, 99, 102, 185, 187, 188, and 189 measuring
53 Kanals - 2 Marlas situated in Khata No. 6/391, Jammabandi 1948-49, of village Hari Chand, Tehsil Charsadda,
District Peshawar.
45. Land bearing Khasra Nos. 22, 28, 30, 31, 32, 33, 39, 42, 45, and 82 measuring 56 Kanals - 4 Marlas
46. Land bearing Khasra No. 4 measuring 8 Kanals - 18 Marlas situated in Khata No. 6/393, Jammabandi
1948-49, of village Hari Chand, Tehsil Charsadda, District Peshawar.
47. Land bearing Khasra Nos. 49 and 101 measuring 17 Kanals -15 Marlas situated in Khata No. 6/394,
48. Land bearing Khasra Nos. 58, 194, and 678 measuring 21 Kanals - 5 Marlas situated in Khata No.
49. Land bearing Khasra Nos. 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 10/1, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 59,
60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 72, 75, 76, 78, 80, and 87 measuring 252 Kanals - 19 Marlas situated in Khata
52. Land bearing Khasra Nos. 130 and 133 measuring 8 Kanals -10 Marlas situated in Khata No. 6/399,
56. Land bearing Khasra No. 716 measuring 3 Marlas situated in Khata No. 6/403, Jammabandi 1948-49,
of village Hari Chand, Tehsil Charsadda, District Peshawar.
156, 159, 679, and 685 measuring 111 Kanals - 15 Marlas situated in Khata No. 6/404, Jammabandi 1948-49, of village
Hari Chand, Tehsil Charsadda, District Peshawar.
59. Land bearing Khasra Nos. 47, 53, 114, 115, and 116 measuring 35 Kanals - 6 Marlas situated in
63. Land bearing Khasra Nos. 92, 94, 172, 173, 177, 178, 179, 182, 183, and 184 measuring 43 Kanals -
9 Marlas situated in Khata No. 6/410, Jammabandi 1948-49, of village Hari Chand, Tehsil Charsadda, District
Peshawar.
64. Land bearing Khasra Nos. 175, 176, 180, and 181 measuring 26 Kanals - 14 Marlas situated in Khata
67. Land bearing Khasra Nos. 772, 773, 774, and 775 measuring 21 Kanals - 14 Marlas situated in Khata
These land bear 450 Khasras in number, total measuring 2332 Kanals - 13 Marlas, out of which 1922
Kanals - 5 Marlas Shah Nehri; 273 Kanals Barani; 14 Marlas Banjar Jadid; 76 Kanals - 8 Marlas Banjar Qadim and 60
Kanals - 6 Marlas Ghair Mumkin.
APPENDIX "B"
1. One half in land bearing Khasra Nos. 5, 11, 13, 14, 22, 26, 29, 45, 47, 51, 54, 57, 59, 77, 79, 83, 95,
97, 107, 121, 127, 148, 157, 160, 161, 164, 180, 183, 191, 192, 198, 200, 209, 221, 226, 230, 233, 236, 246, 248, 264,
283, 297, 165, 244, 131, 132, 140, 142, 144, 156, 122, 162, 1, 4, 9, 55, 8, 12, 4, and 399/6-7, measuring 116 Kanals -
17 Marlas, Khata 22/82 to 92, Jammabandi 1941-42 of village Aba-Bari, Tehsil Charsadda, District Peshawar.
2. Land bearing Khasra Nos. 16, 340/18-19, 32, 86, 129, 130, 173, 182, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 194,
195, 199, 205, 229, 56, 109, 117, 166, 128, 92, 94, 120, 175, 177, 178, 159, 197, 27, 25, 145, 179, 344/49-50, 102, 104,
108, 116, 146, 171, 208, 291, 213, 216, 139/1, 211, 294, 296, 206, 102, 298, 348/125-126, 169, 212, 139, 293, 20, 258,
227, 176, 93, 103, 210, 228, 115, 123, 124, 149, 170, 112, 174, 158, 186, 292, 84, 114, 172, 96, 168, 290, 295, 101,
105, 342/21-21/1, 342/43-44, 48, 85, 150, 151, 147 and 207 measuring 614 Kanals - 17 Marlas, Khata No. 33/113 to
153 Jammabandi 1941-42 of village Aba-Bakri, Tehsil Charsadda, District Peshawar.
3. Houses:
Serial
No.
Name, Parentage and residence of the tenants
Situation of the Kotha
Nos. of Kothas etc.
1.
Fazal-i-Rahim, son of Amir Ullah of Aba-Bakri
Aba-Bakri
One Kotha with a compound
2.
Nawab, son of Abdul Aziz of Aba-Bakri
- do -
- do -
3.
Faqir, son of Amir Ullah of Aba-Bakri
- do -
- do -
4.
Abdul Ghaffar, son of Amir Ullah of Aba-Bakri
- do -
- do -
5.
Jabbar, son of Amir Ullah of Aba-Bakri
- do -
One Kotha with Dalan and a Compound
6.
Tamash, son of Him of Aba-Bakri
- do -
One Kotha with a compound
7.
Bahadur, son of Faqir of Aba-Bakri
- do -
- do -
8.
Mughal, son of Ghulab of Aba-Bakri
- do -
- do -
9.
Khalil, son of Mir Baz of Aba-Bakri
- do -
- do -
10.
Gul Rehman, son of Haider of Aba-Bakri
- do -
- do -
11.
Sher Dil, son of Mir Zaman of Aba-Bakri
- do -
- do -
12.
Hastam, son of Mir Zaman of Aba-Bakri
- do -
- do -
13.
Gul Muhammad, son of Amir of Aba-Bakri
- do -
- do -
4. (i) Land entered in the name of Islamia College, Peshawar in the column of Ownership, bearing
Khasra Nos. 3137, measuring 1 Kanal - 2 Marlas, 3150 measuring 11 Marlas, Khata No. 6/283, Jammabandi 1941-42
of village Rai Kili, Tehsil Charsadda, District Peshawar.
(ii) Land bearing Khasra Nos. 1471 measuring 8 Kanals - 5 Marlas, 1473 measuring 6 Kanals - 8
Marlas, 1474 measuring 4 Kanals - 4 Marlas, 1475 measuring 8 Kanals - 18 Marlas, 1476 measuring 2 Kanals, 1477
measuring 4 Kanals, 1478 measuring 4 Kanals - 2 Marlas, 1479 measuring 7 Kanals - 13 Marlas, 1480 measuring 1
Kanals - 16 Marlas, 1+81 measuring 3 Kanals - 11 Marlas, 1677 measuring 7 Kanals - 9 Marlas, 1678 measuring 11
Marlas, 1679 measuring 5 Kanals - 18 Marlas, 1680 measuring 1 Kanal - 13 Marlas, 1681 measuring 5 Kanals - 9
Marlas, 1682 measuring 1 Kanal - 1 Marla, 1683 measuring 5 Kanals - 8 Marlas, 1684 measuring 4 Kanals - 4 Marlas,
1685 measuring 8 Kanals - 18 Marlas, 1686 measruing 2 Kanals - 4 Marlas, 1687 measuring 2 Kanals - 9 Marlas, 1688
measuring 10 Marlas, 1689 measuring 4 Kanals - 8 Marlas, Khata No. 4/284 Jammabandi 1941-42 of village Rai Kili,
Tehsil Charsadda, District Peshawar.
(iii) Land bearing Khasra Nos. 3142 measuring 1 Kanal - 3 Marlas, 3143 measuring 5 Kanals - 18
Marlas, 3192 measuring 3 Kanals - 7 Marlas, 3194 measuring 1 Kanal - 13 Marlas, 3195 measuring 5 Marlas, 3200
measuring 4 Kanals - 19 Marlas, 3204 measuring 8 Kanals - 13 Marlas, 3205 measuring 5 Marlas, 3206 measuring 2
Kanals - 7 Marlas, 3207 measuring 6 Kanals - 11 Marlas, 3208 measuring 2 Kanals - 13 Marlas, 3209 measuring 6
Kanals, 4100/3231-3232 measuring 8 Kanals - 18 Marlas, 3233 measuring 8 Kanals - 9 Marlas, 3234 measuring 2
Kanals - 10 Marlas, 3236 measuring 3 Kanals, 3237 measuring 6 Kanals - 1 Marla, 3241 measuring 1 Kanal - 9 Marlas,
3254 measuring 2 Kanals - 13 Marlas, Khata 6/285, Jammabandi 1941-42 of village Rai Kili, Tehsil Charsadda, District
Peshawar.
(iv) Land bearing Khasra Nos. 3076 measuring 3 Kanals - 2 Marlas, 3077 measuring 2 Kanals - 18
Marlas, 3078 measuring 5 Kanals - 2 Marlas, 3079 measuring 7 Kanals - 11 Marlas, 3080 measuring 1 Kanal - 7
Marlas, 3081 measuring 5 Marlas, 3083 measuring 4 Kanals - 9 Marlas, 3086 measuring 4 Kanals - 11 Marlas, 3092
measuring 8 Kanals - 18 Marlas, 3093 measuring 6 Kanals - 16 Marlas, 3117 measuring 4 Kanals - 18 Marlas, 3118
Marlas, 3180 measuring 8 Kanals - 18 Marlas, 3181 measuring 8 Kanals - 18 Marlas, 3182 measuring 6 Kanals - 13
Marlas, 3189 measuring 8 Kanals - 18 marlas, 3190 measuring 8 Kanals - 18 Marlas, 3193 measuring 7 Kanals - 4
Marlas, 3196 measuring 8 Kanals - 13 Marlas, 3197 measuring 8 Kanals - 18 Marlas, 3198 measuring 7 Marlas, 3199
measuring 2 Kanals, 3201 measuring 7 Marlas, Khata 6/286, Jammabandi 1941-42 of village Rai Kili, Tehsil
(v) Land bearing Khasra Nos. 3074 measuring 8 Kanals - 4 marlas, 3075 measuring 3 Kanals - 16
Marlas, 3082 measuring 8 Kanals - 10 Marlas, Khata 6/287, Jammabandi 1941-42 of village Rai Kili, Tehsil
(vi) Land bearing Khasra Nos. 3133 measuring 7 Kanals - 18 marlas, 3134 measuring 9 Kanals - 4
Marlas, 3163 measuring 3 Kanals - 2 Marlas, 3164 measuring 11 Marlas, 3165 measuring 5 Kanals, 3166 measuring 8
Marlas, 3262 measuring 4 Marlas, 3264 measuring 7 Kanals - 9 Marlas, 3265 measuring 2 Kanals - 14 Marlas, 3266
measuring 5 Kanals - 9 Marlas, 3267 measuring 6 Marlas, 3268 measuring 8 Marlas, 3270 measuring 13 Marlas, 3271
measuring 6 Kanals - 5 Marlas, 3274 measuring 3 Kanals - 16 Marlas, 3824 measruing 6 Kanals - 18 Marlas, 3831
measuring 1 Kanal - 4 Marlas, 3832 measuring 1 Kanal - 13 Marlas, Khata 6/288, Jammabandi 1941-42 of Mahal Rai
Kili, Tehsil Charsadda, District Peshawar.
(vii) Land bearing Khasra No. 3273 measuring 8 Kanals - 9 Marlas, Khata 6/289, Jammabandi 1941-
42, Mahal Rai Kili, Tehsil Charsadda, District Peshawar.
(viii) Land bearing Khasra Nos. 4169 measuring 8 Kanals - 7 Marlas, 3170 measuring 9 Marlas,
Khata 6/290 Jammabandi 1941-42, Mahal Rai Kili, Tehsil Charsadda, District Peshawar.
(ix) Land bearing Khasra Nos. 3102 measuring 2 Kanals - 7 Marlas, 3113 measuring 4 Kanals - 9
Marlas, 3115 measuring 7 Kanals - 11 Marlas, 3116 measuring 4 Kanals, 3119 measuring 8 Kanals - 11 Marlas, 3120
measuring 17 Marlas, 3124 measuring 5 Kanals - 14 Marlas, 3125 measuring 6 Kanals - 18 Marlas, 3127 measuring 13
Marlas, 3129 measuring 7 Kanals - 3 Marlas, 3130 measuring 5 Kanals - 13 Marlas, 3174 measuring 9 Marlas, 3175
measuring 7 Kanals - 7 Marlas, 3177 measuring 9 Marlas, 3251 measuring 5 Kanals - 2 Marlas, 3252 measuring 8
Kanals - 18 Marlas, 3257 measuring 6 Kanals, 3276 measuring 2 Kanals - 7 Marlas, 3277 measuring 6 Kanals - 11
Marlas, 3278 measuring 8 Kanals - 18 Marlas, 3279 measuring 8 Kanals 18 Marlas, Khata 6/291, Jammabandi 1941-
(x) Land bearing Khasra No. 3275 measuring 8 Kanals - 18 Marlas, Khata 6/292, Jammabandi 1941-
(xi) Land bearing Khasra Nos. 3138 measuring 8 Kanals - 18 Marlas, 3139 measuring 2 Kanals - 7
Marlas, 3146 measuring 8 Kanals, 3147 measuring 16 Kanals - 15 Marlas, 3148 measuring 7 Kanals - 6 Marlas, 3149
measuring 7 Marlas, 3153 measuring 7 Kanals - 2 Marlas, 3154 measuring 10 Marlas, 3155 measuring 8 Kanals - 9
Marlas, 3158 measuring 4 Kanals, 3159 measuring 1 Kanal - 7 Marlas, Khata 6/293, Jammabandi 1941-42, Mahal Rai
(xii) Land bearing Khasra No. 3144 measuring 3 Kanals, Khata 6/294, Jammabandi 1941-42, Mahal
Rai Kili, Tehsil Charsadda, District Peshawar.
(xiii) Land bearing Khasra Nos. 3825 measuring 2 Kanals, 3826 measuring 8 Kanals - 18 Marlas,
3827 measuring 2 Kanals - 18 Marlas, Khata 6/295, Jammabandi 1941-42, Mahal Rai Kili, Tehsil Charsadda, District
Peshawar.
(xiv) Land bearing Khasra Nos. 3269 measuring 6 Kanals - 19 Marlas, 3280 measuring 8 Kanals - 18
Marlas, 3284 measuring 8 Kanals - 18 Marlas, 3285 measuring 8 Kanals - 18 Marlas, 3286 measuring 1 Kanal - 19
Marlas, 3290 measuring 12 Marlas, 3291 measuring 8 Kanals - 2 Marlas, 3292 measuring 1 Kanal - 19 Marlas, 3293
measuring 3 marlas, 3294 measuring 2 Kanals - 7 Marlas, 3295 measuring 3 Kanals - 18 Marlas, 3296 measuring 8
Kanals - 11 Marlas, 3300 measuring 5 Kanals - 7 Marlas, 3302 measuring 8 Kanals, 3303 measuring 6 Kanals, 3304
measuring 1 Kanal - 4 Marlas, Khata 6/296, Jammabandi 1941-42, Mahal Rai Kili, Tehsil Charsadda, District
Peshawar.
(xv) Land bearing Khasra Nos. 3089 measuring 3 Kanals - 9 Marlas, 3090 measuring 8 Kanals - 18
Marlas, 3187 measuring 15 Marlas, 3188 measuring 16 Marlas, 3220 measuring 1 Kanal - 12 Marlas, 3221 measuring 2
Kanals - 12 Marlas, 3222 measuring 5 Kanals - 16 Marlas, 4099/3223, 3224, 3225 measuring 8 Kanals - 18 Marlas,
3226 measuring 8 Kanals - 18 Marlas, 3227 measuring 8 Kanals - 18 Marlas, 3228 measuring 8 Kanals - 17 Marlas,
3229 measuring 8 Kanals - 18 Marlas, 3230 measuring 8 Kanals - 18 Marlas, 3244 measuring 6 Kanals - 4 Marlas,
3245 measuring 8 Kanals - 18 Marlas, 3246 measuring 8 Kanals - 8 Marlas, 4101/3247, 3248 measuring 8 Kanals - 18
Marlas, 4102/3249, 3250 measuring 3 Kanals - 16 Marlas, 3258 measuring 2 Kanals - 18 Marlas, 3259 measuring 8
Kanals - 18 Marlas, 3260 8 Kanals - 18 Marlas, 3261 measuring 8 Kanals - 14 Marlas, 3263 measuring 1 Kanal - 8
Marlas, 3272 measuring 2 Kanals - 13 marlas, 3273 measuring 5 Kanals - 2 Marlas, Khata 6/297, Jammabandi 1941-
(xvi) Land bearing Khasra No. 3091 measuring 8 Kanals - 18 Marlas, Khata 6/298, Jammabandi
1941-42, Mahal Rai Kili, Tehsil Charsadda, District Peshawar.
(xvii) Land bearing Khasra Nos. 3126 measuring 2 Kanals, 3128 measuring 1 Kanal - 2 Marlas, 3131
Kanals - 18 Marlas, 3160 measuring 6 Kanals - 5 Marlas, 3161 measuring 11 Marlas, 3235 measuring 3 Kanals - 2
Marlas, 3238 measuring 1 Kanal - 18 Marlas, 3239 measuring 3 Kanals, 3240 measuring 7 Kanals - 9 Marlas, 3242
measuring 8 Kanals - 18 Marlas, 3243 measuring 2 Kanals - 13 Marlas, Khata 6/299, Jammabandi 1941-42, Mahal Rai
(xviii) Land bearing Khasra Nos. 3796 measuring 4 Kanals - 11 Marlas, 3797 measuring 8 Kanals -
10 Marlas, 3799 measuring 17 Marlas, 3801 measuring 2 Kanals - 7 Marlas, 3802 measuring 3 Marlas, 3803 measuring
5 Kanals - 2 Marlas, 3804 measuring 16 Marlas, 3805 measuring 8 Kanals - 4 Marlas, 3806 measuring 8 Kanals - 18
Marlas, 3807 measuring 8 Kanals - 18 Marlas, 3808 measuring 8 Kanals - 18 Marlas, Khata 6/300, Jammabandi 1941-
(xix) Land bearing Khasra Nos. 3084 measuring 4 Kanals - 9 Marlas, 3085 measuring 8 Kanals - 18
Marlas, 3098 measuring 4 Kanals, 3099 measuring 8 Kanals - 18 Marlas, 3100 measuring 8 Kanals - 18 Marlas, 3101
Kanals - 5 Marlas, 3109 measuring 5 Kanals - 2 Marlas, 3111 measuring 1 Kanal - 2 Marlas, 3112 measuring 3 Kanals
- 7 Marlas, 3114 measuring 1 Kanal - 7 Marlas, 3178 measuring 2 Kanals - 15 Marlas, 3213 measuring 18 Marlas, 3214
measuring 3 Kanals - 16 Marlas, 3215 measuring 8 Kanal - 18 Marlas, 3216 measuring 3 Kanals, 3217 measuring 5
Kanals - 18 Marlas, 3218 measuring 8 Kanals - 18 Marlas, 3219 measuring 4 Kanals - 13 Marlas, Khata 6/301,
Jammabandi 1941-42, Mahal Rai Kili, Tehsil Charsadda, District Peshawar, total measuring 2354 kanals, 12 marlas, in
265 plot.
APPENDIX "C"
The Frontier Islamia Club Waqf which is bounded in the North by the main road leading to the
Cantonment, in the South by the road leading to Bajori Gate, in the West to Latrine and Shrine and int he East by the
road leading to the Picture House Cinema. It consists of:-
Shops ... ... ... ... 79

Balakhanas ... ... ... ... 20
Houses ... ... ... ... 3
Rooms ... ... ... ... 6
Hall ... ... ... ... 1
Open space in front of the Hall.
Serais ... ... ... ... 4
The account books and all documents pertaining to the income and expenditure of the said Waqf.
APPENDIX "D"
55 Kanals, 12 Marlas, Waqf of land, the village Shamilat of Charsadda, ( A position of this land)
constitutes a Waqf of the Tehsil Mosque on which have been constructed the mosque the shops the Mandi of Anjuman-
i-Rifai Am Building College House Charsadda, the Shops, and the Cattle mandi.
Peshawar:
The 28th December, 1954
THE WEST PAKISTAN (UNIVERSITY OF PESHAWAR)
ORDINANCE 1961
West Pakistan Ordinance No. XXIII OF 1961
AND ORDINANCE
TO RE-CONSTITUTE AND RE-ORGANIZE THE UNIVERSITY OF PESHAWAR
Preamble:
Where it is expedient to re-constitute and re-organize the University of Peshawar for the purposes of
improving the teaching and research provided thereby and the administration thereof;
Now, therefore, in pursuance of the Presidential Proclamation of the Seventh day of October, 1958,
and having received the previous instruction of the President, the Governor of West Pakistan is pleased, in exercise of
all powers enabling him in that behalf, to make and promulgate the following Ordinance:-
CHAPTER - I
PRELIMINARY
Short title and commencement:

1. (a) This Ordinance may be called the West Pakistan (University of Peshawar)
Ordinance, 1961.
(b) It shall come into force at once.
Definitions:
2. In this Ordinance, unless the context otherwise requires, the following expressions shall have the
meanings hereby respectively assigned to them, that is to say:
(a) "Academic Council" means the Academic Council of the University;

(b) "Affiliated College" means a degree college affiliated to the University;
(c) "Authority" means any of the Authorities of the University specified in section 14;
(d) "College" means an affiliated college or constituent college;
(e) "Constituent College" means a degree college maintained by the University;
(f) "Government" means the Government of West Pakistan;
(g) "Prescribed" means prescribed by Statutes, University Ordinances, Regulations or
Rules;
(h) "Principal" means the head of College;
(i) "Professional College" means a college in which instruction is provided only for
courses of study leading to any degree of the University in any professional subject in which is recognized as a
professional College under this Ordinance.
Explanation - In this Ordinance `professional subject' means any of the following subjects, namely,
Agriculture, Animal Husbandry, Commerce, Dentistry, Education, Engineering, Law, Medicine, Home Economics or
any other subject prescribed by Statutes in this behalf;
(j) "Registered graduate of the University" means a graduate of the University whose
name is entered in the register maintained by the University for this purpose, and includes a registered graduate under
the provisions of the Peshawar University Act, 1950, (Act XV of 1950).
(k) "Statutes", "University Ordinance", "Regulations" and "Rules" mean respectively,
the Statutes, University Ordinances, Regulations and Rules made under this Ordinance and for the time being in force;
(l) "Syndicate" means the Syndicate of the University;
(m) "Teacher" means Professor, Reader, Lecturer or any other person imparting
instructions in any College or Teaching Department;
(n) "Teaching Department" means a Teaching Department established and maintained
or recognized by the University;
(o) "University" means the University of Peshawar as re-constituted under this
Ordinance; and
(p) "University Teacher" means a Teacher appointed or recognized as such by the
University.
CHAPTER - II
THE UNIVERSITY
Incorporation:
3. (1) The University of Peshawar shall be reconstituted at Peshawar in accordance with
the provisions of this Ordinance.
(2) The University shall consist of the Chancellor, the Vice-Chancellor and members of
the Syndicate and the Academic Council who shall be called Fellows of the University.
(3) The University shall be a body corporate by the name of the University of
Peshawar, and shall have perpetual succession and a common seal and may sue and be sued by the said name.
(4) The University shall be competent to acquire and hold property, both movable and
immovable, to lease, sell or otherwise transfer any movable an immovable property which may have become vested in
or been acquired by it and to contract and to do all other things necessary for the purpose of this Ordinance.
Passing of property and rights to the

University as reconstituted:
4. All properties, rights and interest of whatever kind used, enjoyed, possessed, owned by, vested in, or
held in trust by or for the University of Peshawar as constituted under the Peshawar University Act, 1950, (NWFP Act
XV of 1950) and all liabilities legally subsisting against the said University, shall pass to the University re-constituted
under this Ordinance.
Powers of the University:
5. The University shall have the powers:-

(i) to provide for instruction in such branches of learning as the University may think
fit, and to make provisions for research and advancement and dissemination of knowledge;
(ii) to hold examinations, confer degrees, diplomas, certificates, licenses, titles and
marks of honour on persons who:
(a) have pursued a course of study in the University or in a College and have
passed the examinations of the University under prescribed conditions; or
(b) are admitted under prescribed conditions to the examinations of the
University and have passed the examinations;
(iii) to confer degrees and other academic distinctions on persons who have carried on
independent research under prescribed conditions;
(iv) to confer honorary degrees or other academic distinctions on person approved in
the prescribed manner;
(v) to admit colleges to the privileges of the University under prescribed conditions;
(vi) to inspect Colleges;
(vii) to co-operate with other universities and authorities in such manner and for such purposes as
the University may determine;
(viii) to institute Professorships, Readerships, Lecturerships and any other teaching or
administrative posts required by the University and to appoint persons to such posts;
(ix) to recognize persons as Teachers of the University and Colleges;
(x) to institute and award Fellowships, Scholarships, Exhibitions, Bursaries, Medals
and other awards in accordance with prescribed conditions;
(xi) to establish Teaching Departments, Colleges, Institutes and Halls, and to make such
arrangements for their maintenance, management and administration as it may determine;
(xii) to demand and to receive such fees and other charges as may be prescribed;
(xiii) "to supervise and control the residence and discipline of students of the University and
affiliated colleges, and to make arrangements for promoting their health and general welfare;
(xiv) to receive grants, bequests, trust, gifts, donations endowments and other contributions, made
to the University for specific purposes; and
(xv) to do such other acts and things, whether incidental to the powers aforesaid or not,
as may be requisite in order to:-
(a) further the objects of the University as an examining, Teaching and
research body specially regarding dissemination and advancement of knowledge; and
(b) cultivate and promote Arts, Sciences and other branches of learning.
Jurisdiction of University:
6. (1) The University shall exercise the powers conferred on it by or under this Ordinance
within the territorial limits and in respect of the institutions over which the University of Peshawar was exercising its
powers under the Peshawar University Act, 1950, (NWFP Act XV of 1950), immediately before the promulgation of
this Ordinance:
Provided that Government may be general or special order modify the extent and scope and the aforesaid powers of the
University with regard to such territorial limits or institutions.
(2) No educational institution situated within the territorial limits of the University,
shall, save with the consent of the University and the sanction of Government, be associated in any way with, or seek
admission to any privileges of any other University established by law.
(3) Any educational institution situated anywhere outside the territorial limits of the
University, may, with the sanction of Government, apply to the University for being admitted to the privileges of the
University, and such institutions may subject to such conditions and restrictions as the University and Government
think to impose, be admitted to the privileges of the University.
University open to all classes and creeds:
7. No person shall be excluded from membership of any of the Authorities of the University from
admission to any degree or course of study on the sole ground of sex, race, creed or class, and it shall not be lawful for
the University to adopt or impose on any person any test whatsoever relating to religious belief or profession in order to
entitle him to be admitted thereto as a Teacher or student, or to hold any office therein or to graduate therefrom or to
enjoy or exercise any privileges thereof except where in respect of any particular benefaction accepted by the
University such test is made a condition thereof.
CHAPTER - III
OFFICERS OF THE UNIVERSITY
Officer of the University:

8. The following shall be the Officers of the University:-
(i) the Chancellor;
(ii) the Vice-Chancellor;
(iii) the Registrar;
(iv) the Treasurer;
(v) the Controller of Examinations; and
(vi) such other officers as may be prescribed.
The Chancellor:
9. (1) The Governor of West Pakistan shall be the Chancellor of the University.
(2) The Chancellor shall, when present, preside at the Convocation of the University.
(3) The Chancellor may remove any person from the membership of any Authority, if
such person;
(i) has become of unsound mind; or
(ii) has been incapacitated to function as member of such Authority;
of
(iii) has been convicted by a court of law of an offence involving moral
turpitude.
(4) The Chancellor may withdraw the degree or diploma conferred on or granted to any
person by the University if he has been convicted by a court of law of an offence involving moral turpitude.
Visitation:
10. (1) The Chancellor may cause an inspection or inquiry to be made in respect of any
matter connected with the University, and shall, from time to time, appoint such person or persons as he may deem fit,
for the purposes of carrying out inspection of;
(i) The University, its buildings, laboratories, libraries, Museums,
Workshops and Equipment;
(ii) any institution, College or hostel, maintained or recognized by, or
affiliated to the University;
(iii) the teaching and other work conducted by the University; and
(iv) the conduct of examinations held by the University. The
Chancellor shall in every such case as aforesaid, give notice to the Syndicate of his intention to cause an inspection or
inquiry to be made, and the Syndicate shall be entitled to be represented thereat.
(2) The Chancellor shall communicate to the Syndicate his views with regard to the
results of such inspection or inquiry and shall, after ascertaining the views thereon of the Syndicate, advise the
Syndicate on the action to be taken.
(3) The Syndicate shall communicate to the Chancellor such action, if any, as has been
taken or may be proposed to be taken upon the results of the inspection or inquiry. Such communication shall be
submitted to the Chancellor within such time as may be specified by the Chancellor.
(4) Where the Syndicate does not, within a reasonable time take action to the
satisfaction of the Chancellor, the Chancellor may, after considering any explanation furnished or representation made
by the Syndicate, issue such directions as he thinks fit, and the Vice-Chancellor shall comply with such directions.
(5) If the Chancellor is satisfied that any proceeding of any Authority is not in
conformity with this Ordinance, the Statutes or the University Ordinances, he may, without prejudice to the foregoing
provisions of this section, by order in writing, annul such proceeding;
Provided that before making any such order, he shall, through the Vice-Chancellor,
call upon the said Authority to show cause why such an order should not be made.
(6) The Chancellor shall have the power to assent to the University Ordinances
submitted by the Syndicate or withhold assent or refer them back to the Syndicate for re-consideration.
(7) Every proposal to confer an honorary degree shall be subject to confirmation by the
Chancellor.
The Vice-Chancellor:
11. (1) The Vice-Chancellor shall be appointed by the Chancellor on such terms and
conditions as may be determined by the Chancellor.
(2) The Vice-Chancellor shall hold office for four years from the date of the
notification of his appointment and on the expiry of his term of office shall be eligible for re-appointment.
(3) When the office of Vice-Chancellor is vacant temporarily or otherwise by reason of

leave, illness or other causes, the Chancellor shall make such arrangements for carrying on the duties of the office of
the Vice-Chancellor as he may think fit.
Powers of the Vice-Chancellor:

12. (1) The Vice-Chancellor shall be the principal executive and academic officer of the
University, and shall, if present, preside at the meeting of the Syndicate, Academic Council, Selection Board,
Committee for Advanced Studies and Research, and Planning and Development Committee. In the absence of the Vice-
Chancellor, a member of the Authority concerned, chosen by a majority of the members of present from among
themselves, will preside. In the absence of the Chancellor, the Vice-Chancellor shall preside at the Convocation of the
University. He shall be entitled to attend and preside at any meeting of any Authority or other body or committee of the
University.
(2) The Vice-Chancellor shall ensure that the provisions of this Ordinance, Statutes and
University Ordinances are faithfully observed and carried out, and shall exercise all powers necessary for this purpose.
(3) In an emergency arising out of the business of the University and requiring, in the
opinion of the Vice-Chancellor immediate action the Vice-Chancellor may take such action as he may deem necessary,
and shall report the action so taken to the authority concerned as early as possible.
(4) The Vice-Chancellor shall have the right to visit Colleges and other institutions
affiliated to the University.
(5) The Vice-Chancellor shall:-
(i) have the power to appoint, punish or dismiss the employees of
the University in accordance with the Statutes and University Ordinances;
(ii) have the power to create and fill temporary posts for a period not
exceeding six months; and
(iii) exercise such other powers as may be prescribed.
(6) The Vice-Chancellor may, subject to such conditions as may be prescribed, delegate
any of his powers to such officers and employees of the University as he may deem fit.
Other Officers:
13. Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, the powers and duties of other officers of the University
shall be such as may be prescribed.
CHAPTER - IV
AUTHORITIES OF THE UNIVERSITY
Authorities:
14. The following shall be the Authorities of the University:-
(i) the Syndicate;
(ii) the Academic Council;
(iii) the Board of Studies;
(iv) the Selection Board;
(v) the Committee for Advanced Studies and Research;
(vi) the Fiance Committee;
(vii) the Planning and Development Committee; and
(viii) such other Authorities as may be provided for in the Statutes.
The Syndicate:
15. The Syndicate shall consist of the following members, namely:-
(i) the Vice-Chancellor (Chairman)
(ii) the Director of Education, Peshawar Region;
(iii) the Chairman, Board of Intermediate and Secondary Education, Peshawar.
(iv) one University Professor to be appointed by the Chancellor.
(v) One Principal of a College to be appointed by the Chancellor.
(vi) Two members to be appointed by the Chancellor either from among the members
of the National Assembly of Pakistan or the members of the Provincial Assembly of West Pakistan or one each from
both;
(vii) one member from among the registered graduates of the University to be appointed by the
Chancellor; and
(viii) three other members to be appointed by the Chancellor.
Powers and duties of the Syndicate:

16. (1) Subject to the other provisions of this Ordinance, and the powers conferred on the
Chancellor and the Vice-Chancellor, the Syndicate shall have the general management of and superintendence over the
affairs, concerns and property of the University, and shall exercise that superintendence in accordance with this
Ordinance, the Statutes and the University Ordinances.
(2) Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing powers the Syndicate shall:
(i) prescribe the form of the common seal of the University, the
University, the authority in whose custody it shall be kept and the manner in which it shall be used;
(ii) hold, control and administer the property and funds of the
University including the funds for specific purposes, and make contracts on behalf of the University;
(iii) have the powers, subject to the Statutes, to transfer and accept transfer of
any movable or immovable property on behalf of the University;
(iv) manage and regulate the finances, accounts and investments of
the University;
(v) have the power to invest any moneys belonging to the University,
including any unapplied income in any of the securities described in section 20 of the Trust Act, 1882, or in the
purchase of immovable property in Pakistan with the like power of varying such investments, or to place in fixed
deposits in any approved Bank any portion of such moneys not required for immediate expenditure;
(vi) consider and pass the budget of the University;
(vii) subject to the provisions of this Ordinance and under conditions which
may be prescribed by the Statutes admit colleges to the privileges of the University;
(viii) arrange for and direct the inspection of Colleges and Teaching
Departments;
(ix) have the power to institute such teaching or administrative posts
as it may consider necessary;
(x) have the power to abolish or suspend any existing teaching or
administrative post in the University;
(xi) subject to the other provisions of this Ordinance, the Statutes and
University Ordinances made thereunder appoint:
(a) the officers other than Teachers, on the
recommendations of the Vice-Chancellor, and
(b) University Teachers on the recommendations of the
Selection Board concerned;
and shall determine their duties and conditions of appointment;
(xii) prepare the Statutes for submission to Government for assent;
(xiii) frame University Ordinances for submission to the Chancellor for assent;
(xiv) pass Regulations;
(xv) have the power to confer and grant degrees and diplomas;
(xvi) subject to the other provisions of this Ordinance, regulate, determine, and
administrator all matters concerning the University, and to this end, exercise all other powers not specifically
mentioned in this Ordinance, or the Statutes or University Ordinances; and
(xvii) have the power to delegate any of its powers to an officer or Authority or
committee or sub-committee of the University appointed for specific purpose.
Terms of office of members of Syndicate and quorum:

17. The term of office of members of the Syndicate other than ex-officio members and the quorum for
meetings of the Syndicate shall be prescribed by the Statutes.
Academic Council:
18. The Academic Council shall consist of the following, namely:-
(i) the Vice-Chancellor (Chairman);
(iii) the Chairman, Board of Intermediate and Secondary Education, Peshawar;
(iv) the University Professors;
(v) the Heads of University Teaching Departments;
(vi) the Principals of Constituent Colleges'
(vii) five Principals of Affiliated Colleges to be appointed by the Chancellor; and
(viii) five other persons to be nominated by the Chancellor.
Power and duties of the Academic Council:

19. (1) The Academic Council shall, subject to the other provisions of this Ordinance and
the Statutes have power to make Regulations, prescribing the courses of study and curricula, and laying down proper
standards of instruction, research and examinations.
(2) Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing powers, the Academic Council
shall have the power:
(i) to advise the Syndicate on all academic matters;
(ii) to make Regulations for the proper conduct of teaching, research
and examination, and for promoting academic life in the University and the Colleges;
(iii) to lay down conditions under which students may be given admission to
University courses and University examinations;
(iv) to propose to the Syndicate schemes for the constitution of
University Departments and Boards of Studies;
(v) to deal with University teaching and to make proposals for the
planning and development of teaching and research the University;
(vi) to prescribe subject to the approval of the Syndicate, and upon
the recommendations of the Board of Studies, the courses of reading, the syllabi and the outlines of texts for all the
examinations; provided that in the absence of the recommendations by a Board of Studies by the first week of April, the
Academic Council may subject to the approval of the Syndicate, continue for the next year, the courses of studies
already prescribed for an examination;
(vii) to recognize the examinations of other Universities or Boards as
equivalent to the corresponding examinations of the University.
(viii) to frame University Ordinance regarding the use of the University library;
and
(ix) to propose regulations to the Syndicate for the award of
Studentships, Scholarships, Exhibitions, Medals and Prizes.
Terms of office of members of Academic Council and quorum:

20. The term of office of the members of the Academic Council other than ex-officio members and the
quorum for the meetings of the Academic Council shall be as prescribed by the Statutes.
Constitution, powers and duties of the Authorities:

21. Subject to the provisions of this Ordinance, the constitution, powers and duties of the Board of
Studies, Selection Board, Committee for Advanced Studies and Research, Finance Committee, Planning and
Development Committee and other Authorities shall be such as may be prescribed by the Statutes.
CHAPTER - V
STATUTES AND UNIVERSITY ORDINANCES
Statutes:
22. Subject to the provisions of this Ordinances, the Statutes may provide for all or any of the following
matters, namely:-
(a) constitution, powers and duties of the authorities;
(b) conditions and procedure for the affiliation or disaffiliation of colleges;
(c) the constitution of Pension and Provident Fund for the benefit of the employees of
the University;
(d) general schemes of studies including the duration of courses and total number of
subjects for examinations, but not the detailed syllabi therefor.
(e) the medium of instruction and examination;
(f) audit of the accounts of the University; and
(g) such other matters as may be prescribed by the Statutes.
Framing of Statutes:
23. Statutes may be made in the following manner:-
(a) the Syndicate may frame a Statute on any subject mentioned in section 22.
(b) when such Statutes has been passed by the Syndicate, it shall be submitted to
Government for assent.
(c) Government may assent to such Statute or withhold assent or refer it back to the
Syndicate for reconsideration.
(d) the Statute passed by the Syndicate shall not be valid until it has received the assent
of Government.
(f) the procedure for amending and repealing the Statutes shall be the same as given
above.
University Ordinances:
24. Subject to the other provisions of this Ordinance and the Statutes, the University Ordinances may
provide for all or any of the following matters, namely:-
(a) powers and duties of the offices and teachers of the University;
(b) management of the institutions run by the University;
(c) conditions of service and scales of pay of employees of the University;
(d) mode of appointment of Teachers and Officers of the University;
(e) recognition of Teachers of affiliated Colleges as University Teachers;
(f) fees to be charged by the University;
(g) creation and abolition of posts;
(h) establishment of Teaching Departments and constituent Colleges;
(i) the form and manner in which the accounts of the University should be maintained;
and
(j) all other matters which under the Statutes are required to be provided for by the
University Ordinances.
Framing of University Ordinance:

25. The University Ordinances shall be made in the following manner:-
(a) The Syndicate may frame a University Ordinance on any subject mentioned in
section 24. If the University Ordinance relates to any subject mentioned below, it shall be referred to the Academic
Council for expression of opinion before it is taken up by the Syndicate for final consideration:
(i) Duties of the Teachers of the University.
(ii) Mode of appointment of Teachers of the University.
(iii) Recognition of Teachers of affiliated Colleges as University Teachers.
(iv) Creation and abolition of posts of Teachers of University.
(v) Establishment of Teaching Departments and constituent Colleges.
(b) When such University Ordinance has been passed by the Syndicate, it shall be
submitted to the Chancellor.
(c) The Chancellor may assent to such University Ordinance or withhold assent or
refer it back to the Syndicate for reconsideration.
(d) The University Ordinance passed by the Syndicate shall not be valid until it has
received the assent of the Chancellor.
(e) The procedure for amending or repealing the University Ordinances shall be the
same as given above.
Regulations:
26. Subject to the other provisions of the Ordinance, the Statutes and the University Ordinances, the
Regulations may provide for all or any of the following matters, namely:-
(i) registration and admission of students in the University;
(ii) equivalence of examinations conducted by other universities and institutions;
(iii) conditions of residence of students;
(iv) framing of detailed syllabi for the examinations held by the University;
(v) conditions of admission of Colleges and Teaching Departments;
(vi) conditions of admission to the examinations held by the University and to the
degrees, diplomas and certificates conferred by the University;
(vii) conduct of examinations;
(viii) institution of Scholarships, Medals and Prizes; and
(ix) all other matters which under the Statutes may be required to be provided for the
Regulations.
Framing of Regulations:
27. The Regulations shall be made in the following manner:-
(a) A Regulation shall be initiated by the Academic Council and the draft shall be
submitted to the Syndicate. The Syndicate may allow it, disallow it or refer it back to the Academic Council for
reconsideration;
Provided that the Syndicate on its own motion may also frame Regulations after
first referring them to the Academic Council for expression of opinion.
(b) the procedure for amending or repealing a Regulation shall be same as given above.
Rules:
28. (1) The Authorities may make Rules consistent with this Ordinance, Statutes,
University Ordinances and Regulations, providing for:
(a) the procedure to be followed at their meetings;
(b) all matters which by this Ordinance, Statutes, University
Ordinances or Regulations are to be provided for by Rules;
(c) all matters solely concerning such authorities, and not provided
for by this Ordinance, Statutes, University Ordinances or Regulations.
(2) Every Authority shall make Rules providing for:

(a) the giving of notice to the members of such Authority of the dates
of the meetings, and of the business to be transacted at the meetings; and
(b) the keeping of a record of the proceedings of the meetings;
(3) The Syndicate may amend or cancel any Rules made under this section.
CHAPTER - VI
AFFILIATION AND ADMISSION OF THE COLLEGES
TO THE PRIVILEGES OF THE UNIVERSITY
Certificate required of candidates for examination:

29. No person shall, except as otherwise provided for by the Statutes or University Ordinances, be
admitted as a candidate to a University examination, unless he produces a certificate to the effect that he has completed
the prescribed course of instruction as a regular student of a College or a Teaching Department.
Affiliation:
30. (1) A College applying for affiliation to the University shall make an application to the
University and shall satisfy the University:
(a) that the College is to be under the management of a regularly
constituted governing body;
(b) that the financial resources of the college are such as may enable
it to make due provision for its continued maintenance and efficient working;
(c) that the strength and qualification of the teaching and other staff
and the terms and conditions of their service make due provision for the courses of instruction teaching or training to be
undertaken by the college;
(c.c) The West Pakistan University (Amendment) Ordinance (1962), that the college has, with the
approval of the University, framed rules regarding efficiency and discipline in respect of the staff and other employees.
(d) that the buildings in which the college is to be located are suitable
and that provision will be made, in conformity with the Statutes and University Ordinances for the residence in the
college hostels or in lodging approved by the college, of students not residing with their parents or guardians, and for
the supervision and physical and general welfare of students;
(e) that provision has been made for a library and adequate library
services;
(f) that where affiliation is sought in any branch of experiment
science, due arrangements have been made, for imparting instruction in that branch of science in a properly equipped
laboratory or museum;
(g) that due provision will, so far as circumstances may permit, be
made for the residence of the Principal and members of the teaching staff in or near the college or the place provide for
the residence of students; and
(h) that the affiliation of the college, having regard to the provision
made for students by other Colleges in the neighbourhood of the college, will not be injurious to the interests of
education or discipline.
(2) the application shall further contain an undertaking that after the college is
affiliated, any transference of and changes in management and change in the teaching staff shall be forthwith reported
to the University, and that the teaching staff shall possess such qualifications as are and may be prescribed.
(3) No college shall be granted affiliation or shall be admitted to the privileges of the
University, except with the approval of the Syndicate and government.
(4) The procedure to be followed in disposing of application for the affiliation of a
college shall be such as may be prescribed.
Extension of affiliation:
31. Where a college desires to and to the courses of instruction in respect of which it is affiliated, the
procedure prescribed by section 30 and the Statutes, shall so far as may be, be followed.
Inspections and Reports:

32. (1) Every college affiliated to the University shall furnish such reports, returns and
other information as the University may require to enable it to judge the efficiency of the college.
(2) The University shall cause every such college to be inspected from time to time by
one or more competent persons authorised by it in this behalf.
(3) The University may call upon any College so inspected to take, within a specified
period, such action as may appear to the University to be necessary in respect of any of the matters referred to in sub-
section (1) of section 30.
Disaffiliation:
33. (1) If a College fails to continue to satisfy the requirements mentioned in sub-section
(1) of section 30 or if the College has failed to observe any of the conditions of its affiliation or the college is conducted
in a manner which is prejudicial to the interests of education, or if the College is not maintaining efficiency and
discipline in accordance with the rules framed in pursuance of clause (cc) of sub-section (1) of section 30* the rights
conferred on the College by affiliation may, with the approval of the Syndicate and sanction of Government, be with-
drawn in whole or in part or modified.
(2) The procedure to be followed for withdrawal of affiliation shall be such as may be
prescribed by the Statutes.
CHAPTER - VII
UNIVERSITY FUND
University Fund:
34. (1) The University shall have a fund to which shall be credited:-
(a) its income from fees, donations, trusts, bequests, endowments
grants and all other sources;
(b) any contribution or grants by any Government.
Accounts and Audit:

35. (1) The accounts of the University shall be maintained in such form and in such
manner as may be prescribed by University Ordinances.
(2) The statement of the accounts of the University shall be submitted to Government
once a year.
(3) The accounts of University shall be audited in such manner as may be prescribed
by the Statutes.
CHAPTER - VIII
GENERAL PROVISION
Interpretation in case of doubt:

36. If any question arises regarding the interpretation of any provision of this Ordinance or of any
Statutes, University Ordinances, Regulations or Rules, or as to whether any person has been duly elected or appointed
as, or is entitled to be, a member of any authority the matter shall be referred to the Chancellor whose decision thereon
shall be final.
Filling of casual vacancies:

37. All casual vacancies among the members other than Ex-Officio members of any Authority shall be
filled, as soon as, conveniently, may be, by the person or Authority who appointed, nominated or co-opted the member
whose place has become vacant, and the person appointed, nominated or co-opted to a casual vacancy shall be a
member of such authority for the residue of the term for which the person whose place he fills would have been a
member.
Proceedings not invalidated by vacancy:

38. No act or proceeding of any Authority shall be invalid by reason only of any vacancy in the authority
doing or passing it or by reason of any want of qualification by or invalidity in the appointment of any de facto member
of the authority whether present or absent.
Pension and Provident Fund:

39. (1) The University shall constitute for the benefit of its officers, Teachers and other
employees, such pension or Provident Fund or both, subject to such conditions as may be prescribed by Statutes.
(2) Where such Provident Fund has been so constituted, Government may declare that
the provisions of the Provident Fund Act, 1925, shall apply to such fund as if the University were the government and
the said fund were the Government Provident Fund (Act XI 1925).
Bar to Suits:
40. All acts done, orders passed or proceedings taken by the University shall be final and shall not be
called in question in any court by a suit or otherwise.
Members of Authorities and employees to be public servants:

41. Members of Authorities, employees of the University and other persons appointed to carrying out the
purposes of this Ordinances shall be deemed to be public servants within the meaning of section 21 of the Pakistan
Penal Code. (Act XLV 1860).
Protection of acts and orders:

42. No suit for damages or other legal proceedings will be instituted against Government, the University,
or any authority, officer or employee of the University in respect of any thing done or purported to have been done in
good faith in pursuance of this Ordinance, and the Statutes, University Ordinances and Regulations made thereunder.
Prohibitions to seek elections, etc.:

43. The employees of the University shall neither seek nor contest election to any legislature or local
body.
Explanation-Employees of the University shall include all persons drawing salary from the funds of
the University.
First Statutes:
44. Notwithstanding any thing to the contrary contained in this Ordinance:
(a) the Statutes set out in the Schedule appended to this Ordinance shall on its
commencements be deemed to be the Statutes framed by the University under section 23.
(b) Government or the Chancellor as the case may be, may, within six months of the
commencement of this Ordinance add to, rescind or modify the Statutes and University Ordinances.
(c) The University Ordinances in force at the time of commencement of this Ordinance
shall continue to be in force in so far as they are not repugnant to this Ordinance and Statutes.
Repeal and saving:

45. (1) The Peshawar University Act, 1950, is hereby repealed. (NWFP Act XV or 1950).
(2) Notwithstanding the repeal of the Peshawar University Act, 1950, everything done,
action taken, obligations or liabilities incurred, rights and assets acquired, persons appointed or authorisd, jurisdiction
or powers conferred, endowments, bequests, funds or trusts created, donations or grants made, Scholarships,
Studentships or Exhibitions instituted, affiliations granted and orders issued under any of the provisions of the said Act,
Statutes, Ordinances, Regulations and Rules made thereunder not inconsistent with the provisions of this Ordinance or
Statutes, University Ordinances, Regulations or Rules made under this ordinance, shall be continued and so far as may
be, be deemed to have been respectively done, taken, incurred, acquired, appointed, authorized, conferred, created,
made, instituted, granted and issued under this Ordinance, and nay document referring to any of the provisions of the
Act, Ordinances, Statutes, Regulations and Rules first referred to, shall, so far as may be, be considered to refer to the
corresponding provisions of this Ordinance or the Statutes, University Ordinances, Regulations and Rules made under
this Ordinance.
Bar against holding of office and membership of Authority:

46. No person shall be eligible to hold any office of the University or be a member of any of the
authority, or continue as such if he:
(i) is of unsound mind, deaf-mute or is otherwise incapacitated to discharge his

functions;
(ii) is an undischarged insolvent;
(iii) has been convicted by a court of law of an offence which involves moral turpitude.
Removal of the Chancellor of difficulties at the commencement of the Ordinance:
47. If any difficulty arises as to the first constitution or reconstitution of any authority of the University
after the commencement of this Ordinance or otherwise in first giving effect to the provisions of this Ordinance the
Chancellor may, by orders do anything which appears to him necessary for the purpose of removing the difficulty.
SCHEDULE
THE FIRST STATUTES OF THE
UNIVERSITY OF PESHAWAR
(SECTION 44)
Definition:
1. In these Statutes, unless the context otherwise requires, the following expressions shall have the
(a) "Ordinance", means the West Pakistan (University of Peshawar) Ordinance, 1961.
(b) "Offices", "Professors", "Readers", "Lecturers", and "registered graduates: mean
respectively the Officers, Professors, Readers, Lecturers and registered graduates of the University.
The Syndicate:
2. (1) The term of office of members of the Syndicate other than ex-officio members shall
be two years.
(2) The quorum for the meetings of the Syndicate shall be half the total number of
members, a fraction being counted as one.
The Academic Council:

3. (1) The term of office of members of the Academic Council other than ex-officio
members shall be two years.
(2) The quorum for the meetings of the Academic Council shall be one-third of the
total number of members, a fraction being counted as one.
The Board of Studies:

4. (1) There shall be a Board of Studies for each subject or group of subjects as any be
prescribed.
(2) Each Board of Studies shall consist of the following, namely:
(i) the Head of the University Teaching Department;
(ii) all Professors and Readers in the University Teaching
Department;
(iii) one University Teacher other than a Professor or a Reader, to be appointed
by the Academic Council;
(iv) two Teachers other than University Teachers to be appointed by
the Syndicate;
(v) one expert to be appointed by the Vice-Chancellor;
Provided that where in respect of any subject there is no
University Teaching Department or University Teacher, the Board of Studies shall consist of persons mentioned under
categories (iv) and (v) above.
(3) The term of office of members of the Board of Studies other than ex-officio
(4) The quorum for meetings of the Board of Studies shall be half the number of
(5) The Head of the University Teaching Department concerned shall be the Chairman
and Convener of the Board of Studies. Where in respect of a subject there is no University Teaching Department, the
Chairman shall be appointed by the Syndicate.
(6) The powers and duties of each Board of Studies shall be as follows:
(a) to advise the authorities on all academic matters connected with
instruction and examination in the subject or subjects concerned.
(b) to prepare curricula and syllabi for the Bachelor's and Master's
Degree Courses in the subject or subjects concerned.
(c) to suggest a panel of names of Paper-Setters and Examiners in the
subject or subjects concerned; and
(d) to do such other things as are assigned or referred to it by the
Vice-Chancellor, the Syndicate or the Academic Council.
The Committee for Advanced Studies and Research:

5. (1) The Committee for Advanced Studies and Research shall consist of the following,
namely:
(ii) five Professors to be appointed by the Syndicate;
(iii) two Teachers having research qualifications and experience to be
appointed by the Academic Council; and
(iv) two experts to be appointed by the Vice-Chancellor.
(2) The term of office of members of the Committee for Advanced Studies and
Research other than ex-officio members shall be two years.
(3) The quorum for the meeting of the Committee of Advanced Studies and Research
shall be four.
(4) The functions of the Committee for Advanced Studies and Research shall be as
follows:
(a) to advise the Authorities on all matters connected with the
promotion of advanced studies and research in the University.
(b) to consider and report to the Authorities on the institution of
research degrees in the University in a particular subject or subjects;
(c) to prepare the University Ordinances and Regulations regarding
the award of research degree;
(d) to consider the applications of students for admission to research
courses, and to determine the subjects of their thesis;
(e) to appoint supervisors for research students;
(f) to recommend a panel of names for research examination; and
(g) to do such other things as may be assigned or referred to it by the
Vice-Chancellor, the Syndicate or the Academic Council.
Selection Board for appointment of Professors, Readers and other Teachers:

6. (1) Selection Board for the appointment of Professors, Readers and other Teachers (in
this paragraph referred to as the Selection Board) shall consist of the following namely:
(ii) two members other than the employees of the University to be
appointed by the Syndicate;
(iii) two members other than the employees of the University to be appointed
by the Chancellor.
In making appointments to the posts of Professors and Readers, the Selection Board shall, with the
prior approval of the Chancellor, co-opt or consult three experts in the subject.
For the appointment of Teachers other than Professors and Readers, the Selection Board shall co-opt
or consult the Head of the Department concerned and two other experts.
(2) the term of office of members of the Selection Board, other than ex-officio
members, shall be one year.
(3) The quorum for the meeting of the Selection Board shall be three members.
(4) The functions of the Selection Board shall be as follows:
(i) to suggest the terms and conditions on which Professors, Readers
and other Teachers in the University may be appointed;
(ii) to consider the applications of candidates for the posts of
Professors, Readers and other Teachers in the University;
(iii) to recommend to the Syndicate the names of suitable candidates for
appointment to the posts of Professors, Readers and other Teachers.
(5) the Selection Board may, in a special case, recommend to the Syndicate that a
highly distinguished scholar may be invited to occupy the Chair of a Professor on such terms and conditions as the
Syndicate may decide to offer.
(6) In case of an un-resolved difference of opinion between the Selection Board and
the Syndicate, the matter shall be referred to the Chancellor for final decision.
The Finance Committee:

7. (1) The Finance Committee shall consist of the following namely:
(iii) one member to be appointed by the Syndicate;
(iv) one member of the Academic Council to be appointed by the
Chancellor;
(v) one member to be appointed by the Chancellor.
(2) The term of office of members of the Finance Committee other than ex-officio
(3) The quorum for the meetings of the Finance Committee shall be three members of
whom one shall be the Vice-Chancellor.
(4) The functions of the Finance Committee shall be as follows:
(i) to consider the annual budget, and to advise the Syndicate
thereon;
(ii) to make recommendations to the Syndicate on all matters relating
to the finances of the University, and to review its financial position periodically;
(iii) to examine and report on the financial implications of any new
development projects;
(iv) to do such things as are referred to it by the Vice-Chancellor,
Syndicate or the Academic Council.
The Planning and Development Committee:

8. (1) The Planning and Development Committee shall consist of the following, namely:-
(ii) two members to be appointed by the Syndicate;
(iii) two members to be appointed by the Academic Council; and
(iv) two members to be appointed by the Chancellor.
(2) The term of office of members of the Planning and Development Committee, other
than ex-officio members, shall be two years.
(3) The quorum for the meetings of the Planning and Development Committee shall be
four members of whom one shall be the Vice-Chancellor.
(4) The functions of the Planning and Development Committee shall be as follows:
(i) to examine all development projects and schemes in the
University and to advise the Syndicate thereon;
(ii) to do such things as may be assigned or referred to it by the Vice-
Chancellor, the Syndicate or the Academic Council.
The Vice-Chancellor:
9. The powers and duties of the Vice-Chancellor in addition to those assigned to him under section 12 of
the Ordinance shall be as follows:
(i) to appoint, grant all kinds of leave, to punish and dismiss those employees of the
University whose initial salary is less than Rs.350/-
(ii) to sanction all expenditure provided in the budget of the University.
(iii) to initiate and to recommend to the Syndicate disciplinary action against employees drawing
initial salary of three hundred rupees or more;
(iv) to re-appropriate funds within the same major Head of Expenditure;
(v) to sanction any amount up to one thousand rupees for an item not provided for in
the budget of the University by re-appropriation and report it to the Syndicate as early as possible;
(vi) to appoint Paper-Setters and Examiners for all examinations of the University, after
receiving panel of names from the Boards of Studies;
(vii) to sanction such arrangements for the scrutiny and moderation of papers, and the checking
of marks and results as he may consider necessary;
(viii) to direct Teachers, officers, and other employees of the University to take up such
assignments in connection with teaching, research, examination, administration and extra-curricular activities, in the
University and to do such things as he may consider necessary for the purposes of the University.
The Registrar:
10. (1) The Registrar shall be whole time officer of the University and shall be appointed
by the Syndicate on such terms and conditions as may be determined by it.
(2) The Registrar shall work under the control of the Vice-Chancellor, and shall be
incharge of the academic sections of the University Office. He shall be responsible to the Vice-Chancellor for the
proper and efficient functioning of those sections of the Office. He shall be secretary to the Syndicate, the Academic
Council and the Planning and Development Committee and shall perform such other functions and duties as are
assigned to him by the Vice-Chancellor.
The Treasurer:
11. (1) The Treasurer shall be an officer of the University, and shall be appointed by the
Chancellor on such terms and conditions as may be determined by the Chancellor.
(2) The Treasurer shall work under the control of the Vice-Chancellor and shall be
incharge of the Accounts, Purchase and Stores sections of the University Office. He shall be responsible to the Vice-
Chancellor for the proper and efficient functioning of those sections of the Office. He shall be secretary to the Finance
Committee and shall perform such other functions and duties as are assigned to him by the Vice-Chancellor
The Controller of Examinations:

12. (1) The Controller of Examinations shall be a whole time officer of the University, and
shall be appointed by the Syndicate on such terms and conditions as may be determined by it.
(2) The Controller of Examinations shall work under the control of the Vice-
Chancellor, and shall be incharge of the Examination section of the University Office. He shall be responsible to the
Vice-Chancellor for the proper and efficient functioning of that section of the Office. He shall make all arrangements
for the conduct of the University examinations, and shall perform such other functions and duties as are assigned to him
by the Vice-Chancellor.
Audit:
13. (1) The Syndicate shall appoint a whole time Officer as Auditor for the purpose of
auditing the bills to be paid out of funds of the University. No expenditure shall be make from the funds of the
University, unless a bill for its payment has been audited by the Auditor in conformity with the Statutes, University
Ordinances and Regulations.
(2) The statement of the accounts of the University, signed by the Treasurer and the
Auditor, shall be submitted to Government within six months of the closing of the financial year.
(3) The accounts of the University shall be audited once a year in conformity with the
Statutes, University Ordinances and Regulations by Auditor appointed by Government for this purpose.
Duties of University Teachers:

14. (1) In addition to the like provisions for the time being in force, the duties of the
University Teachers shall be as follows:
(i) to teach the students by means of lectures, tutorials, discussions,
seminars, demonstrations and the like;
(ii) to conduct, guide and supervise research;
(iii) to maintain personal contact with the students, give them individual
guidance and supervise their extra-curricular activities;
(iv) to assist the authorities in preparing courses and syllabi, in
conducting the examinations, in organising the libraries, laboratories and other curricular and extra-curricular activities
of the University and its Departments, Colleges and other institutions;
(v) to perform such other functions, and duties as may be assigned to
them by the Vice-Chancellor.
(2) the total work-load in hours of the Teachers and the distribution of work-schedule
for the various duties mentioned in clause (1) during an academic year of thirty-six weeks, shall normally be in
accordance with the table given below this paragraph.
(3) the Vice-Chancellor shall have the power to vary the distribution of an individual
Teacher's work-schedule so as to make it possible for his special talent, equipment and aptitude to be put to the
maximum use.
(4) Every Teachers shall give frequent assignments and periodic tests to his students,
and shall maintain a regular record of their performance at such assignments and tests.
(a) FOR ARTS HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL STUDIES
Lecturers Tutorial Students Guidance

Seminar and Research Guidance
Personals Studies and Research
Administration and other Activities
Professors
300
100
100
300
300
400
Readers
400
100
100
200
400
300
Lecturers
500
200
100
100
400
200
(b) FOR SCIENCE SUBJECTS
Lecturers Tutorial Practicals

Students Guidance
Seminar and Research Guidance
Personal Studies and Research
Administration and other Activities
Professors
200
100
100
100
300
300
400
Readers
300
100
200
100
200
300
300
Lecturers
300
200
300
100
100
300
200
MALIK AMIR MOHAMMAD KHAN

Governor of West Pakistan
__________________________________________________________________
KHAN BASHIR-UD-DIN AHMAD

Secretary to the Governor West Pakistan
Law Department
__________________________________________________________________
(EMPLOYEES EFFICIENCY AND DISCIPLINE)
UNIVERSITY ORDINANCE 1961
In exercise of the powers conferred on him by clause (b) of section 44 of the West Pakistan
(University of Peshawar) Ordinance, 1961, the Chancellor is pleased to add the following University Ordinances
relating to the efficiency and discipline of the employees of the University of Peshawar:-
1. Short title, application and commencement:
(1) These University Ordinances may be called the University of Peshawar Employees
(Efficiency and Discipline) University Ordinances, 1961.
(2) These University Ordinances shall apply to (every person in the employment of the
University) of Peshawar.
2. Definitions:
In these University Ordinances, unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context:-
(1) "authority" means the officer or Authority, specified in the Appendix, competent to
appoint and take disciplinary action against a University employee and includes an Officer of the University authorised
by such authority to act on its behalf;
(2) "misconduct" means conduct prejudicial to good order of service, discipline or un-
becoming a University employee and a gentlemen;
(3) "penalty" means a penalty which may be imposed under these University
Ordinances.
3. Grounds of penalty:
Where a University employee, in the opinion of the authority, (in respect of matters referred to clause
(e) of the Chancellor;
(a) is inefficient, or has ceased to be efficient, whether by reason of infirmity of mind
or body, or otherwise, and is not likely to recover his efficiency; or
(b) is indifferent to his duties of teaching and research; or
(c) is guilty of misconduct; or
(d) is corrupt, or may reasonably be considered corrupt because:
(i) he is, or any of his dependents or any other person through him or
on his behalf is, in possession (for which he cannot reasonably account) of peculiarly resources or of property
disproportionate to his known sources of income; or
(ii) he has assumed a style of living beyond his ostensible means; or
(e) is engaged, or is reasonably suspected of being engaged, in subversive activities or
(activities detrimental to the interest of the University or national security, or) is reasonably suspected of being
associated with others in such activities, and whose retention in service is therefore considered prejudicial to the
interest of the University or national security; or
(f) becomes a member of or is associated in any capacity with an association of any
kind other than an association organized by or under the aegis of the University without obtaining prior permission of
the Vice-Chancellor in writing; or
(g) is engaged directly or indirectly in any trade, business or occupation (on his own
account) which may in the opinion of the appointing authority interfere with the due performance by him of the duties
of his office, without the prior permission of the appointing authority in writing; or
(h) absents himself from duty or overstays sanctioned leave without sufficient cause
acceptable to the appointing authority, or the Chancellor, as the case may be;
(i) exercise unwholesome influence or is reasonably suspected or exercising
unwholesome influence on the academic, moral and corporate life of the University, the authority or the Chancellor, as
the case may be, may impose on him one or more penalties.
4. Penalties:
(1) The following penalties may be imposed under these University Ordinances upon a
University employee:
(a) censure;
(b) the withholding of increment or promotion including stoppage at
an efficiency bar for a specified period;
(c) recovery from pay of the whole or part of any pecuniary loss
caused to the University by negligence or breach of orders;
(d) reduction to a lower post or time-scale or to a lower stage in a
time-scale;
(e) compulsory retirement;
(f) removal from service; and
(g) dismissal from service.
(2) Penalties specified in clauses (a) and (b) shall be deemed, for the purposes of these
University Ordinance, to be minor penalties and those specified in clauses (c) to (g) to be major penalties.
(3) Removal does not, but dismissal does, disqualify from future employment under
the University.
(4) For misconduct ny penalty in paragraph (1) may be imposed, but the penalties to be
ordinarily imposed for inefficiency, indifference to teaching and research work, becoming a member of an association
without permission, engaging directly or indirectly in trade without permission or absenting himself from duty or
overstaying sanctioned leave shall be those set out in clause (b), (c), (d) or (e) and for corruption, exercise of
unwholesome influences or subversion, those set out in clause (e), (f) or (g) of paragraph (1).
(5) No authority subordinate to that by which a University employee was appointed

shall be competent to impose upon him any penalty set out in clause (d), (e), (f) or (g) of paragraph (1).
Explanation - The discharge:

(a) of a person, appointed on probation during the period of probation.
(b) of a person appointed otherwise than under contract to hold a temporary
appointment, on the expiration of the period of the appointment.
(c) of a person engaged under contract, in accordance with the terms of his contract,
does not amount to removal or dismissal within the meaning of this University ordinance.
5. Inquiry procedure in cases of subversion:

(1) When a University employee is to be proceeded against under clause (e) of
University Ordinance 3 the Chancellor:
(a) may, by order in writing, require the University employee
concerned to proceed on such leave as may be admissible to him, and from such date as may be specified in the order;
(b) shall, by order in writing, inform him of the action proposed to be
taken in regard to him and the grounds of that action; and
(c) shall give him a reasonable opportunity of showing cause against
that action before an Inquiry Committee to be constituted under paragraph (2) to inquire into the charge.
Provided that no such opportunity shall be given where the Chancellor is satisfied that in the interests
of the security of Pakistan, it is not expedient to give such opportunity.
(2) For the purposes of clause (c) of paragraph (1), an Inquiry Committee consisting of
three persons shall be constituted by the Chancellor.
(3) The Inquiry Committee shall inquire into the charge and submit its findings to the
Chancellor.
(4) The Chancellor shall not be required to consult the authority or the Selection Board
before passing such orders on the findings of the Inquiry Committee as he may think fit.
6. Inquiry procedure in other cases:

(1) When a University employee is to be proceeded against under clause (a), (b), (c),
(d), (f), (g), (h), or (i) of University Ordinance 3; the following procedure shall be observed:
(2) the authority may, if it thinks fit, appoint an inquiry Officer to examine and report
on the allegations against the University employee (hereinafter called the accused) to enable the authority to decide
whether a formal inquiry should be held, and the Inquiry Officer may also informally examine the accused.
(3) If the authority decides that a formal inquiry should be held, it shall decide further
whether the allegations, if established, would call for a minor or a major penalty.
(4) (a) In cases calling for a minor penalty, the authority or such officer
as may be appointed by it in that behalf, shall frame a charge, and communicate it to the accused, and call upon him to
answer it within a specified time, which shall not be less than seven days nor more than fourteen days, and to state
together with his answer, whether he desires to be heard in person or to lead evidence in defence.
(b) On receiving the answer, the authority, or the said officer, shall, if
satisfied that there is a prima facie case and if the accused has so desired, give him the opportunity to be heard in
person and to lead evidence in defence.
(c) If the accused fails to answer within the specified time, or having
answered, fails to appear or absents himself from the proceedings, the authority or the said officer may proceed with the
inquiry and record a finding.
(d) The authority shall take into consideration the explanation of the
accused and the evidence, if any, led by him his defence before passing final orders.
(5) (a) In case calling for a major penalty the authority having power to
impose the penalty shall frame a charge and communicate it to the accused together with a statement of the allegations
on which it is based and of any other circumstances which the authority process to take into consideration when passing
orders on the case.
(b) The authority shall require the accused, within a reasonable time,
which shall not be less than seven days nor more than fourteen days, from the day the charge has been communicated
to him, to put in a written defence, stating at the same time whether the desires to be heard in person.
(c) If the accused so desires, or if the authority so directs, an Inquiry
Officer to be appointed under University Ordinance 8 shall hold an oral inquiry at which oral evidence shall be shall be
heard as to such of the allegations as are not admitted, and the accused shall be entitled to cross-examine the witnesses
against him, to give evidence in person and to have such witnesses called for the defence as he may wish, provided that
the Inquiry Officer may, for reasons to be recorded in writing, refuse to call a particular witness or to summon or admit
particular evidence.
(d) The proceedings shall contain a sufficient record of the evidence
led at the enquiry and the Inquiry Officer's report of his findings and the grounds thereof.
6. Nothing in the proceeding paragraph shall apply:

(i) Where the accused is dismissed or removed from service or reduced in rank on the
ground of conduct which has led to a sentence of fine or of imprisonment; or
(ii) where the authority competent to dismiss or remove a person or to reduce him in
rank is satisfied that for reasons to be recorded by that authority, it is not reasonably practicable to give the accused an
opportunity of showing cause.
7. Power to order medical examinations as to mental or bodily infirmity:

(1) Where it is proposed to proceed against a University employee on the ground of
inefficiency by reason of infirmity of mind or body, the authority may at any stage, whether or not an officer has been
appointed in pursuance of paragraph (1) of University Ordinance 6 to examine and report, require the University
employee to undergo a medical examination by a Medical Board or a Civil Surgeon, as the authority may direct, and
the report of the Board or the Civil Surgeon shall form part of the proceedings.
(2) If a University employee refuses of undergo such examination his refusal may,
subject to the consideration of any grounds he may give in support of it, be taken into consideration against him as
showing that he had reason to believe that the result of the examination would prove unfavourable to him.
8. Appointment and procedure of Inquiry Officer:

(1) Where a University employee is proceeded against under clause (a), (b), (c), (d),
(f), (g), (h), or (i) of University Ordinance 3, and the authority has decided that the case calls for a major penalty, the
authority shall appoint an Inquiry Officer to conduct the proceedings.
(2) The Inquiry Officer shall hear the case from day to day, and no adjournment shall
be given except for reasons to be recorded in writing. Every adjournment, with reasons therefore, shall be reported
forthwith to the authority. No adjournment shall be given for more than week.
(3) If the Inquiry Officer is satisfied that the University employee proceeded against is
hampering or attempting to hamper the progress of the inquiry he shall administer a warning, and if thereafter he is
satisfied that the accused is acting in disregard of the warning, he shall record a finding to that effect, and proceed to
complete the inquiry in such manner as he thinks best fitted to do substantial justice.
(4) The Inquiry Officer shall, within ten days of the conclusion of the proceedings, or
such longer period as he may be allowed by the authority submit his findings and the ground thereof to the authority.
9. Notice of proposal penalty to be given to the accused:
(1) The authority shall consider the report of the Inquiry Officer and if upon such
consideration it is of the opinion that a penalty should be imposed upon the accused it shall provisionally determine the
penalty to be imposed and shall so inform the accused and supply him with a copy of the report and call upon him to
show cause within a reasonable time, which shall not be less than seven days nor more than fourteen days with the
penalty should not be imposed.
(2) The authority shall take into consideration any cause shown by the accused before
passing final orders.
10. Reference to the Selection Board:
(1) Subject to the provisions of clause (c) of paragraph (2) of University Ordinance 5
all proceedings under these University Ordinances in which any penalty is proposed to be imposed on a University
employee shall, in the case of employees whose scales of pay carry an initial salary of three hundred rupees or more, be
forwarded to the Selection Board with a statement of the grounds and the penalty proposed.
(2) The Selection Board shall tender its advice within twenty days or such longer
period as may be allowed by the Syndicate and the authority shall take the advice into consideration before passing
final orders.
11. "Suspension:
A University employee against whom action is proposed to be taken under clause (b), (c), (d), (e), (f),
(g), (h) or (i) of University Ordinance 3, may be placed under suspension, where action is proposed to be taken under
clause (e), if the Chancellor, and in other cases, the authority, considers that such action is necessary or expedient".
12. Provident Fund, Gratuity, etc., of University employees compulsorily retired, removed or dismissed:
(1) Subject to any order of the authority or the Chancellor, as the case may be, as to the
amount of provident fund or gratuity to be paid, a University employee compulsorily retired shall, except as hereinafter
provided, be entitled to such provident fund or gratuity benefits as would have ordinarily been admissible to him on the
date of the retirement under the University Ordinances applicable to his service or post if he had been discharged from
service on account of the abolition of his post without alternative suitable employment being provided.
(2) Subject to any order of the authority or the Chancellor, as the case may be, made on
compassionate grounds a University employee who is removed or dismissed shall not be entitled to any provident fund
or gratuity benefits occurring from University contributions to his provident fund account.
13. Reinstatement:
(1) If a University employee proceeding on leave in pursuance of an order under clause
(a) of paragraph (1) of Ordinance 5, is not dismissed, removed, reduced in rank, or compulsorily retired, he shall be
reinstated in service, or as the case may be, restored to his rank or given an equivalent rank, and the period of such
leave shall be treated as duty on full pay.
(2) Reinstatement after suspension shall be governed by the relevant University
Ordinance.
Appeal:
14. A University employee on whom a penalty is imposed shall have the right to prefer an appeal, within
fifteen days of the receipt, by him of the order imposing the penalty, to the appropriate appellate authority specified in
column 5 of the appendix;
Provided that where the penalty is imposed by order of the Chancellor, there shall be no appeal but
the person concerned may apply for a review of the order.
Repeal:
15. (1) These University Ordinances supersede all University Ordinances relating to the
efficiency and discipline of the University employees and deemed to have been continued under section 45 of the West
Pakistan (University of Peshawar) Ordinance, 1961.
(2) Notwithstanding the supersession of the University Ordinances referred to in
paragraph (1) (thereinafter referred to as the said University Ordinances) any departmental inquiry or proceeding
pending immediately before the coming into force of these University Ordinances, shall be completed and orders
passed there on as if the said University Ordinances had not been superseded.
Power of Syndicate to issue instructions:

16. For the purposes of these University Ordinances the Syndicate, may from time to time, issue
instructions for the maintenance of appropriate standards of efficiency, good conduct, discipline and integrity.
APPENDIX
to
THE FIRST UNIVERSITY ORDINANCES OF THE
(Paragraph (1) of University Ordinance 2)
Class of employees
Appointing authority
Authority competent to take disciplinary action
appellate authority
(1) Employees whose scales of pay carry an initial salary of Rs.300 or more
Syndicate
Syndicate
Chancellor
(2) Employees whose scales of pay carry an initial salary of Rs.60 or more but less than Rs.300
Vice-Chancellor
Vice-Chancellor
Syndicate
(3) Employees other than those in (1) & (2) above
An officer designated for this purpose
An officer designated for this purpose
Vice-Chancellor
Malik Amir Mohammad Khan

Chancellor.
The 20th November 1961.
THE WEST PAKISTAN UNIVERSITIES
(AMENDMENT) ORDINANCE 1962.
WEST PAKISTAN ORDINANCE NO. XL OF 1962
AND ORDINANCE
To amend the West Pakistan Universities Ordinances

Whereas it is expedient to amend the West Pakistan Universities Ordinances in the manner
hereinafter appearing;
NOW, THEREFORE, in pursuance of the Presidential Proclamation of the seventh day of October,
1958, and in exercise of all powers enabling him in that behalf, the Governor of West Pakistan is pleased to make and
promulgate the following ordinance:-
Section-1: This Ordinance may be called the West Pakistan Universities (Amendment) Ordinance,
1962.
Section-4: In the West Pakistan (University of Peshawar) Ordinance, 1961:-

(a) in section 5, for clause (xiii), the following shall be substituted, namely:
"(xiii) to supervise and control the residence, extra-curricular activities and
discipline of the students of the University and affiliated colleges, to make arrangements for promoting their health and
general welfare; and to ensure that undesirable persons do not take advantage of or otherwise exploit any association of
students for extra-curricular or other activities;
(xiii-a) to frame rules for taking disciplinary action including the imposition of
penalties of rustication and expulsion in relation to students of the University or of the affiliated colleges";
(b) in sub-section (1) of section 30, after clause (c), the following clause shall be
inserted, namely:-
"(cc) that the college has, with the approval of the University, framed rules
regarding efficiency and discipline in respect of the staff and other employees".
(c) in sub-section (1) of section 33, between the word "education" and the comma
following thereafter, the words "or if the college is not maintaining efficiency and discipline in accordance with the
rules framed in pursuance of clause (cc) of sub-section (1) of section 30" shall be inserted.
Section-9: The following amendments shall be made in the University of Peshawar Employees
(Efficiency and Discipline) University Ordinances, 1961 (published in the Gazette of West Pakistan, dated the 30th
November, 1961), namely:-
(1) in Ordinance 3;
(a) after the word "authority" first occurring, the words and commas "or, in respect of
matters referred to in clause (e), of the Chancellor" shall be inserted;
(b) for clause (e), the following clause shall be substituted:
"(e) is engaged, or is reasonably suspected of being engaged, in
subversive activities or activities determental to the interest of the University or national security, or is reasonably
suspected of being associated with others in such activities, and whose retention in service is considered prejudicial to
the interest of the University or national security"; and
(c) after the word "authority" occurring in the last line, the words and commas "or the
Chancellor, as the case may be", shall be inserted;
(2) in Ordinance 5, in paragraph (1), for the word "authority" the word "Chancellor"
shall be substituted;
(3) for Ordinance 11, the following Ordinance shall be substituted:
"11. Suspension A University employee against whom action is proposed to be taken under
clause (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h), or (i) of University Ordinance 3, may be placed under suspension, where action is
proposed to be taken under clause (e), if the Chancellor, and in other cases, the authority, considers that such action is
necessary or expedient".
(4) In Ordinance 12, in paragraphs (1) and (2), after the word "authority" the words and
commas "or the Chancellor, as the case may be", shall be inserted.
THE WEST PAKISTAN (UNIVERSITIES) REMOVAL
OF UNDESIRABLE GOVERNMENT SERVANTS
ORDINANCE, 1962
WEST PAKISTAN ORDINANCE NO. XX OF 1962
To provide for the termination of the services of undesirable Government servants serving in
Universities and other educational institutions in West Pakistan.
WHEREAS it is expedient to make provision for the termination of the services Preamble, of any
Government servant, transferred for service in any University or other educational institution, who has become
undesirable and it is necessary, in the public interest, to terminate his services;
NOW, THEREFORE, in pursuance of the Presidential Proclamation of the seventh day of October,
1958, and in exercise of all powers enabling him in that behalf, the governor of West Pakistan is pleased to make and
promulgate the following Ordinance:-
1. Short title, extent and commencement:

(i) this Ordinance may be called the West Pakistan (Universities) Removal of
Undesirable Government Servants ordinance, 1962.
(ii) It extends to the whole of West Pakistan except the Special Areas.
(iii) It shall come into force immediately after the Martial Law Order No. 124 issued by Martial
Law Administrator, Zone `B', ceases to operate.
2. If, in the opinion of the Governor, any Government servant serving in any University or other
educational institution is undesirable and it is expedient, in the public interest, to terminate his services. The Governor
may, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any law for the time being in force:-
(i) after giving him a reasonable opportunity of showing cause against the action
proposed to be taken against him, terminate his services; and
(ii) direct that such Pension or Provident Fund, as may be specified in the order, be
paid to him.
THE GAZETTE OF WEST PAKISTAN
Published by Authority
LAHORE WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 25, 1964
GOVERNMENT OF WEST PAKISTAN
LAW DEPARTMENT
NOTIFICATION
The 25th November, 1964
No Leg.3(19)/64 - The following Ordinance by the Government of West Pakistan is hereby published for general
information:-
THE WEST PAKISTAN UNIVERSITIES
(AMENDMENT) ORDINANCE, 1964
AN ORDINANCE
To amend the enactments relating to Universities in West Pakistan.

Whereas it is expedient to amend the enactments relating to the Universities in the Province of West
Pakistan in the manner hereinafter appearing.
And whereas the Provincial Assembly of West Pakistan is not in session and the Governor of West
Pakistan is satisfied that circumstances exist which render immediate legislation necessary;
NOW, THEREFORE, in exercise of the powers conferred on him by clause (1) of Article 79 of the
Constitution, the Governor of West Pakistan is pleased to make and promulgate the following Ordinance:-
1.(1) This Ordinance may be called the West Pakistan Universities (Amendment) Ordinance,
1964.
*4. In the West Pakistan (University of Peshawar) Ordinance 1961 (West Pakistan Ordinance 1961),
after section 46, the following new section 46-A shall be inserted, namely:-
46-A Notwithstanding anything contained elsewhere in this Ordinance, no person shall be

appointed to the post of legal advisor to the University by whatever designation called or known, or to advise the
University in regard to legal matters save with the approval of Government and no legal practitioner shall be entrusted
by the University with any matter pending in any civil, revenue or criminal court or tribunal exercising civil or revenue
powers in which the University is a party or has any interest unless the name of such legal practitioner is on the
approved list of Government".
EMPLOYEES' RESIDENCE ORDINANCES, 1973
1. Title and Commencement:

(a) These Ordinance shall be called the University of Peshawar Employees' Residence
Ordinance 1973.
(b) They shall come into force on 2-10-1973.
2. Definition:
In these Ordinances unless the context otherwise requires the following terms shall have the
meanings hereby assigned to them:-
(a) "Vice-Chancellor" means the Vice-Chancellor of the University of Peshawar.
(b) "Employee" means an employee of the University of Peshawar and includes
teaching Staff Members;
(c) "House" means any type of residential accommodation including its annexe,
servant quarter if any, and its premises on the University Campus.
(d) "Committee" means the committee appointed by the Vice-Chancellor.
(e) "Pay" means the total emoluments of an employee including special/technical/
deputation pay paid from the University resources.
(f) "Allottee" means an employee to whom the house is allotted.
(g) "Family" means wife, children and dependent parents of the employee.
3. Classification of Houses and Entitlement:

(a) The Houses are classified into:
O,P,R,S,J,F,FD,FC,CA/FA,CB/FB, MM and MS Types.
(b) Entitlement for each type of house shall be as under:
O type Senior Professors or holders of equivalent post drawing a pay of Rs.1800/-
p.m. or above.
P type All Professors, Registrar, Treasurer and others having equivalent position.
R type All Associate Professors, Dy. Registrar, Dy. Treasurer, Administrative

Officer and those having equivalent position.
S type All Assistant Professors and those having equivalent position/pay.
J&F Types All Lecturers, office Superintendents and those having

equivalent position.
FC types Demonstrators.
FD types Unmarried Female Lecturers and Demonstrators.
CA/FA types First Grade Clerks and those having equivalent position.
CB/FB types All other Clerks and those having equivalent position.
T.C.S. Unmarried Lecturers, Demonstrators.
MM types Class-IV employees except sweepers.
MS types Class-IV (Sweepers).

4. Application:
An employee who needs a house shall apply on a prescribed form obtainable at the University
Enquiry Office and shall hand it over to the Establishment Officer, University of Peshawar, who shall enter the
application in a specified Register of Houses in the presence of the applicant.
5. Register of Houses:
The Registrar shall maintain in the Establishment Section of the University of Peshawar, the Register
of Houses in respect each type of houses.
6. Allotment of House:
(a) A house shall be allotted by the Vice-Chancellor or a committee to be appointed by
him in order of seniority from among the applicants for each type of houses.
(b) Seniority for the purpose of allotment shall be determined strictly by the length of
service as calculated from the date of original appointment in any category of employees or grade in relation to the type
of house to which he is entitled.
7. Order of Priority:
The following employees of the University shall have priority in allotment of houses in accordance
with their entitlement:-
1. Principals of Colleges/Heads of the Departments.
2. Registrar.
3. Treasurer.
4. Controller of Examinations.
5. Deputy Registrar.
6. Deputy Treasurer.
7. Administrative Officer.
8. Medical Officers.
9. Farm and Dairy Managers, Agriculture College.
10. PA to Vice-Chancellor.
11. PA to Registrar.
And such other University employees as the Syndicate may determine from time to time.
8. Rates of Rent:
(a) The rent of a house payable by employee shall be 7 percent of the pay with the
exception of Class-IV employees who shall be charged at a flat rate of Rs.2/- per month. The rate of rent in TSC shall
be 5% of the pay.
(b) If a house is allotted jointly to two or more employees, no employee shall be
charged rent at more than 4% of his pay.
(c) If an employee who occupies a house without a valid allotment order or overstays
without permission of the Vice-Chancellor, shall be liable to pay such amount of rent as may be fixed by the Syndicate
till he vacates the house. Disciplinary action may also be taken against him.
(d) The Syndicate shall have authority to alter these rates as and when deemed
necessary, but it shall not enhance them without prior notice to the allottees.
9. Disqualification for Allotment:

No employee who owns a house in Peshawar City or Cantonment area or within 7 miles radius of the
University is entitled to allotment of any house unless his presence on the University Campus is required by Syndicate.
10. Exemption from rent:

The Syndicate may waive or exempt any employee from the payment of house rent or enhance it in
case of allotment of a house of a type higher than his entitlement.
11. Evacuation of House:

(a) An allottee of a house, leaving University service because of retirement or
resignation may retain the house for a period not exceeding six months.
(b) In case of the death of an allottee his dependents may retain the house for the same
period mentioned above.
(c) On the expiry of the said period or earlier if possible, the house shall be vacated
and its possession shall be given to the Executive Engineer of the University.
12. Loss or Damage of Property:

While taking possession of the house as mentioned above if the Executive Engineer reports loss or
damage of any kind to the property therein, the loss or damage shall be made good by the allottee or, as the case may
be, by his dependents.
13. Priority of Claim in case of Promotion:

An employee who is an applicant or an allottee, shall not lose his seniority in his entitlement to a
house of a lower type upon his promotion in service entitling him to a higher type of house.
14. Eligibility for another type of House:

Ordinarily an employee shall be eligible for an allotment of the specified type of house to which he is
entitled but he may be eligible for any higher or lower type of house, provided there is no applicant for that type of
house.
15. Occupation of House:

(a) After a house has been allotted to an employee, he shall occupy the house within 15
days of the receipt of an allotment order failing which, the allotment may be cancelled.
(b) The Executive Engineer shall hand over possession of the house to the allottee and
record the fittings, installations, etc., and their condition in a statement to be called "Delivery of Possession Report"
which shall be signed by the allottee. A copy of the report shall be supplied to the allottee.
16. Allotment for the Residence of Employee:
(a) The house allotted to an employee shall be solely for his and his dependent's
residence.
(b) The allottee shall not allow any other employee to reside with him in his house
without the permission of the Vice-Chancellor. If the permission is granted each employee shall be charged rent
separately as provided herein before.
(c) No addition in or alteration to the house shall be effected without prior permission
of the Vice-Chancellor. Nor shall the house be used for any other purpose, or trade, business, or profession except for as
provided in 16(a).
(d) The allottee shall be responsible for the safety of the property of the house and shall
make good the losses, if any, at any time during his residence.
17. Maintenance:
The University shall be responsible for keeping the houses in good condition and repair and for
ensuring their adequate maintenance.
18. Employees on Deputation:

An allottee serving any outside agency on deputation etc., shall be required to vacate the house within
six months of the transfer of his service.
19. Prohibition of Mutual Exchange of Houses:

Mutual exchange of houses is not permitted without the prior approval of the Vice-Chancellor.
20. Prohibition of Sub-Letting House:

No allottee shall sub-let the house or any other part thereof. If any one does so, his allotment of the
house may be cancelled and he may be also charged for the period during which it was sub-let, such extra rent as may
be fixed by the Syndicate.
THE UNIVERSITY OF PESHAWAR
ACT 1974
NWFP ACT NO II OF 1974
(First published after having received the assent of the Governor of the North-West Frontier Province
in the Gazette of North-West Frontier Province (Extra-Ordinary, An ACT dated the 2nd April, 1974).
To reconstitute and reorganize the University of Peshawar.
Preamble:
WHEREAS it is expedient to reconstitute and reorganize the University of Peshawar for the purposes
of giving it necessary autonomy, raising its standard of teaching and research, and improving its administrations:
It is hereby enacted as follows:
CHAPTER - I
PRELIMINARY
Short title and commencement:

1. (1) This act may be called the University of Peshawar (Amendments) Act, 1974.
Definitions:
2. In this Act and in all the statutes, the Regulations and the rules made here under, unless there is
anything repugnant in the subject or context.
(a) "Academic Council" means the Academic Council of the University;
(b) "Affiliated College" means an educational institution affiliated to the University but
not maintained or administered by it;
(c) "Authority" means any of the Authorities of the University specified in section 18;
(d) "Chancellor" means the Chancellor of the University;
(e) "College" means a constituent college or an affiliated college;
(f) "Constituent College" means a college maintained and administered by the
University;
(g) "Dean" means the Chairman of the Board of Faculty;
(h) "Director" means the head of a Teaching Division or an institute established as a
constituent institution by the University;
(i) "Educational Institution" means an institution imparting instruction in a subject or

subjects relating to a Faculty;
(j) "Faculty" means a Faculty of the University;
(k) "Government" means the Government of North- West Frontier Province;
(l) "Prescribed" means prescribed by Statutes, Regulations or Rules;
(m) "Principal" means the head of a college, and for purposes of sections 19, 21 and 23
includes the head of an Academy or an institute constituted by, or affiliated to the University;
*(mm) "Pro-Chancellor" means the Pro-Chancellor of the University;
(n) "Professional College" means a college, providing for instruction in courses of
study leading to a degree in Medicine, Engineering, Agriculture, Commerce, Education, Law, Fine Arts, Home
Economics or such other subjects as may be prescribed by Regulations to be professional subjects;
(o) "Registered Graduate", means;
(i) a graduate of the University who has his name entered in the
register maintained for this purpose; or
(ii) a graduate of the any other University who ordinarily resides
within the territorial jurisdiction of the University and has his name entered in the register maintained by the University
for this purpose;
(p) "Research Officer" means a person engaged whole time by the University for
research and equivalent in rank to a University Teacher;
(q) "Senate" means the Senate of the University;
(r) "Statutes", "Regulations", and "Rules" means respectively, the Statutes, the
Regulations and the Rules made or deemed to have been made under this Act and for the time being in force;
(s) "Syndicate" means in the Syndicate of the University;
(t) "Teachers" include Professors, Associate Professors, Assistant Professors and
Lecturers engaged while time by the University or by the college for teaching degree, honours or post-graduate classes,
and such other persons as my be declared to be Teachers by Regulations;
(u) "Teaching Department" means a teaching department maintained and administered
or recognized by the University;
(v) "University" means the University of Peshawar as reconstituted under this Act;
(w) "University Teacher" means a whole time teacher appointed and paid by the
University, or recognized by the University as such; and
(x) "Vice-Chancellor" means the Vice-Chancellor of the University.
CHAPTER - II
THE UNIVERSITY
Incorporation:
3. (1) The University of Peshawar shall be reconstituted at Peshawar in accordance with
the provisions of this Act.
(2) The University shall consist of:
(i) the Chancellor, the Pro-Chancellor, the Vice-Chancellor, the
Deans, the Principals, the Directors, the Chairmen of Teaching Departments, the Registrar, the Treasurer, the Controller
of Examinations, the Librarian, the Auditor and such other officers as may be prescribed;
(ii) members of the Senate, the Syndicate, the Academic Council and
other Authorities of the University;
(iii) all University Teachers; and
(iv) Emeritus Professors.
(3) The University shall be a body corporate by the name of the University of
Peshawar and shall have perpetual succession and a common seal, and may sue and be sued by the said name.
(4) The University shall be competent to acquire and hold property, both movable and
immovable, and to lease, sell or otherwise transfer any movable and immovable property which may have become
vested in or been acquired by it.
(5) All properties, rights and interests of whatever kind, used, enjoyed, possessed,
owned or vested in, or in trust by or for the University of Peshawar as constituted under the West Pakistan (University
of Peshawar) Ordinance, 1961 (West Pakistan Ordinance XXIII of 1961) and all liabilities legally subsisting against the
said University shall pass to the University as reconstituted under this Act.
Powers of the University:
4. The University shall have the powers:-
(a) to provide for instruction in such branches of learning as it may deem fit, and to
make provision for research and for the advancement and dissemination of knowledge in such manner as it may
determine;
(b) to prescribe courses of studies to be conducted by it and the colleges;
(c) to hold examinations and to award and confer degrees, diplomas, certificates and
other academic distinctions to and on persons who have been admitted to and have passed its examinations under
prescribed coordinations;
(d) to confer honorary degrees or other distinctions on approved persons in the manner
prescribed;
(e) to provide for such instruction for persons not being students of the University as it
may determine, and to grant certificate and diplomas to such persons;
(f) to confer degrees on persons who have carried on independent research under
prescribed conditions;
(g) to affiliate and disaffiliate educational institutions under prescribed conditions;
(h) to admit educational institutions to its privileges and to withdraw such privileges
under prescribed conditions;
(i) to inspect the colleges and other educational institutions associated or seeking
association with it;
(j) to accept the examinations passed and the period of study spent by students of the
University at other Universities and places of learning as equivalent to such examinations and periods of study in the
University, as it may determine, and to withdraw such acceptance;
(k) to co-operate with other Universities and public authorities in such manner and for
such purpose as it may determine;
(l) to institute Professorships, Associate Professorships, Assistant Professorships and
Lecturerships and any other post and to appoint person thereto;
(m) to create posts for research, extension, administration and other related purposes
and to appoint persons thereto;
(n) to recognize selected members of the teaching staff of affiliated colleges and
colleges or educational institutions admitted to the privileges of the University or such other persons as it may deem fit,
as University Teachers;
(o) to institute and award fellowship, scholarships, exhibitions, bursaries, medals and
prizes under prescribed conditions;
(p) to establish Teaching Departments, schools, colleges, Faculties, institutes, centres
of excellence, area study centres, museums, teaching hospitals, Academies, Research Boards, cells, nurseries and other
centres of learning for the development of teaching and research and to make such arrangements for their maintenance,
management and administration as it may determine;
(q) to control the residence of the students of the University and the colleges, to
institute and maintain halls of residence and to approve or license hostels and lodging;
(r) to supervise and control the discipline of the students of the University and the
colleges, to promote the extra-curricular and recreational activities of such students, and to make arrangements for
promoting their health and general welfare;
(s) to demand and receive such fees and other charges as it may determine;
(t) to make provision for research and advisory services and with these objects to enter
into arrangements with other institutions or with public books under prescribed conditions;
(u) to receive and manage property transferred and grants, bequests, trust, gifts,
donations, endowments and other contributions made to the University and to invest any fund representing such
property, grants, bequests, trusts, gifts, donations, endowments or contributions in such manner as it may deem fit;
(v) to provide for the printing and publications of research and other works; and
(w) to do all such other acts and things, whether incidental to the powers aforesaid or
not, as may be requisite in order to further the objects of the University as a place of education, learning and research.
Jurisdiction of the University:

5. (1) The University shall exercise the powers conferred on it by or under this Act within
the territorial limits and in respect of the institutions over which it had jurisdiction under the West Pakistan (University
of Peshawar) Ordinance, 1961 (West Pakistan Ordinance XXIII of 1961), immediately before this Act came into force.
Provided that Government may, in consultation with the University, by general or special order, modify the extent and
scope of the aforesaid powers of the University with regard to such territorial limits or institutions.
(2) No educational institution situated within the territorial limits of the University
shall, save with the consent of the University and the sanction of government, be associated in any way with or seek
admission to the privilege of any, other University.
(3) The University may admit to its privileges under prescribed conditions, an
educational institution falling within the territorial limits of another University, whether inside or outside Pakistan;
provided that the consent of such other University is first obtained.
University open to all classes, creeds etc.:

6. The University shall be opened to all persons of either sex and of whatever religion, race, cast, creed,
class or colour and no person shall be denied the privileges of the University on the grounds of religion, race, cast,
creed, class or colour.
Provided that nothing in this section shall be deemed to prevent religious instruction being given to
the students in their own religious faiths in such manner as may be prescribed.
Teaching in the University:

7. (1) All recognized teaching in various courses shall be conducted by the University or
the colleges in the prescribed manner and may include lectures, tutorials, discussions, seminars, demonstrations as well
as practical work in the laboratories, hospitals, workshops, farms and other methods of instruction.
(2) The authority responsible for organizing recognized teaching shall be such as may
be prescribed.
(3) The courses and the curricula shall be such as may be prescribed.
(4) A discipline to be called "Islamic and Pakistan Studies" shall be offered as a Compulsory
subject at the Bachelor's degree level in all Arts, Science, Professional and other Faculties:
Provided that non-muslim students may opt for "Ethics" and "Pakistan Studies".
(5) A degree shall not be awarded to a student admitted after the commencement of the
North- West Frontier Province Universities (Amendment) Ordinance, 1980 in the discipline at the Bachelor's degree
level in the University or any of its constituent or affiliated colleges unless he/she passed the examination in the
discipline referred to in sub-section (4).
University Student's Union:

8. (1) There shall be a union of the students of the University which shall be represented
on the Senate and the Syndicate by the office-bearers mentioned in clause (xiv) of sub-section (1) of section 10, and
clause (xii) of sub-section (1) of section 21.
(2) The constitutions, functions and privileges of the University Students Union and
other matter relating thereto shall be such as may be prescribed by Statutes after taking into consideration any proposal
drawn up by the body consisting of the presidents of the Students' Unions of the constituent colleges and Teaching
Departments.
(Omitted through NWFP Universities (Amendment) Ordinance, 1983 circulated vide No. 7696-7796/U-2/Acad-I, dated
10.6.1984)
CHAPTER - III
OFFICER OF THE UNIVERSITY
Officers of the University:

9. The following shall be the officers of the University:
(i) the Chancellor;
(ii) the Pro-Chancellor;
(iii) the Vice-Chancellor;
(iv) the Deans;
(v) the Directors;
(vi) the Principals of the constituent colleges;
(vii) the Chairmen of the Teaching Departments;
(viii) the Registrar;
(ix) the Treasurer;
(x) the Controller of Examinations;
(xi) the Librarian; and
(xii) such persons as may be prescribed by the regulations to the officer.
Chancellor:
10. (1) The Governor of the North-West Frontier Province shall be the Chancellor of the
University.
(2) The Chancellor shall, when present, preside at the Convocation of the University
and the meeting of the Senate.
(3) If the Chancellor is satisfied that the proceedings of any Authority are not in
accordance with the provisions of this Act, the Statutes, the Regulations, or the Rules, he may, after calling upon such
authority to show cause why such proceedings should be annulled by order in writing, annulled the proceedings.
(4) Every proposal to confer an honorary degree shall be subject to confirmation by the
Chancellor.
(5) The Chancellor shall have the power to withhold assent to such statutes as are
required to be submitted to him by the Senate, if in his opinion, such Statutes are:
(a) directly or indirectly against the tenants of Islam or the Ideology
of Pakistan; or
(b) likely to have an adverse effect on the finances of the University

or the academic life of the teachers and the students; or
(c) likely to create a law and order situation or in any way provoke
or intend to provoke sectarian feelings.
In all other cases the Chancellor may assent to such Statutes or refer them back to the Senate for
reconsideration; provided that where the Chancellor refers the Statutes back to the Senate for reconsideration, and if
upon reconsideration, the Statutes are passed by a majority of three-fourth of the total members of the Senate the
Chancellor shall be deemed to have assented to such Statutes, and
(6) The Chancellor may, after giving an opportunity of showing cause, remove any
person from membership of any authority if such person;
(i) has become of unsound mind; or
(ii) has been incapacitated to function as member of such authority;
or
(iii) has been convicted by a court of law of any offence involving moral
turpitude.
(7) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Act, Statutes, Regulations or Rules, the
Chancellor may:
(a) place the services of any of the officers, teachers or other
employees of the University at the disposal of Government or any other University or Institution for such period and on
such terms and conditions as may be determined by him; provided that such terms and conditions shall not be less
favourable than those admissible to him immediately before his transfer; and
(b) make appointment to any post in the University whether as a
teacher or otherwise from persons in the service of Pakistan or from officers, teachers or other employees of any other
University.
Visitation:
11. (1) The Chancellor may cause an inspection or inquiry to be made in respect of any
matter connected with the University, and shall, from time to time, appoint such person or persons as he may deem fit
for the purpose of carrying out inspection of:
(i) the University, its buildings, laboratories, libraries, museums,
workshops, and equipment;
(ii) Any institution, college or hostel maintained or recognized by, or
affiliated to the University;
(iii) the teaching and other work conducted by the University; and
(iv) the conduct of examination held by the University.
(2) The Chancellor shall give notice to the Syndicate of his intention to cause an
inspection or inquiry to be made under sub-section (1), and the Syndicate shall be entitled to be represented there at.
(3) The Chancellor shall communicate to the Syndicate his views with regard to the
results of such inspection of inquiry and shall, after ascertaining the views thereon of the Syndicate, advise the
Syndicate on the action to be taken.
(4) The Syndicate shall communicate to the Chancellor such action, if any, as has been
taken or may be proposed to be taken upon the results of the inspection or inquiry. Such communication shall be
submitted to the Chancellor within such time as may be specified by the Chancellor.
(5) Where the Syndicate does not, within a reasonable time take action to the
satisfaction of the Chancellor, the Chancellor may, after considering any explanation furnished or representation made
by the Syndicate, issue such directions as he thinks fit, and the Vice-Chancellor shall comply with such directions.
Prof-Chancellor:
11-A (1) The Minister of Education of the Government of North-West Frontier Province shall be the Pro-
Chancellor of the University ex-officio.
Vice-Chancellor:
12. (1) The Vice-Chancellor shall be appointed by the Chancellor on such terms and
conditions as the Chancellor may determine and shall hold office during the pleasure of the Chancellor for a term not
exceeding four years.
(2) At any time when the office of the Vice-Chancellor is vacant, or the Vice-
Chancellor is absent or is unable to perform the functions of his office due to illness or some other cause, the
Chancellor shall make such arrangements for the performance of the duties of the Vice-Chancellor as he may deem fit.
Powers and duties of the Vice-Chancellor:

13. (1) The Vice-Chancellor shall be the principal executive and academic officer of the
University and shall ensue that the provisions of this Act, the Statutes, the Regulations and the Rules are faithfully
observed in order to promote the general efficiency and good order of the University. He shall have all powers
necessary for this purpose including administrative control over all officers, teachers and other employees of the
University.
(2) The Vice-Chancellor shall, in the absence of the Chancellor, preside at the
Convocation of the University and the meetings of the Senate and shall, if present, preside at the meeting of the
authorities of which he is the Chairman and be entitled to attend and preside at any meeting of any other authority or
body of the University.
(3) The Vice-Chancellor may, in an emergency which in his opinion requires
immediate action, take such action as he may consider necessary and shall, as soon thereafter as possible, report his
action to the officer, authority or other body which in the ordinary course, would have dealt with the matter.
(4) The Vice-Chancellor shall also have the powers:
(i) to create and fill temporary posts for a period not exceeding six
months;
(ii) to sanction all expenditure provided for in the approved budget,
and to re-appropriate funds within the same major head of expenditure;
(iii) to sanction by re-appropriation an amount not exceeding five thousand
rupees for an unforeseen item not provided for in the budget, and report it to the Syndicate at he next meeting;
(iv) to appoint paper setters and examiners for all examinations of the
University after receiving panels of names from the relevant authorities;
(v) to make such arrangements for the scrutiny of papers, marks and
results as he may consider necessary;
(vi) to direct teachers, officers and other employees of the University
to take up such assignments in connection with teaching, research, examination, administration and such other activities
in the University as he may consider necessary for the purpose of the University;
(vii) to delegate, subject to such conditions, if any, as may be prescribed, any of
his powers under this Act to an officer or officers of the University;
(viii) to exercise and perform such other powers and functions as
(ix) to appoint employees in NPS 1 to 16.
Registrar:
14. The Registrar shall be a whole-time officer of the University and shall be appointed by the Syndicate
on such terms and conditions as may be determined by it. He shall:
(a) be the custodian of the common seal and the academic records of the University;
(b) maintain a register of registered graduates in the prescribed manner;
(c) conduct elections of members to the various authorities in the prescribed manner;
and
(d) perform such other duties as may be prescribed.

Treasurer:
15. The Treasurer shall be whole-time officer of the University and shall be appointed by the Chancellor
on such terms and conditions as the Chancellor may determine. He shall:
(a) manage the property, the finances and the investments of the University;
(b) prepare the annual and revised budget estimates of the University and present them
to the Finance Committee, the Syndicate and the Senate;
(c) ensure that the funds of the University are expended on the purposes for which they
are provided; and
(d) perform such other duties as may be prescribed.
Controller of Examinations:
16. The Controller of Examinations shall be a whole-time officer of the University, and shall be
responsible for all matters connected with the conduct of examinations and perform such other duties as may be
prescribed.
Auditor:
17. The Resident Auditor shall be taken from government on such terms and conditions as may be
prescribed by Government.
CHAPTER - IV
AUTHORITIES OF THE UNIVERSITY
Authorities:
18. The following shall be the Authorities of the University.
(i) the Senate;
(ii) the Syndicate;
(iii) the Academic Council;
(iv) the Boards of Faculties;
(v) the Boards of Studies;
(vi) the Selection Board;
(vii) the Advanced Studies and Research Board;
(viii) the Finance and Planning Committee;
(ix) the Affiliation Committee;
(x) the Discipline Committee;
(xi) such other Authorities as may be prescribed by Statutes.
Senate:
19. (1) The Senate shall consist of:
(i) the Chancellor;
(ii) the Pro-Chancellor;
(iii) the Vice-Chancellor;
(iv) the Members of the Syndicate;
(v) the Deans;
(vi) the Directors;
(vii) the Principals of the constituent colleges;
(viii) the University Professors and Emeritus Professors;
(ix) the Chairmen of the Teaching Departments;
(x) the Officers or Teacher Incharge of Students' Affairs (Whatever
designation called):
(xi) three Principals of the affiliated colleges, Academies or institutes,
to be elected by the Principals of all such colleges, Academies and institutes from amongst themselves;
(xii) twelve Teachers of affiliated colleges having at least three years' service in
an affiliated college to be elected by the teachers of all such colleges from amongst themselves;
(xiii) Chairman of the Board of Intermediate and Secondary Education located
within the jurisdiction of the University;
(xiv) Chairman of the Board of Technical Education;
(xv) twelve University Teachers having at least three years service to
be elected by all University Teachers;
(xvi) five registered graduates to be elected by all such graduates from amongst
themselves;
(xvii) three persons eminent in the Arts, Sciences, and the Professions, one from
each category, to be nominated by the Chancellor;
(xviii) the Registrar;
(xix) the Treasurer;
(xx) the Controller of Examinations;
(xxi) the Librarian;
(xxii) the Director of Education, North-West Frontier Province;
(xxiii) the Director of Technical Education, North-West Frontier Province; and
(xxiv) the Principal of Islamia College, Peshawar.
(2) The Chancellor shall be the Chairman of the Senate and shall preside at its meeting;
and in his absence, the Pro-Chancellor or, if he is also absent, the Vice-Chancellor shall preside.
(3) Members of the Senate, other than ex-officio members, shall hold office for three
years.
(4) The Senate shall meet at least twice in every year on dates to be fixed by the Vice-
Chancellor with the consent of the Chancellor.
The quorum for a meeting of the Senate shall be one-third of the total number of
members of fraction being counted as one.
Powers and duties of the Senate:
20. Subject to the provisions of this Act, the Senate shall have the powers:
(a) to consider the drafts of Statutes proposed by the Syndicate and deal with them in
the manner indicated in sub-section (2) of section 27;
(b) to consider and pass resolution on the annual report, and revised budget estimates;
(c) to appoint members to the Syndicate and other Authorities in accordance with
provisions of this Act;
(d) to delegate any of its powers to an Authority or Officer or a Committee;
(e) to perform such other functions as may be prescribed by the Statutes.
Syndicate:
21. (1) The Syndicate shall consist of:
(i) The Vice-Chancellor, who shall be its Chairman;
(ii) One member of the Provincial Assembly to be nominated by the
Speaker of Assembly.
(iii) two members of the Senate, to be elected by the Senate;
(iv) the Chief Justice of the Peshawar High Court or a Judge of the
High Court nominated by him;
(v) Education Secretary, Government of North-West Frontier
Province, Ex-officio;
(vi) one nominee of the University Grants Commission;
vii) the Principal, Islamia College, Peshawar.
(viii) one Dean to be nominated by the Chancellor on the recommendation of
the Vice-Chancellor;
(ix) one Professor and one Associate Professor of the University to be
elected by the Professors and Associate Professors of the University as the case may be, from amongst themselves;
(x) one Assistant Professor and one Lecturer of the University to be
elected by the Assistant Professors and Lecturers of the University, as the case may be from amongst themselves,
provided that a Lecturer shall be eligible for Election if he has completed a minimum of two years' service in the
University;
(xi) three persons of eminence to be nominated by the Chancellor;
(xii) one Principal of the Affiliated Colleges to be nominated by the Chancellor;
xiii) The President of the University Students Union;
(xiv) one Aalim to be nominated by the Chancellor;
(xv) one woman to be nominated by the Chancellor.
(2) The members of the Syndicate, other than Ex-officio members, shall hold office for
three years.
(3) The quorum for a meeting of the Syndicate shall be one half of the total number of
Powers and duties of the Syndicate:

22. (1) The Syndicate shall be the executive body of the University and shall, subject to the
provisions of this Act and the Statutes, exercise general supervision over the affairs and management of the property of
the University.
(2) Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing powers, and subject to the
provisions of this Act and the Statutes, the Syndicate shall have the powers:
(a) to hold control and administer the property and funds of the
University;
(b) to govern and regulate, with due regard to the advice of the
Finance and Planning Committee in this behalf, the finances, accounts and investment of the University and for the
purpose, to appoint such agents as it may think fit;
(c) to consider the annual report the annual and revised budget
estimates and to advise the Senate thereon, and to re-appropriate funds from one major head of expenditure to another;
(d) to transfer and accept transfer of movable or immovable property
on behalf of the University;
(e) to enter into, vary, carry out and cancel contracts on behalf of the
University;
(f) to cause proper books of account to be kept for all sums of
money received and expended by the University and for the assets and liabilities of the University;
(g) to invest any money belonging to the University including any
unapplied income in any of the securities described in section 20 of the Trusts Act, 1982 (Act II of 1982), or in the
purchase of immovable property or in such other manner, as it may determine, with the like power of varying such
investment;
(h) to receive and manage any property transferred, and grants,
bequests, trusts, gifts, donations, endowments and other contributions made to the University;
(i) to administer any funds placed at the disposal of the University
for specified purposes;
(j) to determine the form, provide for the custody and regulate the
use of the common seal of the University;
(k) to provide the buildings, libraries, premises, furniture apparatus,
equipment and other mean required for carrying out the work of the University;
(l) to establish and maintain halls of residence and hostels or
approve or license hostels or lodging for the residence of students;
(m) to affiliate and disaffiliate colleges;
(n) to admit educational institutions to the privilege of the University
and withdraw such privileges;
(o) to arrange for the inspection of colleges and the Teaching
Departments;
(p) to institute Professorships, Associate Professorships, Assistant
Professorships, Lecturerships and other teaching posts or to suspend or to abolish such posts;
(q) to create, suspend or abolish such administrative, research,
extension or other posts as may be necessary;
*r) to appoint University Teachers and other officers on the
recommendation of the Selection Board in NPS-17 and above.
(s) to appoint Emeritus Professors on such terms and conditions as
may be prescribed;
(t) to confer Honorary Degrees in accordance with the conditions
prescribed;
(u) to prescribe the duties of Officers, Teachers and other employees
of the University;
(v) to suspend, punish and remove from service Officers (other than
the Vice-Chancellor), Teachers and other employees in the manner prescribed;
(w) to report to the Senate on matters on which it has been asked to
report;
(x) to appoint members to the various Authorities in accordance with
the provisions of this Act;
(y) to propose drafts for Statutes for submission to the Senate;
(z) to consider and deal in the manner prescribed in sub-section (2)
of section 28, the Regulations made by the Academic Council; provided that the Syndicate may frame a Regulation at
its own initiative and approve it after calling for the advice of the Academic Council.
(aa) to regulate, determine and administer all other matters concerning
the University and to this end exercise all other powers not specifically mentioned in this Act and the Statutes;
(bb) to delegate any of its powers to an Authority or Officer or a
Committee or Sub-Committee; and
(cc) to perform such other functions as have been assigned to it by the
other provisions of this Act or may be assigned to it by the Statutes.
Academic Council:
23. (1) The Academic Council consist of:
(ii) Education Secretary, Government of North-West Frontier
Province;
(iii) the Deans;
(iv) the Directors;
(v) the Principals of Constituent Colleges;
(vi) the University Professors including Emeritus Professors;
(vii) the Chairmen of the Teaching Departments;
(viii) Director Education, North-West Frontier Province;
(ix) two Associate Professors, other than Chairman of the Teaching
Departments, to be elected by and from amongst themselves;
(x) two Assistant Professors and two Lecturers to be elected by and
from amongst themselves;
(xi) four Principals of affiliated colleges, academies or institutes, to
be elected by the Principals of all such colleges, academies and institutes from amongst themselves, of whom at least
one shall be from professional colleges and one from the women's colleges;
(xii) five Teachers of affiliated colleges having at least five year's service in an
affiliated college, other than the Principals, to be elected by the teachers of all such colleges from amongst themselves,
of whom at least one shall be from professional colleges and one from the women's colleges;
(xiii) three persons eminent in the arts, the sciences and the professions, of
whom one shall be from each category to be nominated by the Chancellor;
(xiv) the Registrar;
(xv) the Librarian; and
(xvi) the Controller of Examinations.
(2) Members appointed by nomination or election shall hold office for three years.
(3) The quorum for a meeting of the Academic Council shall be one-third of the total
number of members.
Powers and duties of the Academic Council:

24. (1) The Academic Council shall be the Academic body of the University and shall,
subject to the provisions of this Act and the Statutes have the power to lay down proper standards of instruction,
research and examinations and to regulate and promote the academic life of the University and the colleges.
(2) Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing powers, and subject to the
provisions of this Act, and the Statutes, the Academic Council shall have the powers;
(a) to advise the Syndicate on academic matters;
(b) to regulate the conduct of teaching, research and examinations;
(c) to regulate the admission of students to the courses of studies and
examinations in the University;
(d) to regulate the conduct and discipline of the students of the
University;
(e) to propose to the Syndicate schemes for the constitutions and
organization of Faculties, Teaching Departments and Boards of Studies;
(f) to consider or formulate proposals for the planning and
development of teaching and research in the University;
(g) to make Regulations, on the recommendations of the Boards of
Faculties and the Boards of Studies, prescribing the courses of studies, the syllabi and the outlines of tests for all
University examinations; provided that if the recommendations of the Board of Faculty or a Board of Studies are not
received by the prescribed date, the Academic Council may, subject to the approval of the Syndicate, continue for the
next year the courses of studies already prescribed for an examination;
(h) to recognize the examinations of other Universities or examining
bodies as equivalent to the corresponding examinations of the University;
(i) to regulate the award of studentships, scholarships, exhibitions,
medals and prizes;
(j) to frame Regulations for submission to the Syndicate;
(k) to appoint members to the various Authorities in accordance with

the provisions of this Act; and
(l) to perform such other functions as may be prescribed by Statutes.
Constitution, function and powers of other Authorities:

25. The constitution, functions and powers of the Authorities for which no specific provision has been
made in this Act shall be such as may be prescribed by Statutes.
Appointment of Committee by certain Authorities:

26. The Senate, the Syndicate, the Academic Council and other Authorities may, from time to time,
appoint such standing, special or advisory committees, as they may deem fit, and may place on such committees
persons who are not members of the Authorities appointing the committees.
CHAPTER - V
STATUTES, REGULATIONS AND RULES
Statutes:
27. (1) Subject to the provisions of this Act, Statutes may be made to regulate or prescribe
all or any of the following matters:
(a) the constitution of pension, insurance, gratuity provident fund and benevolent fund
for University employees;
(b) the scales of pay and other terms and conditions of service of officer, teachers, and
other employees of the University;
(c) the maintenance of the register of registered graduates;
(d) affiliation and disaffiliation of educational institutions and related matters;
(e) admission of educational institutions to the privileges of the University and the
withdrawal of such privileges;
(f) the conduct of elections for membership of the Authorities of the University and
related matters;
(g) the establishment or abolition of Faculties, institutes, colleges and other Academic
and Administrative Divisions;
(h) the powers and duties of Officers and Teachers.
(i) conditions under which the University may enter into arrangements with other
institutions or with public bodies for purposes of research and advisory services;
(j) conditions for appointment of Emeritus Professors and award of honorary degrees;
(k) efficiency and discipline of University employees;
(l) the general scheme of studies including the duration of courses and the number of
subjects and papers for an examination; and
(m) all others matters which by this Act are to be or may be prescribed or regulated by
Statutes.
(2) The draft of Statutes shall be proposed by the Syndicate to the Senate which may
approve it, or pass it with such modifications as the Senate may think fit, or may refer it back to the Syndicate for
reconsideration, or may reject it.
Provided that the Syndicate shall not propose draft of Statutes affecting the
constitution or powers of any Authority of the University, until such Authority has been given an opportunity of
expressing an opinion in writing upon the proposal.
Provided further that the draft of Statutes concerning any of the matters mentioned
in clauses (a) and (b) of sub-section (1), shall be forwarded to the Chancellor and shall not be effective until it has been
or deemed to have been approved by the Chancellor.
Regulations:
28. (1) Subject to the provisions of this Act and the Statutes, Regulations may be made for
all or any of the following matters:
(a) the courses of study for degrees, diplomas and certificates of the University;
(b) the manner in which the recognized teaching referred to in sub-section (1) of
section 7, shall be organized and conducted;
(c) the admission of students to, and the registration of students with, the University;
(d) the conditions under which student shall be admitted to the courses and the
examinations of the University and shall become eligible for the award of degrees, diplomas and certificates;
(e) the conduct of examinations;
(f) fees and other charges to be paid by students for admission to the courses of study
and the examinations of the University;
(g) the conduct and discipline of students to the University;
(h) conditions of residence of the students of the University or the colleges, including
the levying of fees for residence in halls of residence and hostels;
(i) approval and licensing of hostels and lodgings;
(j) conditions under which a person should carry on independent research to entitle
him to a degree;
(k) the institution of fellowships, scholarships, exhibitions, medals and prizes;
(l) the institution of stipends and free and half-free studentships, and grant of financial
aid or loans;
(m) the academic costume;
(n) the use of the Library;
(o) the formation of Teaching Departments and Boards of Studies; and
(p) all other matters which by this Act and the Statutes are to be or may be prescribed
by Regulations.
(2) The Regulations shall be prepared by the Academic Council and shall be submitted
to the Syndicate which may approve them or withhold approval or refer them back to the Academic Council for
reconsideration. A Regulation prepared by the Academic Council shall not be valid, unless it receives the approval of
the Syndicate.
Amendment and Repeal of Statutes and Regulations:

29. The procedure for adding to, amending or repealing the Statutes and the Regulations shall be the
same as that prescribed respectively for framing or making Statutes and Regulations.
Rules:
30. (1) The Authorities and the other bodies of the University may make Rules consistent
with this Act the Statutes and the Regulations, to regulate the conduct of their business and the time and place of
meetings and related matters.
Provided that the Syndicate may direct the amendment or the annulment of any Rules made by
another Authority or body excepting the Senate, under this section;
Provided further that if such other Authority or body is dissatisfied with such direction it may appeal
to the Senate whose decision in the matter shall be final.
(2) The Syndicate may make Rules to regulate any matter relating to the affairs of the
University which has not been specifically provided for by this Act, the Statutes or the Regulations.
CHAPTER - VI
AFFILIATION OF EDUCATION INSTITUTIONS
TO THE UNIVERSITY
Affiliation:
31. (1) An educational institution applying for affiliation to the University shall make an
application to the University and shall satisfy it:
(a) that the educational institution is under the management of Government or of a
regularly constituted governing body;
(b) that the financial resources of the educational institution are sufficient to enable it
to make due provision for its continued maintenance and efficient working;
(c) that the strength and qualifications of the teaching and other staff, and the terms
and conditions of their service, are adequate to make due provision for the courses of instruction, teaching or training to
be undertaken by the educational institution;
(d) that the educational institution has framed proper Rules regarding the efficiency
and discipline or its staff and other employees;
(e) that the building in which the educational institution is to be located is suitable, and
that provision will be made in conformity with the Statutes and the Regulations for the residence of students, not
residing with their parents or guardian, in the hostels, established and maintained by the educational institution or in
hostels or lodging approved by it, and the supervision and physical and general welfare of students;
(f) that provision has been made for a Library and adequate library services;
(g) that where affiliation is sought in any branch of experimental sciences, due
arrangements have been made for imparting instruction in that branch of science in a properly equipped laboratory,
museum and other place of practical work;
(h) that due provision will, so far as circumstances may permit, be made for the
residence of Principal and members of the teaching staff in or near the college or the place provided for the residence of
students; and
(i) that the affiliation of the educational institution having regard to the provision
which may have been made for the students by another educational institution in its neighbourhood will not be
injurious to the interests of education or discipline.
(2) The application shall further contain an undertaking that after the educational
institutions affiliated any transference of, and changes in the management and in the teaching staff, shall be forthwith
reported to the University, and that the teaching staff shall possess such qualifications as are or may be prescribed.
(3) The procedure to be followed in disposing of an application for the affiliation of an
educational institution shall be such as may be prescribed.
(4) The Syndicate may, on the recommendation of the Affiliation Committee, grant or
refuse affiliation to an educational institution;
Provided that affiliation shall not be refused, unless that educational institution has been given an
opportunity of making a representation against the proposed decision.
Addition of courses by affiliated educational institutions:

32. Where an educational institution desires to add to the courses of instruction in respect of which it is
affiliated, the procedure prescribed under sub-section (3) of section 31 shall so far as may be, be followed.
Reports from affiliated educational institutions:

33. (1) Every educational institution affiliated to the University shall furnish such reports,
returns and other information as the University may require to enable it to judge the efficiency of the educational
institution.
(2) The University may call upon any educational institution affiliated to it to take,
within a specified period, such action as may appear to the University to be necessary in respect of any of the matters
referred to in sub-section (1) of section 31.
Withdrawal of affiliation:
34. (1) If any educational institution affiliated to the University fails at any time to fulfil
any of the requirements mentioned in this Act, or if an institution has failed to observe any of the conditions of its
affiliation or it affairs are conducted in a manner which is prejudicial to the interests of education, the Syndicate may,
on the recommendation of the Affiliation Committee, and after considering such representation as the educational
institution may wish to make, withdraw, either in whole or in part, the rights conferred on the educational institution by
affiliation or modify such rights.
(2) The procedure to be followed for the withdrawal of affiliation shall be such as may
be prescribed.
An appeal against refusal or withdrawal of affiliation:

35. An appeal shall lie to the Senate against the decision of the Syndicate refusing to affiliate an
institution, or withdrawing in whole or in part the rights conferred on an institution by affiliation or modifying such
rights;
Provided that the Senate shall not pass any order adversely affecting the institution without giving the
institution concerned an opportunity of being heard.
CHAPTER - VII
UNIVERSITY FUND
University Fund:
36. The University shall have a fund to which shall be credited its income from fees, donations, trusts,
bequests, endowments, contributions, grants and all other sources.
Audit and Accounts:

37. (1) The accounts of the University shall be maintained in such form and in such
manner as may be prescribed.
(2) No expenditure shall be made from the funds of the University, unless a bill for its
payments has been audited by the Resident Auditor in conformity with the Statutes, the Regulations and the Rules.
**2(A) The University shall not incur expenditure not included in its approved budget.
(3) The annual statements of the accounts of the University signed by the Treasurer and
the Resident Auditor, shall be submitted to Government within six months of closing of the financial year.
(4) The accounts of the University shall be audited in conformity with the Statutes, the
Regulations and the Rules.
(5) The observations of the Government Auditor, together with such annotations as the
Treasurer may make, shall be presented to the Syndicate.
CHAPTER - VIII
GENERAL PROVISIONS
Opportunity to show cause:

38. Except as otherwise provided no Officer, Teacher or other employee of the University holding a
permanent post shall be reduced in rank, or removed or compulsory retired from service unless he has been given a
reasonable opportunity of showing cause against the action proposed to be taken.
Appeal to and review by the Syndicate:

39. Where an order is passed punishing any Officer (other than the Vice-Chancellor), Teacher or other
employee of the University or altering or interpreting to his disadvantage the prescribed terms or conditions of his
service he shall, where the order is passed by the Vice-Chancellor or any other Officer or Teacher of the University,
have the right to appeal to the Syndicate against the order, and where the order is made by the Syndicate, have the right
to appeal to the Chancellor.
The appeal shall be submitted to the Vice-Chancellor and he shall lay it before the Syndicate or, as
the case may be, before the Chancellor, with his views; Provided that the Syndicate or the Chancellor, as the case may
be, shall not pass any order on an appeal unless the person concerned is given an opportunity of being heard.
Pension, Insurance, Gratuity, Provident Fund and Benevolent Fund:
40. (1) The University shall constitute for the benefit of its Officers, Teachers and other
employees in such manner and subject to such conditions as may be prescribed, such pension, insurance, gratuity,
provident fund and benevolent fund schemes as it may deem fit.
(2) Where any provident fund has been constituted under this Act, the provisions of the
Provident Funds Act, 1925 (Act XIX of 1925), shall apply to such fund as if it were the Government Provident Fund.
Commencement of term of office of members of Authority:
41. (1) When a member of a newly constituted Authority is elected, appointed or
nominated, his term of office, as fixed under this Act, shall commence from such date as may be prescribed.
(2) Nothing in sub-section (1) shall affect the provisions of section 43.
*41-A Members of an Authority to cease to be member in certain circumstances.

An elected, appointed or nominated member of any authority shall cease to be a member if he:
(a) absents himself, without the leave of such authority, from three consecutive
meetings thereof; or
(b) accepts any assignment which involves his absence from the University for a period
of six months or more.
Filling of casual vacancies in Authorities:

42. Any casual vacancy among the elected, appointed or nominated members of any Authority shall be
filled, as soon as conveniently may be, by the person or persons or the body who elected, appointed or nominated that
member whose place has become vacant and the person elected, appointed or nominated to the vacancy shall be a
member of such authority for the residue of the term for which the person whose place he fills would have been a
member.
Voids in the constitution of Authorities:

43. Where there is a void in the constitution of an authority, as constituted by this act, because of the
abolition of a specified office under government or because an organization, institution or other body outside the
University has been dissolved or has ceased to function, or because of some other similar reason, the void shall be filled
in such manner as the Chancellor may direct.
Disputes about membership of Authorities:

44. If a question arises whether any person is entitled to be a member of any Authority, the matter shall
be referred to a Committee consisting of the Vice-Chancellor, the Education Secretary, Government of North-West
Frontier Province, and the Dean who is member of the Syndicate, and the decision of this Committee shall be final and
binding.
Proceeding of Authorities not invalidated by vacancies:

45. No act, resolution or decision of any Authority shall be invalid by reason of any vacancy on the
authority doing, passing, or making it or by reason of any want of qualification or invalidity in the election,
appointment or nomination of any de-facto member or the authority whether present or absent.
First Statutes:
46. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this act, the Statutes set out in the schedule
appended to this act shall be deemed to be the Statutes framed under section 27 of this act, and shall continue to remain
in force until amended or repealed.
Repeal and Savings:

47. (1) The West Pakistan (University of Peshawar) Ordinance, 1961 (West Pakistan
Ordinance XXIII of 1961), hereinafter referred to as the said Ordinance, is hereby repealed.
(2) Notwithstanding the repeal of said Ordinance:
(a) every thing done, action taken, obligations or liabilities incurred, rights and assets
acquired, persons appointed or authorized, jurisdiction or powers conferred, endowments, bequests, fund or trusts
created, donations or grants made, scholarships, studentships, or exhibitions instituted, affiliations or privileges granted
and orders issued under any of the provisions of the said ordinance of the Statutes, the University Ordinances, the
Regulations and the Rules made or deemed to have been made thereunder, shall, if not inconsistent with the provisions
of this act or the Statutes, the Regulations or the Rules made under this act, be contained and, so far as may be, be
deemed to have been respectively done, taken, incurred, acquired, appointed, authorized, conferred, created, made,
instituted, granted and issued under this act, and any documents referring to any of the provisions of the said
Ordinance, the Statutes, the University Ordinances, the Regulations and the Rules first referred to, shall, so far as may
be, be considered to refer to the corresponding provisions of this act or Statutes, the Regulations and the Rules made
under this act.
(b) any Statutes, University Ordinances, Regulations or Rules made or deemed to have
been made under the said Ordinance, shall, if not inconsistent with the provisions of this act, be deemed to be Statutes,
Regulations or Rules made under this act and shall having regard to the various matters which by this act have to be
regulated or prescribed by Statutes, Regulations or Rules respectively continue to be in force, until they are repealed,
rescinded or modified in accordance with provisions of this act.
Transitory Provision:
48. (1) The Syndicate, as constituted immediately before the commencement of this act,
shall continue to function and shall, as far as may be exercised the powers assigned to the Senate and the Syndicate
under this act until the first Syndicate is constituted under this act;
Provided that till such time as the first Senate is constituted under this act and is able to meet, the first
Syndicate shall be deemed to be fully constituted under this act without the members to be nominated by the Senate and
shall, in addition to the powers assigned to the Syndicate and this act, exercise the powers assigned to the Senate.
(2) The other Authorities, as constituted under the Ordinance in force immediately
before the commencement of this act, shall continue to function and shall, as far, as may be, exercise the powers
respectively assigned to the corresponding authorities by or under this act, until such time as they are respectively
replaced by the authorities constituted under this act.
Tripartite Mobility:
48a. (1) Any officer, teacher or other employee of the University shall, as the Chancellor
may direct, serve in a Government department or an educational or research institution in the public interest.
Provided that the terms and conditions offered to him shall not be less favourable that those
admissible to him in the University and that full benefit of his previous services shall be allowed to him.
Provided further that in the case of a teacher, such direction shall be issued after consulting the
Syndicate.
(2) The Chancellor may place the services of an employee of Government or any other
University or an educational or research institution at the disposal of the University in the public interest.
Provided that the terms and conditions offered to him shall not be less favourable than those enjoyed
by him immediately before his services are placed at the disposal of the University and that full benefit of his previous
service shall be allowed to him;
Provided further that, in the case of a teacher, the Chancellor may consult the Selection Board of the
University before placing his services at the disposal of the University.
Removal of difficulties at the commencement of the Act:

49. If any difficulty arises as to the first constitution or reconstitution of any authority upon the coming
into force of this act or otherwise in first implementation of the provisions of this act, the Chancellor may, on the
recommendation of the Vice-Chancellor, give appropriate directions to remove such difficulty.
Repeal:
50. The University of Peshawar Ordinance 1973 (NWFP, Ordinance No. II of 1974), is hereby repealed.
SCHEDULE
THE FIRST STATUTES
(see Section 46)
Faculties:
1. (1) The University shall include the following Faculties:
(i) The Faculty of Agriculture; (upgraded as University vide NWFP
Ordinance No. 1 of 1981).
(ii) the Faculty of Arts;
(iii) the Faculty of Commerce;
(iv) the Faculty of Education;
(v) the Faculty of Engineering; (Upgraded as University vide NWFP
Ordinance No. XIII of 1980).
(vi) the Faculty of Home Economics;
(vii) the Faculty of Islamic Studies (and Arabic);
(viii) the Faculty of Law;
(ix) the Faculty of Medicine and Dentistry;
(x) the Faculty of Oriental Languages;
(xi) the Faculty of Science; and
(xii) such other Faculties as may be prescribed by Statutes.
**Provided that till facilities are available for the development of all the faculties, the faculties which
not yet have the necessary staff, equipment and other facilities may be grouped together with allied facilities as a
subject. The amendment will be effective 2nd April, 1974. Accordingly it was decided to assign Education, Commerce,
Islamiyat, Home Economics, Persian and Arabic to the Faculty of Arts, and further it was decided (on 23-11-1974 by
the Syndicate on its own behalf and on behalf of the Senate on the recommendation of Academic Council Meeting held
on 28-11-1974) to include Home Economics in the Faculty of Science.
(2) There shall be a Board of each Faculty which shall consist of:
(i) the Dean;
(ii) the Professors and the Chairman of the Teaching Departments
comprised in the Faculty;
(iii) two members of each Board of Studies; comprised in the Faculty to be
nominated by the Board of Studies concerned; and
(iv) three teachers to be nominated by the Academic Council by
reason of their specialized knowledge on the subjects which, though not assigned to the Faculty have, in the opinion of
the Academic Council, important bearing on the subjects assigned to the Faculty.
(3) The members mentioned in sub-clauses (iii) and (iv) of clause (2) shall hold office
for three years.
(4) The quorum for a meeting of the Board of a Faculty shall be one-half of the total
number of members, fraction being counted as one.
(5) The Board of each Faculty shall, subject to the general control of the Academic
Council and the Syndicate, have the powers:
(a) to co-ordinate the teaching and research work in the subjects
assigned to the Faculty;
(b) to scrutinize the recommendations of the Boards of Studies
comprised in the Faculty in regard to, to appointment of paper setters and examiners, expert for research Examination,
and to forward the panels of suitable Paper-Setters and Examiners for each examination to the Vice-Chancellor;
(c) to consider any other academic matter relating to the Faculty and
to report thereon to the Academic Council; and
(d) to perform such other functions as may be prescribed by Statutes.
Dean:
2. (1) There shall be a Dean of each Faculty who shall be the Chairman and Convener of
the Board of Faculty.
(2) The Dean of each Faculty shall be appointed by the Chancellor from amongst the
three most senior Professors in the Faculty.
(3) The Dean shall hold office for three years.
(4) The Dean shall present candidates for admission to Degree, except honorary
degrees, in the courses falling within the purview of the Faculty.
(5) The Dean shall exercise such powers and perform such other duties as may be
prescribed.
Teaching Department:
3. (1) There shall be a Teaching Department for each subject or a group of subjects, as
may be prescribed by Regulations, and each Teaching Department shall be headed by a Chairman.
(2) The Chairman of a Teaching Department or a Director of an Institute shall be
appointed by the Syndicate on the recommendations of the Vice-Chancellor from amongst the three most Senior
Professors and Associate Professors of the Department for a period of three years.
Provided that in Department in which there is no Professor or Associate Professor,

the Department shall be looked after by the Dean of the Faculty with the help and assistance of the most senior teacher
of the Department.
(3) The Chairman of the Department shall plan, organize and supervise the work of the
Department and shall be responsible to the Dean for the work of his department.
Board of Studies:
4. (1) There shall be a separate Board of Studies for each subject or a group of subjects,
as may be prescribed by Regulations.
(2) Each Board of Studies shall consist of:
(i) the Chairman of the Teaching Department;
(ii) all Professors and Associate Professors in the University
Teaching Departments;
Provided that if the total number of University Teachers under
sub-clause (i) and (ii) comes to less than three, then this number may be made up by nominating other University
Teachers as in sub-clause (iii);
(iii) one or two University Teachers, as the case may be, other than a Professor
or an Associate Professor, to be appointed by the Academic Council;
(iv) three Teachers other than University Teachers to be appointed by
the Syndicate. The number will be determined by the Syndicate according to the need of each Board; and
(v) one expert to be appointed by the Vice-Chancellor;
Provided that in the case of professional subjects which
are taught in the constituent colleges, the Board of Studies shall consist of:
(a) the Chairman of the University Teaching Department;
(b) all Professors and Associate Professors in the University
Teaching Department;
(c) one University Teacher, other than a Professor or an Associate
Professor, to be appointed by the Academic Council; and
(d) four experts to be appointed by the Vice-Chancellor;
Provided further that in the case of professional subjects
which are taught in the affiliated colleges only, and not in the University, the Board of Studies shall consist of:
(a) the Principals of the colleges concerned;
(b) five teachers of the college, to be appointed by the
Syndicate; and
(c) two experts to be appointed by the Vice-Chancellor;
Provided also that in the case of such subjects
of Humanities and Sciences as are taught in the affiliated colleges only and not in the University, the Board of Studies
shall consist of:
(a) six teachers from the colleges doing teaching work in
the subject to be appointed by the Academic Council; and
(b) one expert to be appointed by the Vice-Chancellor.
(3) The term of office of members of the Board of Studies other than ex-officio
members shall be three years.
(4) The quorum for meetings of the Board of Studies shall be one-half of the total
number of members, a fraction being counted as one.
(5) The Chairman of the University Teaching Department concerned shall be the
Chairman and convener of the Board of Studies, where in respect of a subject there is no University Teaching
Department, the Chairman shall be appointed by the Syndicate.
(6) The functions of the Board of Studies shall be:
(a) to advise the Authorities on all academic matters connected with
instruction, research and examination in the subject or subjects concerned;
(b) to propose curricula and syllabi for all degrees, diplomas and
certificates courses in the subject or subjects concerned;
(c) to suggest a panel of names of Paper-Setters and Examiners in the
subject or subjects concerned; and
(d) to perform such other functions as may be prescribed by
Regulations.
Advanced Studies and Research Board:

5. (1) The Advanced Studies and Research Board shall consist of:
(ii) the Deans;
(iii) three University Professors other than Deans to be appointed by the
Syndicate; and
(iv) three University Teachers having research qualifications and
experience to be appointed by the Academic Council.
(2) The term of office of members of the Advanced Studies and Research Board other
than ex-officio members shall be three years.
(3) The quorum for a meeting of the Advanced Studies and Research Board shall be
one-half of the total number of members, a fraction being counted as one.
(4) The function of the Advanced Studies and Research Board shall be:
(a) to advise the Authorities on all matters connected with the
promotion of Advanced Studies and Research in the University;
(b) to consider and report to the Authorities on the institution of
research degree in the University;
(c) to propose Regulations regarding the award of research degrees;
(d) to appoint supervisors for research students and determine the
subjects of their thesis;
(e) to recommend panels of names of paper setters and examiners for
research examinations after considering the proposals of the Board of Studies in this behalf; and
(f) to perform such other functions as may be prescribed by Statutes.
Selection Board:
6. (1) The Selection Board shall consist of:
(ii) the Chairman or a member of the North-West Frontier Province
Public Service Commission to be nominated by the Chairman of the said Commission;
(iii) the Dean of the Faculty concerned;
(iv) the Chairman of the Teaching Department concerned; and
(v) one member of the Syndicate and two other men of eminence, to
be appointed by the Syndicate; provided that neither of the three are employees of the University.
(2) The members mentioned in sub-clause (v) of clause (1) shall hold office for two
years.
(3) (a) Four members shall form the quorum for the selection of a
Professor or an Associate Professor and three members for the Selection of other Teachers.
(b) In case of officer other than Teachers, the Selection Board shall
consist only of members at sub-clause (i),(ii) and(v) of clause (1).
(4) No member who is a candidate for the post to which appointment is to be made
shall take part, in the proceedings of the Board.
(5) In selecting candidates for the posts of Professors and Associate Professors, the
Selection Board shall co-opt or consult three experts in the subject concerned and in selecting candidates for other
teaching posts, two experts in the subject concerned, to be nominated by the Vice-Chancellor from a standing list of
experts for each subject approved by the Syndicate on the recommendation of the Selection Board and revised from
time to time.
Function of Selection Board:

7. (1) The Selection Board shall consider the applications received in response to
advertisement and recommend to the Syndicate the names of suitable candidates for appointment to teaching and other
posts.
(2) The Selection Board may recommend the grant of a higher initial pay in a suitable
case for reasons recorded.
(3) The Selection Board may recommend to the Syndicate the appointment of an
eminently qualified person to Professorship in the University on terms and conditions other than those prescribed.
(4) In the event of an unresolved differences of opinion between the Selection Board
and the Syndicate, the decision of Syndicate shall prevail.
Finance and Planning Committee:

8. (1) The Finance and Planning Committee shall consist of:
(ii) one member of the Senate to be appointed by the Senate;
(iii) one member of the Syndicate to be appointed by the Syndicate;
(iv) two Deans by rotation in alphabetical order of the Faculty to be
nominated by the Vice-Chancellor;
(v) two nominees of the Chancellor, one each from Education
Department and Finance Department; and
(vi) the Treasurer.
(2) The term of office of the members other than ex-officio members shall be three
years.
(3) The quorum for a meeting of the Finance and Planning Committee shall be three
members.
Functions of the Finance and Planning Committee:
9. The functions of the Finance and Planning Committee shall be:
(a) to consider the annual statement of accounts and the annual and revised budget estimates
and advise the Syndicate thereon;
(b) to review periodically the financial position of the University;
(c) to advise the Syndicate on all matters relating to planning, development, finances,
investments and accounts of the University; and
(d) to perform such other functions as may be prescribed by Statutes.
Affiliation Committee:
10. (1) The Affiliation Committee shall consist of:
(i) the Vice-Chancellor;
(ii) two Professors to be nominated by the Academic Council; and
(iii) the Director of Education, North- West Frontier Province.
(2) The term of office of the members of Committee excluding ex-officio members,
shall be two years.
(3) The Affiliation Committee may co-opt not more than three experts.
(4) The quorum for a meeting of or inspection by the Affiliation Committee shall be
three members.
(5) An Officer of the University to be designated by the Vice-Chancellor for this
purpose shall act as the Secretary of the Committee.
(6) The functions of the Affiliation Committee shall be:
(a) to inspect the educational institutions seeking affiliation with, or
admission to the privileges of the University and to advise the Academic Council thereon;
(b) to inquire into complaints alleging breach of conditions of
affiliation by affiliated colleges and to advise the Academic Council thereon; and
(c) to perform such other functions as may be prescribed by
Regulations.
Discipline Committee:
11. (1) The Discipline Committee shall consist of:
(i) the Vice-Chancellor or his nominee;
(ii) two Professors to be nominated by the Academic Council;
(iii) one member to be nominated by the Syndicate; and
(iv) the Teacher or Officer Incharge of Students Affairs by whatever
name called (member-secretary).
(2) The term of office of the members of the Discipline Committee excluding ex-
officio members, shall be two years.
(3) The quorum for a meeting of the Discipline Committee shall be four members.
(4) The functions of the Discipline Committee shall be:
(i) to propose Regulations to the Academic Council for the conduct
of University students, maintenance of discipline and for dealing with cases of indiscipline; and
(ii) to perform such other functions as may be prescribed by
Regulations.
FAIZ MOHAMMAD KHAN

Secretary to Government of
NWFP Law Department.
ANNEXURE - 1
THE NORTH WEST FRONTIER PROVINCE UNIVERSITIES

(AMENDMENT) ACT, 1985
N.W.F.P. ACT NO VII OF 1985
[First published after having received the assent of the Governor of the North West Frontier Province in the Gazette of
N.W.F.P. (Extraordinary) dated the 5th November, 1985]
AN
ACT
Further to amend the enactment relating to the Universities in the North-West Frontier Province.
Preamble: WHEREAS it is expedient further to amend the University of Peshawar Act, 1974 (N.W.F.P.
Act II of 1974), and the Gomal University Act, 1974, (N.W.F.P. Act X of 1974) for the purpose here in after appearing:
It is hereby enacted as follows:
Short title and Commencement:

1. (1) This Act may be called the North-West Frontier Province Universities
(Amendment) Act, 1985.
Amendment of Act II of 1974:
2. In the University of Peshawar Act, 1974 (N.W.F.P. Act II of 1974).
(a) in section 10, after sub-section (4) the following sub-section (5) shall be inserted
namely:
"(5) The Chancellor shall have the power to withhold assent to such
Statutes as are required to be submitted to him by the Senate, if in his opinion, such Statutes are:
(a) directly or indirectly against the tenets of Islam or the Ideology of
Pakistan; or
(b) likely to have an adverse effect on the finances of the University
or the academic life of the teachers and students; or
(c) likely to create a law and order situation or in any way provoke
or tend to provoke sectarian feelings.
In all other cases the Chancellor may assent to such
Statutes or refer them back to the Senate for reconsideration; provide that where the Chancellor refers the Statutes back
to the Senate for reconsideration, and if upon reconsideration, the Statutes are passed by a majority of three-fourth of
the total members of the Senate the Chancellor shall be deemed to have assented to such Statutes," and
ANNEXURE - II
EXTRAORDINARY REGISTERED NO.....
GOVERNMENT GAZETTE
North West Frontier Province
Published by Authority
PESHAWAR, SUNDAY, 10TH MAY, 1992
GOVERNMENT OF NORTH-WEST FRONTIER PROVINCE
LAW DEPARTMENT
NOTIFICATION
10th May, 1992
No. Legis:I (6)/73 Vol:II/4921-25. - The following Ordinance by the Governor of the North-West
Frontier Province is hereby published for general information:
THE NORTH-WEST FRONTIER PROVINCE UNIVERSITIES

(AMENDMENT) ORDINANCE, 1992.
N.W.F.P. ORDINANCE NO. III OF 1992.
AN
ORDINANCE
further to amend the enactments relating to the Universities in the North West Frontier Province.
WHEREAS it is expedient further to amend the University of Peshawar Act 1974, (N.W.F.P. Act II of
1974), and the Gomal University Act, 1974 (N.W.F.P. Act X of 1974), for the purposes hereinafter appearing;
1709. N.W.F.P. GOVT. GAZETTE, EXTRA, 10TH MAY, 1992
_______________________
AND WHEREAS the Provincial Assembly is not in session and the Governor of the North-West
Frontier Province is satisfied that circumstance exist which render it necessary to take immediate action:-
NOW, THEREFORE, in exercise of the powers conferred by clause (1) of Article 128 of the
Constitution of the Islamic Republic of Pakistan, the Governor of the North-West Frontier Province is pleased to make
and promulgate the following Ordinance:
Short title and commencement.
1. (1) This Ordinance may be called the North-West Frontier Province Universities (Amendment)
Ordinance, 1992.
2. It shall come into force at once.
Amendment of section 15 of N.W.F.P. Act II of 1974.
2. In the University of Peshawar Act, 1974, (N.W.F.P. Act II of 1974) in section 15, for the word `Syndicate'
occurring for the first two times, the word "Chancellor" shall be substituted.
Amendment of section 15 of N.W.F.P. Act X of 1974
3. In the Gomal University Act, 1974, (N.W.F.P. Act X of 1974), in section 15, for the word `Syndicate' occurring
for the first two time, the word "Chancellor" shall be substituted.
Peshawar, AMIR GULISTAN JANJUA

dated the Governor of North-West Frontier Province
7th May, 1992.
JAWAID NAWAZ GANDAPUR

Secretary to Government of N.W.F.P.
Law Department.
Printed and published by the Manager, Ptg,. & Staty. Deptt

Government of North-West Frontier Province.
EXTRAORDINARY REGISTERED NO. PIII
GOVERNMENT GAZETTE
THE NORTH-WEST FRONTIER PROVINCE CONDUCT OF

EXAMINATIONS (ERADICATION OF MALPRACTICES)
ORDINANCE - 1995
GOVERNMENT OF NWFP
LAW DEPARTMENT
NOTIFICATION
18TH MAY, 1995.
No Legis: 1(8)94./3169-73 - The following Ordinance by the Governor of the North-West Frontier Province is hereby
published for general information.
THE NORTH WEST FRONTIER PROVINCE CONDUCT OF EXAMINATIONS (ERADICATION OF
MALPRACTICES) ORDINANCES - 1995.
NWFP ORDINANCE NO. III

AN
ORDINANCE
to provide for eradication of malpractices in examinations to be conducted by University and Board in the North-West
Frontier Province.
WHEREAS it is expedient to provide for the eradication of preamble malpractices in examinations to be conducted by
University and Boards in the North-West Frontier Province; NOW, WHEREAS the Provincial Assembly is not in
session and the Governor of the North-West Frontier Province is satisfied that circumstances exist render with
necessary to take immediate action;
NOW, THEREFORE, in exercise of the powers conferred by clause (i) of Article 128 of the Constitution of the Islamic
Republic of Pakistan, the Governor of the North-West Frontier Province is pleased to make and promulgate the
following Ordinance.
(1) This Ordinance may be called the North-West Frontier Province conduct of examination
(Eradication of Malpractices) Ordinance 1995.
(Short title extent and commencement)

3. Whoever is guilty of Punishment for malpractices.
(i) Premature disclosure of a question or question paper knowing that such question or
question paper is to be put or set at an examination written or oral; or
(ii) replacement of an answer book or any portion thereof; or
(iii) awarding with dishonest motive marks more or less than the marks deserved by a candidate,
or recording in any document with dishonest motive marks more or less than marks awarded to a candidate;
(iv) supplying to a candidate, during his examination, answer to a question contained in
the question paper or a question put or to be put at an oral examination; or
(v) mutilation, alteration, interpolation or erasure in any certificate or other document
or any record maintained by a University or Board, or in any manner using or causing to be used a certificate,
document or record knowing that it is so mutilated, altered, interpolated or erased; or
(vi) divulging or procuring information pertaining to the examination papers, answer
books, examiners, conduct of examinations, fictitious roll numbers, examination results or any information incidental
thereto; or
(vii) falsification of official examination results by any means including substitution of answer
books, mutilation, alteration or falsification of record maintained by a Board or a University; or
(viii) impeding the progress of examination at an examination centre by any means whatsoever, or
assaulting or threatening, with a view to gaining any advantage in the examination, any person in charge of an
examination centre or any other person employed in connection with an examination; or
(ix) approaching or influencing any employee to act corruptly or dishonestly in the
conduct of an examination, declaration of examination result, or marking of papers or obtaining secret information
relating to an examination: or
(x) appointing supervisory/secrecy staff for carrying out examination duty in
contravention of standing rules/instructions; or
(xi) issuing of the Roll No. slip without specifically indicating the centre of the
examination; or
(xii) attempting or abetting the commission of any of the aforesaid acts;
shall be punished with imprisonment for a term which may extend to ten years or with fine which
may extend to one million rupees or with both.
Complaint of Offences 4. The Registrar of University concerned , or, as the case may be, the Chairman of
the Board concerned, and the secretary to government of the North-West Frontier Province, education department or his
nominee, shall, on a complaint or suo-moto, initiate criminal proceedings against the offenders committing an offence
under this Ordinance.
1257 NWFP GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EXTRAORDINARY 18th May, 1995.

(3) It shall extend to whole of the North-West Frontier Province.
Definition:
(2) In this Ordinance, unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context.
(a) "Abetment" shall have the same meaning as assigned to it in the
Pakistan Panel Code, 1860.
(b) "Answer book" mean the document containing the answer or
answers as given by a candidate during an examination to the question or questions contained in the question paper
meant for the said examination and includes a part of an answer book;
(c) "Board" means a Board of Intermediate and secondary education
or a board of technical education, as the case may be, established by law in the Province of North-West Frontier
Province;
(d) "Candidate" means a person who has applied for admission to an
examination or has appeared as an examinee at any such examination;
(e) "Employee" means any person employed by the University or a
Board, permanently or temporarily either gratis or for remuneration, whether associated or not with the conduct of an
examination;
(f) "Examination" means an examination held by a University or a

Board for the purpose of examining candidates for the grants of certificate, diplomas or degrees, as the case may be;
(g) "Examiner" means a person appointed by a University or a Board
for the purpose of examination and assessing the answer books of a candidate or his ability through a written or oral
examination and awards of marks therefore and includes a person appointed to check the standard of marking of such
examiner;
(h) "Premature disclosure of a question or question paper" means a
disclosure of a question or any of the questions contained in a question paper before the time at which the question or
the question paper containing the questions has to be communicated to a candidate in accordance with the procedure
prescribed by a University or a Board'
(i) "Question paper" means a document containing the question to
put at an examination for being answered by the candidate; and
(j) "University" means a University established by law in the
Province of the North-West Frontier.
Unpublished records
to privileged document. 5. No employee of a University or a Board shall give evidence of any fact relating
to unpublished record or produced any document pertaining to the affairs of a University or a Board, except with the
previous written permission of the registrar of the University or the chairman of the Board concerned, as the case may
be, who may give or with hold such permission in his discretion.
Non-disclosure of
information to courts
without permission. 6. No employee of a University or a Board shall give evidence in any
court of law regarding communications made to him in the course of his employment or of information in his
possession which comes to his knowledge by reason of employment by a University or a Board except with the
previous written permission of the registrar of the University concerned, or, as the case may be, the chairman of the
Board concerned.
Peshawar
dated the 16th May, 1995
(MAJ. GEN. (RETD) KHURSHID ALI KHAN)

Governor of North-West Frontier Province
PART - II
CONSTITUTIONS
STATUTES
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
OF THE SERVICE OF THE EMPLOYEES OF THE
1. THE UNIVERSITY OF PESHAWAR
SERVICE STATUTES 1977
Preamble:
Whereas it is expedient to prescribe Statutes to govern the terms and conditions of service of the
University employees in accordance with the University of Peshawar Act-1974 and bring them in line with the rules
governing other public services in the country the following Statutes are hereby prescribed in terms of Section 27(1) (b)
of the University of Peshawar Act 1974.
Title:
1. These Statutes may be called the University of Peshawar Service Statutes, 1977.
Application:
2. These Statutes shall apply to all persons in the service of the University except:
(a) A University employee on contract;
(b) A person serving in the University on deputation; and
(c) The staff paid from contingencies or on work-charged basis or persons employed
occasionally or on part-time basis whose appointments are governed by the letters of their appointment.
Commencement:
3. These Statutes shall come into force with immediate effect.
CHAPTER - 1
PRELIMINARY
Definitions:
4. In these Statutes unless the context otherwise requires the following expressions shall have the
meanings hereby respectively assigned to them as under:
(a) "Competent Authority" means authority designated as such by the University of
Peshawar Act 1974 or the Statutes made thereunder or by a decision of the Syndicate or by an order of the Vice-
Chancellor.
(b) "Initial appointment" means appointment made otherwise than by promotion or
transfer.
(c) "Pay" means the amount drawn monthly by University employee other than as
special pay, technical pay, personal pay, overseas pay or as an allowance of any other description.
(d) "Permanent post" means a post sanctioned without limit of time.
(e) "Prescribed" means prescribed by the University of Peshawar Act 1974 or Statutes
made thereunder.
(f) "Regular appointment" means an appointment made in accordance with the
prescribed procedure against a clear vacancy.
(g) "Temporary post" means a post other than a permanent post.
(h) "University Employee" means a person who holds a post in the University service
and who is paid from the University funds.
(i) "Presumptive Pay" of a post means the pay to which a University employee is
entitled if he holds this post in a substantive capacity and is performing its duties.
(j) "Foreign Service" means the service in which a University employee receives his
substantive pay with the sanction of the University from a source other than the University.
(k) "Substantive Pay" means the pay other than special pay, personal pay or
emoluments classed as pay by the Syndicate to which a University employee is entitled on account of a post to which
he has been appointed substantively or by reason of his substantive position in a cadre.
(l) "Adhoc appointment" means appointment of a duly qualified person made
otherwise than in accordance with the prescribed manner of recruitment, pending recruitment in accordance with such
manner.
(m) Heads of Departments: The term includes:
(i) Chairmen of the University Teaching Departments.
(ii) Directors of Institutes/Academies established as constituent
institutions by the University.
(iii) Principals of Constituent Colleges.
(iv) Heads of Administrative Divisions.
(v) Principals of the University Schools.
All other terms and expressions shall have the same meanings as assigned to them
under section 2 of the University of Peshawar Act 1974.
CHAPTER - 2
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SERVICE OF
UNIVERSITY EMPLOYEES
5. The terms and conditions of service of a University employee shall be as provided under these
Statutes and such rules as may by made by the Syndicate.
6. No person may be substantively appointed to a post under the University without a medical certificate
of health. The certificate be attached to his first pay bill and the audit shall return the same after seeing it so that it is
placed in the personal file of the employee concerned.
7. (i) Two or more employees cannot be appointed substantively to the same permanent
post at the same time.
(ii) An employee cannot be appointed substantively except as a temporary measure, to
two or more permanent posts at the same time.
(iii) An employee cannot be appointed substantively to a post on which another employee holds
a lien.
Probation:
8. Probation in the case of an initial appointment to a post in the University service shall be for a
minimum period of one year.
9. Appointments by promotion or transfer may also be made on probation for such a period as may be
determined by the appointing authority.
10. If in the opinion of the appointing authority the work or conduct of a University employee during the
period of probation has not been satisfactory, it may, notwithstanding that the period of probation has not expired,
dispense with his services.
Provided if an employee was holding a post before his appointment, he shall be reverted to his former
post or if there be no such post his services may be dispensed with.
11. On completion of the period of probation of a University employee, the appointing authority may,
subject to the provision of Section 13, confirm him in hi appointment, or if his work or conduct has, in the opinion of
such authority, not been satisfactory:
(a) in case of initial appointment dispense with his services; or
(b) in case he has been appointed otherwise, revert him to his former post, and if there
be no such post, dispense with his services; or
(c) extend the period of probation by a period not exceeding two years, and during or
on the expiry of such period pass such orders as it could have passed during or the expiry of the initial probationary
period.
12. A probationer who has successfully completed his period of probation shall be confirmed with effect
from the date of his continuous appointment to the post in a permanent vacancy.
13. No University employee shall be confirmed in a post in the University service unless he successfully
completes such training course, or research assignment, or passes such test, as was applicable at the time of his
appointment to the post.
14. If a University employee whether appointed against a permanent vacancy or otherwise, fails to
complete successfully any training, course or research assignment, or pass such test, as was applicable at the time of his
appointment to the post; the appointing authorities may:
(a) in case he has been appointed by initial recruitment, dispense with his service; or
(b) in case he has been appointed otherwise, revert him to his former post, and if there
be no such post, dispense with his services.
15. Temporary services followed by permanent service without break shall count towards the period of
probation.
Seniority:
16. All appointments shall be made on the on the basis of efficiency and merit, through the appropriate
Selection Boards, seniority being taken into consideration only when merit, in the opinion of the appointing authority,
is equal.
17. For the purpose of making appointments, seniority shall have relevance only with the "group" cadre
and eligible for the position to which appointment is being made.
18. Seniority in a scale of pay shall be determined from the date of initial appointment to a post in that
scale.
19. Seniority inters on first appointment shall be determined by the order of merit assigned by the
Selection Board/Committee.
20. Seniority inters of University employees on subsequent appointments to posts in the higher scale of
pay shall be determined on the basis of their seniority inters in the lower scale of pay.
Lien:
21. An employee on substantive appointment to any permanent post acquires a lien on that post and
ceases to hold any lien previously acquired on any other post.
22. An employee holding substantively a permanent post retains a lien on that post:
(a) While on duty in that post;
(b) While holding a post in a foreign service in an officiating capacity for a period of
three years; Provided that for reasons to be recorded by the Syndicate this period may be extended to five years;
(c) While holding a temporary post or officiating in another post;
(d) While on joining time or transfer to another post;
(e) While on leave; and
(f) While under suspension.
Transfer:
23. The Vice-Chancellor, may, in consultation with the Head of the Department concerned, transfer any
University employee from one related post to another provided that such employee does not suffer loss in salary by
such transfer.
Bar to engage in other employment:

24. The whole-time of the University employee shall be at the disposal of the University and he may be
employed by the University without claim for additional remuneration.
25. No whole-time employee shall, except with the previous permission of the Vice-Chancellor in
writing, engage in any trade, occupation, business, or calling other than his official duty shall not prevent him from
accepting examination work.
Age of Retirement:
26. The age of retirement of all University employees shall be sixty years, in the interest of the working
of the University, it shall be permissible to retain an employ to the end of the session following his attaining the age of
sixty year;
Provided that the Syndicate may, in the public interest and subject to physical fitness, re-employ an
officer of National pay scale 18 and above on his own post on the salary last drawn, beyond the age of sixty years for
any period till he attains the age of sixty-five subject to the condition that any such re-employment shall be done only
under very special circumstances and the previous approval of the Chancellor shall be obtained in each case.
27. If an employee is re-employed by the University he shall retain the pay enjoyed by him during the
period of regular employment.
28. A University employee in National pay Scale 17 and below may in the public interest be re-employed
after the age of sixty for a period not exceeding one year.
29. The decision of the Syndicate in all relating to sections 26 to 27, shall be final and no appeal
whatsoever shall lie against the decision.
Proposals and complaints regarding terms and conditions of Service.
30. Subject to the University of Peshawar Act 1974 and the Statutes framed thereunder all proposals,
complaints and other matters of like nature concerning appointment, promotions, transfers leave salary, personal
allowances, travelling allowance, privileges; etc. except dismissal and suspension, shall be dealt with as provided in
Section 31 to 32.
Dismissal and suspension shall be dealt with under the University of Peshawar Employees
(Efficiency and Discipline) Statutes.
31. Any matter of the nature specified in Section 30 whether originating with a University employee or
employees, or concerning them shall, unless the Syndicate in a particular case directs otherwise, in the first instance be
dealt with by the Head of the Department, who shall forthwith inform the Vice-Chancellor of the matter, and in due
course submit the case together with his report to the Vice-Chancellor who shall dispose it off as he considers proper or,
if necessary shall lay it together with his report and papers connected therewith, before the Syndicate.
32. On receipt of the report of the Head of the Department, if the Vice-Chancellor agrees to any proposal
or suggestion made to him therein and has power to give effect to such proposal or suggestion, or, if in the interest of
the University immediate action is inevitable, the Vice-Chancellor shall give effect to it as soon as possible.
33. Provided that where the final decision rests with the Syndicate, the Vice-Chancellor shall lay a report
stating the circumstances of his action before the Syndicate at its next meeting.
34. An appeal under Section 39 of the University of Peshawar act 1974 shall be made within 30 days of
impugned orders.
35. Where no provision for appeal or review exists under rules, the University employee may within 30
days of the communication to him of such order make a representation against it to the authority next above the
authority which passed the order;
Provided that no representation shall lie on matters relating to the determination of fitness of a person
to hold a particular post or to be promoted to a higher post or scale of pay.
CHAPTER - 3
Pay:
36. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in these Statutes, all employees shall be placed in
the National Pay Scales as approved under Statutes and shall be governed by the conditions mentioned therein.
37. An increment in the pay scales shall ordinarily be drawn as a matter of course but a competent
authority may withhold it for reasons to be recorded from an employee if in the opinion of the authority he is unfit to
get the increment;
Provided that such action shall not be taken unless the employee has been given an opportunity of
showing cause.
In ordering the withholding of an increment the authority shall state the period for which it is
proposed to withhold, and whether it will have the effect of postponing future increments.
38. (a) Where an efficiency bar is prescribed in a time scale the increment next above the
bar shall not be allowed to an employee without the specific sanction of the competent authority;
(b) The Syndicate may grant advance increments/ allowances/honorarium to a

University employee on such terms and conditions as it may determine.
This amendment/addition shall be deemed to be effective from the date of
promulgation of the University of Peshawar "service" Statutes, 1977.
39. An employee appointed to hold additional charge of a post shall be entitled to additional pay as
under:
(a) Where a University employee is formally appointed to the additional post and
discharges full duties of that post, additional pay should not exceed 20 percent of the presumptive pay of the additional
post;
Provided that where the additional post is a higher post, the employee may be
allowed as additional pay, the different between the pay admissible to him in the higher post and his pay in the lower
post if that be more beneficial to him;
(b) Where an employee holds the current charge of an additional post the additional
pay shall not exceed 10% of the presumptive pay of the additional post;
(c) The duration of dual charge shall not normally exceed six months;
Provided that it is not feasible to fill either of the two vacancies, the Syndicate may
allow the extension of dual charge as it may consider necessary.
(d) Ex-post-facto sanction shall only be entertainable under the order of the Syndicate.
(e) No additional pay should be sanctioned if the additional charge is held for a period
of less than one month.
(f) Additional pay shall not be admissible without prior orders in writing of the
competent authority. The authority has to clarify whether the employee would be incharge of the current duties or full
charge of the additional post;
Provided that ex-post-facto grant of additional pay to an employee for a period of
six months shall only be entertainable under the orders of the Syndicate.
40. The pay of a retired University employee on re-employment shall be fixe in accordance with the
principles laid down below:
(a) He shall ordinarily be re-employed on the substantive pay last drawn minus
pension;
Provided that he may be re-employed on the officiating pay (exclusive of special
pay) last drawn minus pension; in case it is certified that he would have continued to officiate in the post held by him at
the time of his retirement had he not been retired for a period not less than that for which he is re-employed; Provided
further that where such employee is appointed to a post which carries special pay, the same be given to him in addition
to the pay.
(b) The fixation of pay in the manner indicated above is subject to the condition that no
retired University employee may be allowed pay which is less than the minimum of the scale of the post to which he is
appointed minus pension, or more than the maximum of the scale minus pension.
(c) The word `pension' used in the above Section, includes the commuted portion of
pension, if nay, and 1/4th of the surrendered portion, if any.
41. In the case of a person who retired from University service on contributory Provident Fund, the
amount received by him as University contribution and (bonus if any) plus interest thereon, and the special contribution
(gratuity), if any, will be taken as the commuted value of pension and the amount on which that commuted value is due
will be treated as pension for the purpose of fixing his pay on re-employment.
42. In the case of a person who received gratuity only on retirement, the amount of gratuity shall be
treated as the commuted value of pension and his pay on re-employment shall be fixed on that basis.
43. The authority competent to sanction the re-employment of a retired University employee is also
competent to fix his pay and allowances in accordance with the principles laid down in these Statutes; Provided that for
special reasons to be recorded in writing, the Syndicate in case of employees of N.P.S. 17 and above and the Vice-
Chancellor in case of employees of N.P.S. 16 and below, may relax these principles.
44. A competent authority may grant an employee an honorarium from the University Fund as
remuneration for work perform which is occasional in character and either so laborious or of such special merit as to
justify a special reward.
45. Except when special reasons exist, which should be recorded in writing, for a departure from this
provision, sanction for the grants or permission to receive an honorarium should not be given unless the work has been
undertaken with the prior consent of the competent authority and its amount settled in advance;
Provided that the provision may be relaxed in suitable cases for reasons to be recorded.
46. A competent authority may permit an employee to perform a specified service or series of services
for a private person or body or for a public body including a body administering a local fund or for Government and to
receive as remuneration therefore a non-recurring or recurring fee, if it is satisfied that this can be done without
determent to his normal duties.
CHAPTER - 4
RESIGNATION SUSPENSION
Suspension:
47. An employee under suspension is entitled to subsistence grant at one half of the pay in accordance
with the Government of N.W.F.P. Rules.
Provided that the suspending authority may direct that the employee under suspension shall be
granted, in addition, such compensatory allowances as the competent authority may sanction by general or special
order.
48. An employee committed to prison either for debt or on a criminal charge shall be considered as under
suspension so long as he is so committed and shall be allowed only the payment laid down in Section 47 for that
period;
Provided that on the termination of the proceedings against him adjustment of his pay and allowances
shall be made according to the circumstances of the case, the full amount being given only in the event of the employee
being acquitted of blame or (if the imprisonment was for debt) of it being proved that the employee's liability arose
from circumstances beyond his control.
49. When the suspension of an employee is held to have been unjustifiable or not wholly justifiable; or
when an employee who has been dismissed, removed, or suspended, is reinstated, the appellate or competent authority
may grant him for the period of his suspension:
(a) if he has been, in its opinion honourably acquitted, the full pay to which he would
have been entitled if he had not been dismissed, removed, or suspended and, by an order to be separately recorded, any
allowance of which he was in receipt prior to his dismissal, removal or suspension, the period of absence from duty
being treated as a period spent on duty; or
(b) if otherwise such proportion of such pay and allowances as the appellate or
competent authority may decide and the period from absence in his case shall not be treated as period spent on duty
unless the appellate or competent authority so directs.
50. Leave may not be granted to all employee under suspension.
Resignation:
51. A University employee desirous of resigning his office shall give to the Vice-Chancellor a notice of
such period as it provided below, or in his special contract of service, and in the event of his failure to do so he shall
forfeit to the University the salary due to him for the period of his notice:
Category Period of notice (months)

N.P.S. 16 and above 3
N.P.S. 5 to 15 2
N.P.S. 1 to 4 1
Probationers in N.P.S. 16 and above 2
Probationers in N.P.S. 5 to 15 1
Probationers in N.P.S. 1 to 4 and
temporary employees. 0.5
In the case of a temporary or a permanent employee whose post is retrenched, the University shall
give to the employee a notice of such period as is provided above for the employee.
The University may, in lieu of any notice herein provided for, give a sum equal to the amount of pay
for the period of notice or in the case of notice shorter than the prescribed period, equal to the amount of pay for the
period by which such notice falls short.
52. If a University employee is compelled to resign for reasons of ill health, or if the appointing authority
is satisfied that his resignation is due to circumstances over which he had no control and he could not have, under the
circumstances given a timely notice, such forfeiture or a part of it may be waived by the appointing authority.
53. When a University employee gives a notice of resignation he shall not be granted any leave other
than sick leave or casual leave.
54. Notice of resignation given by an employee on leave other than sick leave or casual leave shall expire
at least one month after the last day of his leave.
55. If in the case of a University teacher the period specified in section 51 expires during the summer
vacation or within one month after the last day thereof, the employee so resigning shall not be paid more than half the
salary otherwise payable to him for the summer vacation.
Provided that the employee so resigning who at the time of giving such notice shall have served the
University for less than one year or for less than the minimum period for which he was engaged, whichever is linger,
shall forfeit the whole of the salary otherwise payable to him for the summer vacation.
56. University employees applying for posts outside the cadre shall do so through the Vice-Chancellor.
CHAPTER - 5
Leave:
57. The University employees shall be entitled to such kind of leave as may be decided by the Syndicate
from time to time under rules framed for this purpose.
58. A leave account for each kind of leave shall be maintained for each member of the staff of the
University.
59. If a member wishes to resume his duties before the expiry of his leave, he may do so with the
previous approval of the Vice-Chancellor.
Provided that if the competent authority has made other arrangements for the period of his leave
which would involve it in a pecuniary loss on his return, such loss shall be made good by the employee.
60. An employee of the University accepting employment elsewhere during leave, including leave
preparatory to retirement from the University, without the previous sanction of the appointing authority, shall be liable
to forfeit his leave salary from the date of his accepting such appointment.
61. Leave cannot be claimed as a matter of right. When the exigencies of service so require, discretion to
refuse or revoke leave of any description is reserved to the authority empowered to grant it.
62. A University employee who absents himself without leave or remains absent without leave, shall not
be entitled to any pay for the period of his absence without leave.
CHAPTER - 6
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
Rules:
63. The Syndicate may make such rules as appear to them to be necessary or expedient for carrying out
the purposes of these Statutes.
Service Books and Character Rolls:

64. A service book shall be maintained for each University employee and kept upto date. Each event in
his official career shall be recorded in the service book. The service verification shall be carried out every year and the
fact recorded in the service book.
65. (i) Character roll shall be maintained for each University employee.
The views in respect of work and conduct shall be recorded annually by the
Principals/Heads of Department/Sectional Heads in the case of officials upto NPS-17 working under them.
(ii) By the Head of the Department in respect of staff who are junior to him in pay
scales and by the Dean of Faculty concerned in case of others.
(iii) By the Registrar in case of all sectional Heads.
(iv) By the Vice-Chancellor in case of employees in NPS-20 Registrar, Treasurer,
Controller of Examinations and Heads of Departments.
The Character rolls shall be kept in the custody of the officers indicated in the preceding section. Any
adverse remarks shall be communicated to the person concerned within a period of one month. Character roll shall be
written in January each year.
66. There shall be maintained a permanent register in which shall be entered all appointments,
promotions, leave, suspension, fines, reduction or enhancement of salaries and office arrangements regarding all
members of the University staff.
Pension:
67. In the matters of pension and gratuity, the University employees shall be governed by the University
of Peshawar Statutes relating to Pension.
Benevolent Fund etc.

68. The University employees shall be the beneficiaries of the Benevolent fund envisaged in the
University of Peshawar Employees Benevolent Fund Statutes 1974 and such other rules as the Syndicate may lay down
for extending benefit of group insurance to the University employee.
Conduct:
69. The University Employee's conduct shall be regulated by rules framed by the Syndicate under these
Statutes.
Residences:
70. Employees of the University so far as may be practicable, shall reside in the house of the University,
built for that purpose. Such a house shall be kept in good condition and repair.
71. An employee who retires from service shall be eligible to retain the accommodation during the leave
preparatory to retirement and at the most for three months after his retirement.
72. The rent payable by an employee shall be in accordance with the prescribed rules of the Government
of N.W.F.P.
73. Accommodation shall be allotted by the Vice-Chancellor or a Committee of three officers to whom
such powers may be delegated by the Vice-Chancellor. The scale of accommodation supplied shall not, except at the
employee's own request, shall not be less than that which is appropriate to the status of the employee. Where an
employee has, at his own request, been allotted accommodation in excess of his status, the Syndicate may charge rent
in excess of that prescribed by Section 72 of these Statutes.
74. The Syndicate may exempt any employee from the payment of rent, or waive, or reduce for a certain
definite period, the rent to be recovered from him.
75. An employee who is exempted from payment of rent shall not keep any other employee except his
wife (or husband, if the employee is a female) and children with him in the building occupied by him and if he does so,
he shall pay such rent to which the said other employee would have been liable if he was occupying that house.
76. No employee of the University shall permit a student other than his own dependent to live with him
without previous sanction of the Vice-Chancellor.
Medical Aid:
77. University employees shall be entitled to medical assistance in accordance with the rules framed by
the Syndicate.
Liveries to sub-ordinate employees:
78. Sub-ordinate employees will be entitled to liveries according to the rules framed by the Syndicate.
Bonus:
79. The Syndicate may at his own discretion grant at the time of retirement to an employee who was
subscribing to the contributory provident fund or after his death to such persons as has been nominated by him a bonus
equal to a half month's actual pay that the employee was drawing at the time of retirement or death as the case may be
for each year's service in consideration of his efficient and dedicated service;
Provided that no bonus shall be given to an employee of under 13 year continuous service and that no
bonus shall accrue for any other year over 25 years service.
Note: (1) No employee is entitled to claim bonus as a right. Its payment is in recognition of good
service rendered, and is to be made at the discretion of the Syndicate.
Note: (2) Pay means an employee's full substantive pay and includes a personal allowance but no
other allowance.
Note: (3) Bonus is to be calculated on the basis of every completed year of service.
80. If any employee of the University who has served efficiently and with dedication dies before the age
of retirement the Syndicate may in cases of real hardship grants stipends and/or amenities as the case may be to the
children, widows and other dependents of the deceased for such period as it may consider necessary.
Residuary Provisions:
81. In matters not provided for by these Statutes then Syndicate may adopt the rules or instructions issued
by the N.W.F.P. Government from time to time in respect of Government servants.
82. In a case where the operation of these Statutes involves undue hardship to a University employee, the
competent authority may, for reason to be recorded in writing, relax any of these Statutes in his favour.
83. The University of Peshawar Service Ordinances 1963 is repealed.
EMPLOYEES EFFICIENCY AND DISCIPLINE
STATUTES 1977
in pursuance of Section 27 (1)(k) of the University of Peshawar Act 1974 the following Statutes are
prescribed to govern the matter relating to efficiency and discipline of the University of Peshawar Employees.
Short Title, Commencement and application:

1. These Statutes may be called the University of Peshawar Employees Efficiency and Discipline
Statutes, 1977.
2. They shall come into force with immediate effect.
3. They shall apply to every person in the employment of the University of Peshawar.
Definitions:
4. (1) In these Statutes unless there is anything repugnant in subject or context the
following expressions shall have the meaning; hereby respectively assigned to them as under:
(a) "Authority" means an officer or authority or specified in the Appendix, competent
to appoint.
(b) "Authorised Officer" means an officer competent to take disciplinary action.
(c) "Mis-conduct" means conduct prejudicial to good order of service, discipline or any
action unbecoming of a University employee and a gentleman and includes disclosure of official secrets to any
unauthorized person.
(d) "Penalty" means a penalty which may be imposed under these Statutes.
(2) All other expressions and terms used in these Statutes shall have the same
meanings as assigned to them under section 2 of the University of Peshawar Act 1974.
Ground of Penalty:
5. Where a University Employee in the opinion of the authority;
(a) is inefficient or has ceased to be efficient; or
(b) is guilty of misconduct; or
(c) is indifferent to his duties; or
(d) is corrupt or may be reasonably considered to be corrupt because:
(i) He is, or any of his dependents or any other person through him
or on his behalf is in possession (for which he cannot reasonably account) of pecuniary resources or of property dis-
proportionate to his known resources or income; or
(ii) he has assumed a style of living beyond his ostensible means; or
(iii) he has a persistent reputation of being corrupt; or
(e) is engaged directly or indirectly in any trade, business or occupation (on his own
account) which may in the opinion of the appointing authority interfere with the due performance by him of the duties
of his office, without the prior permission of the appointing authority in writing; or
(f) absents himself from duty or overstays sanctioned leave without sufficient cause
acceptable to the appointing authority.
Penalties:
6. The following are the minor and major penalties:
(a) Minor penalties:
(i) Censure;
(ii) Withholding, for a specified period, promotion or increment,
otherwise than for unfitness for promotion or financial advancement, in accordance with the Statutes or orders
pertaining to the service or post;
(iii) Stoppage, for a specific period, at an efficiency bar in the time scale,
otherwise than for unfitness to cross such bar;
(iv) Recovery from pay of the whole or any part of the pecuniary loss
caused to the University by negligence or breach of orders.
(b) Major penalties:
(i) Reduction to a lower post, grade or time scale, or to a lower stage
in a time scale;
(ii) Compulsory retirement;
(iii) Removal from service;
(iv) Dismissal from service.
7. Removal from service does not, but dismissal from service, does, disqualify for future employment.
8. In these Statutes removal or dismissal from service does not include the discharge of a person:
(a) appointed on probation, during the period of probation or in according with the
probation or training rules applicable to him; or
(b) appointed, otherwise than under a contract, to hold a temporary appointment, on the
expiry of the period of appointment; or
(c) engage under a contract, in accordance with the terms of the contract.
9. (1) Any penalty mentioned in Section 6 may be imposed for mis-conduct.
(2) Any penalty mentioned in clauses (i) and (ii) of Section 6 may be ordinarily
imposed for inefficiency indifference to duties, engaging directly or indirectly in trade without permission, absenting
from duty or over-staying sanctioned leave;
Provided that for reasons to be recorded and particularly in a case where an employee has been on a
previous occasion punished under the said provisions, a penalty mentioned in (i) and (ii) of sub-section (b) of Section 6
may be imposed.
(3) Any penalty mentioned in (ii), (iii) and (iv) of sub-section (b) of Section 6 may
ordinarily be imposed for corruption, subversion or an action involving moral turpitude.
Inquiry Procedure:
10. In case where a University employee is accused of subversion, corruption, or misconduct, the
authorized officer may require him to proceed on leave, or with the approval of the authority, suspend him, provided
that any continuation of such leave or suspension shall require the approval of the authority after every three months.
11. The authorized officer shall decide whether in the light of facts of the case or the interests of justice
an inquiry should be conducted through an Inquiry Officer or Inquiry Committee. If he so decides, the procedure
indicated shall apply.
12. If the authorized officer decided that it is not necessary to have an inquiry conducted through an
Inquiry Officer or Inquiry Committee, he shall;
(a) by order in writing, inform the accused of the action proposed to be taken in regard
to him and the grounds of the action; and
(b) give him a reasonable opportunity of showing cause against that action; provided
that no such opportunity shall be given where the authority is satisfied that in the interests of the security of Pakistan or
any part thereof it is not expedient to give such an opportunity.
13. On the receipt of the report of the Inquiry Officer or Inquiry Committee, or where no such Officer or
Committee is appointed, on receipt of the explanation of the accused, if any, the authorized officer shall determine
whether the charge has been proved. If it is proposed to impose a minor penalty he shall pass orders accordingly. If it is
proposed to impose a major penalty he shall forward the case to the authority alongwith the charge and the statement of
allegations served on the accused, the explanation of the accused, the findings of the Inquiry Officer or Inquiry
Committee, if appointed, and his own recommendations regarding the penalty to be imposed. The authority shall pass
such orders as it may deem proper.
14. Nothing under Sections 10 to 13 shall apply to a case:
(a) Where the accused is dismissed or removed from service or reduced in rank, on the
grounds of conduct which has led to a sentence of fine or imprisonment; or
(b) Where the authorized officer is satisfied that for reasons to be recorded in writing
by that authority, it is not reasonably practicable to give the accused an opportunity or showing cause.
Procedure to be observed by the Inquiry Officer and Inquiry Committee:

15. Where an Inquiry Officer or Inquiry Committee is appointed, the authorized officer shall:
(a) Frame a charge and communicate it to the accused together with statement of the
allegations explaining the charge and any other relevant circumstances which are proposed to be taken into
consideration;
(b) Require the accused within a reasonable time, which shall not less than seven days
or more than fourteen from the day the charge has been communicated to him, to put in a written defence, and to state
at the same time whether he desires to be heard in person.
16. The Inquiry Officer or the Committee, as the case may be, shall enquire into the charge and may
examine such oral or documentary evidence in support of the charge or in defence of the accused as may be considered
necessary and the accused shall be entitled to cross examine witnesses against him.
17. The Inquiry Officer or the Committee, as the case may be, shall hear the case from day to day and no
adjournment shall be given except for reasons to be recorded in writing. However, every adjournment, with reasons
therefore shall be reported forthwith to the authorized officer. Ordinarily no adjournment shall be for more than a week.
18. Where the Inquiry Officer or the Committee, as the case may be, is satisfied that the accused is
hampering, or attempting to hamper, the progress of the enquiry, he or it shall administer a warning, and it thereafter he
is satisfied that the accused is acting in disregard of the warning he or it shall record a finding to that effect and proceed
to complete the enquiry in such manner as he or it thinks best suited to be substantial justice.
19. The Inquiry Officer of the Committee, as the case may be shall within ten days of the conclusion of
the proceedings or such longer period as may be allowed by the authorized officer, submit his or it finding and the
ground thereof to the authorized officer.
Procedure of Inquiry against University employees lent to other agencies:

20. Where the services of a University employee to whom these Statutes apply are lent to any other,
agency, hereinafter referred to as the borrowing authority, the borrowing authority shall have the powers of the
authority for the purpose of placing him under suspension or requiring him to proceed on leave and of initiating
proceedings against him under these Statutes;
Provided that the borrowing authority shall forthwith inform the authority which has lent his services,
hereinafter referred to as the lending authority, of the circumstances leading to the order of his suspension or the
commencement of the proceedings whatever the case may be.
21. If, in the light of the finding in the proceedings taken against the University employee in terms of
section 20, the borrowing authority is of the opinion that any penalty shall be imposed on him, it shall transmit to the
lending authority the record of the proceedings and thereupon the lending authority shall take action as prescribed in
these Statutes.
Power to order medical examination as to mental or bodily infirmity:

22. Where it is proposed to proceed against a University employee on the ground of inefficiency by
reason of infirmity of mind or body, the authority may at any stage, whether or not an Inquiry Officer or any Inquiry
Committee has been appointed, require the University employee to undergo a medical examination by a Medical Board
or a Medical Superintendent and the report of the Board or the Medical Superintendent shall form part of the
proceedings.
23. If the University employee refuses to undergo such examination, his refusal may, subject to the
consideration of any grounds he may give in support of it, be taken into consideration against him as showing that he
had reason to believe that the result of the examination would prove unfavourable to him.
Pension, Provident Fund, Gratuity etc, of University employees compulsory retired, removed or dismissed:
24. The amount of pension, provident fund or gratuity to be paid to a University employee compulsory
retired shall be such as would have ordinarily been admissible to him on date of the retirement under the University
Ordinances/Statutes applicable to his services or post if he had been discharged from service on account of the abolition
of the post without alternative suitable employment being provided.
25. Subject to any order of the authority or the officer, as the case may be, made on compassionate
grounds a University employee who is removed or dismissed shall not be entitled to the whole or any part of the
amount of any University contribution to the provident fund as interest and increments thereon.
Re-instatement:
26. If a University employee proceeding on leave in pursuance of an order under Section 10 of these
Statutes is not dismissed, removed, reduced in rank, or compulsorily retired, he shall be re-instated in service, or as the
case may be, restored to his rank or given an equivalent rank, and the period of such leave shall be treated as duty on
full pay.
Appeal:
27. A University employee on whom a penalty is imposed shall have the right to prefer an appeal within
fifteen days of the receipt by him of the order imposing the penalty, to the appropriate appellate authority specified in
column four of the appendix.
28. (i) These University Statutes supersede all University Ordinances relating to the
efficiency and discipline of the University employees.
(ii) Notwithstanding the supersession of the University Ordinances referred to above,
any departmental inquiry or proceeding pending immediately before coming into force of these University Statutes,
shall be completed and orders passed thereon as if the said University Ordinances had not been superseded.
Power of the Syndicate to issue instructions:

29. For the purpose of these Statutes the Syndicate, may from time to time, issue instructions for
maintenance of appropriate standards of efficiency, good conduct, discipline and integrity of the University Employees.
APPENDIX
N.P.S.
Appointing Authority
Authority competent to take disciplinary action
Appellate Authority
Above N.P.S.16
Syndicate
Syndicate
Chancellor
N.P.S. 12-16
Vice-Chancellor
Head of Dept.
Syndicate
Upto N.P.S. 11
Vice-Chancellor or his nominee
Vice-Chancellor or his nominee
Vice-Chancellor
SERVICE PENSION STATUTES
1. Short Title:
(1) These Statutes may be called the University of Peshawar Service Pension Statutes.
(2) They shall be deemed to have come into force on and from the first day of July
1969.
2. Definitions:
In these Statutes, unless the context otherwise requires, the following expressions shall have the
(a) "Head of Department" means the Head of the University Teaching or
Administrative Department and includes the Principal of a Constituent College and the Chairman of a University Post-
Graduate Department.
(b) "Medical Authority" means an authority appointed to conduct medical examination
of University employees for the purpose of granting invalid pension, extraordinary pension or commutation of Pension.
This authority shall be:
(i) In the case of a category`3' and category `4' employees, a Doctor
nominated by the Vice-Chancellor;
(ii) In the case of category `2' officer, the standing Medical Board
consisting of not less than two Medical Officers to be appointed by the Syndicate; and
(iii) in the case of a category `1' officer, the standing Medical Board consisting
of not less than three Medical Officers to be appointed by the Syndicate.
(c) "Pension Fund" means the fund maintained under Statute 10;
(d) "Syndicate" means the Syndicate of the University;
(e) "Treasurer" means the Treasurer of the University;
(f) "University" means the University of Peshawar;
(g) "University Employee" and "University Service" respectively mean the employee
to whom and the service to which these Statutes apply and;
(h) "University Fund" means the University Fund maintained under Section 34 of the
West Pakistan (University of Peshawar) Ordinance, 1961.
3. Extent of application:
Unless in any case it be otherwise provided, these Statutes shall apply to:
(i) all University employees under the rule-making control of the University of
Peshawar who entered University service on or after the first day of July, 1969;
(ii) all University employees under the rule-making control of the University of
Peshawar who were in service before the first day of July, 1969, unless they opt to continue to be governed by the
Statutes concerning Pension and Provident Fund for the benefit of the employees of the University, hereinafter referred
to as the existing Statutes, as applicable to them;
(iii) all pensioners who retired from the University service on or after the first day of July, 1969,
but before the date of publication of these Statutes, if they opt to be governed by these Statutes;
(iv) all other employees declared as University employees by the Syndicate unless they
opt to continue to be governed by the Statutes concerning Pension and Provident Fund. Those who retired before such
declaration but after 1.7.1969 shall also be governed by these Statutes if they so opt. The option under this clause will
be given by an employee within a period of four months from the date of declaration as "University employee" by the
Syndicate.
4. Option:
University employees and pensioners mentioned in clauses (ii) and (iii) of Statute 3 may exercise
option within a period of six months from the date of publication of these statutes in the official Gazette. The option
shall be communicated in writing to the Treasurer as well as the Registrar of the University and the option once so
exercise shall be final. Where a University employee specified clause (ii) of Statute 3 fails to exercise option within the
stipulated period he/she shall be deemed to have opted for these Statutes. A pensioner who fails to exercise option
within the stipulated period shall be deemed to have opted for the existing Statutes. A University employee who, at the
time of publication of these Statutes, is out of Pakistan or is on leave, may exercise his/her option and communicate it
within six months from the date of his/her return from leave or from abroad. If he/she does not exercise and
communicate his/her option within the prescribed period, he/she shall be deemed to have opted for these Statutes.
Provided that if any University employee who opted for contributory Provident Fund and did not opt
for pension within the stipulated period may withdraw his option for contributory Provident Fund and opt for pension
within two months from coming into force of this amendment.
Explanation-I:
A University employee mentioned in clause (ii) of Statute 3 can only opt either for these Statutes or
for the existing Statutes. It is not open to him/her to opt for he existing Statutes for a part of his/her service and for
these Statutes for the remaining part or parts.
Explanation-II:
A University employee who opts for these Statutes or is deemed to have so opted or to whom these
Statutes have been applied, and his/her family shall not be granted any gratuity, bonus or stipend of any kind to which
he/she was or would have been entitled under the existing Statutes, except the pension admissible under these Statutes.
Explanation-III:
(i) The amount subscribed to the Provident Fund by a University employee who opts
for these Statutes or is deemed to have so opted or to whom these Statutes have been applied, shall be refunded to
him/her along with the amount of interest accrued thereon unless he/she declares that the amount at his/her credit may
not be refunded and may be treated as voluntary fund.
(ii) The amount contributed by the University to the Provident Fund of a University
employee who opts for these Statutes or is deemed to have so opted or to whom these Statutes have been applied shall
be surrendered or stand surrendered, as the case may be, to the University along with the amount of interest accrued
thereon.
Provided that these provisions shall not apply to the University employees
who are appointed on contract basis for a limited period and have been extended the benefit of Provident Fund under
the terms and conditions of their appointments.
(iii) A pensioner mentioned in clause (iii) of Statutes 3 who opts for these Statutes shall
surrender the amount of the Provident Fund contributed by the University towards his/her Provident Fund alongwith
the proportionate interest thereon plus the entire amount of the gratuity (bonds), stipends or amenities received by
him/her under the existing
Statutes before deriving benefits under these Statutes. If such a pensioner fails to surrender the amount as aforesaid by
or before the expiry of 30 days from the date he/she exercised his/her option, he/she shall not be entitled to the benefits
of these Statutes and his/her option shall have no effect.
5. Exception:
These Statutes shall not apply to:
(i) University employees paid from contingencies or borne on work charged
Establishment;
(ii) University employees engaged on contract which contains no stipulation for
pension under these Statutes;
(iii) any person for whose appointment and condition of service special provisions is made by or
under any law, rule or regulation for the time being in force;
(iv) any University employee or class of University employees who may be specifically
excluded by the Syndicate from the application of these Statutes;
(v) any University employee who holds a post which has been declared by the
Syndicate to be non-pensionable;
(vi) any person whose whole time is not retained for University service but is merely
paid for work done, such as part-time lecturers, scrutineers etc;
(vii) any person who is not paid from the University Fund, but is paid from a fund held by the
University as a Trustee, or from any other local fund or is remunerated by fees for the grant of a tenure of land or of any
other source of income or of a right to collect money.
6. Application of Government servants' Pension Rules to University Employees:

(1) Save as otherwise provided in these Statutes, the West Pakistan Civil Services
Pension Rules, 1963 (hereinafter referred to as the said Rules), as remain applicable to Government servants of the
North-West Frontier Province, shall mutatis mutandis apply to University employees, and;:
(a) any reference to Government were a reference to University;
(b) any reference to Government servant were a reference to
University employee;
(c) any reference to the Provincial Consolidated Fund were a
reference to the University Fund;
(d) any reference to Class-IV Service were a reference to any kind of
Service with may be specially classed as such by the Syndicate; and any reference to Superior Service were a reference
to any kind of Service which is not Class-IV service.
(2) If any difficulty or dispute arises regarding the application of the said Rules to the
University employees, the matter may be resolved by the decision of the Syndicate.
(3) If any question arises regarding the interpretation of these Statutes, the matter shall
be referred to the Chancellor whose decision thereon shall be final.
(4) The orders of the Provincial Government allowing or disallowing any monetary
benefits to the Government Pensioners shall also apply to the University Pensioners.
7. Qualifying service for Pension:

(1) Subject to these Statutes, service rendered by a University employee from the date
of his/her joining University service or the date of attaining the age of twenty years, which ever is later shall count as
service for pension.
(2)Service rendered by a University employee in the Islamia college, Peshawar/Islamia Collegiate
School, Peshawar after provincialisation and before taking over by the University of Peshawar between 1.4.1949 to
31.3.1955 shall be counted towards pension subject to other provisions of these Statutes.
This amendment/addition shall be deemed to be effective from the date of promulgation of University
of Peshawar Service Pension Statutes.
"2(a) Service rendered by a University employee in the Islamia College, Peshawar Islamia Collegiate School,
Peshawar, between the period from the 1st day of April, 1949 to the 31st day of March, 1955, or service rendered in
any other University or a Government Department or an autonomous body before joining service of the University of
Peshawar shall be counted towards pension as qualifying service in the University of Peshawar".
(Notification No.8511/Acad-I, dated 24.7.1991)
"2(b) Service rendered by a University employee in Govt./ University/Autonomous Bodies before joining service of
the University of Peshawar shall be counted towards pension as qualifying service in the University of Peshawar.
Provided that the former employing Departments/Organizations undertake the liability to
pay the proportionate pensionary charges i.e. leave salary and pension contribution. This condition can, however, be
waived in case of those organizations which are situated in the former East Pakistan now Bangladesh.
This amendment/addition shall be deemed to be effective from the date of promulgation of
the University of Peshawar Service Pension Statutes. (Vide No. SO.(UE)20-52/85, dated 21-6-86).
8. Relaxation:
Any of these Statutes may for the reasons to be recorded in writing be relaxed in individual cases by
the Syndicate or the Vice-Chancellor, as the case may be, if the strict application of these Statutes will cause hardship to
the individual concerned.
9. Condonation of interruptions and deficiencies:

(1) The Syndicate or the Vice-Chancellor, as the case may be, may for purpose of
pension condone all gaps between the periods for qualifying service of a University employee.
(2) The Syndicate or the Vice-Chancellor, as the case may be, may condone deficiency
in qualifying service for pension, upto six months; provided that the service is meritorious, and the condonation, if
allowed, will bring the service upto twenty-five completed years of qualifying service.
10. Pension Fund:

There shall be maintained a Pension Fund, to the credit whereof shall be placed.
(a) The amount contributed by the University to the Provident Fund accounts of the
University employees who have under these Statutes opted for pension; and
(b) Such contribution per month for every University employee as would have been
payable by the University under the Provident Fund Scheme.
11. Authority competent to grant pension:

The authority competent to grant pension shall be the authority competent to make appointment to the
post last held by the University employee at the time of retirement.
12. Maintenance of Pension Fund:

If the amount of pension fund is surplus to the requirements for the purpose of pension, the surplus
funds may, with previous sanction of the Vice-Chancellor, be invested in such a manner as may be necessary, and if the
pension fund is running short of the requirements for purposes of pension, the Syndicate may require the University to
raise its contribution to the pension fund under Clause (b) of Statute-10 to such extent as may be specified.
13. Payment:
All Pensions shall be paid out of Pension Fund.
14. Anticipatory pension in default of expedious payment:

All formalities for the grant of pension shall be completed as expeditiously as possible, so that the
University employee retiring on pension starts getting his pension regularly within one month of his/her retirement;
provided that if due to unavoidable circumstances such period is to be exceeded the authority competent to grant the
pension shall sanction anticipatory pension for the interim period.
PENSION AND RETIREMENT BENEFITS UNDER THE
REVISED BASIC PAY SCALES SCHEME 1994
Pension and Retirement Benefits:
In case of employees retiring from 1.6.1994 onwards in BPS-17 to 22, pension will be recalculated on
1.6.1995 on the basis of pay re-fixed with 35% increase in the pay in the second phase. New pension will, however, be
admissible from 1.6.1995 without arrears.
The following relief to the widows, dependents retarded and incapacitated children and invalid
pensioners shall be allowed with effect from 1st June, 1994:
(a) Restoration of commuted value/gratuity portion of families pension on completion

of required period.
(b) Grant of family pension to dependent disable/ retarded children for life without any
agree limit.
(c) Elimination of second medical board for the invalidated pensioners for eligibility of
commutation.
University Employees who have retired on or after 1.6.1993, till the introduction of revised pay
scales i.e. 1.6.1994 be allowed pension/commutation on the basis of basic pay that would have been admissible to
them, had the pay revision been effected on the date of their retirement, discounted by 12%.
All the existing rules and orders on the subject shall be deemed to have been modified to the extent
indicated above.
GENERAL PROVIDENT FUND STATUTES
Statutes Relating to General Provident Fund-1977
Whereas University service has been made pensionable and most of the University employees have
opted for it.
Now, therefore, to ensure the welfare of University employee and their dependents the following
Statutes are prescribed in accordance with Section 27(U)(a) of the University of Peshawar Act-1974.
1. Title:
These Statutes shall be called the University of Peshawar Employees General Provident Fund
Statutes, 1977.
2. Commencement:
These Statutes shall come into force with immediate effect.
3. Application:
These Statutes shall apply to:
(a) All University Employees who have opted for pension; and
(b) Such of the University Employees who have opted for contributory Provident Fund
under "the constitution of Provident Fund for the benefit of the employees of the University (Statutes) 1962";
Provided that persons re-employed after retirement; persons on deputation from other
organizations or those serving under special contracts of service shall not be eligible to the benefit of these Statutes.
4. Definitions:
(1) In these Statutes unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context the
following expressions shall have the meanings hereby respectively assigned to them as under:
(a) "Depositor" "Subscriber" or "Member", means an employee of the University who
is required or permitted under these Statutes to contribute to the General Provident Fund.
(b) "Salary" means basic pay exclusive of allowances drawn monthly by an employee
of the University.
(c) "Treasurer" means the Treasure of the University of Peshawar.
(d) "Trustees" means the Trustees of the Fund, appointed under these Statutes.
(e) "University" means the University of Peshawar.
(f) "Year" means financial year beginning on 1st July and ending on 30th of June.
(2) All other expressions and terms used in these Statutes shall have the same
meanings as assigned to them under Section 2 of the University of Peshawar Act-1974.
5. The Fund:
Subject to the provisions of these Statutes the fund shall consist of all contributions collected from
the members interest that may accrue from the fund or securities/investments from the fund with benefits accruing
therefrom.
6. Management:
The administration and management of the fund shall vest in a Board of Trustees to be appointed by
the Syndicate by nominating 3 Teachers, a Superintendent of office and one representative of subordinate staff. The
Vice-Chancellor shall be the ex-officio member/Chairman, the Treasurer ex-officio member/ Secretary ad the Registrar
an ex-officio member of the Board. The rules of business and administration of the fund may be prescribed by the
Syndicate by rules within the frame-work of these Statutes. Membership will remain in abeyance during leave without
pay for more than a month.
7. Termination:
Membership of the fund will continue only during service of an employee upto the date of
superannuation or the date of discharge, removal or resignation from service. Membership will remain in abeyance
during leave without pay for more than a month.
8. Rate of Subscription:
(a) A sum equal to 6% of salary of each subscriber shall be deducted from monthly
salary bills and credited to the account of the subscriber in the fund.
(b) A subscriber, however, may voluntarily offer in writing to pay his subscription at
any increased rate from ensuing financial year and deductions shall be made accordingly. Option thus exercised will be
valid till it is withdrawn at a notice of two months in writing before the commencement of ensuing financial year;
Provided that in calculating the monthly salary on which these deduction are made under clause (a) or
(b) fraction of a rupees shall be ignored.
9. The Account:
The account of the fund shall be opened in a Bank to be approved by the Syndicate to which all
deductions shall be credited before the 5th of each Calendar month in short term deposit account. Amounts in excess of
Rs.1000/- at any time shall be converted into Government Securities, National Savings Certificates, National Deposit
Certificates or Khas Deposits of the Post-Office to secure the maximum rate of interest.
10. Interest:
Each year in July interest pro-rata on the basis of total balance shall be declared and credited to the
account of each subscriber.
Every year in the month of September the subscriber shall be advised of the balance at this credit.
11. All subscribers or in case of their death their nominees or legal successors will be entitled to receive
the full amount including interest to the credit of the subscriber at the end of his service or death whichever is earlier.
12. Loans:
Temporary advances may be granted (against the personal contribution by the individual at his credit)
by the Chairman upto 60 percent for all the purposes as mentioned in section (a), (b) and (c) of the General Provident
Fund Statutes 1977 provided that for the construction/purchase of house or land, loan upto 75% of the credit balance
could be extended.
(a) To defray expenses on illness of the subscriber of his dependent.
(b) To defray expenses on education of subscriber's children or dependents.
(c) To defray expenses on marriage, religious ceremonies, performance of Haj or
Ziarat/ Umra or visit to holy Shrines.
(d) To repair or purchase a house or land, books professional aids and equipment or
vehicle.
(e) To pay premium on Insurance Policies.
Such advances shall be recoverable at the most in 30 or less equal installments deductible from the
salary over and above the normal deductions. A subscriber may liquidate the loan in lump or lesser installments but
after the Principal amount is liquidated an additional installment equal to 1/30 of the loan shall be paid as service
charge and shall be credited to the account of the subscriber.
13. Unclaimed Interest:

If a subscriber gives it in writing that he would not claim interest or if any amount of interest remains
unclaimed for more than six months it shall be credited to the University Employees Benevolent Fund.
14. Accounts:
Individual accounts shall be maintained in a separate ledger as may be prescribed by the Treasurer.
15. Audit:
The account shall be audited once in every year and report of the audit shall be placed before the
Board of Trustees.
16. Declaration:
Every employee of the University entitled to membership of the fund shall hand in for registration in
the office of the Treasurer the names of person/persons to whom he would like the balance at his credit in the fund to be
paid in the event of his death. These declarations shall be entered in a Register in Treasurer's office and all entries shall
be attested by him. A subscriber may at any time amend his declaration regarding the names of person/persons to whom
he would like to be paid, the balance at his credit on the fund in the event of his death.
17. Interpretations:
In case of any ambiguity or doubt in the application or interpretations of these Statutes the decision of
the Syndicate shall be final.
18. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in these Statutes a subscriber who has given it in
writing that he would not claim interest shall not be charged any service charge or a loan given to him.
EMPLOYEES WELFARE FUND STATUTES 1971
Short Title and Commencement:

1. (1) These University Statutes may be called the (University of Peshawar) Employees
Welfare Fund Statutes 1971.
(2) They shall come into force on and from such date as the Syndicate may appoint in
this behalf.
Definitions:
2. In these Statutes unless the context otherwise requires:
(a) "Board" means the Board established under section 6 of these Statutes;
(b) "Family" in relation to a University employee means his or her;
(i) wife or wives or husband, as the case may be;
(ii) legitimate children and step children who have not attained the
age of twelve;
(iii) legitimate children and step children who have attained the age of twelve,
if residing with and wholly dependent upon him or her; and
(iv) parents, sisters and minor brothers, if residing with and wholly
dependent upon him or her;
(c) "Welfare Fund" means the Welfare Fund established under these University
Statutes;
(d) "Pay" means the amount drawn monthly by a University employee as:
(i) the pay which has been sanctioned for the post held by him/her
substantively, or in an officiating capacity, or to which he/she is entitled by reason of his/her position in a cadre;
(ii) overseas pay, technical pay, personal pay and special pay; and
(iii) any other emolument which may specifically be classed as pay by the
Syndicate;
(e) "Syndicate" means the Syndicate of the University of Peshawar;
(f) "Treasurer" means the Treasurer of the University of Peshawar;
(g) "University Employee" means the University employee to whom these Statutes
apply.
Establishment of Welfare Fund:
3. There shall be established a fund, to be called the University of Peshawar Employees Welfare Fund,
for the purpose of securing Life Insurance benefits to the University employee.
University Employees to whom applicable:

4. (1) All University employees shall be entitled to the benefits of this Welfare Fund,
except:
(a) the staff paid from contingencies;
(b) the work-charged establishment;
(c) part-time University employee;
(d) those employed on contract;
(e) those employed on deputation to the University;
(f) the employees who have attained the age of 60 years; and
(g) any other class of University employees excluded by the
Syndicate.
(2) Nothing in sub-section (1) shall affect the provision of section 17 of these Statutes.
Source and utilization of the Fund:

5. (1) To the credit of the Welfare Fund shall be placed:
(a) all contributions received from University employees under
section 8 and section 9 of these Statutes;
(b) all contributions made by the University; and
(c) all interest of profit accruing on such contributions.
(2) The Welfare Fund shall be utilized for meeting the expenses on arrangements to be
made with an Insurance Company or other Insurer for the insurance of the University employees.
(i) Out of the profit realised from Insurance Companies 50 percent
of such profit shall be credited to the Welfare Fund Account. The Board may utilize it in accordance with section-17
and Sub-section (2) of Section-5 of these Statutes.
(ii) The remaining 50 percent of profit shall be payable to the
employees with earnings. This amount shall be invested in the long term schemes. The employees on death or
retirement shall receive their share of profit based on the ratio of their respective contributions to the premium
alongwith the earnings accruing on it.
Constitution of Board for Management of Welfare Fund:

6. (1) As soon as may be, the Syndicate shall constitute a Board consisting of the
Chairman and four members to administer and manage the Welfare Fund.
(2) The Treasurer of the University shall be the Secretary of the Board.
(3) A new Board shall be constituted after every three years.
Functions and Powers of the Board:

7. The Board shall:
(a) from time to time arrange for the insurance of the University employees in the sums
specified in the First Schedule with such Insurance Company or other Insurer as it may deem fit in accordance with the
provisions of these University Statutes;
(b) have the power to sanction expenditures connected with the administration and
management of the Welfare Fund; and
(c) do or cause to be done all other things ancillary or incidental to any of the aforesaid
or to the purpose of the Welfare Fund.
Contribution towards Welfare Fund by University Employees:

8. (1) Subject to the provisions of section 4 of these Statutes every University employee
drawing pay exceeding Rs.300.00 p.m. shall be liable to contribute towards the Welfare Fund annually at the rate of
Rs.3.60 (Rupees three and paisa sixty only) per 1000.00 rupees of the sum for which he insured. This rate may vary
with the approval of the Syndicate on the recommendations of the Board.
(2) Contributions in respect of employees drawing Rs.300.00 p.m. or less shall be paid
by the University.
(3) The annual contribution payable by each University employee shall be deducted at
the source from his pay bill in two equal installments and credited or remitted to the Welfare Fund.
Contributions by employees on Foreign Service:

9. (1) When a University employee is transferred to foreign service he shall continue to
be governed by these University Statutes in the same manner as if he had not been so transferred and he shall remit to
the Treasurer his contribution to Welfare Fund during the period he remains on foreign service.
(2) If for any reason contribution to the Welfare Fund has not been deducted from the
pay bill of a University employee or paid in the manner provided in sub-section (1) or sub-section (3) of section 8 the
same shall in lump-sum be:
(a) deducted from his subsequent pay bill, or
(b) remitted to the Treasurer.
Determination of Statutes of deceased employee:

10. Notwithstanding the fact that a University employee may have at different times belonged to different
classes of service as specified in First Schedule, the assured sum to be paid on his death to the member or members of
his family, nominated by him in this behalf, or the other persons specified in section 13 of these Statutes, shall be the
sum specified in First Schedule in respect of the class to which he belonged immediate before his death:
Provided that the difference of the premium has been paid before his death by the University
employee to the Insurance Company or other Insurer.
No benefit admissible on dismissal etc.:

11. If a University employee, for any reason whatsoever, leaves the University service or is discharged or
dismissed from service, or his services are terminated, he shall be entitled neither to any benefit from the Welfare Fund,
nor to the refund of the contributions made by him toward the said Welfare Fund during the period of his service.
Nomination:
12. (1) Within three months of coming into force of these University Statutes, every
University employee who is entitled to the benefits of the Welfare Fund shall nominate, in form appended as Second
Schedule, a member or members of his family to whom he desires the sum insured to be paid in the event of his death,
specifying, in case the assured sum is to be paid to more than one member of his family, the proportion in which such
sum is to be paid to them and forward the Nomination Form to the Treasurer for transmission to the Insurance
Company concerned which shall assign a Nomination Number to the employee and furnish receipt therefore to be
placed in his service book.
(2) In case the nominee or one of the nominees is a minor the University Employee
shall nominate one or more persons through whom the payment of the sum assured or the minor successor as the case
may be shall be paid by the Insurance Company.
(3) A University employee, may, at any time, cancel a nomination by sending a notice
in writing to the Treasurer for transmission to the Insurance Company concerned and may also send a fresh nomination
alongwith such notice.
(4) If the nomination relates only to a part of the sum assured, the part to which it does
not relate shall, in the event of the University Employee's death, be distributed in accordance with the provisions of
section 13 of these Statutes.
Payment to relatives on University Employee's death:

13. The arrangement to be made with a Insurance Company or other Insurer under clause (a) of section 7
of these Statutes shall be to the effect that on the death of a University employee of the class specified in column 1 of
First Schedule the sum specified against that class of University employee in column 2 shall be paid:
(a) to such member or members of his family as he may have nominated for the
purpose in full or in the shares specified by him at the time of making the nomination;
(b) where no valid nomination by the University employee subsists at the time of his
death, to his family; and
(c) in the absence of a family, to his surviving relatives, if any, in the manner and in the
shares in which the Provident Fund or gratuity of a deceased University employee is payable under the relevant Statutes
as in force for the time being.
Submission of Claims for payment:

14. Claims under these Statutes shall become payable only upon submission by the Head of Office or the
Head of Department concerned, through the Treasurer, to the Insurance Company concerned of:
(i) a certificate in the form appended as Third Schedule certifying the death of the
University employee concerned and indicating the class to which such University employee belonged immediately
before his death and his nomination number; and
(ii) where on valid nomination under section 12 of these Statutes subsists in respect of
a University employee at the time of his death, a certificate specifying the names of the members of his family and in
the absence of any member of his family the names of his surviving relatives to whom the sum assured is payable under
the provisions of clause (b) or clause (c) of section 13 of these Statutes and the provisions of clause (b) or clause (c) of
section 13 of these Statutes and the shares, in which the sum is payable to them.
Payment of claim by the Insurance Company:

15. On receipt of the documents referred to in section 14 of these Statutes, the Insurance Company
concerned shall make immediately arrangements for the payment of the sum assured, to the person or persons
mentioned in section 13 of these Statutes.
Meeting of the Board:

16. The Board constituted under section 6 of these Statutes shall hold at least one meeting in every six
months.
(1) The Board constituted under section 6 of these Statutes shall hold at least one
meeting in every six months.
(2) The Chairman may however, call a special meeting of the Board at any time he
may deem necessary.
(3) The Chairman and any two members of the Board shall form a quorum at the
meeting.
(4) Decisions by the Board shall be taken by majority of votes. In case of equality of
votes, the Chairman shall have a second or casting vote.
(5) All decisions of the Board shall be recorded in writing by the Secretary and in his
absence by such other member of the Board as may be authorized in this behalf by the Chairman.
(6) Subject to the general supervision and control of the Chairman, the Secretary shall
be responsible for:
(i) the conduct of correspondence on behalf of the Board;
(ii) the maintenance of the records of the Board;
(iii) the disbursement of money from the Welfare Fund;
(iv) the maintenance of the accounts;
(v) preparation of the agenda of the meetings of the Board and giving
advance notice of such meeting to the members of the Board;
(vi) performance of such other functions as may be specified by the
Chairman.
Grants to retired University Employees:

17. The Board may make to a University employee who has retired from service or has completed the
age of sixty years, such grants out of the Welfare Fund not exceeding Rs.3,000.00 (Rupees three thousand only) as it
may consider appropriate or feasible.
Withdrawals from Welfare Fund:

18. Any amount required to be drawn from the Welfare Fund shall be drawn on a bill signed by the
Treasurer.
Maintenance of Welfare Fund and its Audit:

19. (1) The accounts of the contributions to and of the withdrawals from the Welfare Fund
shall be maintained by the Treasurer.
(2) The accounts maintained under sub-section (1) shall be audited by the University
Auditor at least once every year.
Moneys to be kept in approved Bank:

20. All moneys credited into the Welfare Fund shall be kept in Scheduled Bank or Government Treasury
in the name of the Board.
Accounts and Payments in Rupees:

21. The account of the Welfare Fund shall be kept in rupees and all payments from it shall be made in
rupees.
SCHEDULE - I
(Referred to in Section (7) of the University of Peshawar Employees Welfare Fund University
Statutes 1970). The Sums in which various classes of University Employees are to be insured.
Grades of University Employees

Assured Amount
Amount of half yearly premia payable.
BPS 1-4
Rs.7,500/-
Rs.13.50
BPS 5-10
Rs.10,000/-
Rs.18.00
BPS 11-15
Rs.20,000/-
Rs.36.00
BPS 16-17
Rs.30,000/-
Rs.54.00
BPS 18
Rs.50,000/-
Rs.90.00
BPS 19
Rs.80,000/-
Rs.144.00
BPS 20 and above
Rs.1,00,000/-
Rs.180.00
THE SECOND SCHEDULE
FORM OF NOMINATION
Referred to in Section 12 of the (University of Peshawar) Employees Welfare Fund University Statutes, 1971.
I, son/daughter/wife of of the Department of

faculty of University of Peshawar hereby nominate the person/persons/mentioned below, who is a
member/who are members of may family and defined in the (University of Peshawar) Employees Welfare Fund
University Statutes, 1971 to receive the assured sum in the event of my death under the Group Insurance Scheme.
Name and address of nominee

Relationship
Age
Proportion of the amount to be paid
If the nominee is minor, name of the person or persons to whom payments to be made
1
2
3
4
5
Dated the day of 197.
Attested by (Seal of the office) Signature of the Subscriber.
The signature of subscriber should be attested by a Class "A" University Officer or Class I Government
Officer, who should affix his seal of office above his signature.
THE THIRD SCHEDULE
(Referred to in Section 14 of the (University of Peshawar) Employees Welfare Fund University

Statutes, 1971).
Dated...............
To
...............
(Address of the Insurance Company)
Dear Sir,
Ref: GROUP INSURANCE SCHEME
With reference to the above noted Scheme, I have to report that Mr./Mrs/Miss Aged
years, died on .
It is, therefore, requested that the payment of Rs. (Rupees only), the amount for which the
deceased was covered, may be made.
(1) to his nominee or nominees. The nomination number assigned to the deceased was
or
(2) (Where no nomination subsists) to the following members of his family:
Name Relationship with the
deceased
(i)
(ii)
(3) (in the absence of a family) to his surviving relatives mentioned below in the shares
noted against each.
Name Relation to Shares

the deceased
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
It is hereby certified:
(1) That the deceased was a subscriber to the Welfare Fund.
(2) That at the time of the death the deceased was a class
employee.
Treasurer, University of
Peshawar.

BENEVOLENT FUND STATUTES, 1974
Statutes relating to Benevolent Fund for the employees of the University of Peshawar.
1. (a) These Statutes may be called the University of Peshawar Benevolent Fund Statutes.
(b) These Statutes shall come into force with immediate effect.
2. In these Statutes unless the context otherwise requires, the following expressions shall have the
meanings hereby respectively assigned to them.
Definitions:
(a) "Family" in relation to University employee means his or her:
(i) wife or wives or husband, as the case may be;
(ii) legitimate children and step children less than 18 years old;
(iii) legitimate children and step children not less than 18 years old if wholly
dependent upon him or her; and
(iv) parents, sisters and minor brothers if residing with and wholly
dependent upon him or her.
(b) "Fund" means the University Employees Benevolent Fund.
(c) All other expressions shall have the same meaning as assigned to them under
Section 2 of the University of Peshawar Act, 1974.
Entitlement:
3. All University employees shall be entitled to the benefits of this fund except:
(a) the work charged establishment;
(b) part-time University employees;
(c) those employed on contract for a fixed short period;
(d) employees who have attained the age of 60 years; and
(e) any category of University employees specifically excluded from the purview of
these Statutes by the Syndicate.
Establishment of Fund:
4. There will be established a Fund to be called the University Employees Benevolent Fund.
5. To the credit of the Benevolent Fund shall be placed:

(a) all sums paid by the employees as subscription to the Benevolent Fund;
(b) all benevolent grants, donations, gifts, endowments etc., made by the Central
Government, autonomous bodies, organizations and institutions or others for the purpose;
(c) all income, profits or interest accruing from the assets belonging to the Benevolent
Fund or from investments made out of the Fund;
(d) profit commission received by the University towards the Group Insurance from
the Insurance Company;
(e) contributions of the University of portion thereof credited to the Provident Fund
Account of an employee which on closing his account remains unrefundable;
(f) the unclaimed amount of interest on Provident Fund of an employee;
(g) any amount which remains unclaimed for a period of six years after the Provident
Fund Account of an employee has been closed.
6. The moneys credited to the Benevolent Fund shall be kept in such bank as may be prescribed.
Subscriptions to be Paid by the Employees:

7. Every regular employee shall pay to the Benevolent Fund a monthly subscription equal to one percent
of his pay or twenty-five rupees whichever is less and the amount of such subscription shall, as far as possible, be
deducted at the source from his pay and credited to the Benevolent Fund.
8. Where the amount of subscription cannot for any reason be deducted from the pay of the employee,
the employee shall remit to the Treasurer the sum of subscription payable by him or her and any amount of subscription
remaining unpaid due to inadvertence negligence of the employee or otherwise shall be recoverable from him or her in
such manner as may be prescribed by the Vice-Chancellor.
9. Default in the payment of the subscription either for the reason that the pay of the employee was not
drawn or due to his inadvertence, negligence or fault of other reasons whatsoever shall not affect his right or the right
of his family to receive the Benevolent grant provided for in clause 10 but the amount of unpaid subscription shall be
deducted from the benevolent grant.
Benevolent Grants to be Paid from the Benevolent Fund:

10. If any employee:
(a) is declared by the prescribed medical authority to have been completely
incapacitated physically or mentally to discharge the duties of his employment and is for that reason removed retired
from service, or
(b) dies during the continuance of his employment or if he has retired from service,
within the prescribed period before attaining the age of sixty years; he or, in the event of his death, his family shall be
entitled to receive a benevolent grant from the Benevolent Fund according to the scale as laid down below, for a period
of fifteen years or upto the date on which the employee attains or might have, if he were alive, attained the age of sixty
years, whichever is earlier:
Pay Range Rate of monthly

Benevolent Grant
In the case of an employee drawing pay:
not more than 100.00 50.00

Rs. Rs. Rs.
" 100.00 but not more than 200.00 75.00
" 200.00 " 300.00 100.00
" 300.00 " 400.00 125.00
" 400.00 " 500.00 150.00
" 500.00 " 600.00 175.00
" 600.00 " 700.00 200.00
" 700.00 " 800.00 225.00
" 800.00 " 900.00 250.00
" 900.00 " 1000.00 275.00
" 1000.00 " 1100.00 300.00
" 1100.00 " 1200.00 325.00
" 1200.00 " 1300.00 350.00
" 1300.00 " 1400.00 375.00
" 1400.00 " 1500.00 400.00
" 1500.00 " 1600.00 425.00
" 1600.00 " 1700.00 450.00
" 1700.00 " 1800.00 475.00
" 1800.00 " 1900.00 500.00
" 1900.00 " 2000.00 525.00
" 2000.00 " 2100.00 550.00
" 2100.00 " 2200.00 575.00
" 2200.00 " 2300.00 600.00
" 2300.00 " 2400.00 625.00
" 2400.00 " 2500.00 650.00
" 2500.00 " 2600.00 675.00
" 2600.00 " 2700.00 700.00
" 2700.00 " 2800.00 725.00
" 2800.00 " 2900.00 750.00

" 2900.00 " 3000.00 775.00
Above 3000.00 800.00
Provided that in the case of an employee who dies after having drawn benevolent grant under this
section, the said period of fifteen years shall be reckoned from the date from which he began drawing such grant.
(c) For the relief of exceptionally needy in service employees and former employee in
their old age.
Payment of Benevolent Grant:

11. On the death of an employee, the amount of benevolent grant payable under Statutes 11 shall be
authorised by the Board of Trustees to be paid to such member or members of his family as he might have nominated in
the prescribed from given in Annexure 1 in full or in the shares specified by him at the time of making nominations.
12. Where no valid nomination made by the employee subsists at the time of his death, the amount of
benevolent grant shall be paid to such member or members of his family, subject to such conditions imposed with a
view to ensuring that the amount is justly and equitably utilized for the maintenance and benefit of all the members of
family, as may be prescribed or may, consistently with the rules, be determined by the Board of Trustees or any officer
authorized by the Board of Trustees in this behalf.
13. The accounts of the Benevolent Fund shall be maintained in such manner and form as prescribed
under the Statutes relating to Maintenance of Accounts of the University as in force from time to time.
14. The account of the Benevolent Fund shall be audited by the Auditors of the University every two
years and their report published for general information.
15. The fund shall vest in the University of Peshawar as a body corporate and managed by a Board of
Trustees to be nominated by the Syndicate.
16. The Board of Trustees shall consist of:

(a) The Vice-Chancellor: Chairman Ex-Officio.
(b) Two members to be nominated by the Syndicate from among the Academic Staff.
(c) One member to be nominated by the Syndicate from among the Administration
Staff.
(d) Treasurer: Secretary Ex-Officio.
The nominated members shall hold office upto two years at the pleasure of the Syndicate. Retiring
members will be eligible for re-nomination.
Quorum for meetings shall be three.
Duties and powers of the Board of Trustees:

17. The Board shall have power:
(a) to settle claims for benevolent grants under these Statutes and all matters connected
with such claims;
(b) to sanction grant from the Benevolent Fund to the employees or their families in
accordance with the provision of these Statutes.
(c) to do or cause to be done all acts and things necessary for the proper administration
and management of the moneys or properties in the Benevolent Fund.
(d) to sanction expenditure connected with the administration and management of the
Benevolent Fund.
(e) to invest moneys held in the Benevolent Fund in the Government securities and
units of Investment Corporation of Pakistan or National Investment Trust, in the construction of buildings for proposes
of raising rent income, and in other profitable ventures the plans whereof having been previously approved by the
Syndicate.
(f) to do or cause to be done all things ancillary or incidental to any of the aforesaid
powers or to the purposes of the Benevolent Fund.
18. An appeal shall lie to the Syndicate against the decisions of the Board of Trustees within 90 days of
its decision and the decision of the Syndicate shall be final and binding on members participating the scheme.
19. Exemption from taxes. The Provincial Government may be approached to exempt the Benevolent
Fund from any tax, rate or duty leviable by the Government or by a local authority.
ANNEXURE - 1
FORM OF NOMINATION
(Referred in Clause II of the Orders)
I, son/daughter/wife of of the Institute/Department/Branch University of

Peshawar hereby nominate the person/persons mentioned below who is/are member/members of my family as defined
in the standing orders of the Syndicate relating to Benevolent Fund to receive the assured sum in the event of my death:
Name and address of Nominee.

Relation- ship
Age
Proportion of the amount to be paid
If the nominee is minor, name of the person/ persons to whom payment is to be made on his/her behalf.
Date the day of 19
Signature of subscriber
* Attested by Seal of office
* The signatures of the subscriber should be attested by a Class "A" University Officer or Class I
Officer of the Central or Provincial Government who should affix his seal of office below his signatures.
Approved by the Chancellor Vide Memo No. 3950/S-1 (a)-74 G.S. dated 4th December 1974.
STATUTES RELATING TO THE CONSTITUTION
OF THE QUAID-E-AZAM EDUCATION
FOUNDATION, UNIVERSITY OF PESHAWAR
Preamble:
Whereas it is expedient to acknowledge gratefully the regard and affection the Father of the Nation,
Quaid-e-Azam Mohammad Ali Jinnah, had for the people of the N.W.F. Province, as manifest in his will whereby be
bequeathed a soled share of his personal possessions for the good of the people of this province, and his deep concern
for their educational development as expressed in his historical address at Islamia College, Peshawar on 14th April,
1948, when he declared:
"Let me tell you that nothing is dearer to my heart than to have University in the North-West Frontier Province from
where rays of learning and culture will spread throughout Central Asia; and provided you go the right way about it, you
will get your University sooner than you can imagine".
And, whereas, it is expedient to move to attain the objective of the Quaid and fulfil the role
envisioned for the University;
Now, therefore, the University of Peshawar is pleased to establish `the Quaid-e-Azam Education
Foundation' with a view to promoting education, scientific research and technological development.
1. Definitions:
Unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context:
(1) "Beneficiaries" mean institutions/persons who are issued grants by the Foundation
for carrying out research in connection with the promotion of the aims and objects of the Foundation;
(2) "Board" means the Board of Governors of the Quaid-e-Azam Education
Foundation;
(3) "Foundation" means the Quaid-e-Azam Education Foundation, University of
Peshawar;
(4) "University of Peshawar" means the University as existing at the time of adoption
of these Statutes.
2. Aims and objects of the Foundation:

(1) To promote higher education, scientific research and technological development;
(2) To receive from Government or other bodies or person/persons any contribution to
the Foundation;
(3) To defray all costs, charges and expenses of, and incidental to the proper
functioning of the Foundation;
(4) To do all such other things as are contingent and conducive to the attainment of any
or all of the above aims and objects;
3. Patron:
The Chancellor, University of Peshawar shall be the Patron of the Foundation.
4. Board of Governors:
(1) The Foundation shall be administered by a Board of Governors consisting of the
following:
(i) The Vice-Chancellor, Chairman
University of Peshawar.
(ii) The Secretary Education, Member
Government of N.W.F.P.
(iii) The Dean of Faculties, Member
(iv) One nominee of the Syndicate, Member
(v) The Registrar, Secretary
(2) The Chairman may convene meeting of the Board at such times and places as he
may deem necessary and convenient for the transaction of the business.
(3) The chairman shall preside at the meetings of the Board.
(4) The quorum for the meeting shall be one half of the total number of members of the
Board, a fraction being counted as one.
5. Powers of the Board:

(1) The Board shall have the possession, management and control of the Foundation
and its undertakings, properties and assets.
(2) The Board shall have the powers and discretion to utilize, apply and invest the
corpus of the Foundation and its income in such manner as it may consider proper.
(3) The Board may cause an inspection or inquiry to be made in respect of any matter
connected with the Foundation and shall, from time to time, appoint such person or persons as the Board may deem fit
for the purposes of carrying out inspection of accounts, buildings, laboratories, libraries, museums, workshops and
equipment, etc.
(4) Without prejudice to the generality of these powers, the Board may:
(i) raise loans for the Foundation, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise
charge the corpus and the properties of the Foundation;
(ii) enter into contracts, arrange and execute necessary documents;
(iii) open current, fixed, over-draft, loan, cash credit and other accounts with
any bank or banks s may be necessary and to pay into and to draw out money from such accounts through the
Treasurer, University of Peshawar; and
(iv) make, draw, endorse, sign, accept, negotiate and give all cheques,
drafts, orders, securities, promissory notes, and other negotiable instruments through the Treasurer, University of
Peshawar.
6. Audit:
The accounts of the foundation shall be audited in conformity with the Statutes of the University.
7. General:
(1) The Board may appoint Officers/Committee to transact business, and may delegate
any of its powers to any such Officer/Committee or any member of such committee.
(2) The Board may delegate any of its powers to any member or members or to any
officers or employees in the employment of the Foundation or any of its undertakings and for this purpose may execute
or authorize execution of any powers of attorney or other instruments.
(3) The Board shall have powers to create posts, appoint, remove or suspend such
officers, managers, secretaries, clerks and servants for permanent, temporary or special services, to work for
remuneration or gratuitously, as the Board may from time to time think fit, and may determine their powers and duties
in its discretion.
FORM AND MANNER FOR MAINTENANCE OF
UNIVERSITY ACCOUNTS
1. The accounts of the University shall conform to the official financial year and shall be kept by the
Treasurer.
2. All funds or moneys belonging to the University shall be kept in the name of the University of
Peshawar in the State Bank of Pakistan, or National Bank of Pakistan or any other Bank approved for this purpose by
the Syndicate under the following heads:
(a) Special Endowment Trusts;
(b) Provident Fund Account;
(c) Current Account; and
(d) Such other heads as the Syndicate may determine from time to time.
No transfer shall be made from Accounts (a) and (b) to any other Account.
3. All property belonging to the University and its constituent institution shall be held in the name of the
4. The Treasurer shall, with the previous approval of the Vice-Chancellor and subject to the control of
the Syndicate be competent to direct that any uninvested balance standing to the credit of any particular Trust or of any
other University Account, shall be invested in Government Securities, Stock and Promissory Notes, Postal
Development Cash Certificates and Fixed Deposit Account for the benefit of the Account concerned. For the purpose of
drawing interest on or transferring any part of such Government Stock or Government Promissory Notes or Certificates
as are held in the name of the University of Peshawar, the Vice-Chancellor and the Treasurer shall, subject to the
control of the Syndicate, be jointly authorised to do all acts necessary for that purpose.
5. It shall be the duty of the Treasurer, subject to the control of the Vice-Chancellor and the Syndicate,
to see that all sums given to the University for specific purposes, such as, the Establishment of the University Chair, or
for awarding a scholarship in Government Securities or any other form as given in Section 4 above and brought to
credit under the proper head of account.
6. All sums payable into any account of the University shall be received by the Treasurer or an officer
authorised by him with the previous approval of the Vice-Chancellor, who shall enter them in Cash Book immediately
and issue receipts for the sums received. Such sums as may be paid direct to the credit of an account of the University
in Bank shall also be accounted for in the Cash Book. All expenditure incurred shall also be recorded in the Cash Book
and properly discharged vouchers obtained therefor.
7. No sale, lease, mortgage, gift or exchange of any University property shall be made except under the
previous orders of the Syndicate provided that in the case of unserviceable stores and materials and perishable goods
the Vice-Chancellor shall be competent to direct their disposal in the best possible manner.
8. The Treasurer shall maintain registers in appropriate form showing the property held in the name of
the University, both movable and immovable, with the particulars and values of such properties. The disposal of such
properties shall also be recorded in these registers.
9. The Treasurer shall have powers under the supervision and control of the Vice-Chancellor:
(i) to pass and pay salary bills of the employees of the University, who may have been
appointed from time to time by the competent authorities;
(ii) to pass and pay all T.A. bills according to rules except that of himself which shall
be passed for payment by the Vice-Chancellor;
(iii) to pass and pay all bills connected with the conduct of examinations according to rules;
(iv) to incur ordinary contingent expenditure against sanctioned allotments provided
that items of special contingent expenditure exceeding Rs.500.00 shall require the sanction of the Vice-Chancellor.
Ordinary and special shall have the same meaning as in Government rules;
(v) to sanction extraordinary expenditure not exceeding Rs.500.00 connected with the
conduct of examinations as a special case which he shall report as soon as possible to the Syndicate;
(vi) to pass and pay all other bills provided budget provision and sanction of the
competent authority exist for it; and
(vii) to pass and pay bills upto Rs.100.00 in each case in which quotations have not been called
for.
10. All bills for payment shall be audited by the University Auditor in accordance with the Statutes.
11. Payments shall, as a rule, be made by means of cheques but where this is not practicable, payment
may be made in each and accounted for in the appropriate registers. Cheques shall be signed by the Treasurer provided
the amount in each individual case does not exceed Rs.500.00. Cheques for amounts exceeding Rs.500.00 shall be
signed both by the Treasurer and the Vice-Chancellor.
12. To meet petty expenditure, the Vice-Chancellor may authorize such advance as he may from time to
time consider necessary, to remain in the hands of the Treasurer, or Heads of the University Teaching Departments,
Principals of Constituent Colleges and such other officers as he may think necessary. The person holding the advance
shall be personally responsible for its proper use and accounting. The accounts shall be submitted in the prescribed
form at the end of each month or early if necessary.
Explanation: The term "petty expenditure" covers all legitimate expenditure not
exceeding Rs.25.00 in any individual Cases.
13. The Treasurer shall be competent to pass for adjustment of all transfer Entries.
BUDGET
14. The annual budget shall be prepared by the Treasurer in the prescribed form under the directions of
the Vice-Chancellor and shall be scrutinized and approved by the Finance Committee.
15. The Syndicate shall consider and pass the budget before the close of the previous financial year.
ACCOUNTS
16. The Treasurer shall keep the accounts under the following heads:
(i) Special Endowment Trust;
(ii) Current Account;
(iii) Provident Fund; and
(iv) Such other heads as the Syndicate may determine from time to time.
17. The Treasurer shall prepare an annual general statement of accounts of the University showing in
details the state of the various accounts, which statement shall be submitted to the Syndicate.
BOOKS
18. The Treasurer shall maintain among others the following books and forms:
(a) For Special Endowment Trust:
(i) A Cash Book.
(ii) A Ledger with a separate account for each Trust.
(iii) A Bank Pass Book for each Trust.
(b) For the Current Account:

(i) A Cash Book.
(ii) A Classified Register of Receipts.
(iii) A Classified Register of Expenditure.
(iv) A Bank Pass Book.
(c) For the Provident Fund Account:

(i) A Cash Book.
(ii) A Ledger with a separate personal account for each subscriber.
(iii) A Bank Pass Book.
(d) For such other Heads:

(i) A Cash Book.
(ii) A Pass Book.
(iii) Such other Register as may be necessary in each case.
19. The Treasurer shall sign himself the Cash Book and other Accounts Books.
20. Receipts upto Rs.200.00 shall be signed by the Cashier; Receipts exceeding this amount shall be
signed by the Treasurer himself or any other officer authorised in this behalf by the Syndicate.
21. All vouchers in support of items of expenditure shall be retained for a period of 12 years. Vouchers
more than 12 years old may be destroyed at the discretion of the Treasurer with the prior approval of the Vice-
Chancellor provided that all accounts and documents relating to Trusts, donations and subscriptions shall be preserved
permanently.
STATUTES RELATING TO AUDIT OF
ACCOUNTS OF THE UNIVERSITY
1. All bills for payments to be made out of the funds of the University shall be checked by the Resident
Assistant Director (Audit) of the University who shall see that:
(i) Sanction of the competent authority exists for the payment;
(ii) The Claim is in respect of services rendered or stores supplied and supported by a
certificate of the competent authority;
(iii) Budget provision exists to meet the expenditure, and that;
(iv) In case of claims for payment of Provident Fund, verifications have been made with
reference to the personal account of the subscriber.
No expenditure shall be made from the funds of the University, unless the bill for its payment has
been audited by the Resident Assistant Director (Audit) in conformity with the above procedure.
In case of difference of opinion between the Treasurer and the Resident Assistant Director (Audit) the
matter shall be referred to the Vice-Chancellor whose decision shall be final.
2. The statement of the Accounts of the University signed by the Treasurer and the Resident Assistant
Director (Audit) shall be submitted to the Government within six months of the closing of the financial year.
3. The accounts of the University shall be audited once a year in conformity with the Statutes and
Regulations of the University, by the Auditor appointed by the Government for this purpose.
STATUTES RELATING TO THE MAINTENANCE OF
THE REGISTER FOR REGISTERED GRADUATES
1. These Statutes may be called the "Statute relating to the maintenance of the Register of Registered
Graduates" in term of Section 14-B read with 27(i) Sub-Clause (C) of the University of Peshawar Act 1974.
2. These Statutes will come into force with immediate effect.
Definitions:
3. In these Statutes unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context of the University of
Peshawar Act 1974.
(a) "Appointed date" means a day within the working hours of the University of
Peshawar so fixed by the Registrar, University of Peshawar for any particular objective in connection with the
preparation and maintenance of the Register of Graduates.
(b) "Registrar" means the Registrar of the University of Peshawar.
(c) "Term" means a 3 year term starting from 2.4.1974.
(d) "University" means the University of Peshawar as reconstituted under the
University of Peshawar Act 1974.
All other expressions shall have the same meanings as assigned to them and as defined under
Section-2 of the University of Peshawar Act, 1974.
4. The Registrar shall maintain a register on which the following shall be entitled to have their names
entered:
(i) a graduate of the University of Peshawar who has his name entered in the register
maintained for this purpose; or
(ii) a graduate of any other recognized University who ordinarily resides within the
territorial jurisdiction of the University of Peshawar and has his name entered in the register maintained by the
University for this purpose;
(iii) The certificates of bonafide residence must be signed by the District Magistrate of the
district which the graduate resides.
(iv) the date on which a graduate has taken a degree or graduated in any Faculty means
the date of the general Convocation of the year in which the candidate has passed the examination, provided that before
an application for registration is made the candidate shall have been admitted to the degree.
5. The Registrar shall be the authority responsible for the maintenance of Register of Graduates and
bring it upto-date.
6. The Registrar shall, on an appointed date cause a notice to be issued in such a manner as may be
decided by him from time to time calling upon the Registered Graduates to co-operate in the preparation and revision
of the Register of Graduates. A copy of the Notice shall also be posted at the University Office and published in a local
newspaper.
7. Any graduate satisfying the conditions of Section-4 (ii) who wishes to have his name entered on the
Register, shall fill up a form of application obtainable from the Registrar, and shall forward the same to him along with
the fee of rupees fifty for a term or Rs.300.00 for life. The Registrar shall there upon enter his name on the register and
he shall be registered for the 3-year term or for life. For the rest of the fee will be Rs.250/- for a 3 year term and
Rs.500/- for life. For contesting of Election Rs.300/- per candidate per Election shall be charged.
8. The date of enrolment of a graduate (if otherwise eligible) shall be the date on which his application
form and the fee are received in the University Office.
9. If the form and the fee are received on different dates, the latter date shall be taken as the date of
enrolment.
10. In cases where the fee is sent by Money Order, the Registered Graduate so shall give his Registered
Number in the coupon of the money order. If he fails to do so the office shall not be responsible for the wrong posting
of fee in the registers.
11. In case the fee is paid to the University Cashier at the counter, it shall be accompanied by a form
giving particulars regarding the name and registered number of the remitter. If such a form is not produced, the office
shall not be responsible for the wrong posting of fee in the registers.
12. The Registrar shall publish the list of Registered Graduates by causing a copy of it to be affixed on
the University Notice Board.
13. All applications for fresh enrolment for participation in the election to be held in the following year
shall be received by an appointed date each year. After such date no such application shall be entertained.
14. All claims for entry in the register and objections there-to shall be received upto the appointed date
and scrutinized by the Registrar on the appointed date and, if necessary on the subsequent days.
15. The Registrar shall be the Revising Authority and his decision, if not objected to forthwith at the time
of announcement either in writing or by getting it recorded by the Registrar shall be final.
16. If any objection is taken to the decision of the Registrar it shall be decided by a Committee consisting
of 4 Professors to be appointed by the Vice-Chancellor, annually for the purpose. This Committee shall elect its own
Chairman at the meeting. The quorum shall be 3 and the decision of the majority shall be final but the Chairman shall
have a casting vote. This Committee shall settle objections, if any, on the day following the disposal of claims and
objections by the Registrar.
17. Registered Graduates shall notify to the Registrar of any change of their addressed by an appointed
date. No addition or alteration in addresses shall be made in the Register thereafter.
18. The final list of Registered Graduates shall, subject to its being in stock, be made available to
Registered Graduate on an appointed date on payment of Rs.3/-
19. The final Register of Graduates shall bear the date of its publication.
20. No person, unless his name is borne on the Register of Graduates, shall be qualified to vote or be
elected in Registered Graduates constituencies held under the University of Peshawar Act, 1974.
ELECTION STATUTES
1. These Statutes may be called "the University of Peshawar Election Statutes", in terms of section 27(i)
read with section 27(i)(f) of the University of Peshawar Act, 1974.
Definitions:
3. In these Statutes unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context of the University of
Peshawar Act, 1974:
(a) "Appointed date" means a day within the working hours of the University Office so
fixed by the Election Authority for nominations, withdrawal, election or any other day for a particular objective in
connection with the elections;
(b) "Constituency" means a constituency delimited under the University of Peshawar
Act, 1974;
(c) "Election" means election of a member or members of any Authority or Body under
the University of Peshawar Act, 1974;
(d) "Elector" means a person who is actually on the electoral list for any electoral
constituency for purposes of elections under the University Act;
(e) "Election Agent" means an election agent appointed by a candidate under Section
19(i) of these Statutes and where no such appointment is made, the candidate acting as his own agent;
(f) "Presiding Officer and Assistant Presiding Officer" means Presiding Officer and
Assistant Presiding Officers so appointed by the Returning Officer;
(g) "Polling Day" means the day on which the polling is conducted for the elections;
(h) "Registrar" means the Registrar of the University of Peshawar and election
authority for the purposes of these Statutes;
(i) "Registered Graduates" means:
(i) a graduate of the University who has his name entered in the
register of graduates of the University maintained for this purpose.
OR
(ii) a graduate of any other recognized University who ordinarily
resides within the territorial jurisdiction of the University of Peshawar and has his name entered in the register
maintained by the University for this purpose;
(j) "Returning Officer" means Returning Officer so appointed by the Election
Authority exercising the powers and performing the function assigned to him in connection with the elections;
(k) "Specified Authorities" means the Senate, Syndicate and Academic Council of the
All other expressions shall have the same meanings as assigned to them and as
defined under Section-2 of the University of Peshawar Act, 1974.
Election Authority:
II. The Registrar shall conduct the elections and deal with all other relevant matters as the Election
Authority of the University and subject to these Statutes regulate his own procedure of work.
4. (i) The Registrar may require any University Officer/Teacher or any other University
employee to perform such functions or render such assistance for the purpose of these Statutes as he may direct.
(ii) All the Officers/Sections of the Constituent, affiliated Colleges or allied institutions
and the Administrative Sections shall assist the Registrar in the performance of his function.
(iii) The Registrar shall determine the number of constituencies for general election in
accordance with the provisions of the University of Peshawar Act, 1974.
5. General Elections to fill vacancies:

Once in three years general elections shall be held on the appointed date to fill vacancies in the
specified authorities of the University as provided in the University Act and required to be filled by election. In case of
any casual vacancy a bye-election may be held in the appointed date.
6. Notice of Election:
(i) The Election Authority shall by a general notification announce the programme of
elections in the various constituencies showing the appointed dates for the various stages of the elections as specified in
Schedule-I to these Statutes. The notice for ballots by post shall also be published in at least two local newspapers.
Provided that the Returning Officer may with the approval of the Election authority make such changes in the Schedule
of dates as the circumstances may require.
(ii) The Election Authority shall also notify the election schedule to the Teaching
Departments, constituent colleges, affiliated colleges and other institutions, as the case may be.
7. Appropriate day in case of Holiday:

(i) If any appointed date is a holiday the next working day shall be considered to be
the appropriate day.
8. Publication of Electoral Lists:

(i) The Election Authority on the appointed date shall publish the Electoral Lists of the
Elections of the specified Authorities by a general notification by circulation to heads of all institutions and by affixing
them at the University Notice Board. A copy of any such list may be available, on demand, subject to being in stock, on
payment of Rs.3/-.
9. Claims and Objections:

All claims for entry in the aforesaid Electoral List and objections thereto shall be
received by the Election Authority upto an appointed date and decided by him within ten days of the appointed date and
the decision so made shall be notified.
10. Decision of the Election Authority:

The Election Authority shall be the Revising Authority and its decision with respect
to claims and objections, (unless objected to in writing and received within three days of the decision) shall be final.
11. Decision by Committee:

If any objection is taken to the decision of the Election Authority it shall be decided
within three days by a Committee consisting of four University Professors, to be appointed by the Vice-Chancellor, one
of whom shall be nominated as the Chairman at the meeting. The quorum shall be 3 and the decision shall be taken by
the majority. In case of a tie, the Chairman shall have a casting vote.
12. Correspondence with the Electors:

(i) All correspondence shall be addressed to the Electors by name. The Electoral and
relevant Lists shall be sent on their official address only. An elector shall notify any change in his address to the
Election Authority within the prescribed time.
(ii) All final electoral lists shall be affixed at the University Notice Board and copies
thereof despatched by the Election Authority to the chairmen of the University Teaching Departments and Principals of
the Constituent and Affiliated Colleges and Heads of Allied institutions for the information of the Electors, as
prescribed under Schedule-I.
13. Qualification for Voting:

No person, unless his name is on the Electoral list shall be qualified to vote or be
elected at any election held under these Statutes unless he fulfills the conditions prescribed in the University of
Peshawar Act, 1974.
14. Nomination of Election:

(i) Any elector of a constituency may propose or second the name of any qualified
person to be a member of that constituency.
(ii) Every proposal shall be made by a separate nomination paper in the prescribed
form as given in Schedule-II, which shall be signed by the proposer and the seconder and shall contain;
(a) a declaration signed by the candidate that he has consented to the
nomination and that he is not subject to any disqualification for being elected as a member.
(b) each Elector shall be entitled to propose or second as many
persons for election as there are vacancies in each constituency.
(c) nominations in excess of the number of vacancies in a
constituency shall invalidate all nominations made by an elector as proposer or seconder.
(iii) Every nomination paper shall be delivered personally by the candidate or his proposer or
seconder or forwarded to the Returning Officer by name by post under Registered Cover so as to reach him not later
than the appointed date.
(iv) The Returning Officer shall give a serial number to every nomination paper and
record therein the name of the person presenting it and the date of its receipt.
(v) The Returning Officer shall notify a list of nomination papers received by him
containing the particulars of the candidates and the name of the proposer and seconder.
15. Scrutiny:
(i) On the appointed date the Returning Officer shall scrutinize the nomination papers
received by him. The candidates, their election agent, proposer, or seconder may attend the scrutiny of papers.
(ii) The Returning Officer shall give the candidates their election agents, seconders and
proposers reasonable opportunity for examining the nomination papers and objections, raised if any, shall be considered
and decided on the spot, by the Returning Officer.
(iii) The Returning Officer shall reject after a summary enquiry if necessary in his opinion a
nomination paper on one or any of the following genuine or are alleged as such provided.
(a) the candidate is not qualified to be elected as a member.
(b) the proposer or seconder is not qualified to subscribe to the
nomination papers.
(c) the provisions of these statutes have not been complied with or
that the signatures of the proposer or the seconder do not seem to be genuine or are alleged as such provided.
(d) the rejection of any nomination paper shall not invalidate the
nomination of a candidate by any other valid nomination paper.
(e) the Returning Officer shall not reject a nomination paper on the
ground of any defect which is not of a substantial nature and may allow any such difficulty to be removed forthwith.
(iv) The Returning Officer shall endorse on each nomination paper his decision
accepting or rejecting it, stating reasons in case of rejection.
(v) In case of rejection of a nomination paper the candidate may file objections within
three days, to the Committee appointed under rule (ii), whose decision shall be final.
16. Publication of list of Candidates:
(i) The Returning Officer shall after the scrutiny of the nomination papers prepare and
publish in the prescribed form a list of candidates validly nominated.
(ii) In case of objections against the rejection of a nomination paper are accepted by the
Committee, the Returning Officer shall accordingly revise the list of validly nominated candidates.
17. Withdrawals:
(i) Any nominated candidate may withdraw his candidature by a notice in writing,
signed by himself and delivered to the Returning Officer either by himself or by post under registered cover so as to
reach the Returning Officer on or before the appointed date.
(ii) A notice of withdrawal shall in no circumstance be opened to revocation or
cancellation.
(iii) Copies of such notices of withdrawal shall be notified for general information and a copy
placed on the University Notice Board.
18. Un-Contested Election:

Where after scrutiny only one person remains as a validly nominated candidate for
election in a constituency or whereafter withdrawal only one person is left as a contesting candidate, the Returning
Officer shall notify such candidate to have been elected un-opposed, provided no appeal is pending against the rejection
of any nomination paper.
19. Election Agent:

(i) The candidate may appoint a person qualified to be an elector to be his Election
Agent under intimation in writing to the Returning Officer.
(ii) The appointment of an Election Agent may, at any time, be revoked in writing by
the candidate.
20. Polling Agent:

(i) The contesting candidate or his Election Agent may, before the commencement of
the poll, appoint for each polling Station a Polling Agent and shall give notice thereof in writing to the Presiding
Officer.
(ii) The appointment of the Polling Agent may be revoked at any time by the candidate
or his Election Agent.
(iii) Where any act or thing is authorized under these Statutes to be done in the presence of the
candidate or any Election or Polling Agent, the failure of such person to attend shall not invalidate any act or thing
otherwise validly done.
21. Poll Hours:

The Returning Officer shall notify the day and hours of polling.
22. Stopping of the Poll:

(i) The Presiding Officer of the Polling Station may stop the poll and inform the
Returning Officer that he has done so, if the polling at the polling station is at any time so interrupted and obstructed
that it cannot in the opinion of the Presiding Officer be carried on.
(ii) When the polling has been stopped, the Returning Officer shall immediately report
the circumstances to the Election Authority, who shall direct a fresh poll of that Polling Station on a date to be fixed by
him. The over-all result of the polling in a constituency shall not be announced, until the results of the fresh polling at
this polling station, are known.
23. Voting:
(i) The elections under these Statutes shall be contested by secret ballot, by tendering
ballot papers by hand, in double cover, in the prescribed form in the case of all constituencies.
(ii) By post in case of registered graduates, principals and teachers of the Affiliated
Colleges, Academies or Institutes of the constituencies under registered seal double cover as prescribed under
Schedule-V not later than the polling day and hour fixed or receiving the ballot papers by the Presiding Officer.
(iii) The ballot paper along with declaration form as given in Schedule-V and other papers in
registered graduates and Principals and teachers of affiliated colleges constituencies shall start on the appointed date,
ballot papers will be issued 15 days before the election date by the Returning Officer in the prescribed form by hand
against receipt or by post under registered cover.
(iv) The ballot papers shall be issued after identification and comparison with the
Electoral List to the satisfaction of the Returning Officer or the Presiding Officer at the polling stations.
(v) Any ballot papers bearing any cutting, scratching or over-writing and that do not
bear the official mark shall be rejected, as invalid.
(vi) An elector who has inadvertently spoiled the ballot paper or the declaration form
and requests for the issue of a duplicate ballot paper, the Returning or Presiding Officers after satisfying him issue to
him another ballot Paper or declaration form. The spoiled ballot paper and declaration form prescribed together with
their counter foil, shall be marked as duplicate.
24. Counting of Vote:

(i) The Presiding Officer shall record on the conclusion of polling the number of votes
polled by the contesting candidates and note down the total number of votes cast and total number of votes rejected and
strike the balance.
(ii) The candidate or his polling or Election Agent shall be allowed to be present at the
time of counting of votes.
25. Declaration of Results:

(i) The candidate/candidates who get the highest number of valid votes shall be
reported by the Presiding Officer(s) to the Returning Officer for total counting and notifying the success of the
candidate as laid down under clause-I above.
(ii) In case of equality of votes between two or more than two candidates the Returning
Officer shall record the basis of drawing lots in the presence of the contesting candidates or their agents, and obtain
signatures of such persons as having been witnesses to the proceedings.
(iii) If any candidate, election agent or polling agent objects to the counting and the objection is
reasonable in the opinion of the Presiding Officer he may order recounting of the votes in the presence of these persons.
26. Election Tribunal:

(i) All petitions in case of disputes in election shall be addressed to the election
Tribunal consisting of a nominee of the Chief Justice of Peshawar High Court appointed as a member of the Syndicate,
as Chairman, the Education Secretary as member of the Syndicate and a nominee of the Vice-Chancellor within three
days of the declaration of the results.
(ii) The Election Tribunal may examine the petitioner and other candidates and also
examine the records of the election and upon the conclusion make an:
(a) Order
(1) rejecting the petition.
(2) declaring the election of the returned candidate void or and the
petitioner or other contesting candidates to have been duly elected, or
(3) declaring the elections as a whole void.
(b) The decision of the Election Tribunal shall be final and binding
on all parties to the dispute.
27. Custody of Election Record:

The Returning Officer shall retain until the expiry of 3 months from the date of election, all the
papers connected with the election. After 3 months the documents will be destroyed.
28. Election of a Members of Provincial Assembly of the N.W.F.P. to the Syndicate:

(i) Election under Section-21 (iii) of the University of Peshawar Act 1974 will be
conducted in the manner and according to the procedure as may be laid down by the Secretary of the Provincial
Assembly of the N.W.F.P., with the approval of the Speaker of the Assembly.
(ii) The Secretary of the Assembly shall communicate the name of member so elected
to the Registrar University of Peshawar, who will notify the result.
(iii) This communication shall not be opened to any question and shall be treated as final.
29. For carrying into effect the purpose of these Statutes, rules, if necessary may be framed with the
approval of the Syndicate.
SCHEDULE - I
Schedule of Dates
The dates given below may be changed by the Returning Officer as the circumstances may require:-
Date
1. Publication of electoral lists
2. Claims for & objections to entries in the Electoral lists
3. Issuing of notice inviting nominations
4. Receipt of nomination paper
5. Scrutiny of nomination paper
6. Preparation of the lists of nominated candidates
7. Withdrawal of nominations
8. Issue of ballot papers in case of ballot by post
9. Elections
10. Announcement of election results in the prescribed form

SCHEDULE - II
Nomination
For
Election to the
(to be filled by the proposer)
(I) I, (Name of the proposer) registered as an elector at Serial No in

the electoral list for electoral area in do hereby propose the name of
from constituency.
Signature of Proposer
(to be filled by the seconder)
(I) I, (name of the seconder) registered as an elector at Serial No in

the electoral list, do hereby second the nomination of whose address is as a candidate from
constituency.
Date: Signature of Seconder
(Declaration by the person nominated)
(I) I, son/daughter/wife of registered as an elector at Serial

No in the electoral list for do hereby declare that I have consented to the above mentioned
nomination and that I am not subject to any disqualification for being elected as
Date:
Signature of the person nominated
(to be filled in by the Returning Officer)
Serial number of nomination paper . This nomination paper was delivered to me at my office at
(Hours) on (date) by being the candidate/proposer/ seconder.
Date:
Returning Officer
(Decision of Returning Officer accepting or rejecting the nomination paper on the day fixed for
scrutiny)
I have examined this nomination paper in accordance with the provision of the Section of the University of
Peshawar Election Statutes, and decide as follows
(in case of rejection, state brief reasons)
Date:
Returning Officer
SCHEDULE - III
University of Peshawar
List of Contesting Candidates
Election to the From

** Constituency.
Serial Name of the contesting candidates Designation of the

No in alphabetical order contesting candidates
Notice is hereby given that the poll shall be taken between the hours of on (date) .
Place
Date
Returning Officer
** Insert the number and name of the Constituency.

SCHEDULE - IV
Secret Ballot Paper
Constituency No
Serial No Name of the candidates Choice Cross marked
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Note: To be put in a sealed cover to be enclosed in another closed cover to be cast in polling box or to be
sent by post in case of Principals/Teachers, Presidents Students Union of Affiliated Colleges registered graduate
constituencies in the manner prescribed.
List of Validly Nominated Candidates
Election to the
From ** Constituency
Serial No
Name of Candidate
Designation
Present/Postal address of the candidate
Place
Date
Returning Officer
** Insert the number and name of the Constituency.

SCHEDULE - V
Declaration by Elector Casting Vote by Post
I hereby declare that I am the elector to whom the postal ballot paper bearing serial number
has been issued at the above election.
Signature of elector
Date Address
(Attestation of Signature)
The above has been signed in my presence by (elector) who is personally known to me/has
been identified to my satisfaction by (identifier) who is personally known to me.
Signature of identifier if any

Designation
Address
Dated
CERTIFICATE
I hereby certify that:-

(1) the above named elector is personally know to me/has been identified to my
satisfaction by (identifier) who is personally known to me;
(2) I am satisfied that the elector suffer from (as infirmity) and is unable to
record his vote himself or sign his declaration;
(3) I was requested by him to mark the ballot paper and to sign the above declaration
on his behalf;
(4) the ballot paper was marked and the declaration signed by me on his behalf, in his
presence and in accordance with his wishes.
Signature of identifier, if any

Address
Signature of Attesting Officer

Designation
Address
Date
Instruction for the Guidance of Electors
Voting by Postal Ballot
The persons whose names are printed on the ballot paper sent herewith are candidates for the
Constituency mentioned in the ballot paper. If you desire to vote, you should record your vote with pen by putting a
cross mark within the space containing the name of the contesting candidate for whom you wish to vote. Thereafter,
you should follow the instruction detailed below:
(a) After you have recorded your vote on the ballot paper, place the ballot paper in the smaller
cover marked (A) sent herewith. Close the cover and secure it by seal or otherwise.
(b) You have then to sign the declaration form also sent herewith in the presence of a
Government Officer or a Commissioned Officer who is competent to attest your signature.
(c) If you are unable to mark the ballot paper and sign the declaration yourself in the manner
indicated above by reason of infirmity, you are entitled to have your vote marked and the declaration signed on your
behalf by any officer mentioned item (b) above. Such an officer will at our request mark the ballot paper in your
presence and in accordance with your wishes. He will also complete the necessary certificate in this behalf.
(d) After your declaration has been signed and your signature has been attested in accordance
with item (b) above, put the declaration Form and the smaller cover marked (A) containing the ballot paper, in the
larger cover marked (B). After closing the larger cover send it to the Returning Officer by Post.
(e) You must ensure that the cover reaches the Returning Officer before the date of the poll. (i)
Please note that (a) if you fail to get your declaration attested or certified in the manner indicated above, your ballot
paper will be rejected, and (b) if the cover reaches the Returning Officer after the date of the poll your vote will not be
counted.
STATUTES RELATING TO CONFERMENT OF
TITLE OF EMERITUS PROFESSOR
Preamble:
Whereas it is desirable to recognize and utilize the services of those highly qualified experienced
scholars who dedicated their lives to the service of the University of Peshawar and to maintain its good academic tone,
it is proposed that Emeritus Professorship be instituted and the following Statutes be framed under Section 27(j) of the
University of Peshawar Act, 1974.
1. These Statutes may be called the Statutes relating to the conferment of the title of Emeritus Professor.
Definition:
3. In these Statutes, unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context of the University of
Peshawar Act, 1974:
(a) "Syndicate" means the Syndicate of the University of Peshawar.
(b) "Professor" means a University teacher holding the rank and title of University
Professor after having been appointed to such a rank on fulfillment of the requirements laid down for such a post, and is
engaged whole-time by the University.
(c) "Emeritus Professor" means an existing Emeritus Professor or any person on whom
this title is conferred under Section 4 of these Statutes.
All other expressions shall have the same meanings assigned to them under Section-2 of the
4. (a) The Syndicate may confer the title on a University Professor on his retirement from
the University, as a professor Emeritus in recognition of his established scholarship and services to the University
Education. Such conferment may be approved by the Syndicate if duly justified on the recommendation of the Vice-
Chancellor in consultation with the Dean of the Faculty.
(b) Proved that the Syndicate may confer such title on a person other than a University
Professor who has throughout his life worked for the cause of education and for the advancement of learning in the
N.W.F.P., and whose services on these counts have been recognized by the academic community.
5. This honour shall carry no formal duties with it but a Professor so designated may be expected to
contribute to the academic life of this University by actual residence in or within easy reach of the University in such
manner as he may find most rewarding and agreeable. This may take the form of guidance of research, lectures,
seminar or colloquia.
6. Such facilities and services as exist in the University for its staff to carry on their intellectual pursuits
shall be open to the Professor.
7. Where and when residential accommodation is available on the University Campus, it may be offered
free to the Professor.
8. Where such accommodation does not exist or the Professor does not choose to make use of it, free
transport may be offered to him for visiting the University, or the Professor may be offered free and honorarium of
Rs.2000/- per mensem.
9. The "Professor Emeritus" shall for all purposes of courtesy and on ceremonial occasions, be upon the
same footing as a Professor, but as such shall not be eligible to contest election to any University Body or be in the
employment of the University and to exercise any administrative and executive functions.
TEACHERS' NATIONAL SCALES OF PAY STATUTES,
1975
Short title, commencement and application:

1. (a) These Statutes may be called the University of Peshawar Teachers' National Scales
of Pay Statutes 1975.
(b) These Statutes shall be deemed to have come into force with effect from the 1st day
of march 1972. As a result of fixation of pay under these statutes, the arrears will, however, be paid from the 1st
August, 1973.
Definition:
2. In these Statutes unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context, the following
expressions shall have the meanings hereby respectively assigned to them:
(a) "Annexure" means an annexure appended to the statutes.
`Chairman' means the Chairman of Teaching Department as provided in Peshawar
University Act, 1974.
`Dean' means the Chairman of the Board of Faculty.
(b) "Existing University Teacher" means a person who was a University teacher on the
29th day of February, 1972 and who continued an uninterrupted service after that; and includes the person born on
research establishment of the University;
(c) "Existing Pay Scale" means a scale of pay to which a University teacher was
entitled immediately before the first day of March, 1972 or the date with effect from which he opts for the National
Scales of Pay in accordance with the rules applicable to him before that date;
(d) "Existing Pay" means the pay that an existing University teacher would have drawn
on first day of March, 1972 or on the date with effect from which he opts for the National Scale of Pay as the case may
be;
(e) "National Scale of Pay" means the scales of pay specified in annexure (A);
(f) "Pay" means the amount drawn monthly by a University teacher other than as
Special pay, technical pay, personal pay, overseas pay or as an allowance of any other description;
(g) "University Teacher" means a whole time teacher paid by the University or
recognized by the University as such and includes a person borne on research establishment of the University;
(h) "Schedule" means the scheduled appended to these statutes;
(i) "Regular service" for the purposes of section 14 of these statutes means continuous
service. It excludes service on contract.
(j) All other expressions herein used shall have the same meaning as assigned to them
in the University of Peshawar Act, 1974.
Application of the National Scales of Pay:

3. Subject to the provisions of sections 1 (b) and 4 of these statutes the National Scales of Pay shall
apply to the University teachers holding posts specified in the schedule with the exception of those who were or are on
deputation with this University.
Right of option:
4. (i) (a) Every existing University teacher shall have the right to opt for the
National Scales of pay or his existing scale of pay.
(b) An existing University teacher opting for the National Scales of Pay may
opt for these scales with effect from the 1st March 1972 or any date thereafter upto and including the 28th February
1974.
(ii) The option shall be exercised in writing in the form appended to these statutes as
Annexure B and shall be communicated to the University Treasurer within a period of four months from the date of
notification of these statutes.
(iii) In case an existing University teacher at the time of the notification of these statutes, is out
of Pakistan, or is on leave deputation with other Department/under training with other institutions and has, for some
reason, not been able to exercise the option, he may exercise the option and communicate it to the University Treasurer
within four months from the date of his taking over the charge of his post in the University.
(iv) If any existing University teacher fails to opt for existing pay scale of National
Scales of Pay within the period prescribed in clauses (ii) and (iii) of section 4 it will be presumed that he has opted for
the National Scales of Pay with effect from the 1st March, 1972.
(v) The option once exercised shall be final.
Explanation:
It shall not be open to an existing University teacher to opt for the National Scales of Pay in the case
of some post or posts and existing pay scales in the case of other post or posts.
(vi) The existing University teachers, who do not opt for the National Scales of Pay,
shall continue to be governed by the rules, orders etc, regarding scales of pay, allowances etc. that would have been
applicable to them before the coming into force of these statutes.
Fixation of pay in the National Scale of Pay:

5. (i) Subject to the provisions of clauses (v) and (vi) of section-4 the pay of existing
University teachers, who opt for the National Scales of Pay, shall be fixed in the said scales with effect from the first
day of March 1972 or any subsequent date with effect from which they opt for the same under section 4.
(a) "In the case of National Scale of Pay No.16 the Pay shall be fixed
at the stage next above on the aggregate of the existing pay plus 10 percent increase (subject to minimum of Rs.30/-
and a maximum of Rs.60/-)".
(ii) In the case of National Scales of Pay No.17 and 18 the pay shall be fixed at the
stage next above on the aggregate of the existing pay plus amount of Rs.60/-.
(iii) In the case of National Scales of Pay No.19 and 20 the pay shall be fixed at the stage next
above the existing pay;
(iv) Fixation of pay in the manner prescribed in clauses (ii) and (iii) of section-5, shall
be subject to the condition that the maximum of the relevant National Scales of Pay is not exceeded in any case.
(v) The University teachers who were appointed to the posts detailed in the schedule
by initial recruitment on or after 1st March, 1972 shall not be allowed the benefit of fixation of pay under clause (ii) of
section-5.
6. The pay of every University teacher covered by section-5 shall be fixed both in the scale of his
substantive post and the scale of the post held by him in temporary or officiating capacity.
Increment in the National Scales of Pay:
7. The increments in the National Scales of pay shall fall due on the 1st day of December, following the
completion of at least six months service at a stage in the relevant National Scales of Pay.
Admissibility of next higher National Scales of Pay after reaching the maximum of lower scale:
8. (i) Subject to other provisions of this statute, a University Teacher Research Staff who
has reached the maximum of the basic pay scale held by him shall be allowed the next higher scale with effect from the
1st day of December of the year in which he completes one year of such service at the said maximum as counts for
increment under these statutes:
Provided that no arrear of pay on account of move-over to the next higher scale shall be admissible to
a University teacher which pertains to any period prior to 1st day of December, 1983.
(ii) Move over shall be allowed to a University Teacher Research Staff, who:-
(a) is declared fit by the competent authority, on the basis of his annual
confidential reports and other relevant record, if any, pertaining to his service; Provided that higher academic
qualifications prescribed for recruitment to posts in basic pay scales 18, 19 and 20 shall be ignored for the purpose of
determination of suitability for moveover; and
(b) has rendered the minimum length of service as under:
For move-over from BPS-17 to BPS-18

Seven years.
Thirteen years for non Ph.D. and ten years for Ph.D.
Eighteen years for non Ph.D. and fifteen years for Ph.D.
(iii) When a University Teacher Research Staff is allowed to draw pay in the next higher pay
scale under the preceding clauses, his pay in the higher scale shall be fixed at a stage and no pre-mature increment shall
be admissible in move-over cases.
Fixation of pay on promotion:
9. (i) In cases of promotion from a lower to a higher post, where the stage in the National
Scales of pay of the higher post next above the substantive pay of the University teacher concerned in the National
Scales of Pay of the lower post, gives a pay increase equal to, or less than a full increment in the pay scales of pay of
the higher post will be fixed after allowing a premature increment in the National Scales of the higher post;
Provided that a University teacher who is promoted from National Scales of Pay No. 17 to National
Scales of Pay No. 18 after the expiry of a period of three years from the date of reaching the maximum of National
Scales of Pay No. 17, shall be allowed a minimum benefit equal to two increments in National Scales of Pay No. 18.
(ii) If, by virtue of the benefit admissible under section-8 a University teacher is
already drawing pay in the National Scales of Pay of the higher post at time of his promotion he will be allowed one
advance increment in that scale with effect from the date aweigh promotion; Provided that if the promotion from a post
carrying National Scales of Pay No. 17 to a post carrying National Scales of Pay No. 18, the University teacher shall be
allowed two advance increments in the higher scale.
(iii) All existing rules or decisions allowing minimum benefit to the University teachers on
promotion from a lower to a higher post, shall cease to be applicable to the University teachers drawing pay in the
National Scales of Pay with effect from the date they start drawing pay in the National Scales of pay.
House Rent Allowance:

10. House Rent Allowance shall be admissible to all University teachers drawing pay in National Scales
of Pay subject to the following conditions:
(i) A University teacher who is not provided accommodation by the University shall
be paid house rent allowance in accordance with National pay of Scales Rules of Government of N.E.F.P.
(ii) The allowance will not be admissible if the teacher has been offered a University
accommodation.
(iii) The payment of house rent allowance will be allowed from 1.8.1973.
(iv) "A University Teacher wherever he resides".
Qualification for recruitment, appointment and promotion to various cadres of University Teachers:
The qualification and experience for recruitment and appointment to various cadres of University
teachers shall be as below:-
11. (a) Lecturer: "First Class Master Degree in Arts and Science, 1st Class B.Sc. Engg., 1st
Class LL.B. or equivalent qualifications provided that in the subject of English, second divisioner or equivalent
qualifications will be eligible for appointment if no 1st Divisioner is available".
(aa) Curator and Lecturer in laxonomy: M.Sc. 1st Class or B Grade with research
in Animal Laxonemy. Preference will be given to candidates having experience in Laxidormy Histology and Micro
techniques.
(ab) Staff Economist: 1st Class (A or B Grade) Master's Degree in relevant subject or
equivalent qualification.
(ac) Field Superintendent: 1st Class (A or B Grade) Master's Degree in Archaeology.

Preference will be given to candidates having experience in the field work.
(ad) Research Assistant Pharmacy: 1st Class (A or B Grade) B-Pharmacy with 3 to 4

years teaching/ research experience.
(b) Assistant Professors:

(i) Educational qualification as in (a) above and 6 year's
teaching/research experience in a recognized university or a post graduate institution as a lecturer or professional
experience in a National or International organization.
OR
(ii) Master's degree (Foreign), M.Sc. (Engg.) or M.Phil. from a
Pakistani University plus 4 years experience in recognized University as a Lecturer professional experience in the
relevant field in a national or international organization.
OR
(iii) Ph.D. with 2 years' teaching/ research experience in a recognized
university or professional experience in the relevant field in a national or international organization.
Note: "A working lecturer appointed against regular post and confirmed before introduction of National pay scale
scheme i.e. from 13th October, 1975, may be considered for appointed to the post of Assistant Professor"
(bb) Research Economist:

(i) 1st Class Master's Degree in Economics or Master's Degree in
Economics with A or B Grade and six years teaching/research experience in a recognized university or a Post-Graduate
institution as a Lecturer or professional experience in a National or International Organization.
OR
(ii) Master's Degree in Economics (Foreign) or M.Phil. from a
Pakistani University with four years experience in a recognized university as a Lecturer or Professional experience in
the relevant field in a National or International Organization.
OR
(iii) Ph.D. with two years teaching/ research experience in a recognized
University or Professional experience in the relevant field in National or International Organization.
(c) Associate Professor:

(i) Master's Degree/B.Sc. (Engg.)/ Architecture/Town Planning,
LL.B. with 13 years' teaching/research experience in a recognized University or professional experience in the relevant
field in a National or International organization plus five research publications in journals of International repute.
(ii) Ph.D. with 10 years' teaching and research experience in a recognized
University plus 5 research publications in journals of International repute.
(d) Professors:
(i) Master's Degree/M.Phil. with 18 years' teaching and research
experience in a recognized University plus 8 research publications in journals of International repute.
(ii) Ph.D. with 15 years' teaching and research experience in a
recognized University plus 8 research publications in journals of International repute.
(e) c(i) and d(i) will remain operative for a future period of three years e.e. upto 5th
February, 1994 to provide opportunity to the existing members of the staff in the University to improve their
qualifications.
Note: (1) A new entrant will be considered only if he possesses minimum
qualification of Ph.D.
(2) No relaxation shall be allowed on research papers.
(f) For a period of two years publication in lieu of research will be evaluated by a
committee to be set up by the University Grants Commission.
(g) In case of any difficulty in determining the equivalence of degrees and experiences
in technical and professional subjects, the University Grants Commission will be consulted:
"Provided that the condition of experience requisite for appointment to any post
may be relaxed in individual cases, if the Chancellor is satisfied that strict application thereof would cause undue
hardship to the individual concerned".
ADDITIONS IN CLAUSE - 11
11(2) (A) Professors who reach the ceiling of BPS-20 will be promoted on merit to BPS-21 & 22 on
the recommendations of the Syndicate by the Chancellor by upgrading the required number of posts.
(b) To determine merit i.e. to give due weighage to length of service, TCRs research/
publications, educational, Administration, higher qualifications and professional reputation, a proforma and formula for
over all grading is given at Annexure A.B. and Appendix A,B,C,D and E.
(c) The number of Professors to be promoted to BPS-21 and 22 shall be calculated on
the basis of 12.5% of the sanctioned posts in BPS-20 subject to the following conditions;
(i) The minimum number or Professors to be promoted to BPS-21 &

22 will be one, and the maximum number which is subject to periodic revision, will be eight.
(ii) In case the number of Professors in BPS-21/22 becomes four or

more than four, than the ratio of BPS-22 & 21 shall preferably be 1:3.
(d) In case of a Professor, appointed as Vice-Chancellor the incumbent should be

allowed a personal grade of BPS-22 provided that he has served at least two years of tenure as Vice Chancellor in any
University of Pakistan.
* Approved by the Chancellor, vide letter No. SO(UE)EDU/2-18/89 dated March 19, 1995 with the
following modification:
- the maximum number of posts for grant of BPS - 21/22 shall be three;
- cases for the grant of BPS-21/22 shall be processed through the Selection
Board and the Syndicate for submission to the Chancellor and onward recommendation to the Prime Minister of
Pakistan for final approval.
Note:- Clause 11(2) is to be recasted as per directive of Chancellor contained in the letter quoted above.
ANNEXURE - A
PROFORMA
Particular of Post/offices
is on (give the date)
1. Total number of Technical/Professional posts sanctioned in BPS-20.

2. Total number of officers holding technical/professional posts in BPS 20 or 21, as the case may be on
regular basis.
3. Pool posts @ 12.5% of the total number of posts in BPS-20 (i.e. (1) above).
Particulars of officers proposed for grant of BPS - 21/22.
1. Name of the officer

2. Date of Birth
3. Technical/Professional category to which the posts belongs.
4. Qualification including technical qualification possessed by the officer.
5. Service/cadre to which he belongs.
6. Present posting.
7. Date of regular appointment to a post in BPS - 20 or 21 and it designation.
8. Total length of service in post basic pay scale 17 and above possessed by the officer (Appendix-A).
9. (i) Analysis of Confidential Reports (Appendix-B).
(ii) C.R. Score - Overall grading, quality/out - put integrity, etc. (Appendix - B).
10. In the case of adverse entry, indicate the year, nature of adverse entry, whether it was communicated
whether it was expunged or retained. (If a representation against adverse remarks is pending, it should be indicated).
11. State whether he has been suspended or any penalty has been imposed or any proposal for
disciplinary action or suspension is under consideration.
12. State the reasons for which his case is considered to be "specially meritorious" case and how the
expertise is particularly needed in technical post.
ANNEXURE - B
C.R. SCORE-OVERALL GRADING, QUALITY/OUT-PUT, INTEGRITY, ETC.
PARTICULARS OF PROFESSORS TOTAL NUMBER MARKS

SECURED
Length of service (Appendix-A) 20
Analysis of Confidential Reports 20
Research/Publications (Appendix-C) 20
Education Administration 20
Qualification and Professional Reputation 20

(Appendix - E)
TOTAL..... 100
APPENDIX-A
DETAIL OF LENGTH OF SERVICE
Designation of post held

Method of appointment
Pay Scale
Service rendered (period with date)
Calculation years months
BPS- 17
BPS- 17
BPS- 17
BPS- 17
BPS- 17
BPS- 17
( on contract/tenure )
MARKS:
i)
Marks for service in BPS-20 to over and above a total service of 22 years in grade 17 and equivalent and above for
promotion to BPS-21.
2 marks for each year with a maximum of 20 marks.
ii)
Marks for service in BPS-21, over and above a total of two years in grade 21 for promotion to BPS-22.
4 marks for each year with a maximum of 20 marks.
iii)
For promotion from grade 20/21 to 22 for persons working BPS- 22 on contract/tenure basis.
4 marks per year with a maximum of 20 marks.
It may be clarified that the total marks secured in Appendix-A will not exceed 20.
APPENDIX-B
ANNUAL CONFIDENTIAL REPORTS
Maximum Marks 20
Marks based on overall assessment of ACR's Marks
Very Good/Excellent 20
Good 15
Average/Satisfactory 5
For persons working in BPS - 22 on contract/tenure basis marks per year will be awarded subject to maximum
of 20.
APPENDIX-C
RESEARCH/PUBLICATION MARKS
Research papers published in foreign 2 marks per paper subject

of International repute. to a maximum of 20.
Research paper published in local 1 mark per paper subject to a maximum of 20.
Advanced level publications. Upto a maximum of 5 marks.
It may be clarified that the local marks for Appendix-C will be 20.
APPENDIX-D
EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION
TITLE
PERIOD
MARKS
Vice-Chancellor
5 marks per year subject to a maximum of 20.

Vice-Chancellor

Dean

Principal of a College/Chairman of the Department/Director of Institute.
2 marks per year subject to a maximum of 10

Hostel Provost/Warden/ Staff Proctor.
1 mark per year subject to a maximum of 5.

Assent Advisor

By other responsible Administrative job related to education and research in organization other than University
It may be clarified:
(a) The total number of marks for Appendix-D will not exceed 20.
(b) Person work on more than one administrative jobs simultaneously will be graded
only for the job carrying higher marks.
APPENDIX-E
QUALIFICATIONS
Post M.A/M.Sc.
(or equivalent degrees) Marks
M.Phil. or equivalent 2
Ph.D. 4
Total marks shall not exceed 10
(1) Professional reputation at National and 10 maximum

International level keeping in view outstanding
contribution to higher education in the form or
research, teaching, administration, planning
policy making.
Advanced increments:
12. Advanced increments will be admissible to the teachers as under:
(i) University Lecturers with Ph.D. will get six advance increments on entry into
service in a University. Those with M.A./M.Sc. from a foreign University or M.Phil. from a University in Pakistan will
receive four advanced increments.
(ii) For in-service University teachers four advance increments will be given for
obtaining a Ph.D. two for M.A./M.Sc. (from abroad) and two for M.Phil., M.Sc. (Engg.), Arch/City and Regional
Planning from any recognized University. This addition shall be deemed to have come into effect from 1.3.1972.
(iii) In order to attract talented teachers, two increments over the initial stage will be given to a
fresh entrant as Lecturer if he is a first class- first in M.A./M.Sc./LL.B./ M.Ed./MBA or first class- first in any two
examinations other than the above mentioned examinations or first divisioner throughout his educational career from
the stage of Matriculation/Board of Secondary School Examination to the attainment of any of the aforesaid Degrees
and one increment to a person who has secured first class in three out of four examinations.
(iv) Lecturers, who successfully complete the training in the centre for in-service
Teachers Training, University of Peshawar, shall be eligible for one additional increment.
(Notification No. 8511/Acad-1 dated 24.7.1991)
Note-1: Additional increments at the above rates are also admissible to the existing incumbents in the categories of
Lecturers mentioned in (iii) above if the same have not already been given to them.
Note-2: In-service University Teachers on obtaining degrees as specified in sub-section (ii) of Section-12, if granted
study leave without pay, are also entitled for special increments (in lieu of normal increments) subject to maximum of
four increments).
This addition/amendment shall be deemed to be effective from 1.3.1972.
Additional increments to Lecturers:

13. The Lecturers in National Scales of Pay No. 17 will also get one additional increment with effect
from 1.2.1974 but no arrears will be payable on this account.
Lecturers promotion as Assistant Professors:

14. Lecturers who had completed three years of regular service in June 1970 will be promoted as
Assistant Professors. The promotion will take effect from the date they complete three years regular service but no
arrears due to such promotions will be payable prior to 1st August, 1973.
Promotion of Demonstrators:
15. (a) Existing teachers, availing status of demonstrations shall be promoted to scale 17 as
Lecturers provide they hold at least a second class Master's Degree in their respective fields/or B.Sc. Engg-II Class.
(b) Demonstrators who hold only a Bachelor's Degree or Diploma in Engineering or

equivalent qualification shall be placed in scale 16 and may remain there until the improvement of qualification as
provided in sub-section (a) of this section.
Anomaly Committee:
16. All individual cases of hardship and anomalies that may arise out of the application of the National
Scales of pay Statutes be referred to an Anomaly Committee to be appointed by the Syndicate.
Existing Rules:
17. All existing rules and decisions shall be deemed to have been modified to the extent indicated in
these statutes. All existing rules and decisions not so modified shall continue in force.
18. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in these statutes, the Syndicate may, as the
occasion arises, create any post with different designation in the corresponding National Scales of Pay or change the
designation of any post included in the schedule.
Relaxation:
19. Any of these statutes, except those relating to the qualifications prescribed for the various posts
which will be dealt with under section 16 and 20 may for reasons to be recorded in writing, be relaxed in individual
cases if the Syndicate is satisfied that a strict application of these statutes would cause undue hardship to the individual
concerned.
Disputes in application or interpretations:
20. Whenever a dispute arises in the application or interpretation of these statutes, it shall be referred to
the Anomaly Committee appointed by the Syndicate. The decision of the Syndicate in all such cases after consideration
of the recommendations of the Anomaly Committee, shall be final.
*Existing Special Pay:

21. "If a special pay was attached to a post or admissible to a certain incumbent of such posts in the
existing pay scales such special pay shall, unless otherwise specified in the schedule continue to be admissible at the
existing rates with the National Scales of Pay without any maximum limit of Pay".
*Dean's Allowance:
22. "A Professor when elected as Dean of Faculty shall be entitled to an allowance of Rs.250/-p.m.
provided that the Dean's allowance of Rs.250/-p.m. shall be admissible only to a Dean who is working as whole time
paid Professor in the University and performs the duties of the Dean in addition to his normal professional duties".
*Technical Pay:
23. "The Technical Pay @ Rs.150/-p.m. to Associate Professors and Rs.100/-p.m. to Assistant
Professors/Lecturers of Faculty of Engineering attached with the revised consolidated pay scales will be merged in the
NPS and for this purpose alone, the existing pay includes Technical pay".
* All additions will take effect from 1.3.1972 except Clause-22 with effect from 10.6.1976.
SCHEDULE
Designation of the post

Existing Pay Scales
National Pay Scales
Professor/Director
Rs.1200-100-2200
Rs.2300-100-2600
(20) plus senior post allowance of Rs:100/-p.m.
Associate Prof.
Rs.875-75-1700
Rs.1800-80-2200 (19)
Assistant Prof.
Rs.600-50-1250
Rs.1000-75-1750 (18)
Lecturer
Rs.450-50-1050
Rs.500-50-1000/50-1250 (17)
Demonstrator
Rs.350-35-525/40-925
Rs.400-35-750/50-1000(16)
(Provisional arrangement)
ANNEXURE À'
Post to which applicable

Grade Nos.
National Pay Scales
Lecturer
17
Rs.500-50-1000/50-1250
Assistant Prof.
18
Rs.1000-75-1750
Associate Prof.
19
Rs.1800-80-2200
Professors
20
Rs.2300-100-2600 plus senior post allowance of Rs.100/- p.m.
Demonstrator
16
Rs.400-35-750-/50-1000
ANNEXURE `B'
OPTION FORM
I, .................. opt., do not opt for the National Pay Scales introduced vide University of Peshawar Teacher's National
Scales of Pay Statutes - 1975, with effect from ..................
I fully understand that the option once exercised is final.
Signature .............
Name ..................
(in block letters)
Date ....... Father's Name.
Designation ...........
College/Institution....
TEACHERS' NATIONAL SCALES OF PAY
(AMENDMENT) STATUTES, 1977
Preamble:
Whereas it is expedient to amend the University of Peshawar Teachers' National Scales of Pay
Statutes 1975 in the manner hereinafter appearing, the following Statutes are framed:-
Shot Title, commencement and Application:

1. (a) These Statutes may be called the University of Peshawar Teachers' National Scales
of Pay (Amendment) Statutes, 1977.
(b) They shall be deemed to have come into force with effect from 1st May, 1977.
2. In the University of Peshawar Teachers' National Scales of Pay Statutes 1975, hereinafter referred to
as the Principal Statutes, in the schedule the column `Remarks' shall be substituted by, and in the Annexure shall be
added, the following column:
Revised National Scales of Pay:
N.P.S. Rs.
20 2600-125-3225 plus senior post allowance of Rs.200/- p.m.
19 2250-100-2750
18 1350-75-1650/100-2150
17 900-50-1150/60-1750
16 625-40-825/50-1325
3. In the Principal Statutes, after Section-3, the following new section shall be inserted:-
3-a(i) The Revised National Scales of Pay shall be applicable to the University teachers holding
posts as specified in the schedule to Principal Statutes on 1st May, 1977, with the exception of those who were or are
on deputation with the University.
(ii) All the University teachers who had not opted to be governed by the Scheme of
National Scales of Pay shall have the option to retain their scales of Pay. This option shall be valid only if it is exercised
in writing not later than 31-7-1977. If, however, on the date of notification of these Statutes the University Teacher is
on leave or outside Pakistan he may opt for these scales within three months of the mate of his return from leave or to
Pakistan. Such University Teacher who does not exercise option on or before 31.7.1977 shall be deemed to have opted
to be governed by the scheme of National Scale of Pay with effect from 1st May, 1977.
4. In the Principal Statutes after Section-5 the following new section shall be inscribed:-
"5-A The initial pay in the Revised National Scales of pay shall be fixed in the said
Statutes, at the stage equal to or if there is no such stage at the stagamount arrived by allowing an increase of 10% over
the aggregate of the basic pay in the existing scale and the dearness allowances that would have been admissible, but
for these Statutes, on the 1st May, 1977".
5. In the Principal Statutes after Section-7 the following new section shall be inserted:-
"7-A The annual increment in the Revised National Scale of Pay will accrue on the first
day of the month of December following the completion of at least six months of such service at the relevant stage in
that scale as counts for increment under the relevant Statutes".
6. In the case of the University teachers to whom the Revised National Scales of Pay shall be admissible
in the provisions of Section-8 and 9 of the Principal Statutes the words `National Scales of Pay' shall be read as
`Revised National Scale of Pay'.
7. In the Principal Statutes, the following section be substituted for section-10.

10. The following allowances shall be admissible to all the University teachers who draw pay in the
revised National Scales of Pay:-
(i) House Rent Allowance - All University teachers not provided with University
accommodation, in their name or in the name of their spouses shall be entitled to house rent allowance at the rate of
30% of the minimum of the relevant Revised National Scales of Pay.
(ii) Residence-Office Conveyance Allowance - All University teachers not residing
within their work premises shall be allowed conveyance Allowance or Motor Cycle/Car Maintenance Allowance,
irrespective of the distance between the office and the residence at the rates and subject to the conditions specified
below:-
(a) Conveyance Allowance Rs.30.00 p.m.
(b) Motor Cycle maintenance Allowance Rs.60.00 p.m.
(c) Car Maintenance Allowance Rs.150.00 p.m.
Motor Cycle Maintenance Allowance shall be admissible to a University teacher
who maintains a motor cycle/scooter and draws pay of not less than Rs.350/- p.m. and Motor Car Maintenance
Allowance shall be admissible to a University teacher who maintains a motor car and draws pay of not less than
Rs.1250/-p.m. This allowance shall be admissible to a University teacher who possesses a vehicle in his/her own name
or in the name of his/her spouse, provided that the allowance shall be admissible only to those of the spouses and not to
both, in respect of the same vehicle. A University teacher who has been provided with a staff car shall not be entitled to
pay conveyance Allowance.
(iii) Local Compensatory Allowance - Allowance shall be admissible to all University teacher at
the rate of 5% of pay in the Revised National Scales of Pay subject to maximum of Rs. 100/-p.m.
(iv) The recovery of house rent for residential accommodation provided by the
University shall be made at the rate of 5% of the substantive pay of a University teacher.
(v) Entertainment Allowance:
The entertainment allowance at the rate of 10% of the basic pay in the revised
National Pay Scale No. 20 shall be admissible to the University Professors with effect from 1.5.1977.
THE UNIVERSITY OF PESHAWAR EMPLOYEES'
(SCHOOL TEACHERS) NATIONAL SCALES OF
PAY STATUTES, 1976
Commencement and application:

1. (i) These Statutes shall be called the University of Peshawar Employees' (School
Teachers) National Scales of Pay Statutes, 1976.
(ii) These Statutes, subject to the provisions of Section-4 shall be deemed to have come
into force:
(a) In the case of National Scales of Pay No. 16 to 19, from the 1st
day of March, 1972, but arrears as a result of fixations of pay under these statutes shall be payable from 1st August,
1973;
(b) In the case of National Scales of Pay No. 15 and below, from the
1st day of July, 1973.
Definitions:
2. (i) In these statutes, unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context, the
following expression shall have the meanings hereby assigned to them:
(a) "Annexure" means annexure appended to these statutes;
(b) "Existing School Teacher" means a person who was in the service
of a University School immediately before the enforcement of these statutes and continued in un-interrupted service
after that time;
(c) "Existing Pay Scale" means a scale of pay to which an existing
School teacher was entitled immediately before the date of enforcement of these statutes or the date from which he opts
for the National Scale of Pay in accordance with the rules applicable to him before that date;
(d) "Existing Pay" means the Pay that an existing School teacher
would have drawn on the date of enforcement of these statutes or on the date with effect from which he opts for the
National Scale of Pay as the case may be;
(e) "National Scales of Pay" means the scales of pay mentioned in
Annexure-A;
(f) "Pay" means the amount drawn monthly by a School teacher
other than special pay, technical pay, personal pay, overseas pay, or an allowance of any other description;
(g) "School Teacher" means a whole-time teacher appointed by the
University in any of its Schools and paid by the University;
(h) "Schedule" means the schedule appended to these statutes.
(ii) All other expressions herein used shall have the same meanings as assigned to them
in the University of Peshawar Act, 1974.
Application of the National Scales of Pay:

3. Subject to the provisions of Sections 1(ii) and 4 of these statutes, the National Scales of Pay shall
apply to School teachers holding posts specified in the schedule with the exceptional those who were/are on deputation
with the University Schools.
Right of Option:
4. (i) (a) Every existing School teacher shall have the right to opt for the
National Scales of Pay or for his existing pay scale.
(b) An existing School teacher opting for the National Scales of Pay
may exercise the option:
(i) With effect from 1st March 1972, or any date thereafter
upto any including 28th February, 1974 in the case of National Scales of Pay No. 16 to 19; and
(ii) With effect from 1st July 1973 in the case of National
Scales of Pay No. 15 and below.
(ii) The option shall be exercised in writing on the form appended to these statutes as
Annexure-B and shall be communicated to the Drawing and Disbursing Officer within a period of four months from the
date of notification of these statutes.
(iii) In case an existing School teacher, at the time of the notification of these statutes, is out of
Pakistan, on leave, on deputation with some other Department, or under training with another institution; and has, for
some reason, not been able to exercise the option, he may exercise it and communicate it to the Drawing and
Disbursing Officer within four months from the date of his taking charge of his post in a University School.
(iv) If any existing School teacher fails to opt for the existing pay scales or National
Scales of Pay within the period prescribed in sub-section (ii) and (iii) of Section-4 it will be presumed that he has opted
for the National Scales of Pay with effect from 1st March, 1972 or from 1st July, 1973, as the case may be.
(v) The option once exercised shall be final.
Explanation:
An existing School teacher can either opt for the National Scales of Pay or for the existing pay scales.
It is not open to him to opt for the National Scales of pay in the case of some posts or posts and for the existing pay
scales in the case of some other post or posts.
(vi) Existing School teachers who do not opt for the National Scales of pay shall
continue to be governed by the rules, orders etc. that would have been applicable to them before the enforcement of
these statutes.
Fixation of pay in the National Scales of Pay:

5. (i) Subject to the provisions of sub-sections (i)(b), (v) and (vi) of section 4, the pay of
existing School teachers, who opt for the National Scales of Pay, shall be fixed in the said scales, with effect from the
first day of March, 1972 or the first day of July, 1973, as the case may be, or any subsequent date with effect from
which they exercise the option.
(ii) In the case of National Scales of Pay No. 6 to 15 the pay shall be fixed at the stage
next above the existing pay of the School teacher concerned.
(iii) In the case of National Scales of Pay No. 16 to 18 the pay shall be fixed at the stage next
above the aggregate of the following:-
(a) the existing pay and;
(b) an amount of increase to be determined in accordance with the
following formula:
National Scales of Pay in which pay is to be fixed

Increase over existing pay
For N.P.S. 16
10 percent of the existing pay subject to a minimum of Rs.30/- and a maximum of Rs.60/-
For N.P.S. 17 & 18
Rs. 60/-
(iv) In the case of National Scale of Pay No. 19, the pay shall be fixed at the stage next
above the existing pay.
Note: In the case of teacher working in the University public School, the Public School teaching
allowance shall be allowed as personal pay till it is absorbed in future increments.
(v) Fixation of pay in the manner prescribed in subsection (ii), (iii), and (iv) of Section-
5, shall be subject to the condition that the maximum of the relevant National Scale of Pay is not exceeded in any case.
(vi) School teachers who were appointed to the posts detailed in the schedule by initial
recruitment on or after 1st March 1972 or 1st July, 1973, as the case may be, shall not be allowed the benefit of fixation
of pay under sub-sections (ii),(iii) and (iv) of Section-5.
6. The pay of every school teacher covered by Section 5, shall be fixed both in the scale of his
Increments in the National Scales of Pay:

7. Increments in the National scales of Pay shall fall due on the 1st day of December, following the
completion of at least six months service at a stage in the relevant National Scale of Pay:
Provided that in the case of the existing School teachers to whom these statutes are applicable with
effect from 1st July, 1973, the first increment in the National Scales of Pay shall fall due on the first day of December,
1973.
Admissibility of next higher National Scale of Pay after reaching the maximum of a lower scale:
8. (i) Subject to the provisions of sub-section (ii) of Section 8, School teachers who reach
the maximum of National Scales of Pay No. 16 and 17, shall be allowed National Scales of Pay No. 17 and 18
respectively, with effect from 1st December of the year in which such teachers complete three years of such service at
the above mentioned maximum as counts for increment under the statutes.
(ii) A School teacher who will be adjusted in, or whose basic pay scale is, Nation Scale
of Pay No. 16 shall be allowed to move only up to National Scale of Pay No. 17; and a teacher who will be adjusted in
or whose basic pay scale is, National Scale of Pay No. 17, shall be allowed to move only up to National Scale of Pay
No. 18.
(iii) When a School teacher drawing pay in the National Scales of Pay upto No. 14 reaches the
maximum of a scale and is not in the meanwhile promoted to a higher post, he shall be allowed the next higher
National Scale of Pay with effect from the first day of December of the year in which he completes one year of such
service as counts for increment under these statutes.
(iv) When a School teacher is allowed to draw pay in the next higher National Scale of
Pay under sub-sections (i) and (iii) of Section-3, his pay in the higher pay scale shall be fixed at a stage equal to the
maximum of the lower National Scale of Pay, and if there is no such stage, at the next lower stage with personal pay
equal to the difference. The personal pay shall be absorbed in future increments.
Fixation of Pay on Promotion:

9. (i) In case of promotion from a lower to a higher post, where the stage in the National
Scale of Pay of the higher post next above the substantive pay of the School teacher concerned in the National Scale of
Pay of the lower post, gives a Pay increase equal to, or less than, a full increment in the pay scale of higher post, the
initial pay in the National Scale of Pay of the high post shall be fixed after allowing a premature increment in the
National Scale of Pay of the higher post; provided that School teacher, who is promoted from National Scale of Pay No.
17 to National Scale of Pay No. 18 after the expiry of a period of three years from the date of reaching the maximum of
National Scale of Pay No. 17, shall be allowed a minimum benefit equal to two increments in National Scale of Pay
No. 18.
(ii) If, by virtue of the benefit admissible under Section-8, a School teacher is already
drawing pay in the National Scale of Pay of the higher post at the time of his promotion, he shall be allowed one
advance increment in that scale with effect from the date of promotion;
Provided that if the promotion if from a post carrying National Scale of Pay No. 17, to a post carrying
Nation Scale of Pay No. 18, the School teacher shall be allowed two advance increments in the higher post. All existing
rules or decisions allowing minimum benefit to the School teacher on promotion from a lower to a higher post, shall
cease to be applicable to the School teachers drawing pay in the National Scales of Pay with effect from the date they
start drawing pay in the National Scales of Pay.
Selection Grade:
10. There shall be no selection grades in the National Scales of Pay.
Technical Pay/Special Pay:

11. There shall no technical pay/special pay attached to any post in the National Scales of Pay, nor shall it
be granted to any School teacher drawing pay in the National Scale of Pay.
Charge Allowance:
12. The Principal of the School shall be entitled to charge allowance of Rs.100/-P.M. w.e.f. 1.7.1983.
House Rent Allowance:

13. House Rent Allowance shall be admissible to all School teachers drawing pay in the National Scales
of Pay subject to the following conditions:
(i) A School teacher who is not provided accommodation by the University, shall be
granted house rent allowance in accordance with such rules of the Government of the N.W.F.P. as may be in forced at
the time.
(ii) The payment of house rent allowance in the case of National Scales of Pay No. 15
and below, shall allowed with effect from 1.7.1973 and in the case of National Scales of Pay No. 16 to 19 with effect
from 1.8.1973.
(iii) House rent allowance shall be allowed to a School teacher who is not provided
accommodation by the University, no matter where he resides.
Conveyance Allowance:
14. Conveyance allowance to School teachers shall be allowed in accordance with such rules of the
Government of the N.W.F.P. as may be in forced at the time.
Qualification for recruitment and appointment to various cadres of the University School Teachers:
15. The minimum qualifications and experience for recruitment and appointment to various cadres of the
University School Teachers shall be in future as follows:-
(i) Principal: Second Class Master's Degree with Second Class B.Ed. and 15 years'
teaching and administrative experience in a recognized educational institution. In the case of persons with exceptionally
high academic qualifications the condition with regard to the length of experience may be relaxed by not more than 3
years.
or
Master's Degree/Equivalent degree from a Foreign University, provided Indian
University shall not be deemed Foreign with at least 2nd class B.Ed and 10 years teaching/ administrative experience in
a recognized Educational Institution.
(ii) Vice Principal: Second Class Master's Degree with Second Class B.Ed. and 10
years' experience in a recognized educational institution.
or
Master's Degree/Equivalent degree from a Foreign University, provided Indian
University shall not be deemed as Foreign, with second class B.Ed. and 8 years teaching/ administrative experience in a
recognized educational institution.
or
Second Class Bachelor Degree with second class B.Ed. and 15 years teaching
experience in a recognized educational institution.
(iii) Senior Master/Mistress: Second Class Master Degree with second class B.Ed. and 7 years'
teaching experience in a recognized educational institution.
or
Second class B.A./B.Sc. with second class B.Ed. plus 10 years teaching experience
in a recognized educational institution.
(iv) Master/Mistress: Master's Degree with second class B.Ed. and 4 years' teaching
or
Second class B.A./B.Sc. Degree with second class B.Ed. and 7 years' teaching
(v) Theology Master/Mistress: Master's Degree in Islamiyat or equivalent academic
qualifications with five years' teaching experience in a recognized educational institution.
or
Master's degree with second class B.Ed. and four years teaching experience in a
recognized educational institution.
(vi) Trained Graduate Teacher: B.A./B.Sc. with B.Ed.
(vii) JAV.CT: F.A./F.Sc. with JAV/CT.
(viii) Drawing Master/Mistress: Matric with Drawing Master's course or Certificate in Arts or
Industrial art/Craft from a recognized Training Institute or equivalent qualifications.
(ix) SV/JOT: Matric with SV/JOT or equivalent qualifications.
(x) Assistant Theology Master/Mistress: Diploma in Theology from a recognized
institution.
(xi) P.T.I.: Matric with Takia Training Course.
or
Ex-Serviceman with 1st class Roman Urdu.
(xii) JV/Band Master: Matric with JV or equivalent qualification or Band Maser Certificate from
the Army.
(xiii) Art Teacher: Matric/Intermediate with Diploma in Art/Craft.
or
Matric with Diploma of Vocational School.
or
B.Sc. (Home Economics with special interest in Art and Craft.
NOTE: Master's Degree includes M.Ed/M.A. (Ed).

Existing Rules:
16. All existing rules and decisions shall be deemed to have been modified to the extent indicated in
these statutes. All existing rules and decisions not so modified shall continue to be in force.
Creation of Posts:
17. Not withstanding any thing to the contrary contained in these statutes, the Syndicate may, as the
occasion arises, create a teaching post with a different designation in the corresponding National Scale of Pay or change
the designation of any post included in the schedule.
Relaxation:
18. Any provision of these statutes, except the provisions relating to academic qualifications, may, for
reasons to be recorded in writing, be relaxed in individual cases, if the Syndicate is satisfied that a strict application to
these statutes would cause undue hardship to the individual concerned.
Disputes in application or interpretation:

19. Whenever a dispute arises in the application or interpretation of these statutes, it shall be referred to
an Anomaly Committee to be appointed by the Syndicate. The decision of the Syndicate in all such cases, after due
consideration of the recommendations of the Anomaly Committee, shall be final.
ANNEXURE - A
N.P.S. National Scales of Pay

No.
6. Rs. 165-8-205/10-255/10-315
7. Rs. 180-10-230/10-280/15-370
8. Rs. 200-12-260/15-335/15-425
9. Rs. 225-15-300/16-380/25-480
10. Rs. 250-18-340/20-440/20-540
11. Rs. 275-20-375/20-475/20-600
12. Rs. 300-20-400/25-525/25-650
13. Rs. 325-25-450/25-575/25-700
14. Rs. 350-25-475/25-600/30-750
15. Rs. 375-25-500/30-650/35-825
16. Rs. 400-35-750/50-1000
17. Rs. 500-50-1000/50-1250
18. Rs. 1000-75-1750
19. Rs. 1800-80-2200

ANNEXURE - B
Option Form
I, ................ opt/do not opt for the National Scales of Pay introduced vide University of Peshawar
(School teachers National Scales of Pay Statutes, 1975, with effect from .............
Signature ....................
Name (in block Letters .......
Designation ..................
(Attested in case of National
Scales of Pay No. 15 & below).
Signature ....................
Designation with stamp .......
SCHEDULE *
S.No
Designation of the Post
Existing Pay Scales
National Scales of Pay
1
2
3
4
1.
Principal/Head master/Head mistress
Rs.750-75-1200/75-1500
Rs.1800-80-2200 (19)
2.
Vice-Principal/ 2nd Master
Rs.450-50-1050
Rs.1000-75-1750 (18)
3.
Senior Master/ Mistress whose existing pay scale is Rs.450-50-1050 or who had completed three years regular service
in the pay scale of Rs.350-35-525/40-925 in June 1970.
Rs.350-35-525/40-925
Rs.1000-75-1750 (18)
4.
Senior Master/ Mistress
i) Rs.350-35-525/40-925
ii) Rs.350-35-525/40-845
Rs.500-50-1000/50-1250 (17)
5.
Master/Mistress
Rs.325-30-805
Rs.400-35-750-50-1000
(16)
6.
Asstt. Master/ Mistress.
Rs.300-25-450/30-750
Rs.400-35-750-50-1000
(16)
7.
Theology Master/ Mistress (Asstt. Dean redesignated as Theology Master subject to the condition that the teacher
possesses the prescribed qualification.
Rs.400-35-750-50-1000
(16)
* Approved by the Chancellor vide No. 1175/S-II-(a)/77-GS, dated 23.3.1977 as recommended by the Senate in its
meeting held on 8.2.1977.
S.
No
Existing Pay Scales
National Scales of Pay
1
2
3
4
8.
Trained Graduate Teacher
Rs.350-25-475/25-600/30-750 (14)
9.
Art Teacher (Asstt. Mistress redesignated as Art Teacher)
Rs.22-15-360/20-400
Rs.275-20-375/20-475/25-600 (11)
10.
JAV/CT
i) Rs.185-8-225/10-375
ii) Rs.270-15-300/20-460
(Selection Grade)
i) Rs.250-18-340/20-440/20-540 (10)
ii) Rs.300-20-400/25-525/25-650 (12)
11.
Drawing Master/ Mistress.
Rs.171-7-185/8-225/10-275
Rs.225-15-300/16-380/20-480 (9)
12.
SV/JOT
Rs.171-7-185/8-225/10-275
Rs.225-15-300/16-380/20-480 (9)
13.
Asstt.Theology Master/Mistress (sub-Asstt. Dean redesignated as Asstt.Theology Master)
i) Rs.171-7-185/8-225/10-275
ii) Rs.185-8-225/10-375
Rs.225-15-300/16-380/20-480 (9)
ii) Rs.250-18-340/20-440/20-540 (10)
14.
P.T.I.
i) Rs.171-7-185/8-225/10-275
ii) Rs.225-15-300/20-400
(Selection Grade)
i) Rs.225-15-300/16-380/20-480 (9)
ii) Rs.275-20-375/20-475/25-600 (11)
15.
JV/Band Master
i) Rs.150-7-185/8-275
ii) Rs.185-10-225/15-285
(Selection Grade)
i) Rs.200-12-260/15-335/15-425 (8)
ii) Rs.250-18-340/20-440/20-540 (10)
NOTE: 1. The Heads of all the University Schools are redesignated as Principals.
2. Second Master/Mistress is re-designated as Vice Principal.
3. The post of Asstt. Master/Mistress is redesignated as Master/ Mistress. The inter-seniority, however,
shall not be disturbed.
THE UNIVERSITY OF PESHAWAR EMPLOYEES

(SCHOOL TEACHER) NATIONAL SCALES OF PAY
(Amendment) Statutes, 1977
Preamble:
Whereas it is expedient to amend to the University of Peshawar Employees (School Teachers
National Scale of Pay Statutes 1976) in the manner hereinafter appearing the following Statutes are framed:-
Short Title, Commencement and Application:

1. (a) These Statutes may be called the University of Peshawar Employees (School
Teachers) National Scales of Pay (Amendment) Statutes 1977.
2. In the University of Peshawar Employees (School Teachers National Scales of Pay Statutes, 1976,
hereinafter referred to as Principal Statutes, the following column shall be added to the Annexure and in the schedule
the Revised National Scales of Pay as mentioned in this column shall be entered against the corresponding National
Scales of Pay:
N.P.S. Rs.
6 315-12-399/14-525
7 335-14-447/16-575
8 370-16-514/18-640
9 390-20-590/22-700
10 430-24-550/28-830
11 430-24-550/28-830
12 460-28-600/30-900
13 490-30-790/32-950
14 520-30-730/35-1010
15 550-35-900/40-1100
16 625-40-825/50-1325
17 900-50-1150/60-1750
18 1350-75-1650/100-2150
19 2250-100-2750
3. In Principal Statutes, after Section-3, the following new Section shall be inserted:
"3-A(i) (i) The Revised National Scales of Pay shall be applicable to the School Teachers posts as
specified in the scheduled on 1st May, 1977 with the exception of those who were or are on deputation with the
University.
(ii) All the University Employees (School Teachers) who had not opted to be governed
by the Scheme of National Scales of Pay shall have the option to retain their scales of pay. This option shall be valid
only if it is exercised in writing not later than 31.7.1977. If, however, on the date of notification of these Statutes the
University Employee (School Teacher) is on leave or outside Pakistan, he may opt for these scales within three months
of the dated of his return from leave or to Pakistan. Such University Employee (School Teacher) who does not exercise
option on or before 31.7.1977 shall be deemed to have opted to be governed by the scheme of National Scales of Pay
with effect from 1st May, 1977".
4. In the Principal Statutes after Section-5 of the following new section shall be inserted:
"5-A. The initial pay in the Revised National Scales of Pay shall be fixed at the stage equal to or if there is no such
stage, at the stage above. The amount arrived by allowing an increase of 10% over the aggregate of the basic pay in the
Revised Scales of Pay and the dearness allowances that would have been admissible, but for these statutes, on the 1st
May, 1977".
Provided that fixation of pay School Teachers in N.P.S. 5 to 16 in the revised scales of pay shall be
made in accordance with section-7 (iv) of these Statutes.
5. In the Principal Statutes after Section-7 the following new Sections shall be inserted:
"7-A - The annual increment in the Revised National Scales of Pay will accrue on the first day of the month of
December following the completion of at least six months of such service at the relevant stage in that scale as counts
for increment under the relevant Statutes".
6. In the case of the School Teachers to whom the Revised National Scales of Pay shall be admissible,
in the provisions of Section 8 and 9 of the Principal Statutes the words `National Scales of Pay' shall be read as
`Revised National Scales of Pay'.
7. In the Principal Statutes, the following Section shall be substituted for Section 13.
`13 The following allowance shall be admissible to all the School teachers who draw
pay in the Revised National Scales of Pay':
(i) House Rent Allowance: All School teachers not provided with University
accommodation, in their name or in the name of their spouses shall be entitled to house rent allowance at the rate of
30% of the minimum of the relevant Revised National Scales of Pay.
(ii) Local Compensatory Allowance: Local Compensatory Allowance shall be
admissible to all School Teachers at the rate of 5% of pay in the Revised National Scale of Pay subject to a maximum
of Rs.100.00 p.m. Big town Compensatory Allowance sanctioned to University employees in grade 1-15 at 7% of their
basic pay vide Syndicate dated 9.6.1977.
(iii) The recovery of house rent for residential accommodation provided by the University shall
be made at the rate of 5% of the Substantive pay of a School teacher.
(iv) Teaching Allowance:
(i) to teachers in N.P.S. 5 to 8 at Rs.40/-p.m.
(ii) to teachers in N.P.S. 9 to 16 at Rs.100/-p.m.
Terms and Conditions:

1. The teaching allowance shall be given with effect from 1.9.1976.
2. This allowance shall be merged for the purpose of pay in the Revised National Pay
Scales with effect from 1.5.1977. The 10% increase allowed in the fixation of pay shall not be admissible to the
element of teaching allowance and the pay of the School Teacher in N.P.S. 5 o N.P.S. 16 shall be fixed in Revised
National Pay Scales with effect from 1.5.1977, as under:
(i) Basic pay.

(ii) Dearness Allowances.
(iii) 10% increase on the aggregate of pay and Dearness Allowance.
(iv) Teaching Allowance.
The Pay shall be fixed at the equivalent stage in the Revised National Pay Scales and if there is no
stage, then in the next above stage of the Revised National Pay Scales with effect from 1.5.1977 within the maximum
of relevant National Pay Scales.
3. The teaching allowance shall not be admissible to those School Teachers appointed
on or after 1.5.1977.
8. In the Principal Statutes the following scheme be substituted for Section 14:
Residence-Officer Conveyance Allowance:
"14 All School Teachers not residing within their work premises shall be allowed Conveyance Allowance
or Motor Cycle/Car Maintenance Allowance, irrespective of the distance between the office and the residence at the
rates and subject to the conditions specified below:-
(a) Conveyance Allowance Rs.30/-p.m.
(b) Motor Cycle Maintenance Allowance Rs.60/-p.m.
(c) Car Maintenance Allowance Rs.150/-p.m.
Motor Cycle Maintenance Allowance, shall be admissible to a School teacher who maintains a motor
cycle/scooter and draws pay of not less than Rs.350/-p.m., and Motor Car Maintenance Allowance shall be admissible
to a School teacher who maintains a Motor Car and draw pay of not less than Rs.1250/-p.m. This allowance shall be
admissible to a School teacher who possesses a vehicle in his/her own name or in the name of his/her spouse, provided
that the allowance shall be admissible only to one of the spouses and not to both, in respect of the same vehicle".
A School teacher who has been provided with a staff car shall not be entitled to any Conveyance
Allowance.
EMPLOYEES (ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF)
PAY REVISED STATUTES, 1976
1. Short title, application and commencement:

(1) These Statutes may be called the University of Peshawar Employees
(Administrative Staff) Pay Revised Statutes, 1976.
(2) Subject to the provisions of Statutes 4 and 5, these statutes shall be deemed to have
come into effect from first day of March, 1972.
(3) Subject to the provision of Statutes 4, these statutes shall apply to all University
Employees holding posts specified in the Schedule (Part-1) and serving in connection with the affairs of the University
of Peshawar except the University teachers whose National Scales of Pay have been provided in the University of
Peshawar Teachers' (National Scales of Pay) Statutes, 1975.
2. Definitions:
In these statutes, unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context, the following
expressions shall have the meaning hereby respectively assigned to them that is:
(a) "Annexure" means an annexure appended to these statutes;
(b) "Schedule" means the schedule appended to these statutes;
(c) "University" means the University of Peshawar;
(d) "University employee" means the University employee in service of the University
or holding, a post mentioned in the schedule and paid directly from the University Fund.
(e) "Existing University employee" means a person who was a "University employee"
on 29th day of February, 1972 and continued in service after that date;
(f) "Syndicate" means the Syndicate of the University of Peshawar constituted under
the University of Peshawar Act, 1974.
(g) "Pay" means the amount draw monthly by a University employee otherwise than a
special pay, technical pay, personal pay, overseas pay, or as an allowance;
(h) "Pay Scale" includes a fixed rate of pay;
(i) "Consolidated Scale" means a scale of pay prescribed under the University of
Peshawar Employees (Teachers and Officers) (Pay Revision) University Ordinance, 1971 and the University of
Peshawar (Teachers, Demonstrators, Librarian and University Officers) (Pay Revision) University Statutes 1972; as
amended in 1974;
(j) "Revised Pay Scales" means the scales of pay specified in Annexure À';
(k) "Existing Pay" means the pay that an existing University employee would have
drawn on first day of March, 1972 or on the date with effect from which he opts for the Revised Pay Scales, as the case
may be;
Provided that in the case of a post in respect of which it is mentioned in the Schedule that the Revised
Pay Scale includes special pay or technical pay previously prescribed therefore the term "existing pay" shall also
include such special pay or technical pay as the case may be;
Provided further that in the case of University employees who opted to retain the present scales as
defined in clause 2(1) (f) of the University of Peshawar Employees (Teachers and Officers) (Pay Revision) University
Ordinances-1971 the "existing pay" shall also include the dearness pay admissible under clause-9 of the said
ordinances.
(1) "Existing Pay Scale" means the scale of pay to which a University employee was
entitled immediately before first day of March, 1972 or the date with effect from which he opts for the Revised Pay
Scales in accordance with the rules applicable to him before that date.
3. Applicability of the Revised Pay Scales:

Subject to the provisions of statutes 1(3) and statues 4, Revised Pay Scales shall apply to all
University employees holding posts specified in the Schedule.
4. Right of option:
(1) (a) Every existing University employee shall have the right to opt for
the Revised pay scales or his existing pay scales;
(b) An existing University employee opting for the Revised Pay
Scales may opt for these scales with effect from the 1st March, 1972 or any date thereafter upto and including the 28th
February, 1974.
(2) The option shall be exercised in writing in the Form appended herewith as
Annexure `B' and shall be communicated to the Registrar/Drawing and Disbursing Officer within a period of four
months from the date of notification of these statutes and, in the case of post included in the Schedule after the date of
notification of these statutes, within a period of four months from the notification of such inclusion.
(3) In case an existing University employee, at the time of the notification of these
statutes is out of Pakistan or is on leave or in on deputation with other department, and has, for some reason, not been
able to exercise the option, he may exercise the option and communicate it to the Registrar/Drawing and Disbursing
Officer within four months from the date of his taking over the charge of his post in University.
(4) if any existing University employee fails to opt for existing pay scales or Revised
Pay Scales within the period prescribed in sub-statutes (2) and (3), it will be presumed that he has opted the Revised
Pay Scales with effect from the 1st March, 1972.
(5) The option once exercised shall be final.
Explanation:
An existing University employee can either opt for the Revised Pay Scales or for the existing pay scales. It is
not open to him to opt for the Revised Pay Scales in the case of some post or posts and existing scales in the case of
other post or posts.
(6) The existing University employees, who do not opt for the Revised Pay Scales,
shall continue to be governed by the rules, orders etc. regarding scales of pay, allowances etc; that would have been
applicable to them but for the making of these statutes.
5. Fixation of Pay in the Revised Pay Scales:
(1) Subject to the provisions of sub-statutes (5) and (6) of this statutes, the pay of
existing University employees, who opt for the Revised Pay Scales, shall be fixed in the said scales with effect from the
first day of March, 1972 or any subsequent date with effect from which they opt for the same under statutes 4;
Provided that no arrears will be payable in respect of the period prior to the 1st
August, 1973.
(2) In the case of Revised Pay Scales No. 16 to 18, the pay shall be fixed at the stage
equal to and, if there be no such stage, at the stage next above, the aggregate of the following:
(a) the existing pay and
(b) an amount of increase to be determined in accordance with the
following formula:
Revised Scale of Pay in which Pay is to be fixed

Increase over existing pay
No. 16
No. 17 & 18.

10 percent subject to a minimum of Rs.30/- and a maximum of Rs.60/-
Rs.60/-
(3) Subject to the provisions of statutes 10.

(a) in the case of revised Pay Scale No. 19, the pay shall be fixed at
the stage next above the existing pay.
(4) Fixation of pay in the manner prescribed in statutes (2) and (3) of this statutes shall
be subject to the condition that the maximum of the relevant Revised Pay Scales is not exceeded.
(5) The benefit of percentage increase mentioned in sub-statutes (2) will not be
admissible to the University employees who were eligible, subject to option, to the benefit of fixation of pay under the
University of Peshawar(Class III and Class IV employees) (National Scales of Pay) Statutes, 1972. In their case, pay in
the relevant Revised Pay Scales shall be fixed at the stage equal to their existing pay and, if there is no such stage, at
the next lower stage plus personal pay equal to the difference.
(6) The University employees, who were appointed to posts mentioned in the Schedule
by initial recruitment on or after the 1st March, 1972, shall not be allowed the benefit of fixation of pay under sub-
statutes (2) or (3). They shall be deemed to have been appointed at the minimum of the relevant Revised Pay Scale.
(7) The personal pay mentioned in the sub-statutes (5) shall be reduced by the amount
by which the pay of the University employee is subsequently increased, and shall cease to be payable as soon as the pay
is increased by amount equal to or more than the personal pay.
6. The pay of every University employee covered by statutes 5 shall be fixed both in the scale of his
7. Increments in the Revised pay Scales:

The increments in the Revised Pay Scales shall fall due on 1st day of December, following the
completion of at least six months service at a stage in relevant Revised Pay Scales.
In case of University employee before reaching the maximum of a National Scale of Pay is
promoted/appointed to a higher National Scale of Pay between the 2nd June and 30th November of a calendar year and
his initial pay in the later scale is fixed with reference to his initial last pay in the former scale, he may, at his option,
get his pay in the higher scale concerned refixed with effect from 1st December of the above year of promotion/
appointment with reference to his presumptive pay on the date in his pre-promotion/pre-appointment scale referred to
above.
Note:- These amendments shall be deemed to be effective from 1st March, 1972, subject to the condition that no
arrears shall be payable for any period prior to the issue of these amendments.
8. Admissibility of next higher Revised Pay Scale after reaching the maximum of a lower scale:
(1) Subject to the provisions of sub-statutes (2) a University employee, who has
reached the maximum of Revised Pay Scale No. 16 or 17 shall be brought on the Revised Pay Scale No. 17 or 18
respectively with effect from the 1st December of the year in which he completes three years of such service at the
above mentioned maximum as counts for increment under the statutes, subject to the following conditions:-
that he has earned in succession from the year of reaching of maximum upto the
year of moving over (both years included) Annual Confidential Reports without any adverse entry, if this condition is
not fulfilled, such University employees shall wait at the maximum till he has earned in succession the requisite
number of reports without any adverse entry, and his move over to the next higher scale shall take effect from the 1st of
December of the year following the one for which the last such report is earned.
(2) A University employee, who will be adjusted in, of or whose basic pay scale is,
Revised Pay Scale No. 16 will be allowed to move over only upto revised Pay Scale No. 17, and who will be adjusted
in or whose basic pay scale in Revised Pay Scale No. 17 will be allowed the move over only upto Revised Pay Scale
No. 18.
(3) When a University employee is allowed to draw pay in the next higher Revised Pay
Scale under sub-statutes (1), his pay in the higher scale shall be fixed at a stage equal to the maximum of lower Revised
Pay Scale and, if there is no such stage at the next lower stage with personal pay equal to the difference. The personal
pay will be absorbed in future increments.
9. Fixation of Pay on Promotion:

(1) Subject to the provisions of statutes 10, in the case of promotion from a lower to a
higher post, where the stage in the Revised Scale of the higher post, next above the substantive pay of the University
employee concerned in the Revised Pay Scale of the lower post gives a pay increase equal to or less than a full
increment in the pay scale of higher post the initial pay in the Revised Pay Scale of the higher post will be fixed after
allowing a premature increment in the Revised Pay Scale of the higher post;
Provided that a University employee who is promoted from Revised Pay Scale No. 17 to revised Pay
scale No. 18 after the expiry of a period of three years from the date of reaching the maximum of Revised Pay Scale
No. 17, shall be allowed a minimum benefit equal to two increments in Revised Pay Scale No. 18.
(2) If, by virtue of the benefit admissible under statutes 8 a University employee is
already drawing pay in the Revised Pay Scale of the higher post at the time of his promotion he will be allowed one
advance increment in that scale with effect from the date of promotion.
Provided that if the promotion is from a post carrying Revised Pay Scale No. 17 to a post carrying
Pay Scale No. 18, the University employee shall be allowed two advance increments in the higher scale.
(3) All existing rules or orders allowing minimum benefit to the University employees
on promotion from a lower to a higher post shall cease to be applicable to the University employees drawing pay in the
Revised Pay Scales with effect from the date he starts drawing pay in the Revised Pay Scales.
10. Admissibility of full pay of the post in Revised Pay Scale No. 18 and above:
(A) If a University employee in Revised Pay Scale No. 17 is appointed to post in Revised Pay Scale No.
18 before he enters the 6th year of service he shall draw the minimum of Revised Pay Scale No. 18 and the increment
will accrue to him on 1st day of December following the completion of 5 years of service.
(B) (1) If a University employee is appointed to a pot shown in Part-1 of Schedule at Serial
No. 32 to 41 on or after the date from which he has opted for the Revised Pay Scale but has not on the day of his
appointment to the said post completed the minimum prescribed length of service for such post; he shall be entitled to
the minimum of the Revised Pay Scale prescribed for the said post only from the date he completes the prescribed
minimum length of service, and, till such time as he completes prescribed minimum length of service he shall be
entitled to:
(a) the pay admissible to him for time to time in the lower post held by him
immediately before his appointment to the said post; and
(b) the difference between the pay referred to at (a) above and the minimum of the
Revised Pay Scale of the said post reduced by twenty percent of the difference for every year or part of the year by
which his service falls short of the prescribed length of service subject to a maximum reduction of eighty percent;
Provided that in the case of posts included in Part-I of the Schedule at Serial No. 32 to 41, if any post
carries a special pay, the special pay, shall not be effected by these statutes.
(2) If a University employee was holding a post shown in Part-I of the Schedule from
Serial No. 29 to 38 immediately before the date from which he opts for the Revised pay Scales but had not completed
the prescribed length of service on that date, his pay shall first be fixed in the next lower Revised Pay Scale under the
relevant provisions of these statutes and thereafter, with reference to the pay so fixed his pay in the Revised Pay Scale
of the post held by him shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of sub-statutes 1.
Explanation:
In computing the length of service for the purpose of this statue:
(a) to the length of service in the scale of Rs. 455-50-1000/50-1050 shall be added half
of the service in the scale of Rs.350-35-525/40-925 and 1/4 in the lower pay scales, if any; and
(b) the service rendered previously by a University employee under the Federal
Government, Provincial Governments, Autonomous or Semi-Autonomous bodies shall also be taken into account in
computing the prescribed length of service.
Note: The provision made under statutes 10(B)(1) and (2) above shall not apply to the holders of the post of S.No.
33, 35, 36 and 38 of the Schedule (Part-I) appended to the Statutes as long as these posts are held by the present
incumbents.
11. Selection Grade:

There shall be no Selection Grade in the Revised Pay Scale.
12. Technical Pay:

There shall be no Technical Pay attached to any post in the Revised Pay Scales, not shall it be granted
to any University employee drawing pay in the Revised Pay Scales.
13. Special Pay:

If a special pay was attached to a post or admissible to certain incumbents of such post in the existing
pay scales such special pays shall, unless otherwise specified in the Schedule continue to be admissible at the existing
rates with the Revised Pay Scales, without any maximum limit of pay.
14. All existing rules or orders shall be deemed to have been modified to the extent indicated in these
statutes. All existing rules and orders not so far modified shall continue inforce.
15. University employees engaged on contract:

The University employees engaged on contract shall continue to draw their convenanted pay for so
long as they hold the post in which they were recruited, but if they ar employed in any other post, they shall either draw
the pay of the later post as prescribed in the Schedule or the convented pay whichever is more beneficial to them.
16. Additions to or modifications in the Schedule:

The Syndicate may, from time to time, add to or modify the Schedule with such conditions as it may
deem fit in accordance with the provisions of the University of Peshawar Act 1974.
17. Relaxation:
In cases where the operation of these statutes causes undue hardship to a University employee, the
Syndicate may, for reasons to be recorded in writing, relax any of these statutes in his favour.
18. House Rent Allowance:

House Rent Allowance shall be admissible to all University employees drawing pay in Revised Pay
Scales subject to the following conditions:
(i) A University employee who is not provided accommodation by the University shall
be paid house rent allowance in accordance with National Pay Scales rules of Government of N.W.F.P.
(ii) The allowance will not be admissible if the employee has been offered a University
accommodation.
(iii) The payment of house rent allowance will be allowed from 1.8.1973.
(iv) A University employee wherever he resides.
19. Conveyance Allowance or any other allowance:

The Syndicate may grant conveyance allowance or any other allowance to University employees on
the same basis as sanctioned by the Provincial Government for Government servants.
ANNEXURE - A
Revised Scales of Pay of Administrative Staff, University of Peshawar
S.No.
Revised Scales of Pay
Posts to which applicable
Prescribed length of service in scale of Rs.450-50-1000/450-50-1050 equal to Class-I service in Govt
Rema-rks
Posts the maximum of the consolidated/ revised consolidated pay scales of which:
16.
Rs.400-35-750/50-100
Does not exceed Rs.925/-
Nil
17.
Rs.500-50-1000/ 50-1250
Exceeds Rs.925/- but does not exceed Rs.1150/-
Nil
18.
Rs.100-75-1750
5 years
19.
Rs.1800-80-2200
20.
Rs.2300-100-2600
12 years
ANNEXURE - B
Option Form
I,.................... opt/do not opt for the Revised Pay Scales introduced vide University of Peshawar Employees
(Administrative Staff) Pay Revision Statutes, 1976 with effect from ...........
Signature ..................
Name ....................
(in block letters)
Father's Name ...............
Date ....../1976 Designation ...................

SCHEDULE (PART - I)
Effective from 1.3.1972 unless otherwise specified
S.No
Designation of the post
Existing Pay Scales
Revised Pay Scales
Prescribed length of service in the scale of Rs. 450-50/1000/ 450-50-1050 equal to Class-I service in Govt.
Remarks
1
2
3
4
5
6
1.
Laboratory Supervisor (Chemistry)
Rs. 375-25-500/30 -650/35-825 (NPS-15)
Rs.400-35-750/ 50-1000 (16) (Effect from 1.9.1973)
Nil
2.
Office Superintendent
Rs. 375-25-500/30- 650/35-825 (NPS-15)
Rs.400-35-750/ 50-1000 (16) (Effect from 1.9.1973)
Nil
3.
Electronic Technician (Engg: Faculty)
Rs.350-35-525/40-925
Rs.400-35-750/ 50-1000 (16)
Nil
4.
Curator (Botany)
Rs.350-35-525/40-925
Rs.400-35-750/ 50-1000 (16)
Nil
1
2
3
4
5
6
5.
Director of Physical Education/ Physical Instructor/Asstt Director (University and Colleges)
Rs. 350-35-525/40-925
Rs.400-35-750/ 50-1000 (16)
Nil
6.
Asstt. Librarian /Library Asstt/ Librarian in Seminar Library (Colleges/Depts)
Rs. 350-35-525/40-925
i) Rs.450-50-1000
Rs.400-35-750/ 50-1000 (16)
ii) Rs.500-50-1000/50-1250 (17)

Nil
For holding Master's degree in Library Science from 1.3.1972.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7.
Asstt.Controller of Examinations/ Accounts Officer Administrative Officer (Faculty of Engg:)
Rs.350-35-525/40-925
1) Rs.400-35-750/50-1000(16)
2)Rs.500-50-1000/50-1250 (17)
Incumbents have been designated as O.S.D.
8.
Establishment Officer
Rs.350-35-525/40-925
Rs.400-35-750/ 50-1000 (16)
For Asstt. Controller of Exams: only from 1.6.1976 onward.
9.
Store Officer
Rs.350-35-525/40-925
Rs.400-35-750/ 50-1000 (16)
10
a) Asstt. Publication and Production Officer (Pashto Academy) (1)
b) Publication & Production Officer (Pashto Academy) (2)

Rs.350-35-525/40-925
Rs.450-50-1050
Rs.400-35-750/ 50-1000 (16)
Rs.500-50-1000/ 50-1250 (17)

From 1.3.1972 to 30.4.1977
From 1.3.1972 to 30.4.1977
1
2
3
4
5
6
11.
Liaison Officer (U.G.C.)
Rs. 450-50-1050
Rs.500-50-1000/ 50-1250 (17)
12.
Secretary to Vice- Chancellor
Rs. 450-50-1050
Rs.500-50-1000/ 50-1250 (17)
13.
Glass Blower (Phy.Chemistry)
Rs. 450-50-1050
Rs.500-50-1000/ 50-1250 (17)
14.
Deputy Medical Officer
Rs. 450-50-1050
Tech pay Rs.50/-p.m.
Rs.500-50-1000/ 50-1250 (17)
Tech pay merged.
15.
Resident Warden (Girls Hostel)
...
Rs.500-50-1000/ 50-1250 (17)
16.
Asstt.Executive Engineer/SDO/ Civil Engineer
Rs. 450-50-1050
Tech pay Rs.50/-p.m.
Rs.500-50-1000/ 50-1250 (17)
Tech pay merged.
17.
Librarian (Islamia College)
Rs. 450-50-1050
Rs.500-50-1000/ 50-1250 (17)
18.
Planning and Development Officer
Rs. 450-50-1050
Rs.500-50-1000/ 50-1250 (17)
19.
Archivist
Rs. 450-50-1050
Rs.500-50-1000/ 50-1250 (17)
20.
Asstt. Provost
Rs. 450-50-1050
Rs.500-50-1000/ 50-1250 (17)
1
2
3
4
5
6
21.
Asstt. Treasurer
Rs. 450-50-1050
Rs.500-50-1000/ 50-1250 (17)
22.
Asstt. Registrar
Rs. 450-50-1050
Rs.500-50-1000/ 50-1250 (17)
23.
Press Manager
Rs. 450-50-1050
Rs.500-50-1000/ 50-1250 (17)
Rs.1000-75- 1750 (18)

* for present incumbent as personal grade with effect from 1.3.92.
24.
Deputy Controller of Examination
Rs. 450-50-1050
i.Rs.500-50-1000/ 50-1250 (17)

ii.Rs.1000-75-1750 (18)
from 1.3.1972 to 31.5.76.
From 1.6.76 onward.
25
Medical Officer
Rs.750-75-1500 plus tech pay Rs.100/p.m
Rs.1000-75-1750 (18)
5 years (Tech pay merged).
26.
Director of Works /Executive Engineer
Rs.750-75-1500 plus tech pay Rs.100/p.m.
Rs.1000-75-1750 (18)
5 years (Tech pay merged).
27.
Security Officer
.......
Rs.1000-75-1750 (18)
As given in Part-II
1
2
3
4
5
6
28.
Deputy Librarian
Rs.875-75-1700
Rs.1000-75-1750 (18)
As given in part-II
29.
Deputy Registrar (Planning and Development)
Rs.875-75-1700
i) Rs.1800-80-2200 (19)
ii) Rs.1000-75- 1750 (18)

12 years (Personal scale for present incumbent recruited/allowed the scale of Rs.875-75-1700.
As given in Part-II of the Schedule (For future recruitment)
30.
Deputy Registrar (Academic)
Rs.875-75-1700
i)Rs.1800-80- 2200 (19)
Effective from 14.10.76)
ii) Rs.1000-75- 1750 (18)

Personal scale for present incumbent recruited/allowed the scale of Rs.875-75-1700.
As given in Part-II of the Schedule (for future recruitment)
1
2
3
4
5
6
31.
Deputy Treasurer
Rs.875-75-1700
i) Rs.1800-80-2200 (19)
ii) Rs.1000-75- 1750 (18)

12 years (Personal scale for present incumbent recruited/allowed the scale of Rs.875-75-1700.
32.
Director of Sports
Rs.875-75-1700
i) Rs.1800-80-2200 (19)
(Effective from 14.10.1976)
ii) Rs.1000-75- 1750 (18)

1
2
3
4
5
6
33.
Deputy Provost
Rs.875-75-1700
i) Rs.1800-80-2200 (19)
ii) Rs.1000-75- 1750 (18)
i) Rs.500-50-1000/50-1250 (17)
For present incumbent for the period from 1.3.1972 to 30.6.72
34.
Administrative Officer
i) Rs.450-50-1050
ii) Rs.875-75-1700
ii) Rs.1800-80-2200 (19)
iii) Rs.1000-75- 1750 (18)

12 years (Personal scale for present incumbent recruited/allowed the scale of Rs.875-75-1700).

1
2
3
4
5
6
35.
Controller of Exams.
Rs.875-75-1700
i) Rs.1800-80-2200 (19)
ii) Rs.1800-80- 2200 (19)

36.
Librarian
Rs.1200-100-2200
i) Rs.1800-80-2200 (19)
ii) Rs.2300-100-2600/125- 3225

8 From 1.3.72 to 30.4.77, 1.5.77 to 25.3.78 for the incumbent holding the post of Librarian as personal grade.
1
2
3
4
5
6
37.
Treasurer
Rs.1200-100-2200
Rs.1800-80-2200 (19)
9(ii) Rs.2300-100-2600 (20)
9 For the incumbent holding the post of Treasurer for the period from 1.3.1972 to 23.9.74 as personal grade.
38.
Registrar
Rs.1200-100-2200
Rs.1800-80-2200 (19)
9(ii) 2300-100-2600 (20)

As given in Part-II of the Schedule (For future recruitment).
9 For the incumbent holding the post of Registrar for the period from 13.6.1972 to 22.4.74 as personal grade.
SCHEDULE (Part-II)
S.No.
Revised Pay Scales
Minimum qualifications and experience for future recruitment
1.
Laboratory Supervisor
(Chemistry)
Rs.400-35-750/50-1000 (16)
B.Sc. with 7 years laboratory experience as Senior Laboratory Assistant, OR Matriculate with Science with 12 years
experience as Senior Laboratory Assistant.
2.
Office Superintendent
Rs.400-35-750/50-1000 (16)
Graduate with 5 years experience (in case of direct recruitment) OR preferably University Employee being Matriculate
with 15 years office experience out of which at least 10 year as Assistant in the University.
3.
Horticulture Farm Manager (Agriculture Faculty)
Rs.400-35-750/50-1000 (16)
Second Class Master's Degree in the relevant field OR First Class B.Sc. (Hons) Agriculture.
"3A.
Pharmacist
Rs. 1350-105-2925
First Class B. Pharmacy
4.
Electronic Technicians (Engineering Faculty)
Rs.400-35-750/50-1000 (16)
Matric with Science and 3 years Diploma in Electronic/Radio/ Communication/Technology from a Government
polytechnic Institute and 5 years experience in assembling repair and maintenance of education equipments.
5.
Boiler Supervisor (Engineering Faculty)
Rs.400-35-750/50-1000 (16)
Second Grade Boiler Certificate from a recognized institution.
6.
Curator (Botany)
Rs.900-50-1150/60-1750-100-2250 (17)
a) M.Sc. 1st Class or `B' Grade.
b) Research experience in Animal Taxonomy.
c) Preference will be given to candidate having experience in Laxidormy, Histology and other Microtechniques.
7.
Director Physical Education/Physical Instructoress/ Asstt. Directoress (University and Colleges)
Rs.400-35-750/50-1000 (16)
Bachelor Degree in Physical Education, Senior Diploma in Physical Education with 3 years experience of Organizing
sports and games at college.
8.
Assistant Librarian /Library Colleges Deptts./Cataloguer.
a) Rs. 1350-105-2925
b) Rs. 2065-155-3975
For those possessing at least second class Bachelors Degree with Diploma in Library Science. For those possessing at
least second class Master's Degree in Library Science with three years experience as Assistant Librarian/Librarian in
Seminar Library (Colleges/Departments) Cataloguer in BPS-16.
Note: "Preference will be given to candidate possessing Master's Degree in Library Science".
9.
Asstt. Controller of Examinations/Acctts. Officer/Administrative Officer (Engineering Faculty).
Rs.400-35-750/50-1000 (16)
Rs.500-50-1000/50-1250(17)
Asstt. Controller of Examinations.
Second Class Master's Degree/ LL.B. with 3 years experience OR Bachelor's degree with 7 years experience in the
relevant field.
As given against the post at S.No. 23
10.
Establishment Officer
Rs.400-35-750/50-1000 (16)
relevant field.
Dairy Farm Manager (Agriculture Faculty)

Rs.400-35-750/50-1000 (16)
Second Class Master's Degree in the relevant field.

11.
Store Officer
Rs.400-35-750/50-1000 (16)
relevant field.
12.
(a) Asstt. Publication and Production Officer
12(b) Publication and Production Officer
Rs.400-35-750/50-1000 (16)
Rs.500-50-1000/50-1250(17)
First Class Master's Degree in Pashto preferably having suitable experience in publication and Research materials.
First Class Master's Degree in Pashto preferably having suitable experience in collection, assessment, sorting and
publication of research materials.
13.
Liaison Officer (U.G.C.)
Rs.500-50-1000/50-1250(17)
First Class Master's Degree/ LL.B. OR Second Class Master's degree/LL.B. with 5 years experience of office procedure
or Bachelor's degree with 12 years experience of office procedure.
14.
Secretary to Vice-Chancellor
Rs.500-50-1000/50-1250(17)
Graduate with shorthand and typing speed of 80 and 50 words per minutes respectively or Matriculate with shorthand
and typing speed of 120 and 60 words per minute respectively with 7 years experience.
15.
Glass Blower (Physical Chemistry)
Rs.500-50-1000/50-1250(17)
First Class Master's Degree OR Second Class Master's Degree in the relevant field with three years experience in the
relevant field.
16.
Farm Manager
Rs.500-50-1000/50-1250(17)
First Class Master's Degree OR Second Class Master's Degree in the relevant field with three years experience in the
relevant field.
17.
Deputy Medical Officer
Rs.500-50-1000/50-1250(17)
M.B.B.S. with house job experience.
18.
Resident Warden (Girls Hostel)
Rs.500-50-1000/50-1250(17)
First Class Master's Degree OR Second Class Master's Degree with 5 years experience of hostel management.
19.
Asstt. Executive Engineer/S.D.O./Civil Engineer.
Rs.500-50-1000/50-1250(17)
First Class Bachelor of Engineering Degree in the relevant field OR Second Class Bachelor of Engineering Degree in
the relevant field with 5 years professional experience.
20.
Librarian (Islamia College)
Rs.500-50-1000/50-1250(17)
First Class Master's Degree in Library Science OR Second Class Master's Degree in Library Science with 5 years
experience of library work.
21.
Planning & Development Officer
Rs.500-50-1000/50-1250(17)
First Class Master's Degree in Economics or Business Administration OR Second Class Master's Degree in Economics
or Business Administration with 5 years experience in the relevant field.
22.
Archivist
Rs.500-50-1000/50-1250(17)
First Class Master's Degree/LL.B OR Second Class Master's Degree/ LL.B. with 5 years experience OR Bachelor's
Degree with 12 years experience in the relevant field.
23.
Assistant Provost
Rs.500-50-1000/50-1250(17)
First Class Master's Degree/LL.B OR Second Class Master's Degree/ LL.B. with 5 years experience OR Bachelor's
Degree with 12 years experience in the relevant field.
24.
Assistant Treasurer
Rs.500-50-1000/50-1250(17)
First Class M.Com./MBA OR Second Class M.Com./MBA with 5 years experience OR B.Com. with 12 years
experience in the relevant field.
25
Assistant Registrar
Rs.500-50-1000/50-1250(17)
First Class Master's Degree/LL.B. OR Second Class Masters Degree/ LL.B. with 5 years experience OR B.A. with 12
years office experience.
26.
Press Manager
Rs.500-50-1000/50-1250(17)
First Class Graduate with Diplomat in Printing and 4 years experience of Press Management OR Second Class
Graduate with Diploma in Printing and 5 years experience of Press Management or Graduate with 10 years experience
of Managing modern presses.
27.
Deputy Controller of Examinations
Rs. 1000-75-1750 (18)
First Class Master's Degree with 6 years experience OR Second Class Master's Degree with 15 years experience.
Experience in a University mainly in examination work will be preferred.
28.
Security Officer
Rs. 1000-75-1750 (18)
Graduate with 15 years experience in the relevant field.
29.
Administrative Officer
Rs. 1000-75-1750 (18)
Graduate with 10 years experience of administration especially in a University.
30.
Medical Officer
Rs. 1000-75-1750 (18)
M.B.B.S. with Post-Graduate qualification and 5 years experience.

31.
Director of Works/ Executive Engineer
Rs. 1000-75-1750 (18)
First Class Bachelor of Civil Engineering Degree or equivalent qualifications with 10 years professional experience.
32.
Deputy Librarian
Rs. 1000-75-1750 (18)
First Class Master's Degree in Library Science with 6 years experience in teaching of Library Science OR Library work
in a senior position in a Library of repute/ OR Second Class Master's Degree in Library Science with 10 years
experience in teaching of Library Science or Library work in a senior position in a Library of repute.
33.
Deputy Registrar
Rs. 1000-75-1750 (18)
Master's Degree with 10 years experience in a University in teaching or administration in the scale of Lecturer and
above.
34.
Deputy Treasurer
Rs. 1000-75-1750 (18)
M.Com./MBA with 10 years service in Accounts in a University in Lecturer's scale and above or 10 years Class-I
Service in Government Department or Autonomous Agency.
35.
Director Sports
Rs. 1000-75-1750 (18)
i) M.Sc. in Physical Education.

ii) At least 23 years experience of organization of sports and games at college level;
iii) At last 3 years coaching experience of one of the major games, i.e. Hockey, Football, Cricket, Athletics would
be preferred;
iv) Preference would be given to sportsman of National/ International repute.
36.
Deputy Provost
Rs. 1000-75-1750 (18)
Master's Degree with 10 years service in a University in teaching or administration in Lecturer's scale and above with
experience of administration of Students Affairs.
36A.
Director P & D
Rs. 4130-205-5770
Master's Degree with 13 years teaching and/or administrative experience in University in BPS-17 and above in
administration under Govt: or Autonomous or semi-autonomous body. Experience in Planning & Development at
University Education shall be given preference.
37.
Controller of Exams.
Rs. 1800-80-2200 (19)
Master's Degree with 13 years service in the University in teaching or administration in lecturer scale and above.
Knowledge of conducting examinations in a senior position will be given preference.
38.
Librarian
Rs. 1800-80-2200 (19)
First Class Master's Degree in Library Science or M.Phil. in Library Science with 13 years experience in teaching of
Library Science or Library work in a major Library in a senior position with 5 research publications in journals of
National or International repute or Ph.D. with 10 years experience in teaching of Library Science or Library work in a
senior position with 5 research publications in journals of National or International repute.
39.
Treasurer
Rs. 1800-80-2200 (19)
M.Com./MBA/Charted Accountant or Foreign Degree in Commerce or Business Administration with 13 years service
in the University in the Lecturer's scale and above.
40.
Registrar
Rs. 1800-80-2200 (19)
Master's Degree with 13 years teaching/administrative experience in a University in Lecturer's scale and above or 13
years Class-I service in administration under the Government/Autonomous/Semi- Autonomous Body.
APPENDIX NO. 1
PROVISION OF THE POST OF MUSEUM RESEARCH OFFICER

IN BPS-17 IN THE DEPARTMENT OF ARCHAEOLOGY
Name of Post
BPS
Qualification
Museum Research Officer
17
M.A. Archaeology 1st Class preferably with at least 2 years experience of Museum service alongwith Post-graduate
Teaching in Museology and Museum organization.
(Approved by the Senate in its meeting held on 14.6.1990 presided over by the Chancellor).
EMPLOYEES (ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF) PAY
REVISION (AMENDMENT) STATUTES, 1977
Preamble:
Whereas it is expedient to amend the University of Peshawar Employees (Administrative Staff) Pay
Revision Statutes 1976 in the manner hereinafter appearing, the following Statutes are framed:

1. (a) These Statutes may be called the University of Peshawar Employees
(Administrative Staff) Pay Revision (Amendment) Statutes, 1977.
(b) These shall be deemed to have come into force with effect from 1st May, 1977.
2. In the University of Peshawar Employees (Administrative Staff) Pay Revision Statutes, herein after
referred to as Principal Statutes, the following column shall be substituted for the column `Remarks' in the Annexure
and in the Schedule (Part I & II) the Revised National Scales of Pay as mentioned in this column shall be entered
against the corresponding Revised Scales of Pay.
Revised Scales of Pay:
N.P.S. Rs.
16 625-40-825/50-1325
17 900-50-1150/60-1750
18 1350-75-1650/100-2150
19 2250-100-2750
22 3250-200-4250 plus Rs.600/- as Senior Post Allowance.
3. In the Principal Statutes, after Section-3, the following new Section shall be inserted:
3-A (i) The Revised Scale of Pay shall be admissible to the University Employees
(Administrative Staff) holding posts specified in the Schedule to the Statutes, on 1st May, 1977, with the exception of
those who were or are on deputation with the University.
(ii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Statutes, the Revised
National Scales of Pay 22 (Rs 3250-200-4250) plus Senior post allowance of Rs.600/- p.m. shall be granted to the Vice-
Chancellor with effect from 1st May, 1977 and shall be entitled to all such allowances/concessions and privileges as are
allowed to those employees who draw pay in Revised National Scales of Pay.
(iii) All the University Employees (Administrative Staff) who had not opted to be governed by
the scheme of National Scales of Pay shall have the option to retain their scales of Pay. This option shall be valid only
if it is exercised in writing not later than 31.7.1977. If however, on the date of notification of these Statutes the
University Employees (Administrative Staff) is on leave or outside Pakistan, he may opt for these scales within three
months of the date of his return from leave or to Pakistan. Such University Employee (Administrative Staff) who does
not exercise option on or before 31.7.1977 shall be deemed to have opted to be governed by the scheme of National
Scales of Pay with effect from 1st May, 1977.
4. In the Principal Statutes after Section-5, the following new Section shall be inserted:
"5-A - The initial pay in the Revised National Scales of Pay shall be fixed at the stage equal to or, if there is no such
stage, at the stage next above, the amount arrived at by allowing increase of 10% over the aggregate of basic pay in the
Revised Scales of Pay and the dearness allowances that would have been admissible, but for these Statutes, on the 1st
May, 1977".
5. In the Principal Statutes after Section 7, the following new Section shall be inserted:
"7-A - The annual increment in the Revised National Scales of Pay will accrue on the first day of the
month of December following the completion of at least six months of such service at the relevant stage in that scale as
counts for increment under the relevant Statutes".
6. In the case of University Employee (Administrative Staff) to whom the Revised National Scales of
Pay shall be admissible in the provisions of Sections 8 and 9 of the Principal Statutes the words `Revised Scales of Pay'
shall be read as `Revised National Scales of Pay'.
7. In the Principal Statutes after Section 10, the following new Section shall be inserted:
"10-A - Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in these Statutes, the pay of the
University employees (Administrative Staff) holding posts in the Revised Scale of Pay 19, before they have completed
such prescribed length of service as mentioned against the posts at serial No. 32, 34, 37 of the Schedule (Part-I), shall
be fixed at the minimum of the post, but for the purpose of drawal of increments service in that scale shall count only
from the date of completion of the prescribed length of service".
8. In the Principal Statutes, the following Section be substituted for Section 18:
The following allowances shall be admissible to all the University Employees (Administrative Staff):
(i) House Rent Allowance - All University employees (Administrative Staff) not
provided University accommodation, in their name or in the name of their spouses shall be entitled to house rent
allowance at the rate of 30% of the minimum of the relevant Revised National Scales of Pay.
(ii) The recovery of house rent for residential accommodation provided by the
University shall be made at the rate of 5% of the substantive Pay of a University employee (Administrative Staff).
9. In the Principal Statutes, the following Section be substituted for Section 19:
19. (i) Residence-Office Conveyance Allowance:

All University employees (Administrative Staff) not residing within their work
premises shall be allowed Conveyance Allowance or Motor Cycle/Car Maintenance Allowance, irrespective of the
distance between the office and the residence at the rates and subject to the conditions specified below:
(a) Conveyance Allowance Rs.30/-p.m.
(b) Motor Cycle Maintenance

Allowance Rs.60/-p.m.
Motor Cycle maintenance allowance shall be admissible to a University employee (Administrative Staff) who
maintains a motor cycle/scooter and draws pay of not less than Rs.350/- p.m. and Motor Car Maintenance Allowance
shall be admissible to a University Employee (Administrative Staff) who maintains a motor car and draws pay of not
less than Rs.1250/- p.m. This allowance shall be admissible to a University Employee (Administrative Staff) who
possesses a vehicle in his/her own name or in the name of his/her spouse, provided that the allowance shall be
admissible only to one of the spouses and not to both, in respect of the same vehicle. A University employee
(Administrative Staff) who has been provided with a staff car shall not be entitled to any conveyance allowance.
(ii) Local Compensatory Allowance - Local Compensatory Allowance shall be

admissible to all University Employees (Administrative Staff) at the rate of 5% of pay in the Revised National Scales of
Pay subject to a maximum of Rs.100/-p.m.
CLASS III & IV EMPLOYEES
NATIONAL SCALE OF PAY STATUTES, 1972
1. Short Title nd Application:

(a) These Statutes may be called the University of Peshawar Class III & Class IV employees
National Scales of Pay Statutes, 1972.
(b) They shall have effect from 1st day of March, 1972.
(c) These Statutes shall apply to all Class III & Class IV University employees and
demonstrators holding the pay scales equivalent to office Assistants with the exception of non-gazetted teaching staff
whose pay scales have already been revised.
2. Definitions:
In these Statutes unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context, the following expression shall
have the meanings hereby respectively assigned to them:-
(a) "National Scales of Pay" means the Scales appended to these Statutes.
(b) "Existing Pay Scales" means the Scales to which a University employee was entitled on 29th
February, 1972 or the date upto which he continued in that scale in accordance with rules applicable to him on that date.
(c) "University" means the University of Peshawar.
(d) "Pay" means the amount drawn monthly by a University employee other than a special pay,
personal pay or as an allowance.
(e) "Present Pay" means the pay admissible to University employee on 29th February, 1972 or
the date upto which he continued in existing Pay Scale.
(f) "Schedule" means the schedules appended to these Statutes.
(g) "University employees" means all Class-III and Class-IV employees and demonstrators
holding the pay scale equivalent to office assistants who are under the Statutes making control of the University of
Peshawar.
3. Application of National Scale of Pay:

Subject to the provisions made in Clause 1(c) and Clause 4, National Scales of Pay shall apply to all
Class-III and Class-IV employees and Demonstrators holding the pay scales equivalent to office assistants.
4. Right of Option:
(a) All University employees who were in service of University on 29th February 1972
will have the right to opt for the National Scale of Pay or the existing pay scales.
(b) All University employees opting for the National Scales of Pay may opt for these
scales w.e.f. the 1st March, 1972 or from any date thereafter upto and including the 30th November, 1972.
(c) The option shall be exercised in writing in the form (Appendix À') appended to
these Statutes and shall be communicated to the Registrar, University of Peshawar within a period of 4 months from the
date of issue of these Statutes. If however on the date of isue of these Statutes a University employee is on
deputation/training/foreign service outside Pakistan or is on leave, he may exercise the above option and communicate
it to the Registrar, University of Peshawar within 3 months of the date of his return. The option once exercised shall be
treated as final.
(d) Two identical copies of the option exercised in preceding sub-para will be prepared
by the existing University employees concerned. One copy will be returned to him duly signed by the Head of his
office or of the later's nominee in token of the option having been received. The other copy also bearing the counter-
signature of the Head of the officer or of his nominee, will be placed in the Service Book of University employee
concerned.
(e) An existing University Employee who does not exercise and communicate the
above option within the prescribed time limit shall be deemed to have opted for the National Scale of Pay.
(f) Those of the existing University employees who validly opt for not to be governed
by these Statutes shall continue to be governed by the relevant Rules and Orders regarding pay scales and
compensatory allowance etc. applicable/ admissible to them on 29th February, 1972. To such optees none of the
benefits sanctioned in or under these Statutes shall be allowed for so long as they continue to be Class-III and Class-IV
employees of the University.
5. Fixation of Pay in the National Scales of Pay:

(a) The pay of the University employees who opt for the National Scales of Pay will be
fixed in the said scales w.e.f. the 1st day of March, 1972 or any subsequent date w.e.f. which they opt for the same
under clause-4 of these Statutes.
(b) The pay shall be fixed both in the Scale of their substantive post and in the scale of
the post held by them in a temporary or officiating capacity.
(c) The maximum of the existing scale of pay shall be adopted as basis for conversion
into the National Scales of Pay. The table below indicate the maximum of the existing scales of pay which are to be
adopted in converting the existing scales into National Scales of Pay.
Ranges of the maximum of the existing scales of pay to be accommodated in the National Scales of Pay
National Scale of Pay

Upto Rs. 100.00
National Pay Scale No. 1.
From Rs. 101 to Rs. 120.
National Pay Scale No.10.
Employees having a maximum of National Pay Scale No.15

more than Rs.700/-
(d) The initial pay of the Class-III and IV University employees and demonstrators
who were in service on 29th February, 1972 and who opt for National Scales of pay shall be fixed in the relevant
National Scales of pay at an amount equal to their pay in the existing scale plus the amount of percentage increase,
mentioned below. In cases in which aggregate of these amounts, does not correspond to a stage in the National Scales
of Pay, the pay will be fixed at the next higher stage:-
Employees brought on the National Scale of Pay

Percentage increase to be allowed on the existing pay in the fixation of pay in the National Scales of Pay
1 and 2
(40%) Subject to a minimum of Rs.20/-
3 and 4
(30%) and a maximum of Rs.40/-
5, 6 and 7
(20%) Subject to a minimum of Rs.30/-
8,9,10 & 11
(15%) and maximum of Rs. 60/-
12,13,14 & 15
(10%)
Note: (i) Where aggregate of the pay of the University employee and the percentage increase
exceeds the maximum of the National Scales of Pay, the excess will be allowed as personal pay subject to subsequent
reduction under Foundational Rule 37.
(ii) In calculating the above percentage, fractions of rupee less than 50 paisa
will be ignored and 50 paisa and above will count as one rupees.
(e) The office Superintendents who are in the existing consolidated scales of Rs.325-
20-525 at present, shall be adjusted in the N.P. Scales No.12 (i.e.Rs.300-20-400/25-525/25-650).
6. Increments in the National Scales of Pay:

Increments in a National Pay shall fall due on the 1st day of the month of December following the
completion of at least six months service at the relevant stage in that scale, irrespective of the existing date of increment
of the University employee. The date of accrual of 1st increment in the National Scales of Pay will remain the 1st
December, 1972 irrespective of the date from which the University employee opts for the National Scale of Pay.
"In case of University Employee before reaching the maximum of a National Scale of Pay is
promoted/appointed to a higher National Scale of Pay between the 2nd June and 30th November of a calendar year and
his initial pay in the later scale is fixed with reference to his last pay in the former scale, he may, at his option, get his
pay in the higher scale concerned refixed with effect from 1st December of the above year of promotion/appointment
with reference to his presumptive pay on the date in his pre-promotion/pre-appointment scale referred to above".
7. Adhoc Relief:
Subject to the provisions contained in Clause 4(f) and Clause-8, Adhoc relief as admissible under the
existing rules shall with effect from 1st March, 1972 or till the date the employee continued to draw pay in existing pay
scales, cease to be admissible.
8. Emoluments of University Employees Opting for Existing Scales:

University Employees who opt to retain the existing scales with effect from 1st March, 1972 be
entitled to personal pay equal to the amount of adhoc relief, as admissible under the existing rules in addition to the pay
as defined in the fundamental and supplementary rules. The personal pay will be absorbed in future increments.
9. Additions:
(a) Any addition/modification concerning National Scales of Pay made by the Provincial
Government will be applicable to University employees with the approval of the Syndicate.
(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in these statutes, the Syndicate
may, as occasion arises, create any post with a different designation in the National Scales of Pay or change the
designation of any pst included in the schedules.
10. Selection Grade:

There shall be no Selection Grade in the National Scales of Pay. Those University employees who
were drawing pay in the existing selection grades before the date on which they opt for the National Scales of Pay will
be fixed in the appropriate National Scales of Pay on the basis of the maximum of the selection grade, if they opt for
the National Scales of Pay.
11. Grant of Next Higher National Scales of Pay:

(a) University employee in National Scales of Pay No. 1, 2, 3 who reaches the
maximum of a National Scale of Pay shall be brought on the next higher National Scales of Pay with effect from 1st
December of the year in which he completes one year of such service at the maximum as counts for increment under
the Statutes.
(b) University employee in National Scales of Pay No. 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13,
14 who reaches the maximum of a National Scale of Pay, shall be brought on to the next higher National Scale of Pay
with effect from 1st December of the year in which he completes one year of such service, at the above maximum as
counts for increment under the Statutes, subject to the condition that there is no adverse entry in the annual confidential
reports for the last 4 years. If this condition is not fulfilled he shall wait at the above maximum till he earns in
succession 4 annual confidential reports without adverse entries and his transfer to the next higher National Scale of
Pay shall take effect from the 1st December of the year, following the year for which he earns the fourth such Annual
Confidential Report.
(c) University employee who will be adjusted in, or whose basic scale is, National Scales of Pay
No. 15 will, subject to the same conditions as are applicable for movement of employees from the maximum of
National Scales of Pay No. 3 to 14 be allowed to move over only upto and including National Scale of Pay No. 16, for
this purpose alone, National Scale of Pay No. 16 will be deemed as if it were part of the schedule-I of the Statutes.
(d) Fixation of pay on transfer from lower scale to higher scale:
When a University employee is allowed to draw pay in the next higher National Pay Scale under sub-clause (a) (b) and
(c) or on account of his coming within the orbit of the number of posts of his cadre placed in higher scale or his post
having been upgraded, his pay in the higher scale shall be fixed at a stage next above his pay in the lower scale.
12. Benefits in cases of promotions from lower to higher post:

In cases of promotions from a lower to higher post, where the stage in the National Scale of Pay of
the higher post, next above the substantive pay in the National Scale of Pay of the lower post, gives a pay increase
equal to, or less than, a full increment, the initial pay in the National Scale of Pay pertaining to the higher post will be
fixed after allowing a premature increment in the National Scale of Pay of the higher post. The existing rules/orders
regarding grant of minimum pay increases on promotions shall be treated as withdrawn.
13. Fixed Pay:

The existing fixed pay should also be brought on to the National Scales of Pay by treating the fixed
pay as the maximum of the scales for fixation in one of the National Scale of Pay.
14. Special Pay:

(a) In cases in which the Special Pay stood permanently attached to a post and the
incumbents of the post was ordinarily not transferable to another post not carrying such special pay except on
promotion or demotion, the terms "PAY" will be inclusive of that special pay, that is to say that such special pay should
be merged with the pay for fixation of his pay in National Scale of Pay. Such Special Pay will not be admissible
separately in future.
(b) With the exception of the Special pays mentioned in such para (a) above other
special pays attached with the posts, the incumbents of which are transferable, will remain as they are.
15. Technical Pay:

No Technical Pay will be allowed with the National Scales of Pay. If any Technical Pay exists in the
present scales, it should be merged with the new National Scales of Pay in the manner indicated for special pays.
16. Apprentices/Stipendiary Students:

There will be no special rates of stipend for apprentice/ stipendiary students. Apprentices and
stipendiary students will be allowed the minimum of the National Scale of the post to which they would be appointed
on successful completion of their apprenticeship/stipendiary studentship. The period of apprenticeship/stipendiary
studentship will not count for increment in National Scales of Pay.
17. Work Charged Employees:

Work charged employees of the University will be entitled to the National Scales of Pay from the
same dated and on the same conditions as allowed by the Provincial Government to its employees.
18. Allowances:
House Rent Allowance, Conveyance Allowance, Washing Allowance and any other allowance will be
allowed on the same basis as sanctioned by the Provincial Government from time to time if approved by the Syndicate.
19. Relaxation:
Any of the provision of these Statutes, may, for reasons to be recorded in writing, relaxed in
individual cases if the Syndicate is satisfied that a strict application of the provision would cause undue hardship to the
individual or class of individual concerned.
APPENDIX - À'
OPTION FORM
I opt for the University of Peshawar (Class III and Class IV Employees) National Scales of Pay Statutes 1972,
with effect from ................
Signature ..........................
Name in Block letter ...............
Father's Name ......................
Designation ........................
Branch .............................
Office/School/College/Deptt ........
ATTESTED
Signature ..................
Designation/Stamp of the Head of:
office/School/College/Department.
SCHEDULE - I
National Scales of Pay No.

National Scale of Pay
1
Rs. 100-2-116-EB-3-140
2
Rs. 110-3-152-EB-4-160
3
Rs. 120-3-150-EB-5-180
4
Rs. 130-4-170-EB-5-200
5
Rs. 150-6-180-EB-8-220-EB-10-280
6
Rs. 165-8-205-EB-10-255-EB-10-315
7
Rs. 180-10-230-EB-10-280-EB-15-370
8
Rs. 200-12-260-EB-15-335-EB-15-425
9
Rs. 225-15-300-EB-16-380-EB-20-480
10
Rs. 250-18-340-EB-20-440-EB-20-540
11
Rs. 275-20-375-EB-20-475-EB-25-600
12
Rs. 300-20-400-EB-25-525-EB-25-650
13
Rs. 325-25-450-EB-25-575-EB-25-700
14
Rs. 350-25-475-EB-25-600-EB-30-750
15
Rs. 375-25-500-EB-30-650-EB-35-825
16
Rs. 400-35-750-EB-50-1000
SCHEDULE - II
NATIONAL SCALES OF PAY
S.
No.
Designation
Existing Pay Scales
National Scales of Pay Applicable
1
2
3
4
5
Common Posts
1.
Senior Superintendent
450-30-750
375-25-500/30-650/35-825
(No 15)
2.
(a) Office Supdt. (Personal)
450-30-750
375-25-500/30-650/35-825
(No 15)
(b) Office Supdt.

300-20-440/25-615
325-25-450/25-575/25-700
(No 13)
(c) Office Supdt.

325-20-525
300-20-400/25-525/25-650
(No 12)
3.
Demonstrator
225-15-360/20-500
275-20-375/20-475/25-600
(No 11)
4.
Draughtsman
225-15-360/20-500
275-20-375/20-475/25-600
(No 11)
5.
Head Lab. Assistant and Senior Lab. Assistant.
225-15-360/20-500
275-20-375/20-475/25-600
(No 11)
6.
Assistant
225-15-360/20-500
275-20-375/20-475/25-600
(No 11)
7.
Stenographer
225-15-360/20-500
275-20-375/20-475/25-600
(No 11)
8.
Senior Clerk and Stenotypist
140-10-300
180-10-230/10-280/15-370
(No 7)
9.
Laboratory Assistant
140-10-300
180-10-230/10-280/15-370
(No 7)
10.
Laboratory Attendant (Matric)
115-5-175
150-6-180/8-220/10-280
(No 5)
11.
Junior Clerk
115-5-175
150-6-180/8-220/10-280
(No 5)
12.
Laboratory Assistant
115-5-175
150-6-180/8-220/10-280
(No 5)
13.
Carpenter
115-5-175
150-6-180/8-220/10-280
(No 5)
14.
Binder-Cum-Daftari (Record Letter)
115-5-175
150-6-180/8-220/10-280
(No 5)
15.
Jamadar Chowkidar
80-40-120
110-3-152/4-160
(No 2)
16.
Head Mali
80-40-120
110-3-152/4-160
(No 2)
17.
Jamadar Sweeper
80-40-120
110-3-152/4-160
(No 2)
18.
Jamadar Peon
80-40-120
110-3-152/4-160
(No 2)
19.
Daftari & Janitor
75-1-90
110-3-152/4-160
(No 2)
20.
Havaldar Chowkidar
75-1-90
100-2-116/3-140
(No 1)
21.
Lab. Attendant
70-1-85
100-2-116/3-140
(No 1)
22.
Mali
65-1-80
100-2-116/3-140
(No 1)
23.
Chowkidar
65-1-80
100-2-116/3-140
(No 1)
24.
Sweeper
65-1-80
100-2-116/3-140
(No 1)
25.
Drain Cooli
65-1-80
100-2-116/3-140
(No 1)
26.
Store Attendant
65-1-80
100-2-116/3-140
(No 1)
27.
Library Attendant
65-1-80
100-2-116/3-140
(No 1)
28.
Mali Rider
.......
100-2-116/3-140
(No 1)
29.
Peon
65-1-80
100-2-116/3-140
(No 1)
Vice-Chancellor's Office
1.
Secretary to V.C.
450-30-750
375-25-500/30-650/35-825
(No 15)
2.
P.A. to V.C.
325-20-525
300-20-400/25-525/25-650
(No 12)
Administrative Officer's Office
1.
Superintendent (Land Acquisition & Functions)
140-10-300
180-10-230/10-280/15-370
(No 7)
2.
Care Taker
65-1-80
100-2-116/3-140
(No 1)
University Library
1.
Cataloguer
225-15-360/20-500
275-20-375/20-475/25-600
(No 11)
2.
Book Binder
115-5-175
150-6-180/8-200/10-280
(No 5)
Staff Car and Vehicles
1.
Driver
95-3-125
(i) 120-3-150/5-180
*ii)150-6-180/8-220/10-280
(No 3)
(No 5)
2.
Cleaner/Conductor**
(i) 100-2-116/3-140
**ii)150-6-180/8-220/10-280
(No 1)
(No 5)
* This scale is admissible to those drivers who were appointed before 1.6.1974. This addition will be effective from
1.3.1972, but no arrears shall be paid prior to 1.8.1973. (Approved by the Chancellor vide letter No. 2835/S.I(a)/77-GS
dated 7th August, 1977).
** N.P.S. 5 is awarded to those conductors who were appointed before 1.6.1974. This addition will be effective from
the date as allowed to the Drivers but no arrears would be paid prior to 1.8.1973. (Approved by the Chancellor vide
letter No. S.O.(UE) 20-1/78-79 dated 15th February, 1979).
University Press
1.
Press Man
250-15-400
225-15-300/16-380/20-480
(No 9)
2.
Monotype Operator
250-15-400
225-15-300/16-380/20-480
(No 9)
3.
Compositor
250-15-400
225-15-300/16-380/20-480
(No 9)
4.
Machine Man
120-12-220
150-6-180/8-220/10-280
(No 5)
5.
Caster
140-10-300
180-10-230/10-280/15-370
(No 7)
6.
Compositor
115-6-205
150-6-180/8-220/10-280
(No 5)
7.
Proof Reader
115-6-205
150-6-180/8-220/10-280
(No 5)
8.
Distributor
85-5-135/6-147
130-4-170/5-200
(No 4)
9.
Inker
70-3-115
110-3-152/4-160
(No 2)
10.
Picker
70-3-115
110-3-152/4-160
(No 2)
11.
Kaghzi
65-1-80
11-2-116/3-140
(No 1)
University Hospitals
1.
Female Nurse
..........
225-15-300/16-380/20-480
(No 9)
2.
Lady Health Visitor
175-6-205/7-275
165-8-205/10-225/10-315
(No 6)
3.
Compounder
115-5-175
150-6-180/8-220/10-280
(No 5)
4.
Lady Dispenser
115-5-175
150-6-180/8-220/10-280
(No 5)
5.
Dai
75-1-90
100-2-116/3-140
(No 1)
University Mosques
1.
Imam/Muazzin
Pesh-e-Imam
80-4-100
i) 110-3-152/4-160
*ii)200-12-260/15-335/15-425
(No 2)
(No 8)
2.
Khadim
70-1-85
100-2-116/3-140
(No 1)
Executive Engineer's Office
1.
Head Clerk
225-15-360/20-500
275-20-375/20-475/25-600
(No 11)
2.
Divisional Accountant
225-15-360/20-500
275-20-375/20-475/25-600
(No 11)
3.
Supervisor Electricity
225-15-360/20-500
275-20-375/20-475/25-600
(No 11)
4.
Overseer
175-10-325/15-400
225-15-300/16-380/20-480
(No 9)
5.
Electric Mistri
175-10-215/15-275/15-350
200-12-260/15-335/15-425
(No 8)
6.
Store Keeper
140-10-300
180-10-230/10-280/15-370
(No 7)
7.
Meter Reader
(a) 120-5-200
(b) 115-5-175
150-6-180/8-220/10-280
(No 5)
8.
Pipe Fitter
125-5-200
150-6-180/8-220/10-280
(No 5)
9.
Sanitary Fitter
125-5-200
150-6-180/8-220/10-280
(No 5)
10.
Wireman
115-5-175
150-6-180/8-220/10-280
(No 5)
11.
Lineman
115-5-175
150-6-180/8-220/10-280
(No 5)
12.
Work Mistry
115-5-175
150-6-180/8-220/10-280
(No 5)
13.
Mason
115-5-175
150-6-180/8-220/10-280
(No 5)
14.
Carpenter
115-5-175
150-6-180/8-220/10-280
(No 5)
15.
Sanitary Fitter
95-2-125
120-3-150/5-180
(No 3)
16.
Tube-Well Operator
95-2-125
120-3-150/5-180
(No 3)
17.
Junior Tubewell Operator
70-2-110
110-3-152/4-160
(No 2)
18.
Assistant Wireman
70-2-90
100-2-116/3-140
(No 1)
19.
Painter
65-2-90
100-2-116/3-140
(No 1)
20.
Mate
65-1-85
100-2-116/3-140
(No 1)
21.
Tube-Well Greaser
65-1-80
100-2-116/3-140
(No 1)
22.
Cooli
65-1-80
100-2-116/3-140
(No 1)
Book Bank Account
1.
Assistant Librarian
140-10-300
180-10-230/10-280/15-370
(No 7)
Physics Department
1.
Instrument Mechanic
140-10-300
180-10-230/10-280/15-370
(No 7)
2.
Store Keeper
140-10-300
180-10-230/10-280/15-370
(No 7)
Chemistry Department
1.
Lab. Supervisor
450-30-750
375-25-500/30-650/35-825
(1.6.72)
180-10-230/10-280/15-370
(No 15)
(No 7)
2.
Instrument Mechanic
140-10-300
275-20-375/20-475/25-600
(No 11)
3.
Gas Man
115-5-175
150-6-180/8-220/10-280
(No 5)
4.
Gas Room Attendant
65-2-95
100-2-116/3-140
(No 1)
5.
Gas Man
65-1-80
100-2-116/3-140
(No 1)
6.
Store Attendant
65-1-80
100-2-116/3-140
(No 1)
7.
Store Keeper
225-15-360/20-500
275-20-375/20-475/25-600
(No 11)
Botany Department
1.
Herbarium Assistant
140-10-300
180-10-230/10-280/15-370
(No 7)
Zoology Department
1.
Museum Assistant
140-10-300
180-10-230/10-280/15-370
275-20-375/20-475/25-600
(1.6.72)
(No 7)
(No 11)
2.
Field Assistant
140-10-300
180-10-230/10-280/15-370
(No 7)
Geography Department
1.
Carto-Grapher
225-15-360/20-500
275-20-375/20-475/25-600
(No 11)
Geology Department
1.
Curator
225-15-360/20-500
275-20-375/20-475/25-600
(No 11)
2.
Section Cutter
225-15-360/20-500
275-20-375/20-475/25-600
(No 11)
3.
Rock Cutter/Technician
140-10-300
180-10-230/10-280/15-370
(No 7)
Archaeology Department
1.
Photographer
225-15-360/20-500
275-20-375/20-475/25-600
(No 11)
2.
Museum Attendant
65-1-80
100-2-116/3-140
(No 1)
Economics Department
1.
Laboratory Clerk
140-10-300
180-10-230/10-280/15-370
(No 7)
University College for Women
1.
I PTI
225-15-360/20-500
275-20-375/20-475/25-600
(No 11)
Islamia College Peshawar
1.
Head Clerk/Assistant
225-15-360/20-500
275-20-375/20-475/25-600
(No 11)
2.
Head Cashier
225-15-360/20-500
275-20-375/20-475/25-600
(No 11)
3.
Accountant/Assistant
225-15-360/20-500
275-20-375/20-475/25-600
(No 11)
4.
Physical Instructor
225-15-360/20-500
275-20-375/20-475/25-600
(No 11)
5.
Glass Blower
140-10-300
180-10-230/10-280/15-370
(No 7)
6.
Pesh-e-Imam
171-7-185/8-225/10-275
i)165-8-205/10-255/10-315
ii)200-12-260/15-335/15-425
(No 6)
(No 8)
7.
Gas Man
115-5-175
150-6-180/8-220/10-280
(No 5)
8.
Driver
93-3-125
i) 120-3-150/5-180
ii)150-6-180/8-220/10-280
(No 3)
(No 5)
9.
Janitor
70-1-90
110-3-152/4-160
(No 2)
10.
Field Man
70-1-85
100-2-116/3-140
(No 1)
11.
Muazzin
70-1-85
100-2-116/3-140
(No 1)
12.
Khadim
70-1-85
100-2-116/3-140
(No 1)
13.
Gas Room Attendant
70-1-85
100-2-116/3-140
(No 1)
14.
Turner
250/-(fixed)
165-8-205/10-255/10-315
(No 6)
University Schools
1.
Aya
65-1-80
100-2-116/3-140
(No 1)
2.
Water Carrier
65-1-80
100-2-116/3-140
(No 1)
3.
Cleaner
65-1-80
100-2-116/3-140
(No 1)
Pashto Academy
1.
Translator
275-15-320/20-450
250-18-340/20-440/20-540
(No 10)
2.
Junior Assistant Lexicographer
275-15-320/20-450
250-18-340/20-440/20-540
(No 10)
3.
Calligrapher
225-15-360/20-500
275-20-375/20-475/25-600
(No 11)
4.
Store Keeper
225-15-360/20-500
275-20-375/20-475/25-600
(No 11)
5.
Proof Reader
225-15-360/20-500
275-20-375/20-475/25-600
(No 11)
6.
Accountant
225-15-360/20-500
275-20-375/20-475/25-600
(No 11)
7.
Stenotypist-cum-Clerk
140-10-300
180-10-230/10-280/15-370
(No 7)
8.
Senior Clerk (Pashto Typist)
140-10-300
180-10-230/10-280/15-370
(No 7)
9.
Copiest
125-7-195/8-275
From (31.1.73)
i) 165-8-205/10-225/10-315
ii)275-20-375/20-475/25-600
(No 6)
(No 11)
10.
Proof Reader
125-7-195/8-275
From (31.1.73)
i) 165-8-205/10-225/10-315
ii)275-20-375/20-475/25-600
(No 6)
(No 11)
Hostel's Servants
1.
Warden, Women's Hostel
220-15-400
225-15-300/16-380/20-480
(No 9)
2.
Assistant Warden, Women's Hostel
175-10-215/15-275/15-350
200-12-260/15-335/15-425
(No 8)
3.
Head Cook
80-4-120
110-3-152/4-160
(No 2)
4.
Assistant Cook
65-1-80
100-2-116/3-140
(No 1)
5.
Bearer/H.Bearer
65-1-80
100-2-116/3-140
(No 1)
6.
Water Carrier
65-1-80
100-2-116/3-140
(No 1)
THE UNIVERSITY OF PESHAWAR EMPLOYEES
(CLASS-III & CLASS-IV)
NATIONAL SCALES OF PAY (AMENDMENT)
STATUTES 1977
Preamble:
Whereas it is expedient to amend the University of Peshawar Employees (Class-III & Class-IV
Employees (National Scales of Pay) Statutes, 1972 in the manner hereinafter appearing the following Statutes are
framed:

1. (a) These Statutes may be called the University of Peshawar Employees (Class-III and
Class-IV Employees) National Scales of Pay (Amendment) Statutes, 1977.
2. In the University of Peshawar Employees (Class-III and Class-IV Employees) National Scales of Pay
Statutes, 1972 hereinafter referred to as the Principal Statutes, the following column shall be added to the Schedule-I
and in Schedule-II, the Revised National Scales of Pay as listed in this column shall be entered against the
corresponding Nation Scales of Pay.
N.P.S. Rs.
1 250-5-280/6-340
2 260-6-302/7-365
3. 270-7-326/8-390
4 280-8-352/9-415
5 290-10-350/12-470
6 315-12-399/14-525
7 335-14-447/16-575
8 370-16-514/18-640
9 390-20-590/22-700
10 410-22-520/24-760
11 430-24-550/28-830
12 460-28-600/30-900
13 490-30-790/32-950
14 520-30-900/40-1010
15 550-35-900/40-1100
16 625-40-825/50-1325
3. In the Principal Statutes after Section 3, the following new section shall be inserted:
"3-A(i) The Revised National Scales of Pay shall be admissible to all the University Employees
(Class-III and Class-IV), holding posts as specified in the schedule on 1st May, 1977, with the exception of those who
were or are on deputation with this University.
(ii) All the University Employees who had not opted to be governed by the scheme of
National Scales of Pay shall have the option to retain their scales of pay. This option shall be valid only if its is
exercised in writing not later than 31.7.1977. If, however, on the date of notification of these statutes the University
Employee is on leave or outside Pakistan, he may opt for these scales within three months of the date of his return from
leave or to Pakistan. Such University Employee who does not exercise option on or before 31.7.1977 shall be deemed
to have opted to be governed by the scheme of National Scales of Pay with effect from 1st May, 1977".
4. In the Principal Statutes after Section 5, the following new section be inserted:
"5-A The initial pay in the Revised National Scales of Pay shall be fixed at the stage
equal to or if there is no such stage at the stage next above, the amount arrived at by allowing an increase of 10% over
the aggregate of the basic pay in the Revised Scales of Pay and the dearness allowances that would have been
admissible but for these statutes, on the 1st May, 1977".
5. In the Principal Statutes after Section 6, the following new section be inserted:
"6-A The annual increment in the Revised National Scales of Pay will accrue on the first
day of the month of December following the completion of at least six months of such service at the relevant stage in
that scale as counts for increment under the relevant Statutes".
6. In the case of the University Employees (Class-III and Class-IV Employees) to whom the Revised
National Scales of Pay shall be admissible, in the provisions of Section-II of the Principal Statutes, the words `National
Scales of Pay' be read as `Revised National Scales of Pay'.
7. In the Principal Statutes, the following Section shall be substituted for Section 18:
"18 The following allowances shall be admissible to all University Employees (Class-III and
Class-IV employees) who draw pay in the Revised National Scales of Pay".
(i) House Rent Allowance: All University employees (Class-III and Class-IV
employees) not provided University accommodation in their name or in the name of their spouses shall be entitled to
house rent allowance at the rate of 30% of the minimum of the relevant Revised National Scales of Pay.
(ii) The recovery of house rent for residential accommodation provided by the
University shall be made at the rate of 5% of the substantive Pay of a University employee (Class-III and Class-IV
employees).
(iii) All University employees (Class-III and Class-IV employees) not residing within their work
premises shall be allowed Conveyance Allowance or Motor Cycle/Car Maintenance Allowance, irrespective of the
distance between the office and the residence at the rates and subject to the conditions specified below:
(1) Conveyance Allowance Rs.30/-p.m.

(2) Motor Cycle Maintenance
Allowance Rs.60/-p.m.
Motor Cycle maintenance allowance shall be admissible to a University of Peshawar Employee

(Class-III and Class-IV employee) who maintains a motor cycle/scooter and draws pay of not less than Rs.350/- p.m.
and Motor Car Maintenance Allowance shall be admissible to a University employee who maintains a motor car and
draws pay of not less than Rs.1250/- p.m. This allowance shall be admissible to a University Employee who possesses
a vehicle in his/her own name or in the name of his/her spouse, provided that the allowance shall be admissible only to
one of the spouses and not to both, in respect of the same vehicle.
(iv) Local Compensatory Allowance - Local Compensatory Allowance shall be

admissible to all University Employees (Class-III and Class-IV), at the rate of 5% of pay in the Revised National Scales
of Pay subject to a maximum of Rs.100/-p.m.
Big Town Compensatory Allowance sanctioned to the University employees in grade 1 to 15 @ 7%
of their basic pay vide Syndicate decision dated 9.6.1976 shall be discontinued with effect from 1.5.1977.
REVISED NATIONAL SCALES OF PAY STATUTES 1981
1. Revision in the National Scale of Pay in column 4 as indicated in the relevant National Scales of Pay
(Amendment) Statutes 1977 with effect from 1.7.1981, and Residence-Officer Conveyance Allowance, Dearness
Allowance, House Rent Allowance and Washing Allowance.
(Approved by Chancellor vide SO(UE) 70-1/83-III dated 5.5.83)
Existing National Pay

Revised National Pay Scale
1. 250-5-280/6-340
250-5-280/6-340-7-375
2. 260-6-302/7-365
260-6-302/7-365-8-405
3. 270-7-326/8-390
270-7-326/8-390-9-435
4. 280-8-352/9-415
280-8-352/9-415-12-475
5. 290-10-350/12-470
290-10-350/12-470-14-540
6. 315-12-399/14-525
315-12-399/14-525-16-605
7. 335-14-447/16-575
335-14-447/16-575-18-665
8. 370-16-514/18-640
370-16-514/18-640-22-750
9. 390-20-590/22-700
390-20-590/22-700-24-820
10. 410-22-520/24-760
410-22-520/24-760-28-900
11. 430-24-550/28-830
430-24-550/28-830-30-980
12. 460-28-790/32-950
460-28-790/32-950-32-1060
13. 490-30-790/32-950
490-30-790/32-950-35-1125
14. 520-30-730/35-1100
520-30-730/35-1010-40-1210
15. 550-35-900/40-1100
550-35-900/40-1100-50-1350
16. 625-40-825/50-1325
625-40-825/50-1325-60-1625
17. 900-50-1150/60-1750
900-50-1150/60-1750-100-2260
18. 1350-75-1650/100-2150
1350-75-1650/100-2650
19. 2250-100-2750
2250-100-3050
20. 2600-125-3225
2600-125-3600
21. 3000-150-3750
3000-150-4200
22. 3250-200-4250
3250-200-4850
The pay of the existing University employees including retired University/Government employees re-
employed in the University and drawing pay in the relevant National Pay Scale shall with effect from 1.7.1981 be
advanced by one stage. The annual increment falling due on 1st December, 1981 will however, accrue as usual on that
date.
2. Residence-Office Conveyance Allowance:
(i) University servant drawing pay of Rs. 1250/-per month and above.
(a) Those maintaining motor car. Rs.285/-p.m.

(b) Other ................ Rs.150/-p.m.
(ii) University servant drawing pay of

Rs.350/-p.m. and above and less than
Rs.1250/-p.m. and maintaining Motor Rs.100/-p.m.
Cycle.
(iii) All others ........... Rs.70/-p.m.
(iv) The terms `pay' means Basic Pay only. The other existing conditions regulating the grant of the above
allowance shall continue to apply.
3. Dearness Allowance:
Grant of D.A. @ 10% of pay, subject to a minimum of Rs.100/-p.m. and maximum of Rs.250/-p.m. in lieu of
the D.A. of Rs.40/-p.m. and additional of Rs.30/-p.m. with effect from 1.7.1981. This allowance will be in lieu of the
dearness allowance of Rs.40/-p.m. and additional dearness allowance of Rs.30/p.m. sanctioned vide notification No.
10202-42/A-1/Estt, dated 4.8.1979 and Notification No. 8090-240/A-1/Estt dated 29.7.1980 respectively.
The above dearness allowance:

(i) will be calculated on basic pay;
(ii) will be classified as compensatory allowance and will not be subject to income tax;
(iii) will not be included in the term "emoluments" for the purpose of recovery of house rent under FR-
45.C;
(iv) will not be admissible to University employees posted abroad;
(v) will not be admissible in the case of University employees who is employed during L.P.R.;
(vi) will not be admissible during the entire period of leave, including leave preparatory to
retirement;
(vii) will be admissible during the period of suspension;
(viii) will be admissible to re-employed to University pensioners on the pay received in the relevant
National Pay Scale during the re-employment;
(xi) in calculating the monthly rate of the above allowance, fraction of rupee which is less than
fifty paisas will be ignored and that of fifty paisas and more will count as one rupee.
4. House Rent Allowance:

45% of the minimum of the relevant revised N.P.S. with effect from 1.7.1981.
5. Washing Allowance:
The existing rate of washing allowance is as under:
(a) From Rs.5/-p.m. to Rs.15/-p.m. with effect from 1.7.1981. The other conditions regulating
the payment of washing allowance shall continue to apply.
(b) According to Clause-18 of the University of Peshawar Class-III and Class-IV employees
NPS Statutes 1972, house rent allowance, conveyance allowance, washing allowance and any other allowance will be
allowed on the same basis as sanctioned by the Provincial Government from time to time.
BASIC PAY SCALES SCHEME 1983
1. The University of Peshawar adopted the Scheme of Basic Pay Scales, Allowances and other fringe
benefits 1983 for its employees with effect from 1.7.1983 (approved by the competent authorities vide office order No.
959/Estt: dated 3.12.1983).
PART-I BASIC SCALES AND ALLIED MATTERS

(STATUTES)
2. Basic Scales of Pay:

The Basic Scales of Pay, 1983, as shown in Annexure-I appended to these statutes shall replace the
existing Revised National Scales of Pay (NPS). The Basic Scales shall not be regarded "grades" as and shall not be
referred to as grades in official communications. Official shall henceforth be appointed/ promoted to posts and not in
grades.
3. Initial Fixation of Pay:

(i) The initial pay of an existing employee i.e. an employee, who has been in University service
since the 1st of July, 1983, shall be fixed at the stage in the relevant Basic Pay Scale which is as many stages above the
minimum as the stage occupied by him above the minimum of the existing Revised National Pay Scale, provided that
where the pay so determined does not give the employee concerned a minimum advantage of 10% of his existing basic
pay plus Dearness Allowance over and above the present emoluments drawn by him, his pay shall be fixed at the
lowest stage in the Basic Scale that gives him that advantages; provided further that the maximum of the relevant Basic
Scale shall not be exceeded in any case. In this fixation formula "emoluments" would mean the sum of pay, Dearness
Allowances and L.C.A. if any.
(ii) Annual increment shall continue to be admissible subject to existing conditions on the 1st
December each year under this scheme. However, the 1st annual increment of existing employees in the basic scales
shall be accrue on the 1st December, 1983.

The existing provisions regulating the fixation of pay in case of promotion of employees from a
lower to a higher post shall continue to apply.
5. Move-over:
The existing provisions regulating the concession of Move-over without promotion to the next higher
pay scale of employees in Revised National Pay Scale-1 (B-1) to Revised National Pay Scale-16 (B-16) shall continue
to apply.
6. The existing concession "Move-over" of employees to the next higher pay scale shall be admissible
to all employees in B-16 to B-19 without having to wait at the maximum of the pay scale for three years with effect
from 1st December of the year in which the employee concerned completes one year of such service at the said
maximum as counts for increment under the rules. This will be subject to the following conditions:
(i) All employees who reached the maximum of the scale on or before 1.12.1983 are
eligible to the benefit of move-over with effect from 1.12.1984. However, arrears would not be admissible for the
period prior to 1.12.1985 to employees other than those technical or professional employees as mentioned in this
Scheme.
(ii) Employees shall not be allowed two successive move-overs. However, if an
employee who has moved over to a particular scale, is subsequently promoted to a post carrying the scale, he would
again become eligible for a further move-over.
(iii) Move-over cases of employees who are on deputation abroad or are posted to ex-cadre posts
abroad would be governed by the existing policy regarding the promotion of such employees.
(iv) A move-over shall not be construed to be a promotion to the next higher basic pay
scale, but the higher pay scale will be treated to be an extension of the existing basic pay scale of the post held by the
employee. Therefore, the incidence of move-over shall not be announced.
(v) The pay of employees who are allowed move-over shall be fixed at the stage next
above their existing pay in the lower scale. No premature increment will be admissible.
(vi) In case of a move-over to BPS-20 no entertainment allowance, senior post
allowance, residence orderly or any other fringe benefit(s) shall be admissible.
(vii) Employees allowed a move-over shall not be entitled to any change in the rental ceiling
admissible to them. The house rent allowance, which is calculated with reference to the minimum of the relevant basic
pay scale shall, however, be payable on the basis of the pay scale in which the official has moved over.
(viii) An employee should be a regular member of the service, cadre or holder of a post concerned
and should have completed five years of service for move-over to BPS-18, 12 years of service for move-over to BPS-
19 and 17 years of service for move-over to BPS-20 in BPS-17 and above. Service rendered in pay scale below BPS-17
will be computed according to the existing formula.
(ix) In allowing move-overs, the competent authority should ensure that the confidential
reports of the concerned employees are:
(a) free from adverse remarks for the last five years. In case an employee fails
to fulfil this condition, he shall wait at the maximum of the pay scale till he has earned in succession the requisite
number of reports without adverse entry and his move-over shall take effect from the 1st December of the year in
which the last such report is earned.
(b) average to good in the case of move-over to scale 17 and 18.
(c) generally good in the case of move-over to scale 19.
(d) at least good or above for move-over to BPS-20.
It will also be ensure that no penalty under the relevant rules has
been imposed on the employee being allowed to move-over during the last five years.
(i) For move-over from BPS-16 to 17 at least one full year's good
report without any adverse entry during the last five years inclusive of the year of move-over.
(ii) For move-over from BPS-17 to 18 and BPS-18 to 19 at least two
full years good reports without any adverse entry during the last five years inclusive of the years of move-over.
(iii) For move-over from BPS-19 to 20, at least three full years, good reposts
without any adverse entry during the last five years inclusive of the years of move-over.
(x) Minimum length of service (in scale-17 and above) prescribed for the purpose of
drawing pay and increment on promotion to posts carrying BPS-18 and above shall be as under:
Basic Pay Scale Length of Service

of the post
BPS-18 ... 5 years
BPS-19 ... 12 years
BPS-20 ... 17 years
BPS-21 ... 22 years
BPS-22 ... 22 years
For calculating the service rendered in BPS-17 and above, half of the
service rendered in BPS-16 and 1/4th of service rendered in scale below 16, if any, shall be added for the purpose of
computing total length of service.
(xi) The length of service for move-over, after reaching the maximum of Basic Pay
Scale in respect of officers/teachers appointed direct to the post in BPS-17, BPS-18 and BPS-19 shall be subject to the
following provisions:
(a) Where initial appointment of a person not being a person in University
service takes place in a post in BPS-18, 19 or 20, the length of service shall be reduced by the following periods;
First Appointment in Reduced By

BPS-18 ... 5 years
BPS-19 ... 12 years
BPS-20 ... 17 years
(b) Where initial appointment of a person already in University service takes

place, on the recommendation of the University Selection Board in post in BPS-17, BPS-18 or BPS-19, the length of
service may be calculated according to the following table:
For Move-over to Requisite Length

of Service
i) PBS-18 5 years in BPS-17
ii) BPS-19 where
initial appointment
took place in:
a) BPS-17 12 years in Scale-17
and above.
b) BPS-18 7 years in Scale-18.
iii) BPS-20 where

initial appointment
took place in:
a) BPS-17 17 years in Scale-17

and above.
b) BPS-18 12 years in Scale-18

and above.
c) BPS-19 5 years in Scale-19.
Note: In those cases where initial appointment took place accordingly in various scales, whichever
alternative in (ii) or (iii) above is more beneficial will apply.
(c) Where first appointment of a person other than a person covered by

provision sub-clause (xi) above was made to a University service in BPS-16 or below, one-half of the service in BPS-
16 and one-fourth in BPS-15 and below may be counted as service in BPS-17 for computing length of service.
(xii) The move-over in the cases of Technical and Professional categories e.g. Doctors,
Engineers, Educationists, Economics, Management-Accountants, Scientists, Archaeologists shall be permissible upto
B-20 without the condition of stay at the maximum for three years; provided that in case where it is intended to allow a
move-over to the category of officers other than Doctors, Engineers and Educationists, prior concurrence of the
Syndicate shall be obtained.
(xiii) Move-over shall be allowed upto BPS-20 to a teacher/research scholar/research associate
who has reached the maximum of his scale on, before or subsequent to 1.12.1983 (as per Government Rules regarding
staying at the maximum before move-over) subject to the following conditions:
i) Teaching/research staff reaching the maximum of a scale be given a move-
over to a higher scale in the University.
ii) The person concerned is declared fit for a Move-over after an examination
of his Annual Confidential Reports and other relevant records, if any, pertaining to his service; provided that higher
academic qualifications prescribed for recruitment to higher posts in the University in Basic Scale 18, 19 and 20 shall
be ignored for the purpose of determination of the suitability of a move-over to the higher scale.
iii) The person concerned has rendered the minimum length of service in
Basic Scale No. 17 and above as indicated below for Move-over, respectively, to Basic Scales No. 18, 19 and 20.
Pay Scale Length of service

B-18 .. 7 year
B-19 .. 13 year(10 years to Ph.D.)
B-20 .. 15 year(18 years for Non-
Ph.D.).
(xiv) Move-over shall be considered in accordance with the prescribed guide lines, in cases where
an employee cannot be promoted for want of a vacancy/post in the higher pay scale in his cadre.
(xv) Normal promotion/appointment procedure as is observed in cases of
promotion/appointment through the competent authority i.e. Selection Board/Syndicate shall be followed in allowing a
Move-over to Basic Scales 19 and 20.
(xvi) Fixation of pay on the up-grading of a post - Admissibility of increment: Where a post is up-
graded between 2nd June and 30th November of a Calendar Year, the incumbent of such a post shall be allowed re-
fixation of pay with reference to his national pay in the lower scale on 1st December of that year subject to the exercise
of an option by the incumbent of the post, provided that other conditions of earning the increment are fulfilled.
(xvii) In cases of move-over from BPS-18 to BPS-19 and BPS-19 to BPS-20, a House Rent
Allowance shall be allowed at 45% or 20% of the minimum of B-19 and B-20 respectively, as the case may be. Since a
move-over does not involve appointment to a post in a higher pay scale, neither the entitlement to University
accommodation nor the rental ceiling/housing subsidy will be enhanced in cases of a move-over.
(xviii) Entertainment Allowance shall not be allowed in case of a move-over from B-19 to B-20, as
the entertainment allowance is allowed to an officer holding a B-20 post to entertain guests in his official position.
(xix) Other fringe benefits etc. including a senior post allowance and the provision of a residence
orderly shall not be allowed in case of a move-over from B-19 to B-20 as the said fringe benefits etc. are allowed to an
officer who holds a B-20 post. In fact these fringe benefits are attached to B-20 posts, which are not allowed merely as
a consequent of a move-over from B-19 to -20.
7. Modification of Scales in the case of certain posts:

(a) in certain posts, the Basic Pay Scales indicated in Annexure-II will be allowed.
(b) Fixation of Pay in cases under (a) above.
In cases where Basic Scales under (a) above are higher than the scale which
corresponds to the Revised National Pay Scales have been allowed, initial fixation of pay of the employees concerned
shall first be made in the Basic Scale corresponding to his existing Revised National Pay Scale, in the light of the initial
fixation of Pay formula mentioned in Para-3 above, and thereafter their pay in the higher Basic Scales shall be fixed at
the next higher stage.
(c) In specially meritorious cases, Basic Pay Scale-21 and 22, alognwith allowances
and fringe benefits may be allowed with the approval of the Chancellor on the recommendations of the Syndicate, to
University Professors in BPS-20 who have reached the ceiling of the scale, provided that the number of such
beneficiaries will not exceed 12.5% of the total number of Professors in BPS-20.
Explanation: Meritorious service in this Sub-para will be assessed on the basis of
higher academic qualification, long experience which will not be less than 20 years with at least an eight years standing
as Professor in BPS-20, in the case of appointment to B-21, and not less than 25 years with a standing as Professor in
B-20 for at least 12 years for appointment to BPS-22, and exceptionally distinguished contribution to one's field of
specialization and advancement of frontiers of knowledge.
(d) A Vice-Chancellor who complete one term of office, and who before his
appointment as Vice-Chancellor held the position of a confirmed Professor in the University, may be allowed to
continue in BPS-22 even after he has vacated the office of the Vice-Chancellor.
(e) In cases where it is necessary for the University to recruit or to continue in
employment, a very distinguished scholar who has acquired expertise in some highly specialized field, not ordinarily
available in the country, special contract terms may be offered.
8. Special Pay:
(a) The existing special pays admissible to officials of various categories working as
Private Secretaries and personal Assistants shall be revised as under:
Name of Post
Existing
Rs
Revised
Rs
P.S. to Vice-Chancellor in BPS-16
150/-p.m.
200/-p.m.
P.S. to Vice-Chancellor in BPS-17
220/-p.m.
250/-p.m.
P.S. to Registrar
100/-p.m.
150/-p.m.
P.S. to Principal, Islamia College, Peshawar.
100/-p.m.
150/-p.m.
(b) The existing Private Secretaries who are in receipt of Special Pay exceeding
Rs.150/-p.m. shall continue to draw it at the existing rates as personal to them for so long as they hold these posts.
9. Advance Increments to School Teachers on attaining higher qualifications:
Primary, Middle and High School Teachers who possess or acquire while in service, higher
qualifications, shall be allowed advance increments as under:
I) Primary School:
i) A teacher who possesses or acquires F.A./F.Sc. shall be allowed two advance
increments.
ii) A teacher who (in addition to F.A./F.Sc.) also acquires a C.T. shall be allowed one
additional advance increment.
iii) A teacher who acquires a Degree of B.A./B.Sc. shall be allowed three additional
advance increments.
II) Middle School:

A teacher who possesses or acquires a Degree of B.A./B.Sc. shall be allowed three advance
increments.
III) High School:

A teacher who possesses or acquires a Master's Degree with a B.Ed. shall allowed three
advance increments in the existing pay scale.
In case of a teacher who possesses/acquires a Master Degree in Education (M.Ed.)
and also a Master's Degree in any other academic subject shall be allowed six advance increments in the existing pay
scale.
Provided that a teacher who has already drawn increments for possessing a higher
educational qualification under the existing scales shall be allowed increments equal to shortfall in the number of
increments, if any, between the increments obtained by him and the increments which have now been prescribed.
IV) Advance increments for higher qualifications to teachers having a B.Com. and other
academic qualifications equivalent to a B.A./B.Sc. shall be treated at par with a B.A./B.Sc. and a M.Com. with other
qualifications, equivalent to a M.A./M.Sc. shall be treated at par with a M.A./M.Sc.
V) The Headmasters/Headmistress of High Schools would also be entitled to advance
increments as admissible to High School teachers for possessing higher qualifications, provided that they were not
appointed to the cadre by initial recruitment on the basis of qualifications for which advance increments have been
sanctioned.
10. Advance increments to Technical and Professional Categories on possessing/acquiring higher

qualifications:
The existing provision in relevant pay statutes as well as decisions of the Syndicate, regarding
advance increments to teachers and other employees of the University of Peshawar shall continue to be applicable.
11. Advance increments to Stenographers:

The orders contained in office order No. 394/Estt: dated 26.5.1981 duly approved by the Syndicate
on 19.6.82, regarding a grant of 4 advance increments to Stenographer/Stenotypists/Personal Assistants etc. shall stand
rescinded on the introduction of Basic Pay Scale with effect from 1st July, 1983.
PART-II ALLOWANCES
12. Dearness Allowance, Local Compensatory Allowance and Rest and Recreation Allowance:
(i) As from the 1st of July, 1983, the existing Dearness Allowance, Local
Compensatory Allowance wherever admissible, and Rest and Recreational Allowance shall cease to be admissible to
the University employees who draw pay in the Basic Pay Scales.
(ii) The existing rules and orders regulating the grant of House Rent Allowance,
Conveyance Allowance and Washing Allowance shall continue to be applicable.
13. Entertainment Allowance: Entertainment Allowance shall be admissible at the following fixed rates
to Teachers/Officers drawing Pay in B-20 to B-22.:
(1) B-20 Rs.400/-p.m.
(2) B-21 Rs.450/-p.m.
(3) B-22 Rs.650/-p.m.
14. Non-Practicing Allowance: The existing rates of non-practicing Allowance shall be revised as under:
Doctors drawing pay in B-17 and B-18 500/-p.m.

Doctors drawing pay in B-19 and above. 700/-p.m.
The above Non-Practicing Allowance shall be admissible in all cases where a doctor is not allowed
private practice.
15. Teaching Allowance: Teaching Allowance at Rs.100/-p.m. shall be allowed to qualified High School
teachers who teach basic/natural sciences i.e. Physics, Chemistry, Biology and Mathematics.
16. Charge Allowance: Charge Allowances to Principals of Constituent Colleges shall be admissible at
Rs.200/-P.M.
17. Warden Allowances: The existing rules and orders regulating to the grant of allowances to teachers
who are assigned the duties of Hostel Wardens shall continue to be applicable.
18. Deputation Allowance: In lieu of the existing rates of Deputation Allowance, Civil
servants/University employees while on deputation to foreign service in Pakistan, shall in consultation with the Finance
Department University authorities as the case may be, allowed the Deputation Allowance at 10% of the minimum of
their Basic Pay Scales.
19. Special Research Allowance: Field Officers on their appointment in Research Institutions for doing
research work shall be allowed a special Research Allowance @ 20% of their Basic Pay.
20. Recovery of House Rent Allowance:

All of the above allowances are included in the terms "Emoluments" and the recovery of rent in
respect of University accommodation allotted to a University employee shall be made at 5% of emoluments, inclusive
of said allowances.
21. Move-Over:
A move-over shall be admissible to all University employees (non-teaching) in BPS-16 to 19 without
having to wait at the maximum of pay scale of three years with effect from the 1st of December of the year.
"following the year in which they become so entitled, after reaching the maximum of respective pay scale".
"ANNEXURE-I"
BASIC SCALES OF PAY
S.No
Existing Revised National Pay Scales
Basic Pay Scales
1.
250-5-280/6-340-7-375
B 1. 440-10-640
2.
260-6-302/7-365-8-405
B 2. 460-12-700
3.
270-7-326/8-390-9-435
B 3. 480-14-760
4.
280-8-250/9-415-12-475
B 4. 500-16-820
5.
290-10-350/12-470-14-540
B 5. 520-18-880
6.
315-12-399/14-525-16-605
B 6. 540-20-940
7.
335-14-447/16-575-18-665
B 7. 560-23-1020
8.
370-16-514/18-640-22-750
B 8. 590-26-1110
9.
390-20-590/22-700-24-820
B 9. 620-29-1200
10.
410-22-520/24-760-28-900
B 10. 660-32-1300
11.
430-24-550/28-830-30-980
B 11. 700-35-1400
12.
460-28-600/30-900-32-1060
B 12. 750-40-1550
13.
490-30-790/32-950-35-1125
B 13. 800-45-1700
14.
520-30-730/35-1010-40-1210
B 14. 850-50-1850
15.
550-35-900/40-1100-50-1350
B 15. 900-55-2000
16.
625-40-825/50-1325-60-1625
B 16. 1050-80-2250
17.
900-50-1150/60-1750-100-2250
B 17. 1600-120-3040
18.
1350-75-1650/100-2650
B 18. 2100-150-3600
19.
2250-100-3050
B 19. 3200-160-4480
20.
2600-125-3600
B 20. 3800-180-5240
21.
3000-150-4200
B 21. 4200-225-6000
22.
3250-200-4850
B 22. 4500-250-6500
"ANNEXURE-II"
S.No
Name of Posts
Existing Scale
Basic Scale
1.
High School Teacher(T.G.T. B.A./B.Sc./B.Ed.
R.NPS-14
(Rs.520-30-730/ 35-1010-40-1210)
B-5
(Rs.900-55-2000)
2.
Dispenser/ Compounder
R. NPS-7
(Rs.335-14-447/ 16-575-18-665)
B-7
(Rs.560-23-1020) with 25% of posts as selection grade in B-8
(Rs.590-26-1110)
3.
Lady Health Visitor
R. NPS-8
(Rs.370-16-514/ 18-640-22-750)
B-9
(Rs.620-29-1200)
________________________________________
BASIC PAY SCALES SCHEME 1987
1. In pursuance of the Government of N.W.F.P. Notification No. FD(PRC)1-1/87-VIII dated 22.7.1987,

University adopted Revised basic Pay Scales, Allowances and other fringe benefits for its employees with effect from
1.7.1987, as approved by the Syndicate in its meeting held on 23.11.1988, vide office order No. 142/Estt: dated
21.1.1989, as under:
1. BASIC PAY SCALE

The new scales as shown in the Annexure shall replace the Basic Pay Scales, 1983 and shall be effective from
First day of July, 1987.
2. INITIAL FIXATION OF PAY
i) The initial pay of an existing employee who has been in University Service since before the
Ist July, 1987, shall be fixed on point to point basis i.e. at the stage in the relevant basic pay scale which is as many
stages above the minimum as the stage occupied by him above the minimum of existing basic pay scale.
ii) The annual increment shall continue to be admissible subject to the existing conditions on
the first of December each.
iii) The existing indexed pay sanctioned vide order No. 863/Estt: dated 10.8.1986, shall cease to
be admissible w.e.f. first day of July, 1987.
iv) The interim relief of Rs.20/-p.m. sanctioned vide order 553/Estt: dated 21.5.1987 to low
paid employee shall cease to be admissible w.e.f. Ist July, 1987.
v) In case of promotion from a lower to a higher post scale before the introduction of these
scale, the pay of the senior employee in the same scale may be fixed and so enhanced that it would not be less than the
pay that would had been admissible to him if his promotion to the higher post/scale had taken place after the
introduction of these scale.
3. GRANTS OF SELECTION GRADE TO CLERICAL STAFF W.E.F. 1.7.1987:
i) 33% of Junior Clerks (BPS-5) shall be placed in Selection Grade BPS-7.
ii) 33% posts of Senior Clerks be placed in Selection Grade BPS-9.
4. GRANT OF SELECTION GRADE TO ASSISTANTS
33% posts of Assistant in University shall be placed in BPS-15 in place of existing 25% posts in
BPS-14.
4 a. Grant of selection grade to officer superintendent;

33% of posts of Supdtt: in BPS-16 shall be placed in BPS-17 selection grade.
5. GRANT OF ADVANCE INCREMENTS TO OFFICIALS/POSSESSING/ ATTAINING HIGHER

EDUCATIONAL QUALIFICATION
a) The existing provision in relevant pay statutes as well as decisions of the Syndicate
regarding advance increment shall continue to be applicable.
b) The advance increment/increments shall be allowed at the time of recruitment or acquiring
higher qualification during service. In case where the employee is already at the maximum of his pay scale, he would
be allowed the absorved on moving over/promotion to higher pay scale.
6. HOUSE RENT ALLOWANCE
All employees not provided with University accommodation and posted at Peshawar shall continue to be
entitled to House Rent Allowance at 45% of minimum of the relevant basic pay scales without indexation sanctioned
vide order No. 865/Estt: dated 10-8.1986.
The decision of the Provincial Government regarding increasing in House Rent Allowance from 20% to 30%
of the minimum on the relevant pay scale at all other places is not applicable to University Employees.
7. CONVEYANCE ALLOWANCE
The conveyance allowance shall continue to be admissible at the existing rate sanctioned vide order No.
8863/A-I/Estt dated 14.7.1981 as under:
i) University Employees Drawing Pay of Rs.1650 p.m. and above:
a) Those maintaining motor car not Rs.285/-p.m.

registered for commercial purpose.
b) Others. Rs.150/-p.m.
ii) University Employees Drawing Pay Rs.100/p.m.

of Rs.850/-p.m. and above but less
than Rs.1650/-p.m. and maintaining
motor cycle/Scooter.
iii) Others Rs.70/-p.m.
8. INDEXATION OF CONVEYANCE ALLOWANCE

It has been decided that the existing indexation of Conveyance Allowance allowed for the fiscal year 1986-87
vide order No. 866/Estt: dated 10.8.86 shall be revised (inclusive of the rate of indexation of the last year) w.e.f. Ist
July, 1987 as under:
a) University Employees drawing basic pay 1.08

upto Rs.1935/-p.m.
b) University Employees drawing basic pay 1.07

above Rs.1935/-p.m.
The other conditions regarding grant of indexation of conveyance allowance shall continue to apply.
9. MEDICAL ALLOWANCE
The Medical allowance shall continue to be admissible at the existing rate duly approved by the Syndicate on
15.3.1983, and notified vide Enst: No. 4587-707/A-I/Estt dated 6.4.1983.
10. All the existing rules/orders on the subject shall be deemed to have been modified to the extent
indicated in this decision.
It was decided that in future all the decision of the Provincial Government shall be followed into.
ANNEXURE-I
BASIC SCHEME OF PAY
S.No
Basic Pay Scale
1983
Revised Basic Pay Scales
1987
1.
B-1. 440-10-640
600-13-860
2.
B-2. 460-12-700
625-16-945
3.
B-3. 480-14-760
650-19-1030
4.
B-4. 500-16-820
675-22-1115
5.
B-5. 520-18-880
700-25-1200
6.
B-6. 540-20-940
725-28-1285
7.
B-7. 560-23-1020
750-31-1370
8.
B-8. 590-26-1110
790-34-1470
9.
B-9. 620-29-1200
830-38-1590
10.
B-10 660-32-1300
870-42-1710
11.
B-11 700-35-1400
910-46-1830
12.
B-12 750-40-1550
970-52-2010
13.
B-13 800-45-1700
1035-58-2195
14.
B-14 850-50-1850
1100-64-2380
15.
B-15 900-55-2000
1165-71-2585
16.
B-16 1050-80-2250
1350-105-2925
17.
B-17 1600-120-3040
2065-155-3925
18.
B-18 2100-150-3600
2710-195-4660
19.
B-19 3200-160-4480
4130-205-5770
20.
B-20 3800-180-5240
4900-235-6780
21.
B-21 4200-225-6000
5420-290-7740
22.
B-22 4500-250-6500
5800-325-8400
BASIC PAY SCALES SCHEME 1991 (1 TO 15)
1. In pursuance of the Government of N.W.F.P. Finance Department Notification No. FD(PRC)1-1/89,

dated 31st August, 1991, the University of Peshawar has adopted the revision of BPS for its employees (BPS-1 to 15)
as under:
2. Basic Pay Scales:

The existing, modified and revised pay scales are detailed in the annexure to this order. The revised
pay scales shall replace in the Basic Pay Scales, 1987 and shall be effective from the 1st of June, 1991.
3. Initial Fixation of Pay:

(i) The initial pay of the existing employees who have been in University service since
before the 1st June, 1991, shall first be fixed in the modified scale at the stage having the same pay or if there is no
such stage at the next higher stage. Thereafter the pay shall be fixed in the Revised Pay Scale "on point to point basis"
i.e. at the stage in the relevant revised basic pay scale which is as many stages above the stage occupied by him above
the maximum of the modified basic scale.
(ii) In the case of those employees whose pay is fixed in the revised scale at a stage
which gives less than Rs.100/- increase in pay of May, 1991 a minimum increase of Rs.100/- in pay over May, 1991
level, would be allowed and thereafter pay fixed at the corresponding stage equal to this pay or if there is no such stage,
at the next higher stage, the pay fixation formula has been at the next higher stage, the pay fixation formula has been
illustrated through examples I, II and III in appendix.
(iii) The annual increment shall continue to be admissible subject to the existing conditions on
the 1st of December each year.
(iv) The increase allowed since 1.7.1988, as detailed below shall cease to be admissible
form 1.6.1991:
(a) Indexed pay sanctioned vide office order No. 141/Estt: dated 21.1.1989.
(b) Adhoc increase of 5% of pay sanctioned vide office order No. 228/Estt:
dated 8.2.1990.
(c) Adhoc increase of 10% sanctioned vide office order No. 1096/Estt: dated
8.10.1990.
(d) Dearness Allowance of Rs.200/-p.m. sanctioned vide office order No.
120/Estt: dated 29.1.1991.

(i) In cases of promotion from a lower to higher post/scale before the introduction of these
scales, the pay of the employee concerned in the revised scale may be fixed and so enhanced that it would not be less
than the pay that would have been admissible to him if his promotion to the higher post/scale had taken place after the
introduction of these scales.
(ii) University employees who are allowed Selection Grade shall be granted one premature
increment from 1.6.1991 as is allowed in the case of promotion.
5. Grant of advance increments to officials for possessing/ attaining higher educational qualification:
The existing decisions of the Syndicate shall continue to be applicable.
6. Move-Over:
The concession of Move-Over shall be available from 1.6.1991 onward to those who are enjoying
Selection Grade.
7. Teaching Allowance:
The existing rate of teaching allowance admissible to qualified teachers of University Schools who
teach Science subjects of Physics, Chemistry, Biology and Mathematic shall be enhanced from Rs.100/-p.m. to
Rs.200/- p.m.
8. (a) Medical Allowance:

The existing rate of Medical allowance shall continue.
(b) Washing Grant/Allowance admissible to Liveried Staff:

The existing rates of Washing Grant/Allowance shall be enhanced from Rs.25/- p.m. to Rs.30/- p.m.
ANNEXURE TO THE FINANCE DEPARTMENT CIRCULAR
LETTER NO. FD (PRC)-1-1/89 DATED 11.8.1991.
EXISTING, MODIFIED AND THE REVISED PAY SCALES (BPS-1 TO 15)
BPS No
Existing BPS
1-7-1987
Stages
Modified Scales
Stages
Revised BPS
1-6-1991
Stages
1.
600-13-860
20
605-17-860
15
920-26-1310
15
2.
625-16-945
20
630-21-945
15
945-32-1425
15
3.
650-19-1030
20
655-25-1030
15
975-37-1530
15
4.
675-22-1115
20
680-29-1115
15
1005-43-1650
15
5.
700-25-1200
20
705-33-1200
15
1035-49-1770
15
6.
725-28-1285
20
730-37-1285
15
1065-54-1875
15
7.
750-31-1370
20
755-51-1370
15
1095-60-1995
15
8.
790-34-1470
20
795-45-1470
15
1140-65-2115
15
9.
830-38-1590
20
840-50-1590
15
1185-72-2265
15
10.
870-42-1710
20
870-56-1710
15
1230-79-2415
15
11.
910-46-1830
20
915-61-1830
15
1275-86-2565
15
12.
970-52-2010
20
975-69-2010
15
1355-86-2795
15
13.
1035-58-2195
20
1040-77-2195
15
1440-107-3045
15
14.
1100-64-2380
20
1105-85-2380
15
1530-119-3315
15
15.
1165-71-2585
20
1160-95-2585
15
1620-131-3585
15
BASIC PAY SCALES SCHEME 1991 (16 TO 22)
In pursuance of the Government of N.W.F.P. Finance Department Notification No. FD(PRC)1-1/89

dated 15.9.1991, the University of Peshawar has adopted the revisions of BPS-16 to BPS-22 for its employees as under:
a) Pay and Allowance:

(i) The initial pay of an existing employee shall be fixed with effect from 1.9.1991 in
the Revised Pay Scale on point to point basis i.e. at the stage in the relevant Revised Basic Pay Scale which is as many
stages occupied by him above the minimum of the existing basic scale. The existing and revised Pay Scales are detailed
in the Annexure.
(ii) The annual increment shall continue to be admissible subject to the existing
conditions on the first December each year.
(iii) The increase allowed since 1.7.1988, such as Index Pay, Adhoc increase of 5% Adhoc
increase of 10% and Dearness Allowance of Rs.200/ p.m. shall cease to be admissible with effect from 1.6.1991.
b) Fixation of Pay on Promotion:

(1) In cases of promotion from a lower to higher post/Scale before the introduction of
these Scales, the pay of the senior employees in the same may be fixed and so enhanced that it would not be less than
the pay that would have been admissible to him if his promotion to the higher post/scale had taken place after the
(2) The existing concession of grant of one premature increment on promotion as
admissible to employees in BPS-16 to BPS-19 shall be extended also those in BPS-20 and above.
(3) University employees who are allowed Selection Grade may continue to be granted
one premature increment as is allowed in the case of promotion.
c) Move-Over:
The employees in BPS-16 to BPS-19 enjoying Selection Grade shall continue to be allowed the
concession of one Move-Over from 1.6.1991 onwards subject to the fulfillment of the existing conditions laid down in
the move-over policy.
d) Special Pays:
The existing special pay admissible to Private Secretaries shall be revised from 1.6.1991 as under:
Existing Revised
Private Secretary BPS-16 Rs.150 Rs.225
e) Qualification Pay for senior Officers:

Qualification Pay @ Rs.100/-p.m. shall be allowed from 1.6.1991 to those University employees who
have qualified advance course in Management in NIPA.
f) Deputation Allowance (Foreign service in Pakistan):

Deputation Allowance at 20% of the minimum of the Basic Pay Scale shall be allowed in future as
against the existing rate of deputation allowance of 10% of the minimum of relevant basic pay scales.
g) Senior Post Allowance:

The existing rates of Senior Post Allowance shall be enhanced as under:
(i) For employees in BPS-20 From Rs.200/-p.m. To Rs.600/-p.m.
(ii) For employees in BPS-21 From Rs.400/-p.m. To Rs.800/-p.m.

(iii)For employees in BPS-20 From Rs.600/-p.m. To Rs.1000/-p.m.
ANNEXURE TO OFFICE ORDER NO. 867/ESTT:
DATED 29.9.1991
BPS No
Existing BPS
1.7.1987
Stages
Revised Pay Scale
1.6.1991
Stages
16.
1350-105-2925
15
1875-146-4065
15
17.
2065-155-3925
12
2870-215-5450
12
18.
2710-195-4660
10
3765-271-6475
10
19.
4130-205-5770
8
574-285-8590
10
20.
4900-235-6780
8
6810-325-10060
10
21.
5420-290-7740
8
7535-405-11585
10
22.
5800-325-8400
8
8075-450-12575
10
REVISED BASIC PAY SCALE 1994
1. The University of Peshawar adopted the Scheme of Revised Basic Pay Scales 1994 and other fringe
benefits for the employees with effect from 1st June, 1994.
2. Basic Pay Scales: The details of the existing and revised pay scales are given in the schedule
attached as per Annexure-I. The revised pay scales shall replace existing pay scales, 1991, in respect of those
employees who give option for these pay scales, in terms of para 6(a) and shall be effective from 1st June, 1994.
3. Initial Fixation of Pay: The initial fixation of pay of the employees who have been in University
service since/before 1st June, 1994, shall be made with effect from 1.6.1994 as below:
(i) Employees in BPS-1 to 16: By allowing an increase at the rate of 35% on the basic
pay actually drawn on 31.5.1994. The pay of the employees will be fixed at the stage equal to or if there be no stage, at
the stage next above.
(ii) Employees in BPS-17 and above: Initial fixation of pay shall be made by allowing
35% increase on the basic pay actually drawn on 31.5.1994, in the following two phases:
(a) 20% of the increase shall be allowed with effect from 1.6.1994 by fixing
pay in the relevant pay scale at the stage equal to or if there be no stage, at the stage next above.
(b) The remaining 15% increase shall be allowed on and from 1.6.1995 by re-
fixing pay in the relevant pay scale on 1.6.1994 by allowing 35% increase over basic pay actually drawn on 31.5.1994.
The new pay so fixed will be drawn from 1.6.1995 without any arrears.
(iii) The annual increase shall continue to be admissible subject to the existing conditions on the
1st of December each year.
(iv) Adhoc increases allowed as detailed below shall cease to be admissible from 1.6.1994:
a) Adhoc relief of Rs.100/-p.m. sanctioned vide this office order No.1229/Estt: dated 4.10.1992.
b) Additional adhoc relief of Rs.100/- p.m. sanctioned vide office order No.1355/ Estt: dated 25.9.1993.
c) Additional adhoc relief of Rs.50/-p.m. sanctioned vide office order No.875/Estt: dated 31.5.1994.
4. Fixation of Pay: In cases of promotion from lower to higher posts/scales, before introduction of these
scales, pay of the employees concerned in the revised scale may be fixed and so enhanced that it would not be less than
the pay that would have been admissible to him if this promotion to the higher post/scale had taken place after the
5. Allowances:
i) Secretariat Allowance and other similar Allowances based on Secretariat Allowance
With the introduction of new scales of pay, the Secretariat Allowance admissible to
employees working in the Secretariats and provisionally extended to the employees of other offices/ organizations or
similar allowance given on the analogy of the Secretariat Allowance to the employees to the Public Service
Commission and Peshawar High Court is abolished with effect from 1.6.1994 and the amount actually drawn as such
on 31.5.1994 will be converted into Personal Allowance. Those drawing such allowance on provisional basis will draw
the same amount as Provisional Personal Allowance. Such personal Allowance/Provisional Personal Allowance in the
case of employees BPS-17 to 22 shall be reduced by the amount of annual increments by which the employees pay may
be increased after 1.6.1994, and shall cease as soon as his pay is increased by an amount equal to/or more than his
Personal Allowance. Those in BPS 1-16 will be exempted from this adjustment to the extent that their Personal
Allowance/Provisional Personal Allowance will not be reduced/adjusted.
ii) Other Allowances, Special Pay etc: Special Pays and other allowances including House
Rent Allowance will be maintained at the level of the amount actually drawn/admissible on 31st May, 1994.
6. Option:
All existing employees are given option either to draw the existing pay scales plus Secretariat
Allowance and other similar allowances base on Secretariat Allowance like Special Allowance to the employees of
Peshawar High Court and Public Service Commission Allowance etc. or the new pay scales plus Personal
Allowance/Provisional Personal Allowance in the manner as at 5(i) above. Option to retain existing scale with the said
Allowance must, however, be given in writing by the employees concerned to the audit office/Drawing and Disbursing
Officer concerned by 15th July, 1994. Option once exercised shall be final.
ANNEXURE - I
BPS No
Existing Pay Scales
1-6-1991
Stages
Revised Pay Scales 1-6-1994

Stages
B-1
920-26-1310
15
1245-35-1770
15
B-2
945-32-1425
15
1275-44-1935
15
B-3
975-37-1530
15
1320-50-2070
15
B-4
1005-43-1650
15
1360-58-2230
15
B-5
1035-49-1770
15
1400-66-2390
15
B-6
1065-54-1875
15
1440-73-2535
15
B-7
1095-60-1995
15
1480-81-2695
15
B-8
1140-65-2115
15
1540-88-2860
15
B-9
1185-72-2265
15
1605-97-3060
15
B-10
1230-79-2415
15
1660-107-3265
15
B-11
1275-86-2565
15
1725-116-3465
15
B-12
1355-96-2795
15
1830-130-3780
15
B-13
1440-107-3045
15
1950-144-4110
15
B-14
1530-119-3315
15
2065-161-4480
15
B-15
1620-131-3585
15
2190-177-4845
15
B-16
1875-146-4065
15
2535-197-5490
15
B-17
2870-215-5450
12
3880-290-7360
12
B-18
3765-271-6475
10
5085-366-8745
10
B-19
5740-285-8590
10
7750-385-11600
10
B-20
6810-325-10060
10
9195-440-13595
10
B-21
7535-405-11585
10
10190-545-15640
10
B-22
8075-450-12575
10
10900-610-17000
10
ANNEXURE - II
PROFORMA OF INITIAL FIXATION OF PAY IN REVISED

SCALES WITH EFFECT FROM 1.6.1994
1. Name of Employee:
2. Designation:
3. Deptt:College/School/Section:
4. Existing Pay Scale No. = Rs
5. Pay on 31.5.1994 in the existing = Rs

Basic Pay Scale Rs
6. Increase in Basic Pay actually drawn on 31.5.1994:

i) At the rate of 35% = Rs
ii) At the rate of 20% = Rs
7. Total 5 + 6 = Rs
8. Pay fixed on 1.6.1994 in revised = Rs

Basic Pay Scale
(Rs )
at the stage equal to or if there
be no stage, at the stage next above.
Signature
Head of the Department/
College/School/Section.
CONFIRMED
Resident Assistant Director (Audit)

7. Initial Fixation of Pay: The initial fixation of pay of the employees who have been in University
service since/before 1st June, 1994 shall be made with effect from 1.6.1994 as below:
(i) Employees in BPS-1 to 16: By allowing an increase at the rate of 35% on the basic
pay actually drawn on 31.5.1994, the pay of the employees will be fixed at the stage equal to or if there be no stage, at
the stage next above.
(ii) Employees in BPS-17 and above: Initial fixation of pay shall be made by allowing
35% increase on the basic pay actually drawn on 31.5.1994, in the following two phases:
a) 20% of the increase shall be allowed with effect from 1.6.1994 by fixing
pay in the relevant pay scale at the stage equal to or if there be no stage, at the stage next above.
b) The remaining 15% increase shall be allowed on and from 1.6.1995 by re-
fixing pay in the relevant pay scale on 1.6.1994 by allowing 35% increase over basic pay actually drawn 31.5.1994.
The new pay so fixed will be drawn from 1.6.1995 without any arrears.
(iii) The annual increment shall continue to be admissible, subject to the existing conditions, on
the 1st of December each year.
(iv) Adhoc increases allowed as detailed below shall cease to be admissible from
1.6.1994:
a) Adhoc relief of Rs.100/-p.m. sanctioned vide this office order
No.1229/Estt: dated 4.10.1992.
b) Additional adhoc relief of Rs.100/-p.m. sanctioned vide office order
No.1355/Estt: dated 25.9.1993.
c) Additional adhoc relief of Rs.50/-p.m. sanctioned vide office order
No.875/Estt: dated 31.5.1994.
Fixation of Pay: In cases of Promotion from lower to higher posts scales, before introduction of these scales, pay of the
employee concerned in the revised scale may be fixed and so enhanced that it would not be less than pay that would
have been admissible to him if his promotion to the higher post/scale had taken place after introduction of these scales.
PART - III
RULES
&
REGULATIONS
LEAVE RULES 1977
Preamble:
Whereas it is expedient to revise the existing Leave Rules, the following Rules relating to leave
admissible to the employees of the University of Peshawar are framed:
Title:
1. These Rules may be called the University of Peshawar Leave Rules, 1977.
Commencement:
2. These Rules shall be deemed to have come into force with effect from 18.11.1976.
Application:
3. These Rules shall apply to all employees of the University of Peshawar. Persons on deputation shall
be governed by the leave rules of their parent organizations, unless otherwise provided in their contract of service.
Definitions:
4. (1) In these Rules unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context the following
expressions shall have the meanings hereby respectively assigned to them as under:
(a) "Pay" means the amount drawn monthly by a University employees as:
i) the pay other than special pay, or pays granted in view of his personal
qualifications, which has been sanctioned for a post held by him substantively or in an officiating capacity, or to which
he is entitled by reason of his position in a cadre; and
ii) overseas pay, technical pay, special pay and personal pay; and
iii) any other emoluments which may be specially classed as pay by the
Syndicate.
(b) "Employee" means a person who holds a post in the University service and who is
paid from the University funds.
(c) "Year" means Calendar year.
(d) "Average Pay" means the pay calculated at a rate equal to the rate of pay drawn by
the University employee immediately before the commencement of leave on average pay.
(e) "Leave on average pay" (or half average pay) means leave on leave salary
equal to average (or half average) pay.
(f) "Leave Salary" means the monthly amount paid by the University to its
employees on leave.
(g) "Duty" means the period during which a University employee performs
the duties of a post and it includes:
i) service as a probationer or an apprentice provided such
service is followed by confirmation.
ii) the period spent on an authorized training instructors
refresher course, study tour and exchange programme, outside or within Pakistan up to a maximum of 3 months at a
time.
(h) Heads of Departments: The term includes:
i) Chairman of the University Teaching Department.
ii) Directors of Institute/ Academies established as
constituent institutions by the University.
iii) Principals of the Constituent Colleges.
iv) Heads of Administratives Division viz Registrar,
Treasurer, Controller of Examinations, and other officers designated as such by the Syndicate.
v) Principals of University Schools.
(i) "Medical Certificate" means the medical certificate issued by any of the
University Authorized Medical Attendants as mentioned in the scheme for medical facilities to University employees
and approved by the Syndicate in its meeting held on 26th March, 1976.
(j) "Active Service" means the time spent on duty and on privilege leave.
(k) "Regular Vacations" means"
i) Summer Vacation of 12 weeks;
ii) Winter Vacation of 2 weeks and
iii) Spring Vacation of 2 weeks.
(l) "Regular Leave" means any of the leaves mentioned under section 5.
(m) "Existing Leave Rules" means the Leave Rules which were in force
immediately before the promulgation of these Rules.
(2) All other terms and expressions shall have the same meaning as assigned to them under
Section 2 of the University of Peshawar Act, 1974.
5. The following kinds of leave shall be admissible to the employees of the University of Peshawar:
(a) Privilege leave
(b) Sick leave
(c) Maternity leave
(d) Study leave
(e) Sabbatical leave
(f) Special Disability leave
(g) Leave preparatory to retirement
(h) Leave not due
(i) Extra Ordinary leave
(j) Special leave.
Privilege Leave:
6. Privilege leave to which an employee shall be entitled will be of two kinds:
(a) Privilege leave on half average pay earned by an employee at the rate of 1/12th of
the period spent on duty.
(b) Privilege leave on average pay earned at the rates as specified below:
(i)When he ( a member of vacational staff) avails himself of full vacations in a calendar
year, he may earn leave on full pay at the rate of one month of duty rendered.
When during any year he is prevented from availing himself of the full
vacation he will earn leave at the rate allowed to non-vacational staff.
For winter and spring vacations, compensatory leave be allowed

proportionately.
(ii) an employee who is entitled to a part of regular vacations shall earn leave
on average pay at the rate of 1/24th of the period spent on duty.
(iii) A University employee shall earn leave only on full pay. It shall be calculated at the
rate of four days for every calendar month of the period of duty rendered and credited to the leave account as "Leave on
full pay" duty period of 15 days or less in a calendar month being ignored and those of more than 15 days being treated
as a full calendar month for the purpose. If an employee proceeds on leave during a calendar month and returns from it
during another calendar month and the period of duty in either month is more than 15 days, the leave to be credited for
both the incomplete months will be restricted to that admissible for one full calendar month only.
(iv) If shall not be necessary to specify the reasons for which leave has been
applied for so long as that leave is due and admissible to a University employee.
7. Accumulation of privilege leave shall be without limit provided that, subject to title, leave on average
pay may be granted up to a maximum of six months at a time.
8. For the purposes of Sections 7 and 8 holidays and regular vacations except those falling within a time
an employee is absent on regular leave shall count as duty.
9. The powers to grant privilege leave shall vest in the Vice-Chancellor; provided that he may delegate
these powers to the Heads of Departments by a general or special order in writing.
Sick Leave:
10. Sick leave means leave granted to an employee in case of illness on production of a medical
certificate.
11. Sick leave shall be debited against the credit of privilege leave.
Provided that it shall be permissible to convert leave on half average pay into leave on average pay
on production of medical certificate upto a maximum of twelve months at a time at the rate of two days of leave on half
average pay for one day of leave on average pay and that such conversion shall be permissible even when an employee
who has leave on average pay at his credit, instead of availing himself of this leave in case of illness would like to
preserve it for some other occasion and convert leave on half average pay at his credit into leave on average pay.
(i) Sick leave shall be granted on full pay on production of medical certificate upto
180 days at a time.
(ii) With medical certificate from leave account during entire service 365 days.
(Sick leave can be granted upto the permissible extent in continuation of leave
without medical certificate).
12. Sick leave may be granted by the Vice-Chancellor, who may delegate his powers to other officers in
this respect.
Maternity Leave:
13. Maternity leave not exceeding three months at a time may be granted on full pay to a female
University employee on medical certificate in such a manner that the date of confinement falls within the leave period
and the leave does not go on for more than six weeks beyond the date of confinement.
14. For the purposes of this Section, the term "Pay" includes officiating pay provided the authority
sanctioning the leave under these Rules certifies that the member of the service would have continued to officiate had
she not proceeded on maternity leave.
15. Maternity leave may be granted in combination with leave of any other kind.
16. Maternity leave shall not be debited to leave account.
17. Maternity leave may be granted by the Vice-Chancellor. He may also delegate this power to other
officer in this respect.
Study Leave:
18. Study leave means leave granted to a permanent University employee for obtaining a higher degree
within/outside Pakistan and it may be granted by the Syndicate to such a permanent employee as has put at least three
years service at the University.
19. Application for study leave must clearly specify the course or courses of study contemplated and any
examination which the applicant proposes to take. No course of study will qualify the applicant for study leave or leave
salary unless it has been approved by the Syndicate.
20. Such study leave shall not be granted to a University employee who is due to retire from service
within five years of the date on which such leave and the leave, if any, with which it is combined would expire.
21. A period of three years at one time is a suitable maximum for the grant of study leave but in no case
the period of study leave shall exceed four years during the whole period of service of University employee;
Provided that in case of an employee who, for obtaining a degree other than Ph.D. had availed
himself of study leave prior to the promulgation of these Rules, he may be again granted study leave only for obtaining
Ph.D., degree for a period not exceeding three years subject to the condition that such employee shall not be allowed
the concession under Section 25 below.
22. Study leave may be granted on average pay for a period not exceeding three years during the whole
period of the employee's service in the University;
Provided that in case of the extension of study leave upto four years, it shall be permissible to convert
such a portion of study leave with average pay into leave on half average pay as would be required for making the leave
so extended leave on half average pay at the rate of two days of leave on half average pay for one day of leave on
average pay.
23. Study leave will count as service for increment, promotion gratuity and bonus but not for leave. It
will count as extra leave and except as provided in Section 24 below, study leave will not affect any leave which a
University employee may already have taken, and shall not be debited against his leave account.
24. The grant of study leave under these Rules is further subject to the following conditions:
(a) If an employee who is granted study leave does not show satisfactory progress in
his studies or fails to obtain the relevant degree within required period, the Syndicate may direct that:
(i) his study leave shall be cancelled and study leave availed by him
shall be converted into other leave standing at his credit or into extra-ordinary leave if no other leave stands to his
credit and he shall refund to the University either the whole or part of the difference between the leave salary paid to
him for the period of study leave and the leave salary admissible to him on account of the leave to which the study
leave has been converted, or the whole or part of the leave salary paid to him for the period of the study leave, if such
leave has been converted into extra-ordinary leave; and that
(ii) all the privileges allowed to him under Section 23 above shall be
withdrawn.
Provided that the clauses (i) and (ii) above shall not
apply in case the University employee fails to show satisfactory progress in his studies or to obtain the relevant degree
due to illness or other circumstances beyond his control.
(b) Before proceeding on study leave the University employee shall execute a bond on
a stamped paper to the effect that on his return from study leave, he shall serve the University for such period as
specified in clause (i) below and that in case of his failure to serve the University for this period he shall pay to the
University as liquidated damages and not penalty the amount as specified in clause (ii) below:
(i) if the period of study leave is from six months to one year he
shall serve the University for two year; if it is from one to two year, he shall serve the University for three years and it
is from two to three years or more, he shall serve the University for five years. NO bond will be required in case of
training study programme for less than six months.
(ii) If he does not resume duty on the expiry of the study leave
granted to him or after resuming duty, leaves the University service before the expiry of the relevant period as specified
in clause (i) above, he shall be liable to pay to the University, as liquidated damages, the amount calculated at the rate
of Rs.100,000.00 per year for such period as is short of the period for which he is required to serve the University under
clause (i) above.
25. The period of study leave without pay granted to a University employee prior to 18.11.1976 shall be
counted as the period of qualifying service for pension subject to the conditions that:
(a) he successfully completes his course of study by obtaining
degree/diploma/certificate and that;
(b) the period of such qualifying service shall not exceed 3 years in the case of the
employee who availed himself of study leave with pay and 4 years in the case of employee who was not granted study
leave with pay at all.
Sabbatical Leave:
26. (a) A University teacher may be granted one year's sabbatical leave on average pay on
the completion of every six years of active service in the University subject to a maximum of 2 years during the whole
period of his service at the University.
(b) Sabbatical leave will be granted to a permanent University teacher only for
undertaking such research assignments within or outside Pakistan as are related to his subject in respect of which he
will be required to give definite proof.
(c) Subject to the exigencies of service sabbatical leave may be granted upto a
maximum of one year at a time with average pay.
(d) A University teacher shall not be allowed to proceed on sabbatical leave during a
semester.
(e) A University teacher proceedings on sabbatical leave shall be entitled to retain the
residential accommodation allotted to him by the University, provided his family resides in the house.
(f) It will not be permissible to combine sabbatical leave with any other leave.
Extra-ordinary Leave:
27. (1) Extra-ordinary leave may be granted to a University employee in special
circumstances:
(a) When no other leave is admissible under these University Rules.
(b) When other leave is admissible, but the University employee
concerned applies in writing for the grant of extra-ordinary leave.
(2) No leave salary is admissible in the case of extra-ordinary leave.
(3) The authority empowered to grant leave may commute retrospectively the period of
absence without leave into extra-ordinary leave.
(4) In the case of a permanent University employee, the period of absence from duty at
one time on account of extra-ordinary leave or such leave in conjunction with any other kind or kinds of leave shall not
exceed five years.
* In pursuance of the Government of NWFP Notification No. FD/SO(SR-

IV)5-54/80/V-III dated 31.7.1991, the Syndicate in its meeting held on 22.10.1992 clarified the implication of Rule-
27(4) of the University of Peshawar Leave Rules-1977 that:
i) Extra Ordinary Leave (leave without pay) of 5 years is admissible
to a University employee for each spell of 10 years of continuous service. If however a University employee has not
completed 10 years of continuous service on each occasion/time, extra -ordinary leave (leave without pay) for
maximum period of 2 years may be granted at the discretion of competent authority.
ii) Maximum leave availed during one continuous period of 10 years
should also not exceed beyond 5 years.
iii) The cases already decided need not be re-opened.
(5)Extra-ordinary leave may be granted by the Vice-Chancellor, who may delegate his powers to
other officers in this respect.
Special Disability Leave for Injury Intentionally Inflicted:

28. (1) Subject to the conditions herein after specified a competent authority may grant
special disability leave to a University employee who is disabled by injury intentionally inflicted or caused in, or in
consequence, of the due performance of his official duties or in consequence of his official position.
(2) Special disability leave shall not be granted unless the disability manifested itself
within three months of the occurrence to which it is attributed, and the person disabled acted with due promptitude in
bringing it to the notice of the competent authority. But the competent authority, if it is satisfied as to the cause of the
disability, may permit leave to be granted in cases where the disability manifested itself more than three months after
the occurrence of its cause.
(3) The period of leave granted under these University Rules shall be such as to be
supported by a Medical Certificate. It shall in no case exceed twenty-four months.
(4) Such leave may be combined with leave of any other kind.
(5) Such leave may be granted more than once, if the disability is aggravated or recurs
in similar circumstances at later date, but not more than twenty-four months of such leave shall be granted in
consequence of any one disability.
(6) Such leave shall be counted as duty in calculating service for pension and gratuity
and only half of such leave on average pay shall be debited against the leave account.
(7) Leave Salary during such leave shall be equal:

(a) to average pay for the first four months of any period of such
leave, including a period of such leave granted under para (5) of these University Rules, and
(b) to half average pay for the remaining period of any such leave or
at the University employee's option to average pay for a period not exceeding the period of leave on average pay which
would otherwise be admissible to him.
Special Leave:
29. (i) The Syndicate my, in extra-ordinary cases, grant special leave to a permanent
employee on such terms and conditions as they deem proper. Provided such employee has not at his credit less than
three years of service at this University.
(ii) Special leave to female employees effective from 27.10.83:

The University female employees may on the death of her husband be
granted special leave on full pay not exceeding 130 days. This leave shall not be debited to her leave account and will
commence from the date of death of her husband. For this purpose she will have to produce death certificate issued by
the competent authority either alongwith her application for special leave or if that is not possible, the said certificate
may be furnished to the leave sanctioning authority separately.
(iii) LEAVE EX-PAKISTAN:

a) Leave Ex-Pakistan may be granted on full pay to an employee who
applied for such leave or who proceeds abroad during leave or takes leave while posted abroad or is otherwise on duty
abroad and makes a specific request to that effect.
b) the leave pay to be drawn aborad shall be restricted to a maximum of 3000
rupees per month.
c) the leave pay shall be payable in sterling, if such leave is spent in Asia
other than Pakistan and India.
d) such leave pay shall be payable for the actual period of leave spent abroad
subject to maximum of 120 days at a time.
e) the employees appointed after 19th May 1958 shall draw their leave salary
in rupees in Pakistan irrespective of the country where they spent their leave.
f) leave Ex-Pakistan will be regulated and be subject to the same limits and
conditions as prescribed in rule 7, 11 and 27.
(iv) DEATH WHILE IN SERVICE:

In case an employee dies while in service, lumpsum payment equal to full pay upto
180 days out of the leave at his credit shall be made to his family as defined for purpose of family pension (Members of
family as defined in rules 4.10 read with rule 4.7 of the civil servants pension statutes and NOT OTHER LEGAL
HEIRS OF THE DECEASED.
The syndicate in its meeting held on 27.8.1988 allowed concession to the

employees who are declared permanently in capacitated for further service by Medical Board while in service as below:
a) 180 days out of leave in his credit shall be made to him;
b) senior post allowance shall be permissible with leave pay.
Leave preparatory to retirement/encashment of LPR:

30. An employee may be granted leave preparatory to retirement for a period not exceeding twelve
months, attains the age of sixty, where a University servant opts not to avail the leave preparatory to retirement, he shall
be allowed leave salary for the period for which leave preparatory to retirement is admissible, subject to a maximum of
180 days. For the purpose of leave preparatory to retirement only the senior post allowance will be included in the
leave pay so admissible. The payment of leave pay in lieu of leave preparatory to retirement may be made to the
University servant either in lumpsum at the time of retirement or may at his option, be drawn by him month-wise in
arrears, for and during the period of leave preparatory to retirement.
31. The Vice-Chancellor shall grant leave preparatory to retirement.
Leave not due:

32. Except in case of leave preparatory to retirement, leave not due may be granted on full pay, to be
offset against leave to be earned in future for a maximum period of 365 days in the entire period of service, subject to
the condition that during the first five years of service it shall not exceed 90 days in all.
When an employee of the service returns from leave which was not due and was debited against his
leave account, no leave on half average pay shall become due to him until the expiry of a fresh period spent on duty
sufficient to earn credit of leave equal to the period of leave which he took before it was due. The accumulation of
leave on average pay, that may be earned subsequent to return from leave not due, shall remain unaffected but cannot
be utilized except to the extent that it exceeds half of the period of unadjusted leave not due.
Casual Leave:
33. In addition to the categories of leave already treated, an employee may be granted casual leave upto
25 days in a year if he is not entitled to regular vacation and ten days in a year if he is entitled to regular vacation and
13 days in a year if he is entitled to a part of regular vacation. An employee who is entitled to 25 days casual leave shall
not be granted more than ten days casual leave a time.
34. Casual leave to the Heads of Departments shall be granted by the Vice-Chancellor. Heads of
Departments may grant casual leave to the personnel working under them.
35. Casual leave combined with any other kind of leave will be regarded as one spell of regular leave.
General Provisions:
36. The maximum period of leave on half average pay or such leave combined with leave on average pay
that may be taken at one time shall be one year. But if supported by a medical certificate, it may be extended to two
years.
37. An employee deputed by the University for attending conferences, seminar and meetings shall be
considered on duty for he period of their duration as well as for the period specific on journey to and from the venue.
38. An employee who is required to undertake examination duties within or outside the University shall
be treated on duty upto a maximum of twenty-five days or one examination;
Provided that no person shall be appointed to supervise more than one examination in a year and in
no case the period of such appointment during a year shall exceed 25 days of absence from duty.
39. For reasons to be recorded in writing the Vice-Chancellor may suspend the operation of the preceding
Section 33 generally or in specified case.
40. A leave account shall be maintained for each employee subject to these Rules in such form as
prescribed.
41. In case of an employee who opts for these Rules the leave on average pay or half average pay that
shall be carried forward as the balance at his credit on 18.11.1976 shall be calculated at the rates prescribed in these
Rules as if the rates had been applicable to the employee concerned from the beginning of his service under the
University less the period of leave on average pay or half average pay already taken by him.
42. In the case of a University employee who on the transfer of former Government Islamia College,
Peshawar to the University on 1st April, 1954, opted for University service and whose services were consequently
transferred to the University and who opted for these Rules the leave on average pay and half average pay that shall be
carried forward as the balance at his credit on the date of the promulgation of these Rules, shall be calculated at the
rates prescribed in these Rules as if the rates had been applicable to the University employee concerned from the
beginning of his service under Government less the period of leave on average pay or half average pay already taken by
him.
43. The Syndicate may; (a) grant to an employee any kind of leave admissible under these Rules in
combination with any other kind of leave so admissible; (b) grant to an employee any kind of leave admissible under
these Rules in continuation of any other kind already taken; (c) commute the whole or any portion of any leave granted
under these Rules or under the existing leave rules retrospectively into any other kind of leave which was admissible
when the original leave was granted.
Provided that the whole period of leave granted either under (a) or (b) above shall not exceed 5 years
in each case.
44. The temporary or officiating service under the University if it counts for pension shall also count for
leave.
45. A University employee who is not borne on permanent establishment shall earn leave on average pay
at the rate of 1/22 of the period spent on duty;
Provided that no such leave shall be admissible to the employee who avails himself of regular
vacation provided also that leave at the credit of the employee in his leave account shall lapse on the date of
termination of his service.
46. Leave on half average pay on medical certificate may be granted to a temporary University employee
who has completed one year's continuous service at the rate of 15 days for any completed year of service.
47. In the case of an employee who is re-employed after retirement at the age of 60 years, leave may be
granted to him as provided under Section 45 and 46 above.
48. If a member wishes to resume his duties before the expiry of his leave, he may do so with the
previous approval of the Vice-Chancellor;
Provided that if the competent authority has made other arrangements for the period of his leave
which would involve it in a pecuniary loss on his return, such loss shall be made good by the employee.
49. An employee of the University accepting employment elsewhere during leave, including leave
preparatory to retirement from the University, without the previous sanction of the appointing authority, shall be liable
to forfeit his leave salary from the date of his accepting such appointment.
50. Leave cannot be claimed as a matter of right. When the exigencies of service so require, discretion to
refuse or revoke leave of any description is reserved to the authority empowered to grant it.
51. A University employee who absents himself without leave or remains absent without leave, shall not
be entitled to any pay for the period of his absence without leave.
52. In matters not proved for by these Rules, the Syndicate may adopt the rules of instructions issued by
the N.W.F.P. Government from time to time in respect of Government servants.
53. In case where the operation of these rules causes under hardship to a University employee, the
Syndicate may for reasons to be recorded in writing, relax any of these rules.
54. The existing Leave Rules are hereby repealed.
AMENDMENT IN STUDY LEAVE RULES
(Approved by the Syndicate on 6.4.89)
(i) Every confirmed teacher of the University, who avails the opportunity to improve his qualification in
or outside the country, may be allowed to avail Study Leave with full pay.
(ii) Any employee of the University who proceeds on Study Leave should be paid due salary under the
rules and this should not be affected by the provision of a substitute in the department.
(iii) The progress of the scholar on study leave should be monitored by the University on regular basis. To ensure
this the Committee recommended that in future, study leave should be granted for one year at a time, and extension
should take place only on receipt of progress report of the Scholars from the Supervisor concerned.
(iv) Maximum period for study leave for Ph.D. should be 5 years of which three years should be with pay
and the remaining two years without pay.
(v) That study leave should be granted for studies in a University within or outside the country, other
than the University of Peshawar.
(vi) Study Leave should be granted as a matter of course, keeping in view separability of the teacher as
ascertained from the Chairman/Principal of the Department/College, and the Dean of the Faculty concerned.
It was clarified that separability in this context, shall mean that the period can be spared without
seriously disrupting the working of the Department/College. It is presumed that whenever study leave is granted, a
substitute would be provided, unless the Department/ College can manage the same by internal adjustment.
(vii) Keeping in view the limited facilities of C.O.T. scholarships and also due to the reasons that foreign education
has become very much expensive the Committee decided to recommend, that in future, University may allow all those
teachers, who on their own, can manage to acquire foreign scholarship/assistantship etc. It was reiterated that the
University may encourage such teachers by adopted liberal attitude in granting them study leave.
(viii) Improvement in qualifications/acquiring higher education by the University teachers should be in their
relevant fields.
(ix) That these rules shall apply for higher studies leading to M.Phil./LL.M. and Ph.D. within the country
or higher studies aborad. It excludes cases pertaining to Post Doctoral Fellowships.
(x)The date of effect of the study leave rules shall be 27.7.1989. The Rules for grant for study levels with pay for the
different levels of education abroad shall be as follow:
1. Ph.D. ... 3 years

2. M.Phil. ... 2 years
3. LL.M/M.Sc ... 1 years
M.A./M.S.
EMPLOYEES RESIDENCE RULES - 1992
1. Title and Commencement:

a) These Rules shall be called the University of Peshawar Employees Residence Rules, 1992
and are framed under Section 30(2) of the University of Peshawar Act-1974.
b) They shall come into force with immediate effect.
2. Definitions:
In these Rules, unless the context otherwise requires the following terms shall have the meanings hereby
assigned to them:-
a) "Vice-Chancellor" means the Vice-Chancellor University of Peshawar.
b) "Employee" means an employee of University of Peshawar.
c) "House" means any type of residential accommodation (excluding Bachelor
accommodation) including its annexe, servant quarters, if any, and its premises on the University Campus and as
classified in clause 3(A).
d) "Bachelor Accommodation" means any type of accommodation other than as specified in
clause 2(c) & 3(a).
e) "Allotment Committee" means the Committee as constituted under clause 20 of the rules.
f) "Allottee" means a permanent employee to whom the house is allotted.
Classification of Houses and Entitlement:

3. (a) The Houses are classified into:
O,P,R,S/S.A,S.B,J.F,C.A/F.A,C.B/F.B, M.M. and M.S Type.
(b) Entitlement for each type of house shall be as under:-
Ò' type for Professors only.
`P' type Professors and others having equivalent grade.
`R' type Associate Professors and others having equivalent grade (except those
entitled to tags Houses)
S/S-A type Assistant Professors and others
S.B. having equivalent grade.
J/F Type Lecturers and others having equivalent grade.
C.A/F.A Employees having grade 11 to 16.
CB/FB type Employees having grade 5 to 10.
M.M. type Employees having grade 1 to 4.
(c) T.S.C./Bachelor Flats of I.C.P./F.C./F.D. will be bachelor accommodation and entitlement for
each type shall be as under:-
i) T.S.C. TSC for male employees in grade-17 and above, and

Bachelor Flats: Bachelor flats for those in grade 16 and above.
ii) F.D. Un-married female employees having grade 16 and above.

iii) F.C. Married female employees having grade 16 and above.
(d) A house which is meant for family accommodation shall be allotted to all employees
irrespective of marital status.
4. Application:
An employee who needs a house shall apply on a prescribed form obtainable at the University Enquiry Office
and shall hand it over to the Deputy Registrar/Assistant Registrar (Estt), University of Peshawar, who shall enter the
application in a specified Register of House.
5. Register of Houses:
The Registrar shall maintain in the Establishment Section of the University of Peshawar, the Register of
Houses in respect of each type of houses.
6. Allotment of House:
(a) A house shall be allotted by the Vice-Chancellor, on the recommendation of the Allotment
Committee.
(b) Houses will be allotted strictly in order of Seniority from amongst the applicants for each
type of house.
(c) Seniority for the purpose of allotment shall be determined strictly by the length of service as
calculated from the date of original appointment/ promotion in the relevant grade in relation to the type of house to
which he/she is entitled.
7. Tag Houses:
The following Officers/Officials shall be entitled for tag houses in accordance to their status/grade:
1. Registrar.
2. Treasurer.
3. Controller of Examinations.
4. Administrative Officer.
5. P.A. to Vice-Chancellor.
6. P.A. to Registrar.
8. Rates of Rent:
(a) The rent of a house payable by employees shall be 5% of the pay with the exception of
grade 1 to 16 employees. The residents of T.S.C./Bachelor flats of I.C.P./F.C./F.D. shall be charged rent at flat rate to be
determined by the Syndicate.
(b) Warden and Assistant Warden will be allowed free accommodation in the hostel and will be
entitled for the house rent allowance.
(c) If an employee who occupies a house without a valid allotment order or overstays without
permission of the Vice-Chancellor, shall be liable to disciplinary action to be determined by the Syndicate.
(d) The Syndicate shall have the authority to alter these rates as and when deemed necessary,
but it shall not be enhanced without prior notice to the allottee.
9. Vacation of House:
(a) A retiring employee would be allowed to retain University accommodation for a period of
three months after the payment of pension to him or six months after retirement, whichever is earlier.
(b) In the case of death of an allottee his/her dependents may retain the house for 12 months.
(c) On the expiry of the said period or earlier, if possible, the houses shall be vacated and its
possession shall be given to the Director of Works of the University.
10. Loss or Damage of Property:

While taking possession of the house, as aforesaid, if the Director Works/Engineer reports loss or damage of
any kind of property therein, the loss or damage shall be made good by the allottee or as the case may be, by his/her
dependents.
11. Priority of Claim in Case of Promotion:

An employee who is an applicant or an allottee, shall not lose his/her seniority in his/her entitlement to a house
of lower type upon his/her promotion/section in service entitling him/her to a higher type of house.
12. Eligibility for another Type of House:
Ordinarily an employee shall be eligible for allotment of the specified type of house to which he/she is
entitled, but he/she may be eligible for any higher or lower type of house, provided there is no applicant for that type of
house.
13. Occupation of House:
(a) After a house has been allotted and allotment order received by an employee, he/she, after
necessary repairs/white washing have been carried out, shall occupy the house within 15 days.
In case the allottee fails to occupy the house within specified period, the allotment
orders shall stand cancelled.
(b) The Director of Works shall hand over possession of the house to the allottee and record the
fittings, installations etc. and their condition in a statement to be called "Delivery of Possession Report" which shall be
signed by the allottee. A copy of the report shall be supplied to the allottee.
(c) No addition in or alteration to the house shall be effected without prior permission of the
Vice-Chancellor.
(d) The allottee shall be responsible for the safety of the property of the house and shall make
good the losses if any, at any time during his/her residence.
14. Allotment for the Residence of Employees:
(a) The house allotted to an employee shall be solely for his/her and his/her dependents.
(b) The allottee shall not allow any other employee (other than dependents) to reside with
him/her in his/her house without the permission of the Vice-Chancellor. If the permission of the Vice-Chancellor is
granted then each employee shall be charged rent separately as provided herein before.
15. Maintenance:
The University shall be responsible for keeping the houses in good condition and repairs (if any) and white
washing shall be carried after 2 years.
16. Employees on Deputation/Appointment/Study Leave/Training Abroad:
(a) An allottee serving any outside agency on deputation or is in employment etc. shall be
required to vacate the house within six months of the transfer of his/her services.
(b) Family of an allottee can reside in a house till the period of his/her study leave/training
provided the University dues are paid regularly, and subject to annual verification/progress of his/her Study/ Training
by the Dean of Faculty.
17. Prohibition of Mutual Exchange of Houses:

(a) Mutual exchange of houses is not permitted without the prior approval of the Vice-
Chancellor.
(b) Employees desiring re-allotment/shifting in the same category of accommodation will be
permitted to do so purely on the basis of seniority.
18. Prohibition of Sub-letting House:

No allottee shall sublet the house or any part thereof. If any one does so, his/her allotment of the house shall
stand cancelled and he/she will also be charged such extra rent as may be fixed by the Syndicate for the period during
which it was sub-letted.
19. Arbitration:
Any dispute arising out of allotment or use of the allotted house, or any loss or damage of property of any kind
which in the house during the period of its occupation by an allottee, shall be referred to an agreed upon sole arbitrator
or a nominee of each of the parties concerned who shall nominate a third person as sole arbitrator. The arbitrator's
decision shall be final.
20. Allotment Committee:

(a) The allotment Committee shall consist of:
i) One Dean to be nominated by the Vice-Chancellor who will also act as convener.
ii) One member of the Syndicate to be nominated by the Syndicate.
iii) President & General Secretary of Employees Union/ Association or their nominees for their
term in their respective Committee.
iv) Registrar or his representative will act as Secretary.
(b) The quorum for a meeting shall be one half of the total number of members.
(c) Presence of President or General Secretary or his representative shall be necessary in the respective
Committee.
21. General:
In these rules wherever necessary the term Vice-Chancellor and Dean may be substituted by the Principal,
Islamia College Peshawar and Islamia Collegiate School, Peshawar (as the case may be).
22. Double House Rent Allowance:

Husband & wife being both employees of the University of Peshawar, the house rent shall be deducted from
the allottee only.
23. In case of move-over to higher scale one should be entitled to accommodation for that grade.
UNIVERSITY OF PESHAWAR'S EMPLOYEES
REQUISITIONING OF HOUSE AND
HOUSE SUBSIDY RULES 1981-91, 1992 & 1994
Short Title:
These rules may be called the University Employees Requisitioning of Houses and Housing Subsidy Rules,
1981.
Applicability:
These rules shall come into force at once.
Definition:
"University Employees" means employees who hold the posts in the University of Peshawar Service and who
are paid from the University Funds.
1. These Rules are applicable to those University Employees, married or un-married, who entitled to
accommodation but have not been provided accommodation on the University Campus.
2. Housing Subsidy:
i) Employees in BPS 1 to 22 living in their own houses or in that of his/her spouse or dependent
children shall be entitled to the concession of a Housing Subsidy @ 75% of the basic pay on the prescribed conditions
and rental ceiling or the assessed rent of the house whichever is less.
ii) The rent assessed or 75% of the basic pay or the maximum rate as given in the Table, whichever is
less, will be paid to the incumbents subject to the deduction of House Rent from them at the rate of 5% of their Basic
Pay.
iii) The applicant will produce documents to the effect that the house is owned by him/her or his/her
spouse or dependent children to the University of Peshawar in the following forms:
a) Mutation/Registration copy in the name of Department.
b) Plan of the House duly certified by the Director of Works, University of Peshawar in case of
new constructions;
OR
Property Tax Demand Certificate from the Taxation Department.
iv) The Table of maximum rent allowed to the employees is given below:
3. Requisitioning of Houses:
(i) University Employees who are eligible to be proved with accommodation shall submit an application
to the Registrar, University of Peshawar duly recommended by the Head of the Department/Faculty/Institution and
shall be accompanied by the following documents on a plan paper which shall be entered in a register maintained for
the purpose and allotted a serial number:
a) A copy of the site plan of the House duly attested by the Director of Works, University of
Peshawar.
b) A Certificate from the Owner of the House to the effect that he/she is willing to lease the
premises to the University.
c) An undertaking by the applicant that the excess rent, if any, over and above his/her
entitlement will be borne by him/her.
4. Requisition of houses shall be allowed as per rates admissible to the Employees of the Government of
N.W.F.P.
5. The number of houses to be requisitioned each year by the University for the employees in accordance with
these rules will be determined on the basis of available funds by the Requisitioning Committee.
6. On submission of an application, the Registrar will request the Director of Works to submit his report about
the nature of accommodation with details of the type of building and its location as well as the monthly rent assessed
by him.
7. The Report of the Director of Works will be considered by the Requisitioning Committee, consisting of the
Registrar, the Treasurer, the Director of Works, University of Peshawar and the President, Peshawar University
Teachers' Association. The Committee will submit its recommendations to the Vice-Chancellor for requisitioning the
premises in question.
8. After obtaining the approval of the Vice-Chancellor under Rule-7 above, the Lease Agreement shall be
executed between the University of Peshawar and the Owner of the premises on the prescribed form. Necessary
notification regarding the requisitioning will then be issued to all concerned.
9. The Registrar will maintain a Register in which the premises requisitioned by the University under these rules
shall be entered. Necessary details e.g. the name of the owner, and a number of other particulars of the building such as
its monthly rent, the date of requisitioning and the employee for whom the premises were requisitioned.
10. After execution of the Lease Agreement, the owner shall deliver possession of the vacated premises
immediately and inform the Registrar and the Treasurer of the University of Peshawar as well as the Director of Works.
11. In case the requisitioned house is vacated by a University Employee before the expiry of the period of the
lease, the Requisitioning Committee shall allot the same to the next senior University Employee for the un-expired
period of the lease. After the expiry of the period of the lease, the University Employee concerned shall hand-over the
vacant possession to the Owner complete in all respects and the Requisitioning Committee accordingly.
12. The Occupant will maintain all items properly in the requisitioned house and will be responsible for any
breakage.
13. At the time of handing-over the premises to its owner, the damage/breakage, if any, shall be made good by the
Occupant. In case of any dispute between the occupant and the owner, the Director of Works shall intervene and resolve
the matter. If the Director of Works fails to resolve the issue, the view-point of the Owner and the recommendations of
the Director of Works shall be placed before the Vice-Chancellor whose decision shall be binding on the Occupant and
the Owner.
14. The University Employee who has been provided with requisitioned premises by the University under these
rules shall not sub-let the whole or a part of the premises to any other person including his relative and friend. Violation
of this Rules shall entail immediate cancellation of his/her allotment.
15. Appeal: Any person aggrieved against any orders or the proceedings or action taken by the competent
authority in these Rules will be entitled to submit an appeal to the Vice-Chancellor whose decision thereon shall be
final and shall not be called into question in any Court.
16. The revised Rental Ceiling as approved by the Govt: or assessed rent of the house whichever is less. The
revised House Subsidy is as follows:
Grade New/Revised Entitlement Ceiling

Grade - 22 Rs. 5,000/- p.m.
Grade - 21 Rs. 4,000/- p.m.
Grade - 20 Rs. 3,250/- p.m.
Grade - 19 Rs. 2,600/- p.m.
Grade - 18 to 17 Rs. 2,000/- p.m.
Grade - 16 to 14 Rs. 1,500/- p.m.
Grade - 13 to 11 Rs. 1,170/- p.m.
Grade - 10 to 7 Rs. 780/- p.m.
Grade - 6 to 3 Rs. 520/- p.m.
Grade - 2 to 1 Rs. 350/- p.m.
17. The new/revised rates shall be applicable in cases of new hiring only. In regard to houses already
requisitioned/hired by the University, an increase of 10% per annum over the amount of Subsidy admissible at the time
of hiring may be allowed on the expiry of the Lease Agreement, OR in those cases where there is no lease agreement
OR that the lease is for an unspecified period, after the expiry of three years, provided that the housing subsidy so
increased, does not exceed the ceiling fixed as stated above.
18. The new/revised maximum ceiling would be applicable both in the case of Private Requisitioned Houses as
well as Owned Houses. However, in case the monthly rent of existing requisitioned houses, on the basis of 75%
exceeds, the above ceiling, the same shall stand protected as long as the house remains occupied by the present allottee.
The University Employee concerned shall pay the usual House Rent to the University at the rate of 5% of the
emoluments as detailed in FR 45-C.
19. The liability for maintenance and repairs of such houses shall be that of the Owner.
Revision of Rental Ceiling of Self/Hired
Residential Accommodation 1991
In pursuance of the Provincial Government Finance Department Notification No. FD.SO.(SR.IV)1-27/78 Vol:I
dated 19.11.1991, the University of Peshawar allowed increase the existing Rental Ceiling of Self/Hired residential
accommodation (Housing Subsidy) by 50% in respect of University Employees and to fix the following rental ceiling
or the assessed rent of the House whichever be less. Increase rates shall be admissible with effect from 1.11.1991.
S.No
Basic Pay Scale of Civil Servant
Present Entitlement ceiling
New Entitlement ceiling
1.
01-02
350/- p.m.
530/- p.m.
2.
03-06
520/- p.m.
780/- p.m.
3.
07-10
780/- p.m.
1170/- p.m.
4.
11-13
1170/-p.m.
1750/- p.m.
5.
14-16
1500/- p.m.
2250/- p.m.
6.
17-18
2000/- p.m.
3000/- p.m.
7.
19
2600/- p.m.
3900/- p.m.
8.
20
3250/- p.m.
4800/- p.m.
9.
21
4000/- p.m.
6000/- p.m.
10.
22
5000/- p.m.
7500/- p.m.
The liability for maintenance and repairs of such houses shall be that of the owner.
Revision of Rental Ceiling of Self/Hired
Residential Accommodation 1992
In partial modification of office order No. 1276/Estt: dated 22.12.1991, the University of Peshawar has
allowed the revised rental sealing to its employees with effect from 1.11.1991, as under:
S.No
Basic Pay Scale
Existing
Revised Ceiling
1.
01-02
530/- p.m.
600/- p.m.
2.
03-06
780/- p.m.
875/- p.m.
3.
07-10
1170/-p.m.
1325/- p.m.
4.
11-13
1750/-p.m.
1950/- p.m.
5.
14-16
2250/- p.m.
2450/- p.m.
6.
17-18
3000/- p.m.
3250/- p.m.
7.
19
3900/- p.m.
4250/- p.m.
8.
20
4800/- p.m.
5400/- p.m.
9.
21
6000/- p.m.
6500/- p.m.
10.
22
7500/- p.m.
8150/- p.m.
In pursuance of the Government of Pakistan, Ministry of education notification No. F. 6-8/93-94-Cash dated
21.1.1994 (issued with the concurrence of the Finance Division Regulation Wing vide U.O. No. 8(11)R.14/88-49 dated
15.1.1994), the University of Peshawar has allowed the revised rental ceilings for hiring residential accommodation at
Peshawar:
ENTITLEMENT B.P.S.
EXISTING RENTAL
CEILING
(PESHAWAR)
REVISED RENTAL
CEILING
(PESHAWAR)
01-02
Rs. 600/-
Rs. 750/-
03-06
Rs. 875/-
Rs. 1100/-
07-10
Rs. 1325/-
Rs. 1675/-
11-13
Rs. 1950/-
Rs. 2450/-
14-16
Rs. 2450/-
Rs. 3100/-
17-18
Rs. 3250/-
Rs. 4100/-
19
Rs. 4250/-
Rs. 5350/-
20
Rs. 5400/-
Rs. 6750/-
21
Rs. 6500/-
Rs. 8125/-
22
Rs. 8150/-
Rs.10625/-
2. The above rental ceiling will come into force with effect from the 1st January, 1994 and will apply in all cases
of fresh hiring.
3. The revised rental ceiling may also be applied in the following types of cases of already hired houses on a case
to case basis:
i) Cases where the allottee/occupant is oblige to pay difference of rent to the owner out of his/her own
resources upto the owner's demand (indicated at the time of hiring) or the allottee/occupant's revised rental ceiling
whichever is less.
ii) Cases of houses hired under rule 9(1) of the Pakistan Allocation Rules, 1993 of which lease has
expired. In the hired houses fresh lease may be executed with the owner as per current rental assessment of house or the
occupant's revised rental ceiling or the owner's demand whichever is the lowest.
iii) Cases of houses hired under Rule 10 of the Pakistan Allocation Rules, 1993, on self-hiring basis. In
such a case, the existing rent of the house may be increased upto revised rental ceiling of the allottee/occupant or the
rental assessment of the house, whichever is less. However, the category of such houses determined by the Assessment
Board in the assessment reports, if already concluded in terms of Works Division's letter No. 1(11)/ 85-EV, dated the
basis of its rental evaluation viz-a-viz the allottee entitlement.
4. The revised rental ceiling may also be applied, mutatis mutandis, in the cases of requisitioned houses
otherwise qualifying for increase in rent/compensation in accordance with the relevant Rules/instructions.
5. In all other cases of hired houses except in the cases where additions/alterations have been made with the prior
permission of the University, the benefit of revised rental ceiling will be permissible only on the expiry of the current
lease agreement.
6. All existing instructions on the subject shall deem to have been modified to the extent indicated in the
preceding paragraphs. All existing instructions not so modified shall continue to apply as here-to-force.
UNIVERSITY OF PESHAWAR LIBRARY RULES
1. The following classes of persons shall be permitted to draw books from the library for use at home, as soon as
they have presented to the Librarian Incharge an application form duly filled in and signed.
(a) Fellows of the University.

(b) Members of the teaching staff of the University, and of affiliated colleges and librarians Incharge of
libraries of affiliated colleges if recommended by the Principal of the college concerned.
(c) Members of Faculties and Officers of the University.
(d) Heads of the Pakistan and Provincial Government Departments residing within the jurisdiction of the
University of Peshawar, in their official capacity on a reciprocal basis.
(e) Students of the various teaching departments and constituent professional colleges of the University
graduates students actually on the roll of the affiliated colleges, and III and IV year students of the Islamia College.
(f) Librarians with the approval of the authorities of the recognized libraries, on a reciprocal basis.
(g) Such other applicants as are permitted by the Vice-Chancellor for special reasons, to be recorded by
the library committee, to draw books.
(h) The officers of the Forest Institute and Academy for Rural Development on reciprocal basis.
2. A card known as the Borrower's card, shall be issued for each of the person entitled to draw books from the
library under Rule 1. Such cards shall be strictly "nontransferable" and will be issued free of charge. In case a member
loses his card a duplicate will be issued on payment of paisas 50 only.
3. Borrowers shall be responsible for the books issued on their cards. They will have to replace the books lost,
within the time specified by the Librarian, failing which the cost of replacement, as assessed by the Librarian will be
debited to the borrower's account.
4. Under-graduates on the rolls of affiliated colleges and such other casual visitors as may obtain the special
written permission of the Librarian will be permitted to use the Library for purposes of reading and reference.
5. (i) Borrowers of classes (a), (c), (d) and (h) will be allowed to draw four volumes at a time and retain
them for a period of one month.
(ii) Borrowers of classes (e) and (f) may also draw four volumes at a time but they may not keep them for
more than two weeks.
(iii) Borrowers of class (b) may draw six volumes at a time and will be allowed to retain them for a period of one
month.
6. No books shall be issued to a student member unless he presents his borrower's card in person.
7. Books shall be divided into the following categories:-
(a) (i) All specially valuable works.
(ii) All works permanently or temporarily reserved for reference use only.
(b) Books reserved for study purposes on the premises of the library.
(c) All current issues of periodicals.
(d) Books recommended by the University Professors or Heads of the Teaching Departments for various
examinations.
(e) Books in great demand.
(f) All other books.
Books in (a) shall not be removed from the library. Books in (b) may be borrowed for over night use only.
Titles in (c) may be borrowed from the Library for three days, only after receipt of the next issue in the Library. Books
in (d) may be borrowed for 3 days and those in (e) for one week only. Title in (f) may be borrowed and retained
according to the provision of rule 5 above. Books may be classified into the above categories at the discretion of the
librarian.
8. Books not in great demand may be renewed on request at the discretion of the Librarian.
9. Delay fine will be chargeable from all borrowers, without any exception as under:-
For books issued for overnight use

at rate Rs. .. .. 0.25 p.d. p.v.
For books issued for 3 days use at

rate Rs. .. .. 0.19 p.d. p.v.
For books issued for 7 days use at
rate Rs. .. .. 0.13 p.d. p.v.
For other books .. 0.06 p.d. p.v.
The Librarian may refuse to lend books to any person who fails to clear the fine and will sent the names of the
defaulters to the authorities for the realization of the fine after giving due notice.
10. The materials borrowed from the Library are supposed to be brought into the personal use of the members
only. Any misuse of the Library materials should be reported by the Librarian to the Head of the Department of the
Borrower concerned with a copy of the report to the Vice-Chancellor.
RULES RELATING TO CHANGE OF SUBJECT
AND ADJUSTMENT/REFUND OF FEE
Change of subject and adjustment/refund of fee etc.:
The application for change of subject and adjustment of fee etc. shall be submitted through the respective
Heads of Institutions to the Registrar, University of Peshawar.
The change in subject and adjustment of fee etc. shall be allowed to the student on the following conditions:-
1) That the admission of the student has been approved by the Vice-Chancellor;
2) That both the Heads of Departments/Colleges are agreed to the change and the application is
submitted to the University Officer within a month of his/her attending the previous Department/College.
3) The Head of Department/College where the student desires to be transferred may clearly certify that
the student shall be in a position to complete the prescribed course of lectures etc. for the immediately preceding
examination.
4) In case of change of subject from one Department to another & Law, all fees etc. shall be adjustable.
5) On admission to Professional Colleges (Except Law College) fee etc. shall not be adjustable.
However, the student will be charged a fee for the period he/she has been kept on the rolls and the rest of it will be
refunded to him/her.
6) The student who gives up his/her study after taking admission to a College/Department etc. will be
entitled to refund of tuition fee. He/she will however, pay tuition fee for the period he/she has attended the classes.
7) The tuition fees etc. shall be refunded in full, when admission is cancelled and the student did not
attend any lecture etc.
ADMISSION REGULATIONS FOR
M.A./M.Sc. CLASSES, 1975
Title, commencement and applicability
1. a. These Regulations may be called the University of Peshawar Admission Regulations for M.A./M.Sc.
b. These Regulations shall come into force with effect from 15 September, 1975.
c. These Regulations shall apply to admission in M.A./M.Sc. classes in the University Teaching
Departments, and Constituent and Affiliated Colleges of this University.
Definitions
2. In these Regulations unless there is anything repugnant in the context the following expressions shall have the
meanings hereby assigned to them as under:-
a. "Admission" means enrolment of a qualified student in an approved discipline by an Admission

Committee constituted by the Vice-Chancellor provided the admission so made is confirmed by the Vice-Chancellor for
enrolment and registration under these Regulations.
b. "Admission Committee" means a committee appointed for the purposes of testing, interviewing and
examining the suitability of candidates for admission and selecting candidates for admission for approval by the Vice-
Chancellor under these Regulations.
c. "Registration" means the entry of the candidate enrolled in a class in the University Students Register
by the Registrar after full verification of eligibility and particulars of a student after payment of prescribed fee and issue
of a serially numbered Registration Card in token of completion of admission and the grant of privileges appertinent to
it.
d. "Migration Certificate" means the certificate of transfer of a student on roll in an institution within the
jurisdiction of another University or Board of Intermediate and Secondary Education other than the one at Peshawar to
any of the teaching departments, constituent or affiliated college of this University with the consent of the respective
institution provided the student is eligible for admission under these Regulations otherwise.
e. "Transfer Certificate" means the certificate granted to a student of having attended a college or
teaching department within the jurisdiction of this University for admission in a corresponding class in another college
or University teaching department within the jurisdiction of this University.
f. All other expressions shall have the same meaning as assigned to them under section 2 of the
General
3. Admission to higher education level not being a matter of right shall be selective on the basis of merit,
aptitude and ability to benefit from a particular stream of learning and subject to availability of academic and physical
facilities but it shall be without any discrimination on account of caste, creed, colour or sex with the exception in case
of reservations on account of belonging to a particular segment of population as may be determined by the Syndicate in
each case.
4. As far as possible seats for each class, shall be fixed well in advance before the beginning of each session and
announced by public notice.
5. Applications for admission to the M.A/M.Sc. pervious class in the prescribed form and complete in all
respects must reach the office of the Chairman of the department concerned within 15 days of the declaration of the
results of the B.A/B.Sc. examinations of the University of Peshawar.
6. Applications for admission M.A./M.Sc. shall be invited by the Registrar through advertisement by the
University teaching Departments and by the Principals of Affiliated college for the stipulated number of seats in the
prescribed form to reach the Chairman/Principal of the department/college concerned by the fixed date.
7. A candidate may apply for admission in more than one subject and each application shall indicate the subject
applied for.
8. Applications for admission will be scrutinised by an Admission Committee consisting of at least three
members to be appointed by the Vice-Chancellor from the University Teaching Departments and by Principals in the
case of colleges. In the case of Post-graduate classes in affiliated colleges, one of the members shall be a nominee of
the Vice-Chancellor.
9. All admissions shall be made strictly on merit, i.e. on the basis of marks in the B.A./B.Sc. The Admission
Committee shall prepare and notify a statement indicating the relevant weight assigned to the following factors of merit
on the basis of which admissions shall be granted:
(a) candidates' division in B.A./B.Sc.

(b) marks in the subject concerned.
(c) performance in the interview.
(d) any other factor that the Admission Committee may consider relevant.
10. If any candidate fails to appear before the Admission Committee for an interview at the fixed time he shall not
be considered for admission.
11. Admission granted by the Admission Committee shall be provisional and will not mean any commitment or
entail any legal liability till it is confirmed by the Vice-Chancellor and the registration by the University is completed.
12. In case of doubtful or undefined validity of any academic qualification as equivalent to a recognized
examination the provisional admission will be subject to the recognition of the qualification by the Equivalence
Committee of the Academic Council.
13. Within 15 days of completion of admissions the name, parentage, date of birth, examination passed with year,
Roll number, marks, division and the institution last attended and the course to which a candidate has been admitted
shall be reported to the Vice-Chancellor in the prescribed form with the recommendations of the Admission Committee
after due verification of the particulars of candidates and payment due from them for approval by the Vice-Chancellor
and registration in the University Students Register for issue of Registration Card.
14. Late admission upto one month after the last date of admission may be allowed by the Vice-Chancellor on the
recommendation of the Admission Committee under these regulations subject to the availability of seats and on the
payment of a late fee of Rs. 100/- in addition to the prescribed registration fees.
Late admissions will however, be allowed only in case of illness certified by a registered medical practitioner
holding at least MBBS degree, accident involving confinement in hospital certified by the Superintendent of the
hospital concerned, an act of God or any other circumstance beyond human control duly verified by the Admission
Committee.
15. Candidates who are not successful in getting their admission in a professional college may seek admission in
any other class under these regulations within one week of the declaration of the result of their application by the
institution concerned provided seats are available and the candidate in the opinion of the Admission Committee is not
likely to fall short of the prescribed percentage of attendance in the course of study proposed to be followed by such a
candidate.
16. An applicant who has completed a course of education upto the Masters level, B.Sc. Engineering, MBBS or
LL.B and is in the opinion of the Admission Committee, a professional student may not be considered for being invited
for a test or interview and his application will be rejected. The decision of the Committee in such cases will be final
after approval by the Vice-Chancellor.
17. All applications shall have the following enclosures:
a. photostat attested copies of the certificates of examinations passed and detailed marks certificates.
b. Character certificate from institution last attended or in case of private candidate a certificate of good
character signed by a Magistrate first class, M.P.A. or M.N.A. of the area a Notary Public or Headmaster/Mistress of
the High School or any other officer of the Education Department of equal or higher rank.
c. Income certificate from the guardian's employer or a revenue or Income Tax Officer or a Magistrate
first class or an affidavit attested by a Notary Public.
d. Medical certificate from a registered medical practitioner holding at least an MBBS degree from a
recognized University.
e. Three passport size photographs. In the case of women three specimen signature attested by any
officer mentioned under sub-clause 'b' if they do not want to attach photographs.
f. Migration certificate in the case of students who have passed the last qualifying examination from
some other University of Pakistan.
N.B: Originals may be produced if attested photostat cannot be produced for any reason.
18. All applications must be sent by Registered A.D. post or by hand so as to reach the Chairman of the
Department/Principal of the College before the last date of admission.
19. Every application should be accompanied by a declaration by the applicant, countersigned by his guardian that
he would abide by the Statutes, Rules and Regulations of the University and instructions to him from time to time by
his teachers and the Vice-Chancellor, Dean of Faculty, Chairmen of the Departments and the Principal of the College.
Eligibility
20. Admission to the M.A./M.Sc. previous class shall be open to the candidates who have passed the B.A/B.Sc.
examination of the University of Peshawar or any other recognized University securing at least 45% marks in the
aggregate and the subject in which he is seeking admission in M.A.
21. For the purpose of admission twenty marks shall be added for candidates who fulfil the requirements of
National Guard Amendment Act, 1973.
22. Candidates passing B.A/B.Sc. in the Supplementary examination shall not be eligible for admission to
M.A/M.Sc. previous classes in the same year.
23. Foreign students shall be eligible for admission only if their cases are sponsored by the federal Ministry of
Education before the 1st of September of the relevant session in which admission is sought and if they obtain 75%
marks in the qualifying examination from a recognized Foreign Institution or at least 2nd Division from a Pakistani
Institution.
24. Admission to the M.A./M.Sc. final class shall be open to those students who have taken the M.A./M.Sc.
previous examination. They must take provisional admission in the M.A/M.Sc. final class within a period to be
specified by each department/college. Admission of only those students who pass the M.A./M.Sc. previous examination
and those who fail in not more than one paper out of 3 or 2 papers out of 4 or more in M.A./M.Sc. previous
examination shall be confirmed after the declaration of the M.A/M.Sc. previous Annual Examination results.
25. If a student provisionally admitted in the M.A/M.Sc final class after his failure in one or two papers in the
M.A/M.Sc. previous Annual Examinations, fails again in the same paper/papers in the Supplementary examination his
admission to the M.A./M.Sc. final class shall be deemed automatically cancelled.
26. Students who have completed the prescribed number of lectures and practical in the M.A./M.Sc. previous or
final class shall not be allowed re-admission to the same class in irregardless of whether they took their Annual
examination for that class.
"Candidates who pass their B.A./B.Sc. (Part-I) and M.A./M.Sc. (Previous) examinations in private capacity shall not be
allowed admission in B.A./B.Sc (Part-II) and M.A./M.Sc. (Final) class respectively in regular capacity".
Admission by Migration/Transfer
27. Admission may be allowed at any time of the year by migration of a student from any other University to this
University in a corresponding class provided:
(a) the applicant produces a migration certificate from the University last attended alongwith a statement
of total number of lectures delivered in the class and attended by the applicant alongwith a character certificate.
(b) that the Head of the Department or the Principal concerned is agreeable to accept the applicant and
has the necessary academic and physical facilities for the original combination of subjects or papers offered by the
applicant at the time of his original admission.
(c) that the migration is applied for on account of transfer of father/guardian, change in financial
circumstances or change of climate recommended by a registered MBBS doctor.
(d) that previous permission is obtained from the Vice-Chancellor for such admission and a certificate
fulfills the conditions of admission laid down in these regulations.
28. Admission may be granted to candidates for transfer to the corresponding class from one affiliated college of
this University to another, or from the University Teaching Department to an affiliated college of this University or
Vice-versa provided:
(a) such a transfer is mutually agreed to by Heads of Departments or Institution concerned.

(b) the transfer is applied for on account of transfer of father/guardian, change of financial circumstances
or change of climate recommended by a registered MBBS doctor.
(c) all such transfers shall be reported to the Academic and Examination Section of the University.
Re-admission
29. If a student on the rolls remains absent from his college continuously for 14 days or more without a reasonable
cause, he will be liable to be struck off the rolls of the department or college. Such students may be re-admitted only in
case the Admission Committee is satisfied that the absence was not willful or was due to circumstances beyond human
control, provided such an application is submitted within 15 days after the order of the removal of student from rolls.
Re-admission fee Rs. 15/- shall be charged and credited to the University Fund.
Miscellaneous
30. If any of the particulars given by the candidate in his application for admission is found incorrect or false or
facts suppressed he shall be refused admission. If incorrect or false statements or the suppression of facts are detected
after a candidate has been granted admission, his admission shall be cancelled and he may be expelled from the
University.
31. In all cases where these regulations are silent or where there is difference of opinion about their interpretation,
the instructions of the Vice-Chancellor shall be final provided they are not inconsistent with or repugnant to these
regulations.
32. Ten percent of the seats shall be reserved in each Department for disabled students.
33. A candidate/person convicted of any offence in a Court of Law including moral turpitude and having served a
sentence in a jail is debarred from seeking admission in the University.
34. No person who has attained the age of 25 or shall attain the age of 25 within the year of admission shall be
eligible for admission to a Post-graduate Department/Constituent College of the University.
35. No one shall be admitted to a second course in any of the Post-graduate Department/Constituent College in
order to prohibit professionalism amongst the students.
36. In case of real hardship the Vice-Chancellor may relax these regulations for reasons to be recorded for the
information of the Syndicate only in exceptional deserving cases.
37. All other regulations and instructions relating to admission to M.A./M.Sc. classes issued here-to-fore are
repealed.
REGULATIONS FOR UNIVERSITY
REGISTER OF STUDENTS
1. The Registrar, University of Peshawar shall maintain a Register for recording the names of all students of the
University falling into any of the following categories:-
i. Student on the rolls of affiliated/constituent Colleges or Institutions admitted to courses of study

leading to First Degrees;
ii. Students on the rolls of University Teaching Departments reading for Post-Graduate Degrees;
iii. Post-Graduate Students engaged in research under the supervision of University Teachers;
iv. Students admitted to courses of study leading Diplomas or Certificates;
v. Students applying for admission to University Examinations as Private Candidates; and
vi. Any other categories that may be recognized by the University.
2. In the beginning of the Session and not later than within one month of the last date for normal admission, the
relevant Authority shall send up to the Registrar, the names of all students who have been admitted. The same course
shall be followed for all those who join later in the course of the Section.
3. When a person applying for admission to a University Examination as a Private Candidate is not already
registered, the Registrar himself shall be the relevant Authority for purposes of these rules.
4. The following particulars shall be recorded in this register under the name of every student enrolled therein:-
i. the name; His/Her father's name;

ii. the dates of admission and re-admission to and of leaving an affiliated college or institution or a
University teaching department etc;
iii. every pass or failure in a University Examination;
iv. every University medal, prize etc. won; and
v. every degree, diploma or certificate obtained.
The student's University examination roll number, year and marks obtained shall also be recorded.
5. (a) When a student wishes to have his name, as originally entered in the University record, changed,
he/she shall proceed as under:-
i. He/she shall apply to the Controller of Examinations through the Principal/Head of the
College/University Teaching Departments
concerned who originally sent up his/her name, paying a fee of Rs. and in case of un-
registered and private candidate except late colleges students by the Chairman of the Union Council.
ii. He/she shall support his/her application with an affidavit duly sworn before a First Class
Magistrate (by the candidate himself/herself) with signatures of two respectable witnesses thereon.
iii. He/she shall supply a press-cutting of the notice of change of name in at least one daily newspaper in
the division.
(b) When a student wants to get his name corrected (this will include addition, alteration or other minor
modification not basically affecting the name) he/she be required to comply with item No. 5(a) above.
if a candidate whether registered or un-registered (only those un-registered candidates who passed
their Matriculation examination from Peshawar University) wishes to have his/her father's name corrected shall, in
addition to item (i)(ii) and (iii) of regulation-5 above, get his/her application endorsed by the Chairman of the Union
Council concerned.
Notes: Changes in father's name is not allowed in any case.
6. Enrolment in this Register shall be obligatory for every student who joins an affiliated/constituent college or
institution for the first time, or joins a University Teaching Department etc for the first time without having been
registered already - that is to say, it shall be impossible of any one to secure admission to a course of study in the
University or to appear in a University Examination without having been registered as a University Student.
7. The minimum qualification entitling a person to be registered as a University student shall be a pass in the
matriculation/ intermediate examination of the University of Peshawar/Board of Intermediate and Secondary
Education, Peshawar or in such other Examination as is recognized by the University of Peshawar as equivalent to its
own matriculation/intermediate examination or some other qualification recognized by the University for this purpose,
provided that no qualification shall be necessary where the University has decided to waive it altogether.
8. No student who was enrolled as student in an affiliated/ constituent college or a University Teaching
Department etc; before these provisions came into force shall suffer from any disability arising from the fact that his
name was not registered exactly in accordance with these provisions.
Students names were already borne on the registers of students of other Universities - Pakistani or Indian shall,
on producing duly certified copies of relevant entries in those registers, be entitled to have their names entered in the
register of students of this University after having paid a fresh registration fee.
9. If the name of a student is struck off the rolls of the institution where he has been studying, or if he migrates to
another institution or is rusticated or expelled there from, such fact shall be immediately reported to the Registrar for
record in the register.
STUDENTS CONDUCT AND DISCIPLINE REGULATIONS
Title
1. These Regulations may be called "the University of Peshawar Students Conduct and Discipline Regulations".
Applicability and Commencement
2. They shall apply to all students on the rolls of the Teaching and Research Departments, the Constituent
Colleges and the affiliated colleges of the University of Peshawar and shall come into force with immediate effect.
Students Code of Honour
3. Every student shall observe the following code of Honour:-
(a) Faithfulness in his religious duties and respect for convictions of others in matters of religion,
conscience and custom.
(b) Loyalty of Pakistan and refraining from doing anything which might lower its honour and prestige in
any way.
(c) Truthfulness and honesty in dealing with other people.
(d) Respect for the elders and politeness to all, especially to women, children, old people the weak and
the helpless.
(e) Respect for his teachers and others in authority in the University.
(f) Cleanliness of body, mind, speech and habits.
(g) Helpfulness to fellow beings.
(h) Devotion to studies and sports.
(i) Observance of thrift and protection of public property.
Action against misconduct
4. Every member of the Teaching staff shall have the power to check any disorderly or improper conduct of, or
any breach of the regulations, by students in any part of the University campus. Should such misconduct occur in a
class-room when a student is under the charge of a teacher the latter may summarily impose a fine not exceeding Rs.
25.00 or report the matter immediately to the chairman of the department and may require the student to leave the
class-room.
5. The Librarian shall be responsible for the maintenance of order in the library. In case of any disorderly
conduct or any breach of regulations, he may require the offender to withdraw from the library for the remainder of the
day or if the later deserves, a severe punishment; he may be fined upto Rs. 50.00 or reported to the discipline
committee.
6. The provost, Senior Wardens, Wardens, and Assistant Wardens shall be responsible for the maintenance of
order in the hostels.
7. The Director of Physical Education shall be responsible for the maintenance of order among the students on or
near play grounds or while otherwise under his charge.
8. The chief proctor, staff proctors and students proctors shall be responsible for the maintenance of order among
the students on the rest of the campus and for checking the behaviour likely to damage the good name of the University
Campus.
Prohibited Acts.
9. The following Acts are prohibited for students:-
(a) Smoking in the class-room, laboratory, workshops, library, examination hall, or convocation hall and
during study or academic functions;
(b) The consumption of alcoholic drinks or other intoxicating drugs within the University Campus or
University hostels or during instruction, sports or cultural tours or survey camps or entering such places or attending
any such tour or camp while under the influence of such intoxicate;
(c) Organizing or taking part in any function within the University Campus or hostel or organizing any
club or society of students except in accordance with the prescribed rules and regulations.
(d) Collecting any money or receiving funds or pecuniary assistance for or on behalf of the University
Organization except with the written permission of the Vice-Chancellor.
(d) Staging, inciting or participating in, or abetting any walk-out, strike, or other form of agitation the
University or its teachers or officers, inciting any one to violence, disruption of the peaceful atmosphere of the
University in any way, making inflammatory speeches or gestures which may cause resentment, issuing of pamphlets
or cartoons casting aspersions on the teachers or staff of the University or the University bodies or doing anything in
any way like to promote rift and hatred among the various groups of classes of students community issuing statements
in the press, making false accusations or lowering the prestige of the University.
Act of Undiscipline
10 A student who:
(a) Commits a breach of rules of conduct specified in regulations 9; or

(b) disobeys the lawful order of teacher or other person in authority in the University; or
(c) habitually neglects his work or habitually absents himself from his class without valid reason; or
(d) wilfully damages public property or the property of a fellow student or any teacher or any employee
of the University; or
(e) does not pay the fees, fines, or other dues payable under the University regulations and rules; or
(f) does not comply with the rules relating to residence in hostels; or uses indecent language, wears
immodest dress, makes indecent remarks or gestures, or behaves in a disorderly manner; or commits any criminal
immoral or dishonourable act (whether committed within the University Campus or outside) or any act which is
prejudicial to the interest of the University; shall be guilty of an act of undiscipline and shall be liable for each such act
to one or more of the penalties mentioned in regulation 11.
Penalties
11. The penalties which may be imposed and the authorities competent to impose each kind of penalty are
specified below:
Sr. No
Penalty
Authority competent to impose
(a)
Removal from class-room, laboratory, workshop or field work for the periods concerned for not more than four such
consecutive periods
Teacher-in-Charge
(b)
Withdrawal from games or the field for not more than one week
Incharge of the game
(c)
Withdrawal from education or sports tour or survey camp.
Head of Department
(d)
Removal from the Department for a period not exceeding two weeks
Head of Department
(e)
Removal from all classes or any class in any department or college for a period not exceeding two weeks
Chairman of the Department/Principal of the college to which the student belongs
(f)
Withdrawal from library for not more than two weeks
Librarian
(g)
Removal from hostel for a period not exceeding four weeks
Resident Warden
(h)
Removal from hostel for a period not exceeding four months.
Senior Warden
(i)
Fine not exceeding Rs. 50.00
Teacher, Resident Warden, Superintendent Workshop, staff advisor of a club or society or Union, or Director of
Physical Education
(j)
Deputy Provost, Lady Assistant Provost, Senior Warden, President Sports Committee or Librarian.
(k)
Chairman of the Department or Principal of the College.
(l)
Cancellation of remission of fees or University scholarships
Chairman of the Department or Principal of the College.
(m)
Removal from a position of authority in a hostel
Provost, Senior Warden, or Resident Warden.
(n)
Removal from a position of authority in Student Union.
Provost.
(o)
Removal from a position of authority in University Sports.
President, Sports Committee
(p)
Rustication.
Principal or Chairman
(q)
Expulsion from a college/ University Teaching Department.
Discipline Committee with the approval of the Vice-Chancellor.
Vice-Chancellor Powers to impose penalties
12. The Vice-Chancellor shall have the powers to impose any of the penalties listed in regulation 11 himself, or to
refer any case to the discipline committee as constituted under first statutes University of Peshawar Act 1974, at his
discretion.
13. When a case against a student is referred to the Committee of Discipline, the Committee may if it deems fit,
suspend the student from the University Rolls/and or direct him to vacate the hostel till it has taken a decision in the
case.
Procedure in case of breach of discipline
14. A teacher or Officer mentioned in regulation 11 in whose presence or in relation to whom an act of
undiscipline has been committed or who obtains knowledge of such act a report or otherwise, may deal with the case
himself, or if in his view:
(a) The case is one which can be more appropriately dealt with the another authority or
(b) a penalty or severe than that he is competent to impose is called for in the case; he shall follow the
procedure outlined below:
(i) if he is not the Chairman of the Department/ Principal of a constituent college he shall refer
the case to the chairman/principal who may deal with it himself or refer it to the appropriate authority.
(ii) if he is the chairman of the department/principal he shall deal with it himself or refer it to the
Vice-Chancellor.
15. Rustication and Expulsion
(1) (a) Rustication

The Principal of an affiliated or constituent college or Chairman of a teaching department or
director of an institute of the University of Peshawar may rusticate a student for misconduct or gross breach of
discipline. Rustication when ever imposed on a College/University student shall always mean the loss of one academic
year in so far as his appearance at a University examination is concerned. The period of absence from the College/
University Teaching Department will, however, depend upon the time of the year when the penalty is imposed. The
student under rustication will have the option of rejoining the class at the beginning of the next academic year, and it
shall be obligatory on the part of the College/Department to re-admit him if he wishes to rejoin. Tuition fees shall not
be charged during the period of rusticating, nor with the name of the rusticated student be mentioned on the rolls of the
college/ department.
(b) No fee will be charged from a rusticated student for the month or months during which his
name remains struck off the rolls.
(c) a rusticated student if re-admitted to a college or department under

(a) above may take up the college/department or University examinations if he is
otherwise eligible, and provided he is permitted by the Principal, of the constituent or affiliated college, director of an
institute or chairman to do so. The student will, himself, be responsible for the shortage of attendance, if any.
(2) Expulsion
(a) If a student has committed such an offence which in the opinion of the Principal of an
Affiliated/Constituent College, Chairman of the Post-Graduate Department or Director of an Institute demands his
expulsion from the College/Department his name will be reported to the Vice-Chancellor. The Vice-Chancellor will
have powers to sanction expulsion for a period not exceeding 24 months. If the expulsion recommended exceeds 24
months, approval of the Syndicate will be necessary in all such cases.
(b) The Vice-Chancellor may expel a student for misconduct or gross breach of discipline either himself
or on the report and recommendations of the discipline committee or any officer of the University for a period not
exceeding two years.
(c) The period of expulsion will be counted from the date of issue of such a notice by the Principal of an
Affiliated/ Constituent College/Director of an Institute/Chairman of the Post-Graduate Department who shall have
powers to enforce his orders subject to the confirmation of the Vice-Chancellor or the Syndicate, as the case may be.
An order of expulsion shall involve the loss of one academic session or more to the student concerned.
(d) Name of the expelled student will immediately be removed from the College/Department rolls, and
no fee will be charged from him for subsequent months.
(e) A student expelled from a College/Department may be re-admitted into that College/Department or
another affiliated college after the expiry of the period of expulsion, if permitted by the Vice-Chancellor.
(f) Cases of expulsion will be registered in the University and announced to all institution/Department
and Universities.
16. General
The Vice-Chancellor may revise the notification on the recommendations of the Principal/Chairman as the
case may be.
The authority, which had the power to rusticate could also withdraw the same order before the expiry of the
period.
No student shall be rusticated or expelled from the University unless he has been allowed a reasonable chance
of replying to the accusation against him.
17. When in the opinion of the Committee of Discipline, the penalty of rusticating or expulsion is not called for in
a case referred to it, it may impose any other penalty or penalties mentioned in Regulations 11.
Appeals
18. An appeal against the punishment of rustication or expulsion shall lie to a committee comprising the Vice-
Chancellor and the Chairman of the Department/Principal of the College concerned and the Provost.
19. No appeal shall lie against the decision of an authority imposing a penalty other than rustication or expulsion
except on the ground that such authority has imposed penalty which it was no competent to impose.
20. An appeal on the grounds that an authority has imposed a penalty which was not competent to impose shall lie
with the Vice-Chancellor.
21. No appeal by a student under Regulations 17 or 19 shall be entertained unless it is presented within fifteen
days from the date on which the decision is communicated to him, provided that the Vice-Chancellor may for valid
reasons extend this period.
Compensation for loss

22. The Vice-Chancellor or any teacher or officer to whom the Vice-Chancellor may delegate his powers may
direct a student to pay compensation for any loss of or damage to property belonging to the University, public authority
or to a fellow student or to an employee of the University, caused by a wilful act or gross negligence of the students,
and if the student does not pay such compensation within definite period, the Vice-Chancellor may expel him from the
University.
Examination offenses
23. Cases of indiscipline in examination halls or around them or use of unfair means shall continue to be dealt
with by the Syndicate's Committee appointed for the purpose.
General
24. The Vice-Chancellor, while dealing with a case of indiscipline, may refer it to the Discipline Committee for
opinion/ advice.
Vice-Chancellor's emergency powers
25. The Vice-Chancellor may, in case of an emergency, take any action against a student or students pending
reference to the Discipline Committee in case of rustication or expulsion and order the removal of a student from the
University or restrict his entry in whole or any part of the Campus.
26. This will repeal the previous Regulations relating to Expulsion and Rustication or any other instructions
relating to the maintenance of discipline among the students.
HOSTEL RULES REGULATIONS 1989-90 & ONWARDS
(Approved by Syndicate on 27.7.1989)
These Regulations are framed under Section 28(1) Subsection (H & I) of the University of Peshawar Act,
1974 and carry the approval of the competent authorities.
1. SHORT TITLE AND COMMENCEMENT:

i) These Regulations shall be called "Hostel Admission and Residence Regulations" 1989 and onwards.
ii) They shall come into force with immediate effect.
DEFINITIONS:
In these regulations unless there is any-thing repugnant in the subject or context.
a) "Campus" means the Campus of the University of Peshawar.
b) "Hostel" means any Hostel established and administered by the University of Peshawar.
c) "College" means constituent College of the University of Peshawar as defined in the University of
Peshawar Act, 1974.
d) "Institution" means University Constituents Colleges, Post-graduate Departments, Centres and
Institutes working on the campus.
e) "Session" means an Academic session beginning after and ending with the Summer Vacations each
year.
f) "Authority" means authority of University of Peshawar.
g) "Department" means Constituent, Post-Graduate Departments of the University of Peshawar.
h) "Hostel Administration" means the Senior Warden, Warden and Assistant Warden.
i) "Chairman/Director/Principal" means the Chairman/Director /Principals appointed by the Competent
Authority.
j) "Provost/Deputy Provost/Assistant Provost" means Provost/ Deputy Provost/Assistant Provost
appointed by the University of Peshawar Competent Authority.
k) "Senior Warden/Resident Warden/Assistant Warden" means Senior Warden/Resident Warden/Asstt.
Warden appointed by the Competent Authority.
l) "Student" means students enrolled in the Campus institutions on the regular roll of the University of
Peshawar.
m) "Boarder" means a regular student of the University of Peshawar allowed under these regulations to
reside in the hostel.
n) "Employees of the Hostel" mean clerks, Head Bearers, Bearers, Cooks, Assistant Cooks, Water
Carriers, Malies, Sweepers and other persons engaged in the hostel.
o) "Hostel Regulations" means regulations enumerated here-in-after.
p) "Vice Chancellor" means the Vice-Chancellor of the University of Peshawar.
q) "Hostel Authority" means Provost/Deputy Provost, as the case may be.
r) Other terms and references shall have the same meaning as given to them in these Hostel Regulations
and the University of Peshawar Act, 1974 and regulations framed under this Act.
iii) HOSTEL REGULATIONS:

Residence in the hostels is a privilege and not a matter of right and since accommodation in the
hostels is limited, the University authority may refuse accommodation to applicants.
1) ADMISSION:
a) Only students who are on the regular rolls of the University of Peshawar may be allowed
admission in the hostels.
b) Student seeking admission to a hostel should apply for a seat to the Head of Institution on a
prescribed form (alongwith four passport size Photographs attached and duly signed by the Head of Institution), which
can be obtained from the University Enquiry office on Cash Payment.
c) The Director of Institutes/Principals of the college and the Heads of the departments will
issue hostel cards to the applicants. Admission to the hostel will be subject to the approval of the warden.
d) Since accommodation in hostels is limited, seats in the hostels are allotted to each
institute/College department in proportion to the number of students on the rolls of that Institute/College/Department.
e) Specified number of seats in different hostels will be allotted to each institute/College and
department and they will be supplied with as many cards for each hostel as there are seats allotted to them therein.
Admission to the hostels will be made on these cards only. Cards for allotment of cubicles will be separate from cards
for two or three seater rooms.
f) After admission to a hostel on the basis of the cards issued by the Principal of the college
and Head of Department, the students shall come under the disciplinary supervision of the hostel Administration.
g) The hostel Administration has the right to refuse admission to student whose past record in
the hostel is not satisfactory/favourable.
h) A boarder shall be required to furnish an undertaking to the Hostel Authority containing
such conditions as determined by the hostel Authorities.
i) A boarder shall not be allowed to occupy his room in the Hostel until he signs such an
undertaking.
2. ALLOTMENT
a) Rooms in the hostel will be allotted to each holder of a card for that hostel by the Warden
within seven days of the date of issue of the card. A students who fails to turn up within seven days will forfeit his right
to admission.
b) Subject to availability of cubicles (not applicable to women hostel) only final year students
of the Professional colleges and Post-Graduate departments may be allotted cubicles. This however, is not to be
regarded as a matter of right.
c) All other students will be accommodated in two seated three-seated rooms according to the
capacity of the room.
d) No student will be allowed to change the room once allotted to him except with the
permission of the Hostel Administration.
e) Residents will be required to pay all the dues outstanding against them before they are
permitted to appear in examination and leave the hostels.
f) A seat falling vacant shall be allotted to the Institution to which the seat originally belonged.
g) No student will be allowed to change a hostel except with permission of the hostel
authorities.
h) Ex-students appearing in the University examination may be allowed to stay in a Hostel one
week before the commencement of their examinations subject to the availability of seats and on payment of the
following charges:
1. Security Rs. 100.00 (Refundable)

2. Mass Security. Rs. 350.00 (Refundable)
3. Service charges electric charges Room Rent, Common Room, Crockery Charges
for one quarter.
3. DISCIPLINE:
a) Each hostel shall have a team of Monitors appointed by the Hostel Authority on the recommendation
of the Wardens. Each monitor will be incharge of a wing in the hostel and shall assist the hostel administration in
maintaining discipline in the hostel. One of the Monitors, may be appointed as senior Monitor, who shall have overall
charge of the hostel affairs under the Wardens.
b) Residents shall abide by the hostel regulations. Violation of any regulation or order issued by the
Hostel Administration will render a resident liable to fine or expulsion from the hostel or to such other action as the
Administration may deem necessary.
c) The Warden in consultation with Senior Warden will deal with all cases of indiscipline or breach of
regulations and orders relating to the hostel affairs.
d) The Warden may in consultation with the Senior Warden frame any rule for the internal discipline and
management of the hostel.
e) The Warden may impose a fine amounting to Rs.100/- subject to the approval of the Senior Warden
and the Senior Warden may impose fine upto Rs.200/-. The fine exceeding Rs.200/- and expulsion from the hostel, will
require the approval/sanction of the hostel authority.
f) Hostel fines shall be registered in the Provost office and realized through the Hostel Offices. The
amount of fines shall be credited to the Hostel Establishment Account to be maintained by the Provost Office.
g) Residents shall keep their rooms clean. They shall bring complaints if any, against the employees of
the hostel to the notice of the warden and shall not deal directly with them.
h) Residents shall not be allowed to keep any weapons/ firearms or any drugs/intoxicants with them in
the Hostel.
i) Entry of ladies to the Male hostels is not allowed.
4. HOSTEL DUES:
The Hostel Charges are as under:
a) Establishment charges per resident to be paid to the University:
1. Hostel Admission Fee Rs.100/- p.a.

2. Hostel Rent (Cubicles) Rs. 40/- p.m.
3. Hostel Rent (Seater) Rs. 25/- p.m.
4. Service charges Rs.350/- p.a.
5. Furniture Charges Rs. 50/- p.a.
6. Crockery Charges Rs. 25/- p.a.
7. Electric & Gas Charges Actual meter consumption.
8. Livery Charges Rs. 25/- p.a.
N.B.: The above dues will be payable in advance for one year at the time of admission in the Accounts
Section of the University of Peshawar.
B. Miscellaneous Charges per Resident per annum to be paid in the Hostel at the time of admission:
1. Contingency Rs.350/-
2. Hostel Security Rs.200/-
3. Mess Advance Rs.600/-
N.B.: Students shifting with permission of the Provost Office from one hostel to another hostel and having
paid contingency charges shall not to pay accord time. In such case the contingency charges will be divided
proportionally between the hostels concerned.
FOREIGN STUDENTS:
i) With a view to providing special messing arrangement, more amenities, better security arrangements
in case of emergency and provide accommodation to foreign students even during vacation other hostel establishments
are closed, Seats in Allama Iqbal hostel No. 9 shall be preferably reserved for foreign students who want to have special
messing arrangements according to their diety habits and preference.
ii) In all other hostels with common messing arrangements, however, foreign students will be eligible
for admission if they so desire and willing to share the common messing facilities subject to availability of
accommodation.
5. MESS
a) The mess System in the Hostels of the University of Peshawar aims at obtaining greater participation
of the students in their own affairs and also to prepare them to take administrative responsibility on their own
shoulders. This system therefore advocates ensuring management of good affairs to the students under the supervision
of hostel administration, but at the same time every effort shall be made to keep the food charges within the means of
the students.
b) Each hostel shall have a mess committee consisting of the Warden as Chairman, Asstt. Warden as
Treasurer & four to seven representative of the students residents in the Hostel who will be nominated elected for one
quarter of the year in October, January and April Each Year. The Mess Committee shall elect from amongst its member,
a student as its Secretary, who shall be responsible for managing the mess under the direction of the warden and the
Mess Committee. The Mess Committee shall prepare a weekly menu, prescribed quantities of food material required
and indicate the source and manner of its purchase.
c) Hostel dues mentioned in Head "A" of sub rules officially called as "University Officials Dues" shall
be collected at the source where the students deposit their tuition fee etc. i.e. Institute of Education and Research, Law
College, College of Home Economics and Jinnah College for Women will collect dues from their students, the
University Accounts Office will collect charges in case of Post-Graduate, under-graduate and Commerce Students.
Dues mentioned in Head "B" of sub rule 4 shall be collected by the Hostel Clerk on proper
Bank receipt and will be deposited in the Hostel's private Account. The Hostel Account shall be jointly operated in the
name of the Warden and Provost in a bank on the University Campus. The Hostel Clerk shall maintain an upto date
record of all the receipts and expenditure. The record will be checked regularly by the Warden and initialled by him.
The account is liable to be audited by the Mess Committee Hostel dues and other food charges shall be disbursed with
the prior approval of the Warden/Provost.
d) The receipt books will be kept under the custody of the Warden and will be issued to the Hostel Clerk
who will return the counter-foils to the warden when a book is finished.
The hostel clerk will execute a surety bond of the value of Rs.5,000/-
e) The Mess Committee will be fully responsible for the management of the hostel food arrangements.
It shall prepare a monthly statement showing the amount due from each resident and shall put it on the hostel hence
board in the first week of each month for general information. The residents shall clear their dues by the 15th of each
month, failing which they will be fined Rs.1/- per day after that date. If a resident fails to clear the dues by the 20th of
the month, his meal shall be stopped and he will also render himself liable to expulsion from the hostel.
f) Meals shall be taken in the dining hall between the hours fixed for each meal. No meal will be served
in the room of a resident unless he is ill and has been recommended by the Medical Officer to take his meal in his
room.
g) Residents are required to enter the dining hall in proper dress.
h) Late or early meals shall be served with the prior approval of the Warden. This will be allowed only if
the resident has to attend lectures within the prescribed meal hours, or if he holds the night pass.
i) Each resident will automatically become member of the hostel mess and will pay for all the meals
served in the hostel dining hall.
6. HOSTEL GATES:
a) Following timings will have to be observed:
Opening Time 0500 hours
Closing Time 2200 hours (1st September to 14th March)
2300 hours (15th March to 30th June)
b) Absence from the hostel at night without night pass is a serious breach of discipline. Night Passes for
this purpose have been provided and the resident student staying out of the hostel for a night must obtain this pass from
the Warden. Serious action will be taken against those violating this rule.
7. STUDY HOURS:
Study hours will start with the closing of the hostel gates at 10:00 p.m. During study hours every student shall
have to remain in his room for study and shall maintain perfect silence. Disciplinary action will be taken against a
student found out of his room during the study hours or found disturbing other in their studies.
8. GUESTS:
No outsiders shall be allowed to stay in the University hostels as guest without prior permission. A guest can
stay for one night only with the permission of the Warden/Assistant Warden.
9. NOTICES:
No resident will be allowed to place any notice, play-card or other material in writing any where in the hostel
without the permission of the warden. Violation of this rule is punishable with fine or expulsion.
10. SOCIETY:
No society or club be formed in the hostel without the permission of the Warden and once permitted to be
constituted should be in accordance these regulations and approved by the Warden. No Magazine, Journal or other
printed material shall be placed in the common room without the prior sanction of the Warden. Meetings and other
functions in the hostel can only be held with the prior permission of the Warden and Senior Warden.
11. LEAVE APPLICATION AND COMPLAINT:

All applications for leave and all complaints about matter relating to hostel shall be submitted to the Warden.
12. UTENSILS, FURNITURE AND ELECTRIC INSTALLATION:

a) Residents are not allowed to take dining hall utensils to their rooms, or remove other hostel furniture from its
proper place. Each resident student in the hostel will be provided with a bed, a table and a chair and he will be
responsible for the loss or breakage thereof. Residents destroying or damaging any hostel property shall have to make
good the loss and shall also be liable to fine as well.
b) Each room in the hostel has the necessary electric fitting i.e. fan, switch, holder, wire etc and the
student residing in that room shall be responsible for the safe return of these fittings when he leaves the room.
13. COMMON ROOM:

a) Each hostel shall have a Common Room Committee, consisting of three residents elected annually at
the beginning of each session. The Committee shall elect its own Secretary and shall look after the affairs of the
common room under the advice of the warden.
b) The Common Room funds shall provide for newspapers, magazines and indoor games.
c) Students keeping a radio-transistor or tape-recorder will make sure that they do not cause interference
with the study of the residents living next to their room.
d) Common Room furniture and play-boards are to be used with care and in no case shall be taken out
of the Common Room.
e) Film shows are not allowed inside the hostel. Special permission of the Provost for the use of
Microphone during the Annual Function is required. Outsider will not be allowed in hostel functions. No Professional
artists can be invited to participate in any variety program, Musical concert.
14. SERVANTS:
Private servants are not allowed in the hostel. The hostel servants appointed by the University are responsible
to the Warden of the Hostel. Any complaint against the servants by a resident should be communicated to the Warden.
Servants are under no obligation to attend to work other than that assigned by the Warden for the service and comfort of
the students.
15. CUSTODY OF VALUABLES:

The Warden or any other University authority shall not be responsible for the loss of any cash and other
valuable of the residents in the hostel unless these are handed over to them for safe custody.
16. SOCIAL AND CULTURAL ACTIVITIES:

a) To establish close contact between the teachers and the taught, members of the faculties will be
requested to dine with the students in the hostel.
b) Such social and Cultural activities, as permitted by the hostel authorities, may be arranged by the
resident students.
17. CLOSURE OF THE HOSTEL:

The Hostels will remain closed during the Summer Vacation, and all residents shall be liable to vacate the
hostel immediately. Only one hostel shall be kept open for foreign students, the social workers and those having
research projects. Such students will have to pay their hostel dues in advance for the period of their stay.
SPECIAL REGULATIONS FOR WOMEN'S HOSTELS
1. Women Hostels offer accommodation to unmarried female students of the University of Peshawar. Women
students shall go straight to their hostels after study hours from their respective College/Department.
2. STUDY HOURS:
Winter 8:00 p.m. to 10:00 p.m.
Summer 9:00 p.m. to 11:00 p.m.
Light must be switched off after these hours.
3. HOSTEL GATES:
The following time table will be observed for opening and closing the Hostel Gates:
Opening Time: 5:00 a.m.
Closing Time: 8:00 p.m. (from 15th Sept. to 14th March).
9:00 p.m. (from 15th March to 30th June).
4. GUESTS:
a) Male visitors are not allowed inside the hostel. They are required to enquire at the Gate and get
necessary information about hostel procedure.
b) Resident will not be allowed to invite guests for casual meals for overnight stay.
c) No outsider should be allowed to stay in the Women's hostel without permission. A woman guest can
stay for one night only. All other outsiders private/Ex-College students who come to stay in the hostel during the
examination session shall be charged full monthly room rent and light/service charges etc. They should deposit a sum
of Rs.100/- as security and shall pay for the food as under the hostel regulations.
5. LEAVE APPLICATION AND COMPLAINTS:

All the applications for leave and all complaints etc. other hostel matters shall be submitted to the Warden.
Students must have their application signed from the Warden before going out.
6. MEDICAL FACILITIES:
Sick rooms have been established in the hostels for the resident student. The Medical Officer Incharge, Female
Dispensary, University of Peshawar and Health Visitor shall visit the sick room from time to time to look after the sick
residents of the hostels. For this purpose each resident would pay a sum of Rs.10/- p.a. at the time of her admission into
the hostel. This amount is to be spent for the purchase of medicines and equipment etc for the sick room.
7. VISITORS AND PERMISSION FOR GOING-OUT:

Every boarder must on admission to the hostel submit a list of visitors signed by her parent/guardian along
with three photo copy of their National Identity Card.
a) Only parents/guardians will be allowed to visit their hostels and not call them on phone except in
emergencies.
b) Students telephones well remain under observation, if deemed necessary by the Warden.
c) Only Parents/Guardians will take an under graduate boarder for shopping, cinema and night stay on
weekends.
d) Directors/Principals/Chairmen will be responsible during the class hours. Week-end night stay and
cinemas are allowed only once every fortnight for post graduates.
VISITORS VISITING DAYS:

i) Winter Friday: 9:00 a.m. to 12 Noon
Saturday: 4:00 p.m. to 6:00 p.m.
ii) Summer Friday: 8:00 a.m. to 12 Noon
Saturday: 5:00 p.m. to 7:00 p.m.
e) Permission to see visitors must be obtained from Warden or Senior Warden. Residents must inform
their visitors about correct visiting days and timings. Male visitors will see the residents only in the visiting rooms.
Visitors from out-station can visit the residents on non-visiting days with the permission of Hostel Authority only under
special circumstances.
f) Post Graduate residents are permitted to go out for visits of shopping once a week only. They must
return to the Hostel by 6:00 p.m. in winter and at 7:00 p.m. in summer.
g) University Department's function may be attended by the residents after permission is granted by the
Warden or Senior Warden.
h) Permission for going out must be obtained one day in advance. While going out the resident must
sign the register giving the time of departure, place to visit and the time of return. She must also sign the Register on
her return.
i) Night attendance of the residents will be taken daily during study hours.
j) Weekly checkup of the residents room will be done on every Sunday morning by the Warden or
Senior Warden. Residents can be fined for untidiness of room.
k) Staff quarters are out of bounds for hostel residents.
8. CLOSURE OF THE HOSTEL:

The hostel will remain closed during the summer vacation. All residents shall be liable to vacate the hostel
immediately.
HOSTEL OFFICIAL
1. PROVOST:
a) The University Hostels located on the campus of the University shall be under a Provost.
b) The Provost shall convene meetings of the Senior Wardens and Wardens from time to time to discuss
matters of common interest to the hostels placed under him, and shall made suitable recommendations for
implementation etc.
c) The Provost shall also convene a meeting of the Senior Wardens and Wardens if a request for this
purpose is made by a Senior Warden for discussing matters of common interest.
d) The Provost shall intimate to the Vice-Chancellor all information in respect of all matters of
importance to the University and shall obtain his sanction for actions proposed and shall consult him on all matters of
importance of the hostels.
e) The Provost shall be the sanctioning authority for all kinds of account purposes.
2. SENIOR WARDEN:
a) Each hostel shall be under the administrative control of a Senior Warden who shall be appointed by
the Vice-Chancellor on the recommendation of the Provost from among the senior members of the faculties.
b) The Senior Warden shall be assisted by a Warden and an Assistant Warden. The Senior Warden shall
report to the Hostel Authority, all matters of importance about the hostel which require attention.
c) The Warden shall consult the senior warden in the matters of importance in this connection, he will
also intimate to the Senior Warden such information as may have important bearing on hostel administration.
d) The Senior Warden shall dine at least once a month with the resident students in their respective
hostels.
e) The Senior Warden shall check the hostel accounts at least fortnightly.
f) Grant of honorarium to Senior Warden shall be fixed by the University authorities.
3. WARDEN:
a) The Warden shall directly control the hostel and administer the hostel affairs in consultation with the
Senior Warden/Provost. All matters requiring approval, attention or advice of the Provost or of the University
Authorities, relating to discipline or change of conditions in the hostel or to a need or deficiency or to appointment,
promotion, dismissal and punishment of the employees of the hostel shall be initiated by the Warden and shall be routed
through the Senior Warden and the Provost. The appointment and dismissal of class IV servants of the hostels rest with
the Hostel Authority on the recommendations of the Warden/Senior Warden.
b) The Warden shall also consult the Senior Warden while imposing fine for more than Rs.100/- on a
resident for breach of regulation or discipline.
c) The Warden shall be provided with rent free accommodation in the hostel and shall be paid an
honorarium to be fixed by the University authorities.
d) The Warden is required to live in the hostel so that he may be in close contact with the residents and
with the hostel affairs. He/She will not stay out of hostel during night without the permission of the Senior
Warden/Deputy Provost or the Provost.
e) As an official present on the spot, he/she will use his/her own discretion and judgement in all cases
requiring immediate attention. He/She will be responsible for maintaining discipline in the hostel.
f) All the employees of the hostel will be under his/her supervision and he/she will be responsible for
the efficiency of the service in the hostel.
g) He/She will be responsible for the safety of the hostel property for which he/she will maintain a stock
Register, which will be checked yearly by an official to be appointed by the University.
h) He/She will be responsible for maintaining a proper account of the hostel dues and food account.
He/She will scrutinise the contractor's bills personally and will forward them for payment. He/She will also be
responsible for sanitation in the hostel, for maintenance of lawns and for the social and culture activities in the hostel.
i) The resident Warden shall dine at least once a week with the resident students in their respective
hostels.
j) Issue of Clearance Certificate to resident students.
k) The Warden shall sent a daily situation report to the Provost office and an up-to-date yearly report on
hostel affairs, in June.
4. ASSISTANT WARDEN:
a) The Assistant Warden will assist the Warden in the discharge of his/her duties and shall do such work
as may be assigned to him/her by the Senior Warden/Provost.
b) The Assistant Warden shall follow the instructions of the Warden in matters relating to the hostel
discipline.
c) The Assistant Warden shall also be entitled to rent free accommodation in the hostel and an
honorarium to be fixed by the University authorities.
d) The Assistant Warden shall dine twice a week with the residents of their respective hostels.
5. HOSTEL EMPLOYEES:
All the Hostel Employees will be dressed cleanly, each hostel is to be provided with a Clerk, a Head Bearer,
Bearers (at the ratio of one for every twenty students) Cooks, Malies, Water-carriers and Sweepers.
The Clerk will be fully responsible for looking after the office and will assist the Warden in maintaining an up-
to-date record of the hostel establishment, stock registers, food register, general correspondence, notification etc.
He/She will attend the hostel office during the following hours.
TIMING FOR HOSTEL CLERK:

1000 hours to 1600 hours : Daily
Normal timings : Thursday
The Head Bearer will be fully responsible for efficient working of the staff under him, and the safety of the
hostel property. He will keep in his own charge the hostel crockery, utensils, electrical equipment and other items and
will report the loss, if any, to the Warden.
The Cook will be personally responsible for general cleanliness in the kitchen and for the safety of the cooked
food. He will not allow either outsiders or the students except members of the Mess Committee to visit the kitchen. He
will alone be held responsible for the receipt of deficient or defective raw material.
GRANT OF SPECIAL ALLOWANCE TO:

Head Bearer : Rs.40/- P.M.
Cook : Rs.40/- P.M.
Assistant Cook : Rs.40/- P.M.
Sweepers : Rs.40/- P.M.
Bearer/Water Carrier: Rs.40/- P.M.
PHYSICAL VERIFICATION AND AUDIT:

Each hostel shall maintain a stock register and shall enter into it all items purchased for use in the hostel. The
university shall appoint official or officials each year for physical verification of the hostel property.
All accounts of the University hostels shall be audited every year by officials appointed for this purpose by the
University.
REGULATIONS FOR SOCIAL WORK
Whereas it is expedient to consolidate the instructions relating to Social Work and to streamline the system as
an integral part of the academic programmes of the University of Peshawar the following regulations are prescribed:
1. These Regulations may be called "the University of Peshawar Social Work Regulations".
2. These Regulations shall come into force with effect from the academic session 1974-75.
3. The Regulations shall be applicable to all regular students on the rolls of Constituent, Professional, Affiliated
College/Teaching Departments/Institutions of the University of Peshawar preparing students for the 1st degree
examinations.
4. No regular student shall be admitted to the 1st degree examination or awarded the first degree of the
University unless he has performed the Social Work under an approved project as under:
a) B.A./B.Sc.; B.Sc. Home Economics; B.Th. & B.Com. M.B.A. For a duration of 3 weeks; provided
that if a work project is of such a kind that it needs to be spread over a longer period, the duration may be extended by
the Head of the Institution with the approval of the Officer Incharge of Social Work in the University in advance. In
such a case the period of work is to be calculated on an hourly basis, namely 54 working hours in all.
b) B.A./B.Sc. (Hons)
For a duration of 5 weeks in two spells over two years; provided that if the work project is of such a
nature that it needs to be spread over a longer period, the duration may be extended by the Head of the Institution with
the approval of the Officer Incharge of Social Work in the University in advance. In such a case the period of work is to
be calculated on an hourly basis, namely 90 working hours in all.
c) M.B.B.S./B.D.S.
For a duration of 5 weeks; in two spells over two years; provided that if the work project is of such a
nature that it needs to be spread over a longer period, the duration may be extended by the Principal with the approval
of the Officer Incharge of Social Work in the University in advance. In such case the period of work is to be calculated
on hourly basis, namely 90 hours in all.
d) These Regulations will also be applicable to such other classes or categories of students as may be
brought within the purview of these Regulations by a notification approved by the Vice-Chancellor and issued before
the beginning of an academic session suitably prescribing the duration or the minimum hours such work.
5. Social work projects will be proposed by the University Officer Incharge of Social Work either on his own
initiative or on the recommendation of the Heads of Institutions/Departments/ Colleges concerned, and will be notified
by the end of the April in each session with the approval of the Vice-Chancellor. Provided that changes in the notified
programme may be made by the University Officer Incharge of Social Work, if the occasion so demands.
6. Social Work Project will aim at promoting the dignity of labour, alleviating suffering, help for the needy, the
spread of scientific ideas and techniques, promotion of health and hygiene, rural works programmes, social education
or participation in the construction of roads, laying of parks and play grounds, plantations and afforestation antipest
operations or relief work during pestilence, epidemic, fire or other natural calamities, civil defence, relief work in under
privileged areas and segments of population or such other activities as may be approved by the Vice-Chancellor.
7. Social Work Project will duly respect the religious and cultural sensibilities of the community proposed to be
served.
8. The Social Work Project will be in the charge of a coordinator in each Institution/Department/College who
will be helped by the requisite number of Group Leaders.
9. The Head of the Institution/Department/College will appoint Co-ordinator and Group Leaders in May of each
session and duly announce their lists to the Officer Incharge of Social Work in the University by 15th May each year.
10. The Co-ordinator and Group Leaders will maintain a regular record of hours of work of each student and
report shortages to the Head of the Institution/Department/College and endorse a copy of the list of shortages to the
officer Incharge of Social Work before the submission of students Examination Admission Forms to the Controller of
Examinations.
11. Exemption upto 10 hours of work may be sanctioned by the heads of Institutions/Department/College on
grounds to be recorded. If a student, on account of illness or some physical disability, is unable to perform the task
prescribed for his Institute, the Head of the Institute may at his own discretion, allot him some suitable task of a
sedentary nature under intimation to the University Officer Incharge of Social Work.
12. The record of Social Work shall be open to inspection by any Officer of the University so authorized by the
Vice-Chancellor.
13. No examination admission form shall be entertained by the Controller of Examinations of the University of
Peshawar unless if bears a certificate signed and sealed by the Head of the Institution/Department/College that the
candidate has duly fulfilled the prescribed conditions of Social Work as prescribed under Clause-4 above. The Vice-
Chancellor on the recommendations of the head of the Institution allows a candidate for cogent reasons to appear in an
examination provisionally but the results of such a candidate will be withheld until the prescribed social work is
completed and certified by the head of the Institution/Department/ College.
14. In case a student does not complete the prescribed hours of social work for the annual examination he may be
allowed to reappear in the supplementary examination but only after completing the prescribed hours of work.
15. Students migrating from sister Universities may be permitted to appear in the ensuing examination
provisionally but their results will be declared only on production of a certificate from the head of the
institution/department/college of having completed the prescribed hours of social work, according to the approved
subject.
16. It shall be the special responsibility of the Principals/ Chairmen of the colleges/departments and heads of the
institutes to enforce these regulations effectively.
17. The Vice-Chancellor may appoint or remove the officer incharge of social work in the University.
18. The Inspection Committee for the affiliation of colleges or the inspection of colleges shall separately report on
the adequacy of arrangements for social work in the college while submitting their reports.
19. The Officer Incharge social work will submit a consolidated report to the academic council each January and
will be authorized to call for information, data necessary for the compilation of his report from all constituent,
professional and affiliated institutions/teaching departments.
20. Other operational details or executive arrangements necessary to realize the objectives of these regulations
may be laid down time to time by the Vice-Chancellor in the form of rules or standing instructions with powers to
amend or alter them or finally interpret these regulations or aforesaid rules and standing instructions. The verdict of the
Vice-Chancellor in all such cases shall be final.
21. Social work should normally by performed during summer vacation; however, the work may be performed at
other seasons of the year if advisable, subject to the consent of the University Officer Incharge of Social Work.
22. If, owing to late dates of University examinations, the students of any institution are unable to perform their
social work during summer vacation of the appropriate year, and if no alternative time appears to be suitable, the Vice-
Chancellor may in these cases, at his own discretion, grant exemption from part of the social work or from the whole of
it.
23. These regulations apply to the compulsory social work programme only and have no bearing of any kind upon
voluntary activities undertaken under the auspices of the University social work organization.
REGULATIONS FOR AWARD OF SCHOLARSHIPS
AND FREESHIPS ETC.
A. University merit scholarship (University own resources)

1. The number and value of University merit scholarships awarded on the results of various University
examination shall be as under:
i) B.A. 3 Scholarships Rs.150/-p.m.

ii) B.Sc. 3 Scholarships Rs.100/-p.m. Boarder dayscholar
iii) B. Theology 1 Scholarship - do -

iv) B.Sc. Hons., 1 Scholarship - do -
Geology
v) B.Sc. Hons., 1 Scholarship - do -
Eco.
vi) B.Ed. 1 Scholarship - do -
vii) B. Com. 1 Scholarship - do -
viii)B.F.A. 1 Scholarship - do -
Fine Arts
2. The scholarships shall be awarded only to the first divisioners in order of merit in their onward education.
3. Scholarships shall be awarded on the express condition that the holders are bonafide students of a
college/department/faculty within the jurisdiction of the University. If an eligible student does not accept the
scholarship, it shall be awarded to the next eligible candidate on the list.
4. The scholarships shall be awarded only to those students who pass in the annual examination and are admitted
to an educational institution in the subsequent academic year of the last examination passed.
5. Scholarship shall be paid for a period of:
a) 12 months if he joins one year course of M.Sc. agri; B.Ed., M.Ed. and the post-graduate diploma in
Library Science.
b) 24 months if the scholarship holder joining M.A./M.Sc. class.
c) 48 months if he joins the engineering and B.D.S.
d) 60 months if he joins a medical college (MBBS) provided that the scholarship shall be forfeited if and
when he fails in any examination in his course of study.
6. The scholarship shall be awarded to the youngest student if there are more than one candidate getting equal
number of marks.
7. The scholar shall also be allowed at another University in a subject for the teaching of which there is no
arrangement in the University of Peshawar.
8. The merit of students passing various examinations shall be determined on the basis of official information
provided by the Controller of Examinations, University of Peshawar.
9. Class Scholarship:
a) The class scholarships one for the previous and one for the final class, shall be awarded in each post-
graduate department every year.
b) The value of each scholarship shall be Rs.100/-p.m.
c) The scholarships shall be awarded on merit.
d) The scholarships shall be tenable for 12 months.
10. Theology Scholarships:
a) Students admitted to M.A. Islamiyat Class shall be awarded 5 scholarships.
c) The scholarships shall be paid for a period of 12 months.
11. College of Education Scholarship:
a) Students joining B.Ed., M.Ed., class be awarded 4 (four).
c) It shall be tenable for 12 months.
d) The scholarship shall be awarded on merit.
12. Freeships:
a) Students admitted to the post-graduate departments and constituent colleges of the University shall awarded
full/half concession in tuition fee at the following rate on merit-cum-poverty basis on the recommendations of the
heads of the institutions:
i) M.A./M.Sc., LL.B., B.Ed., M.Ed., Library Science, and M.Com.

150% of the total enrolment in each class.
ii) Inter/B.A./B.Sc., F.Sc., H.Eco., B.Sc. (H.Eco.) B.Sc. Honours Geology. All others class as including diploma
class in fine arts German, Chinese, Turkish, French, Arabic, Persian, etc.etc.
10% of the total enrolment in each class.
b) Students placed in compartment in more than 3 papers (a practical to be considered as a separate

paper) shall not be eligible for any concession in tuition fee.
13. Financial Aid:
In case of the destitute, the University grants suitable financial aid subject to availability of funds.
13. Brother/Sister Concession:
a) When two or more brothers or sisters attend the same institution or such institutions as are under the
management of the University and do not enjoy any other concessions of the University of Peshawar.
The one in the highest class shall pay the full tuition fee prescribed and the others half of the full fee.
b) Award of scholarship shall not debar any student from brother/sister concession.
15. Double Concession:

a) No students shall be entitled to avail himself of the double concession. Double concession means
more than one scholarship or a scholarships and concession in tuition fee.
b) A student shall be allowed to accept any other concession more beneficial to him. The option may be
obtained in writing and kept on record.
16. Free education to the children of deceased University Employees:

As already approved by the Syndicate in its meeting held on 6.5.1972 the dependents of the deceased
University employees may be granted full freeship, as well as financial assistance for books at the rate as noted below:
K.G. to 5th Rs. 100/- P.A.
6th to 10th Rs. 150/- "
Intermediate level (arts) Rs. 200/- "
Intermediate level (science) Rs. 250/- "
B.A. level Rs. 300/- "
B.Sc. level Rs. 350/- "
M.A. level Rs. 400/- "
M.Sc. level Rs. 500/- "
Professional Rs. 500/- "
17. Scholarships received from the Government (Merit and Divisional)

i) 75% of the total number of scholarships be awarded on the basis of merit, irrespective of income
group.
ii) 20% of the total number of scholarships be awarded to destitutes. Third Divisioners should not be
granted any scholarship under this category.
iii) 5% of the total number of scholarships be reserved for the children of University employees
irrespective of division obtained by the students and class/grade of the employees. In case the number of students
exceeds the number of scholarships, as merit list of children of such employees be prepared and the scholarships
awarded accordingly.
iv) Under no circumstances (except iii) above scholarships be given to 3rd divisions or those who has
passed examination in the supplementary or who are receiving any stipend/aid/salaries/loan etc. from any other source
of federal or provincial government.
v) (a) The scholarships should be awarded to only those students who pass in the annual
examination and are admitted in an educational institution in the immediate following academic session of the year in
which they pass the qualifying examination.
(b) In case some scholarships are left over after awarding to all eligible fresh
candidates then these scholarships may be awarded to those students who have passed the qualifying examination in
supplementary but as a whole.
(c) If a student is once awarded a scholarship on the result of the qualifying
examination to a subject and after completion he joins another subject on the basis of the same result, he/she shall not
be awarded any scholarship.
(d) Students who fail for any one year shall stand disqualify for the receipt of
scholarship and it shall be discontinued. Such students will not even been be granted financial aid/destitute
scholarships.
18. Sanctioning Authority:

The Vice-Chancellor shall sanction the award of scholarship, freeship and financial aid on the
recommendations of the heads of institutions.
REGULATIONS RELATING TO THE CONVOCATION
OF THE UNIVERSITY
Whereas it is expedient to prescribe the manner in which formal admission to the degrees of the University of
Peshawar may be regulated, the following Regulations are therefore framed for this purpose:
1. These regulations may be called the University of Peshawar Convocation Regulations, 1988.
2. These regulations shall come into force with immediate effect.
3. In these regulations the following expression shall have the meanings hereby respectively assigned to them
that is to say:
a) "University" means the University of Peshawar.
b) "Chancellor" means the Chancellor of the University of Peshawar.
c) "Vice-Chancellor" means the Vice-Chancellor of the University of Peshawar.
d) "Registrar" means the Registrar of the University of Peshawar.
e) "Controller of Examinations" means the Controller of Examinations of the University of Peshawar.
f) "Dean" means the Dean of Faculty of the University of Peshawar.
g) "Senate" means the Senate of the University of Peshawar.
h) "Syndicate" means the Syndicate of the University of Peshawar.
i) "Degree" means the degree of the University of Peshawar.
j) "Convocation" means the convocation of the University of Peshawar.
k) "Candidates" means the persons who are to be formally admitted to the degrees at the convocation.
4. Formal admission of such persons who have passed the examinations required for the various degrees of the
University and fulfil the conditions prescribed for admission to these degrees shall ordinarily take the form of
conferment of degrees on the candidates concerned at a convocation.
5. The convocation shall ordinarily be held in the convocation hall of the University.
6. The Chancellor, when present, shall preside at the convocation and in case of his absence, the Vice-Chancellor
shall preside at it.
7. The date of every Convocation shall be fixed by the Chancellor on the recommendation of the Vice-
Chancellor.
8. The Controller of Examinations shall, through letters/ newspapers/radio/TV notify the candidates concerned of
the time, date and venue of the convocation.
9. The Registrar, shall, likewise, notify all members of the Senate, Syndicate, Academic Council and the faculties
by means of a circular, of the time, date and venue of the Convocation.
10. The candidates concerned shall attend the convocation in the prescribed academical costume for which they
shall make their own arrangements.
11. All members of the Senate attending the Convocation shall wear the prescribed academical costumes.
12. On the appointed date and time, members of the Senate will enter the convocation hall in a procession which
will be formed in the following order:
i) Registrar
ii) Members of Senate
iii) The Guest of Honour
iv) The Vice-Chancellor
v) The Chancellor
13. As the procession enters the Convocation Hall, all those present there shall rise from their seats and then
resume their seats after the members of the procession are seated.
14. The Registrar will then request the Chancellor/Vice-Chancellor to declare the Convocation open in the
following words:
"Mr. Chancellor/Vice-Chancellor, Sir I request you to declare the convocation open".
15. The Chancellor/Vice-Chancellor will say:
"I declare the convocation open".
16. The proceedings of the convocation shall begin with a recitation from the Holy Quran.
17. The Registrar will request the Chancellor/Vice-Chancellor's permission for the presentation of the candidates
in the following words:
i) "Mr. Chancellor/Vice-Chancellor, Sir, May the candidates be presented for the conferment of degree?
ii) The Chancellor/Vice-Chancellor will say:
"Let the candidates be presented".
18. The candidates shall be presented to the Chancellor/Vice-Chancellor by the Deans of the Faculties; provided
that in the absence of a Dean, a person nominated by the Vice-Chancellor shall present the candidates.
19. The following order shall be observed in the conferment of the degrees:
i) Candidates for the degree of D.Sc.
ii) Candidates for the degree of Ph.D.
iii) Candidates for the degree of Master of Arts.
iv) Candidates for the degree of Master of Commerce.
v) Candidates for the degree of Master of Business Administration.
vi) Candidates for the degree of Master of Education.
vii) Candidates for the degree of M.Sc. Home Economics.
viii) Candidates for the degree of Master of Science.
ix) Candidates for the degree of Master of Library Science and Information Service.
x) Candidates for the degree of B.Com.
xi) Candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Business Administration.
xii) Candidates for the degree of BDS.
xiii) Candidates for the degree of B.Ed.
xiv) Candidates for the degree of B.Sc. (Hons) Geology.
xv) Candidates for the degree of B.Sc. Home Economics.
xvi) Candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Law (LL.B).
xvii) Candidates for the degree of MBBS.
xviii) Candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Pharmacy.
xix) Candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Arts.
xx) Candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Science.
xxi) Candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Theology.
The candidates will rise from their seats and stand in a line facing the Chancellor/Vice-Chancellor.
20. The Dean concerned will address the Chancellor with the following words:
"Sir I present to you this person/these persons who has/have been certified after examination, to be duly qualified to
receive the degree of to which degree I pray that he/she/they be admitted".
21. The Chancellor/Vice-Chancellor shall confer the Degree in the following words:
"By virtue of the authority vested in me as Chancellor/Vice-Chancellor of this University I admit you to the degree of
and in token thereof I present to you this degree and authorize you to wear the robes ordained as the insignia of this
degree".
22. The candidates after receiving their degrees shall resume their seats.
23. The Registrar shall then present the winners of medals who during the previous year, earned distinction in the
various University examination in the following manner:
"Mr. Chancellor/Vice-Chancellor, Sir, may the recipients of the University Gold Medals and the Presidential Awards be
presented".
24. The Chancellor/Vice-Chancellor will say:
"Let them be presented".
25. The Vice-Chancellor will then present his annual report. In case the Vice-Chancellor is presiding over the
Convocation, the annual report will be presented by the Registrar.
26. Thereafter the Chancellor/or Guest of honour will deliver the convocation address.
27. The convocation will come to an end when the Chancellor/Vice-Chancellor or the guest of honour concludes
his/her address.
28. The Registrar will then request the Chancellor/Vice-Chancellor to declare the convocation closed in the
following words:
"Sir I request you to declare the convocation closed".
29. The Chancellor/Vice-Chancellor will declare the Convocation closed in the following words".
"I declare the convocation closed".
General:
1. The constituent, professional and affiliated colleges and post-graduate departments (Faculty-wise) are
authorized to hold a convocation for their colleges/departments under the existing rules and regulations which shall be
strictly adhered to.
2. The following procedures will be observed for conferment of degree to all the persons who have passed
various examinations of the University of Peshawar and have also fulfilled other conditions to become eligible for
admission to degrees:
i) Prior approval of the University shall have to be obtained of holding the convocation at the
college/department/faculty.
ii) A fee of Rs.1000/- will be paid to the University by the institution (other than University
institution) for the delegation of power for holding convocation.
iii) Principals of the colleges will request permission from the controller of examinations for the
issuance of degrees to their candidates, at least one month before the date of the convocation.
iv) Fellows, graduates of the University and candidates for admission to degrees shall wear the
academical costumes as prescribed in the University Calendar.
v) The Dean shall present the candidates for admission to the degree, except honorary degrees,
in the course falling within the purview of the faculty.
vi) Un-conferred degrees shall be returned to the controller of examinations, University of
Peshawar immediately after the convocation.
vii) Convocation procession and citation etc. shall be arranged in the same manner as the
University convocation.
RULES RELATING TO ADMISSION TO DEGREES
1. The Vice-Chancellor shall, from time to time , report to the Syndicate the names of all persons who have
passed the Examinations required for the various Degrees of the University and having fulfilled other conditions have
become eligible for admission to those degrees. When the Syndicate has sanctioned the admission of such persons to
those Degrees, they shall be entitled to be formally admitted to them.
2. Formal admission to the Degrees of the University shall be regulated by such detailed rules as the Syndicate
may, from time to time frame in this behalf, and shall, ordinarily, take any of the following forms:
The Degrees may be conferred on the candidates concerned (1) at an Annual or Special Convocation of the Syndicate
or (2) at the Convocations held in the Affiliated Colleges which sent up the candidates for their Examinations or (3) by
the Vice-Chancellor who may admit to their Degrees in absence, such candidates as fail to present themselves at
University or College Convocation.
3. The Syndicate may also admit any person to an Honorary Degree at an Annual or Special Convocation if the
conditions of eligibility for such a degree as provided in the Regulations have been satisfied.
4. The Degree will also be released to students before Convocation in Special Cases on payment of usual fee as
Non-Convocation Original before time.
5. During the year(s) when the Convocation was/is not held, Degrees may be issued to the candidates on
charging usual fee. Such degrees will be considered as Degree in Absentia.
6. The dates of declaration of the results will be entered in the Degree awarded by the University whether
conferred in the Convocation held by the University or the College or in Absentia to the candidates.
7. All the Constituent and Affiliated Colleges/Institutes are entitled to hold their own Convocation.
8. Detailed Marks Certificates will be issued to the candidates on application/payment of the usual fee for all
examinations of the University, showing the marks obtained by the candidates in each paper/subject, whether a
candidate passes or fails in the paper/ subject. Where the practical examination is considered to be a separate paper the
marks in the Practical should also be given separately.
9. University Merit Certificates will be issued to the students securing, First, Second and Third position in the
University Annual Examination, provided the candidates secure at least 2nd Division marks in the examination.
10. Merit Certificate will be awarded on the result of the Final Examination and not for the parts separately.
11. In the case of a difference of marks due to a change of syllabi (old and new) etc., the Merit Certificate will be
considered on the highest percentage or marks obtained by a candidate from amongst both categories of candidates.
12. Students appearing for improvement of division shall not be eligible for the Merit Certificate.
HONORARY DEGREES
1. The Syndicate may confer an Honorary Degree on any person without requiring him to undergo an
Examination, if it is satisfied that he is a fit and proper person to receive such a degree by reason of his eminence in the
field of science or scholarship or in view of his distinguished service to the country or humanity in general.
2. The Syndicate's decision to confer such a degree (which shall be subject to confirmation by the Chancellor)
shall be made on a recommendation to that effect coming up from the Syndicate. The Syndicate's decision shall be
made at meeting held after proper notice and supported in each case by the opinion of a majority of at least two-thirds
of the members present at the meeting.
______________________________
FORM OF ACADEMICAL COSTUMES
1. In these regulations "ordinary" academical costumes means a black cap and gown without hood or sash and
"full" academical costume means, in addition, a hood or sash nd for doctors, a scarlet instead of a black gown.
2. Full academical costume shall be worn by all fellows and all graduates of the University and may be worn by
all Graduates of other Universities at Convocation and on such other ceremonial occasions as the Syndicate or Vice-
Chancellor may appoint.
3. Ordinary Academical costumes shall be worn by all Fellows at meetings of the Syndicate.
4. If a Fellow is a Graduate of any University, he may either wear the costume of his Degree or the costume to
which he is entitled to wear as a Fellow.
5. Fellows and Graduates of the University are entitled to wear academical costumes as follows:
Chancellor:
Gown: Black gown with long bag sleeves, similar to those worn by the Chancellors of Oxford and the Punjab, faced
with gold silk.
Cap: Black academical cap with gold tassel.
Vice-Chancellor:
Gown: Black gown similar to that of the Chancellor, faced with silver silk.
Cap: Black academical cap with silver tassel.
Registrar:
Gown: Black gown, similar to that of the Chancellor faced with black silk.
Cap: Black academic cap with black tassel.
Fellows:
Gown: Black gown with wide open elbow length sleeves.
GRADUATES
Doctors of Laws:
Gown: (Full) A scarlet silk gown, similar to that of the Doctors of the Punjab University (Ordinary) as for Fellows.
Hood: Scarlet silk similar to Edinburgh University lined with dark green silk.
Cap: As of Registrar.
Bachelor of Laws:
Gown: Black gown, with long open sleeves gathered with a short cord, similar to the London B.A.
Hood: Black silk, similar to Edinburgh University lined with dark green silk.
Cap: As for Registrar.
Bachelor of Arts:
Gown & Cap: As for LL.B.
Hood: Black silk, as for LL.B. lined with scarlet silk.
Bachelor of Science:
Hood: Black silk, as for LL.B. lined with scarlet silk.
Bachelor of Education:
Hood: Black silk, as for LL.B. lined with scarlet silk, edge with white.
Bachelor of Commerce:
Hood: Light Blue.
Bachelor of Business Administration:
Hood:
Bachelor of Science in Nursing:
Hood:
Bachelor of Science in Forestry:
Gown: Black with long bag sleeves.
Hood: Green Silk lined with white fur.
Cap: Black academic cap with black tassel.
M.B.B.S. (Medicine):
Gown: Black with long open sleeves.
Hood: Maroon silk lined with black coloured silk.
Bachelor of Dental Surgery:
Hood: Light purple.
Bachelor of Pharmacy:
Hood:
Master of Arts/Science:
Gown: Black gown with long bag sleeves, similar to the Cambridge M.A.
Hood: Black silk as for LL.B. lined with white silk.
Cap: As for Registrar.
Master of Education:
Hood: Pink with light green borders.
Master of Home Economics:
Hood: Golden Silk for B.Sc. and White silk for M.Sc.
Master of Commerce:
Hood:
Master of Business Administration:
Hood:
Master of Forestry:
Hood:
Post-Graduate Diploma in Medicine:
Hood:
Candidates for admission to any Degree except that of Doctor in any Faculty shall wear at Convocation the
costume of the degree to which they are enlisted.
A candidate for the degree of Doctor in any Faculty shall assume the costume of that degree immediately after
his admission to the degree.
RULES FOR CORRECTION IN DATE OF BIRTH
Correction in Date of Birth of the students, already registered the University Registration Records will not be
sanctioned except under the following conditions by the Syndicate:
1. When the clerical mistake in the School/College-Registers, which the candidate had been a student, is proved
by adopting the following procedure:
(i) The University authorities should check the Admission and Withdrawal Registers of the
School/College in which the mistake occurred.
(ii) The fact of clerical mistake should be confirmed by the Director of Education, Peshawar Region after
full investigation in case of Schools/Colleges under his jurisdiction and by the Registrar in case of students of
constituent colleges University.
2. On payment of fee of Rs.50/-
Applications from candidates who have passed their Matriculation Examination from any University or Board,
other than this University shall not be considered.
Rules regarding Change/Correction/Addition/Deletion of Name/Father's Name:
1. (a) When a student wishes to have his/her name as originally entered in the University record, changed,
he/she shall proceed as under:
i) He/she shall apply to the Controller of Examinations University of Peshawar through the
Principal/University Teaching Department concerned, who originally sent up his/her name, paying a fee of Rs.50/- and
in case of unregistered and private students (Except Late College Student) by the Chairman of Union Council.
ii) He/she shall supply a press cutting of the Notice of change of name in at least one daily
Newspaper.
iii) He/she shall support his/her application with an affidavit duly sworn before 1st Class
Magistrate/ Oath Commissioner (by the candidate himself) with signatures of two respectable witnesses thereon.
(b) When a student wants to get his/her name corrected (this will include addition alteration or other
minor modification not basically affecting the name). He/she shall be required to comply with item No. 1(a) above.
If a candidate whether registered or unregistered (only those unregistered candidates who passed their
Matriculation Examination from this University) wishes to have his/her father's name corrected shall in addition to item
i, ii, iii of regulation 1 above, get his/her application endorsed by the Chairman of Union Council concerned.
NOTE: Change in father's name is not allowed in any case.

REVISED STATUTES AND REGULATIONS RELATING
TO M.Phil. DEGREE.
In pursuance of Section 27(1) and 28(1)(c) and (d) of the University of Peshawar Act-1974, the
following Statutes and Regulations are prescribed to govern matters relating to M.Phil. degree to be awarded by the
A. SHORT TITLE, COMMENCEMENT AND APPLICATION:
1. These Statutes and Regulations shall be called the University of Peshawar revised Statutes and Regulations
relating to M.Phil. degree.
2. These shall come into force from the date of approval of the Syndicate.
3. These shall apply to research scholars admitted in a Post-Graduate Department,Centre or Institute of the
B. DEFINITIONS:
1. In these Statutes and Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires, the following expressions shall have
the meanings hereby respectively assigned to them:
1. "University" means University of Peshawar.
2. M.Phil. stands for Master of Philosophy.
3. "Board" means Advanced Studies and Research Board, constituted under Clause 5(1) of the First Statutes of
the University of Peshawar Act-1974 (as amended).
4. "Admission Committee" means a Committee of an Institution as constituted under Clause 8 of the
Regulations.
5. "Supervisory Committee" means a Committee appointed for a research scholar under Clause 10 of these
Regulations.
6. "Examination Committee" means a Committee as constituted under Clause 12 of these Regulations.
7. "Research Scholar" means a scholar as defined under Clause 6(iv) of these Regulations.
8. "Examiners" mean examiners, appointed under Clause
20 of these Regulations.
9. "Thesis" means a thesis encompassing original research performed by a scholar.
10. "Head of Institution" means Chairman of Department, Director of Centre/Institute, Principal
of College.
11. "Related subjects" means subject(s) conducted by Institution other than the one in which the scholar is
enrolled.
12. "Institution" means a Department, Centre, College, or an Institute of the University.
2. All other terms and conditions shall have the same meanings as assigned to them under Section-2 of the
University of Peshawar Act - 1974 or explained in these Regulations.
C. STATUTES AND REGULATIONS:
1. SCHEME OF STUDIES:
The scheme of studies for M.Phil. degree shall be as under:
1. Course Work in the major subject, in which the scholar is registered for the degree.
2. Course Work in subject(s) related to the major subject.
3. Thesis, on a topic approved by the Board.
4. Viva-Voce.
2. DURATIONS OF COURSE AND SEMESTERS:
1. The M.Phil. programme shall extend over a period of at least two years/four semesters.
2. There shall be two semesters in a year, i.e. Fall and Spring, each of 18 weeks duration (including
examinations).
3. ADMISSION PROCEDURE:
1. Admission relating to M.Phil. degree shall be advertised by the Registrar in consultation with the Head of the
Department and through the Dean of Faculty or by the Directors of the Centres.
2. Application on prescribed form shall be submitted to the Head of Institution concerned, within the prescribed
period.
3. Provisional admission may be granted within one month of the last date of the receipt of application by the
Admission Committee.
4. The number of scholars to be admitted shall be determined by the Admission Committee.
4. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS:
1. Candidates possessing M.A/M.Sc. degree with a good second class (55% marks) or a CGPA of 2.8 from the
University of Peshawar in relevant or related disciplines, or an equivalent qualification from any other recognised
University, will be eligible for admission.
Provided that candidates possessing second class or equivalent grade in M.A. English shall stand eligible for admission.
(Academic Council dated 16.6.1998 and Syndicated dated 3.9.1998).
2. Teachers of the University who are otherwise qualified for admission to M.Phil. degree shall be given
preference.
CLARIFICATION:
Confirmed Teachers of the University shall be allowed to join M.Phil. classes as whole time regular scholars without
obtaining leave of absence. Such a teacher shall have to produce a certificate from the Head of an Institution concerned
to the effect that the normal teaching work of the teacher will not be affected.
5. ADMISSION, TUITION FEE, ETC.
1. The following fees (subject to revision) shall be paid by the scholars (50% concession in fee/charges for 1-5 to
the University employees).
1
Registration Fee
Rs.1000/= (At the time of first registration)
2
Tuition Fee per Semester
Rs.1000/=
3
Exam.Fee per Credit Hour
Rs.100/=
to be deposited in the Institution
4
Thesis and Oral Exam.fee
Rs.1500/=
5
Incidental Charges (Non-refundable)
To be fixed by and paid to the Institution.
6
Caution Money (refundable)
Rs.1500/= (to be deposited in the Institution)
2. Admission of the candidate shall stand cancelled if fees, etc., are not deposited within one month of the
admission.
3. Foreign nationals shall be required to pay tuition fees, etc., as prescribed for the purpose by the Government of
Pakistan. They will have to forward their cases of admission through the Ministry of Education, Islamabad. No
objection certificate by the said ministry is, therefore, mandatory in the case of foreign scholars.
6. REGISTRATION:
1. A scholar for the degree of M.Phil. shall be registered in a teaching Institution of the University.
2. The Registrar shall maintain a register of M.Phil. scholars and assign a registration number to each scholar at
the time of admission.
3. Registration may be renewed on payment of the prescribed fee if a scholar is re-admitted within a year after
having been struck off the roll for any valid reason.
4. A scholar registered for the M.Phil. course shall be called M.Phil. research scholar.
5. All rules of the University shall be applicable to M.Phil. research scholars.
7. APPROVAL OF ADMISSION & CONFIRMATION OF REGISTRATION:
1. The Head of the Institution shall forward cases of provisional admission within one month from the date of
recommendations of the Admission Committee, for the approval of the Vice-Chancellor.
2. On the successful performance of a research scholar at the end of second semester, his admission may be
confirmed by the Vice-Chancellor, on the recommendation of the Supervisory Committee.
8. ADMISSION COMMITTEE:
1. There shall be an Admission Committee for a period of three years which shall consist of :
1. Head of the Institution as Ex-Officio convener.

2. Two to four senior-most teachers of the Institution.
3. If required, one or two external experts, shall be nominated by the Vice-Chancellor on the recommendation of
the Head of Institution.
2. The members of Admission Committee shall be approved by the Dean.
9. FUNCTIONS OF THE ADMISSION COMMITTEE:
1. To process the applications received for admission.

2. To propose a Supervisory Committee for each scholar for the approval of the Board.
10. SUPERVISORY COMMITTEE:
1. There shall be a Supervisory Committee consisting of three teachers, one of whom shall be a Supervisor and
Chairman of the Committee. The Supervisory Committee shall be constituted by the Board on the recommendation of
the Admission Committee.
2. A teacher holding a Ph.D. or M.Phil. degree will be appointed as Supervisor. In case such a teacher is not
available, a Professor or Associate Professor may be appointed instead.
3. If otherwise essential, one co-supervisor shall be appointed by the Board on the recommendation of the
4. The Head of the Institution shall be Ex-Officio member of the Committee.
11. FUNCTIONS OF SUPERVISORY COMMITTEE:
1. To recommend and plan the courses of studies.

2. To determine the topic of research in consultation with the research scholar.
3. To supervise and review the progress of the research scholar.
4. To recommend the confirmation of admission to the Vice-Chancellor.
5. To propose to the Vice-Chancellor a panel of experts for Thesis examination and Viva-Voce.
12. EXAMINATION COMMITTEE:
There shall be an Examination Committee in each Institution for the conduct, control and supervision of examination. It
shall consist of:
1. The Head of the Institution as its Ex-Officio Chairman.
2. Two to four senior-most teachers of the Institution.
In case the required number of teachers is not available, the Dean may nominate qualified teacher(s) from elsewhere on
the recommendation of the Admission Committee.
13. FUNCTIONS OF THE EXAMINATION COMMITTEE:
1. To make arrangements for the conduct and supervision of examination.

2. To submit an advance copy of the tabulated result on the prescribed proforma for transcript (as per annexure)
showing courses taken, teachers, time/duration, detailed marks, aggregate and grade. This would be duly authenticated
by the Chairman of the Examination Committee for the declaration of result.
Tabulated results should be submitted within two weeks of the end of the semester.
14. CONDUCT OF EXAMINATION:

1. There shall be two examinations; mid-term and final, in addition to home assignments.
2. The weightage of the examinations and assignments shall be as follows:
1. Mid-term examination 30%
2. Home assignments,
term paper, etc. 30%
3. Final Examination
(covering the entire
course content) 40%
15. COURSE REQUIREMENT:
1. A research scholar for the M.Phil. degree shall fulfil the following course requirements, duly recommended by
the Supervisory Committee.
1. Approved course of 18 credits in the major subject (700 & above).

2. Courses of 6 credits in related subject(s) (May be below 700, but these will neither be given numerical grades
nor counted towards CGPA. Courses below 700 shall be given letter grades P or F which be: P = 60% and more, F =
Less than 60%).
3. Any additional course work as prescribed in individual cases.
2. Course work, research topic and synopsis shall be approved by the Board on the recommendation of the
Supervisory Committee.
16. GRADES AND ACADEMIC STANDING:
1. The grading system for the M.Phil. course of 700 and above levels shall be as follows:
A. Excellent (4) 80% and above
B. Good (3-3.9) 65-79%
C. Satisfactory (2-2.9) 50-64%
D. Pass (1-1.9) 40-49%
F. Failure (< 1,i.e.0) < 40%
I. Incomplete
Note: In case where numerical grades are not assessable (i.e., field work), letter grade P (Pass) or F (Fail) shall
instead be used, and not counted towards CGPA.
2. The minimum standard for successful performance in M.Phil. programme shall be a CGPA of 3.00. A
scholar whose record falls below must improve his CGPA to the required minimum (3.00) by taking additional
course(s) in the following semester, otherwise he shall be considered as withdrawn.
17. CREDITS AND AUDITS:
1. Unless otherwise noted, a credit shall represent a study in an approved course carried out for one theory hour
or two laboratory hours per week, for the full period of a semester.
2. A scholar who desires to attend a course without taking examination in that course shall be called an auditor
and shall be shown in the transcript card. An auditor must secure the consent of the instructor before he is registered as
an auditor. He shall pay the regular fees but no credit will be granted for the course.
18. COURSE CHANGE AND CREDITS:
1. A scholar is expected to complete the course work within the semester in which he takes that course. The
subject teacher may recommend an extension of time up to one year for the completion of that course. If a scholar fails
to complete the course within the permitted period of extension, the course shall be shown as "incomplete" on the
scholar's record and shall not be credited towards the degree.
2. A scholar may request the Head of Institution that his status in a course be changed to that of an auditor or that
he may be permitted to withdraw from a course, not later than the end of the fourth week of the semester. If the request
is granted, the scholar's record shall be marked "Auditor" or "Withdrawn" against that course. A scholar who fails to
complete a course without having his status so changed to "auditor " or "Withdrawn" shall receive at the teacher's
discretion either a grade of I (incomplete) or F (failure).
19. RESEARCH REQUIREMENTS, THESIS:

1. The scholar shall pursue research work for at least one calendar year under the guidance of a Supervisor.
2. The statement of research problem shall be submitted during his first academic session for the approval of
Board.
3. The scholar shall prepare a thesis in the field of major subject. Five type-written or printed copies of the thesis
shall be submitted to the Head of the Institution, for the purpose of examination.
4. Thesis for the M.Phil. degree shall not be accepted earlier than four semesters and later than six semesters,
after the date of first registration.
20. EXAMINERS' APPOINTMENT AND OPINION:
1. On the recommendation of the Supervisory Committee, the Vice-Chancellor shall appoint three examiners for
the evaluation of thesis, one of whom shall be the supervisor.
2. The external examiners shall be experts in the relevant field.
3. The examiners shall examine the thesis and communicate the result to the Head of the Institution as follows:
1. The scholar may be recommended for the award of the degree.

2. The scholar may be asked to revise the thesis for re-submission.
3. The thesis may be rejected.
4. If the majority of examiners finds that the thesis is inadequate, the scholar will be advised to revise and re-
submit the thesis for a fresh examination by the same examiners, within a period of twelve months.
5. If the majority of examiners feels that the thesis, despite having some shortcomings, is of sufficient merit, the
scholar may be permitted to improve the thesis for re-submission within six months, but without a fresh examination.
The re-submitted thesis must carry a certificate given by the Supervisory Committee to the effect that the shortcomings
identified, have been rectified.
6. If there is a difference of opinion amongst the examiners about the adequacy of the revised thesis, the Vice-
Chancellor on the recommendation of the Board shall appoint a fourth examiner.
7. If out of the four examiners two recommend the Thesis and two reject it, the case shall be referred to the Head
of the Institution who shall have the casting vote.
21. VIVA-VOCE.
An M.Phil. scholar would be required to pass a viva-voce related to his research work. This examination would be
conducted by one of the two approved external examiners and the internal examiner, i.e., Supervisor.
22. CHANCES FOR THE RE-SUBMISSION OF THESIS AND VIVA-VOCE:

1. Only one chance for re-submission of thesis shall be allowed to a scholar. If the revised thesis is not approved
under the provision of clause 20, the thesis shall be finally rejected.
2. If the thesis is adjudged as adequate but the scholar fails in the viva-voce, he may be given a chance to re-
appear in the viva-voce, within a period not exceeding six months.
23. EXTENSION IN THE STUDY PERIOD:
In special circumstances to be recorded, extension in the study period up to a maximum of two years may be
allowed by the Board on the recommendation of the Supervisory Committee, subject to the payment of Rs. 500/= per
semester to the University and Rs. 500/= per semester to the institution, in addition to the payment of normal fee, etc.
24. TRANSFER FROM M.PHIL. TO PH.D.
A scholar already registered in M.Phil. programme may be transferred by the Board to Ph.D. programme on the
scholar's request and on the recommendation of the Supervisory Committee. Such cases should be forwarded within
two years of admission to M.Phil but not earlier than two semesters, and the scholar should have maintained a
minimum CGPA of 3.3. Such a transfer will be deemed to have taken effect from the date of his admission to M.Phil.
Similarly , a scholar registered in Ph.D. programme may be transferred to M.Phil.programme within two years on the
scholar's request and on the recommendation of the Supervisory Committee.
25. STUDY LEAVE AND NO OBJECTION CERTIFICATE
An employed person may be considered as a whole-time regular scholar with or without obtaining leave of absence,
subject to the production of:
" A No Objection Certificate from the Head of Institution (employer) concerned, to the effect that studies of the scholar
in M.Phil. programme would not be affected by official duties."
26. PROBATION PERIOD AND CONFIRMATION OF REGISTRATION:
The registration shall be confirmed only after successful completion of probationary period of two semesters. Only
under extra-ordinary circumstances the probationary period may be extended by one semester by the Board on the
recommendation of Supervisory Committee.
27. CANCELLATION OF REGISTRATION:
If a scholar does not fulfil the requirements as prescribed in clause 15(i) or fails in the examination as provided under
clauses 20 to 22, his registration shall be cancelled.
28. GENERAL REGULATIONS:
1. The research scholar shall have to attend at least 75% of the total contact hours of a course.
2. A Research scholar has to successfully clear at least 50%
of the course requirements during the first two semesters.
3. If a scholar continues as a regular scholar of the University, during the period of revising the thesis, etc., he
shall have to pay the tuition fee, etc., for the period for which he stays in the Institution.
4. If a scholar passes the viva-voce for the defence of thesis, his result will be declared with the approval of the
Board and the scholar would be awarded M.Phil. degree.
5. If a scholar fails to defend his thesis in the viva-voce in the second chance, his registration for M.Phil. shall be
cancelled.
6. English shall be the medium of instruction and examinations for all subjects, except Oriental Languages, in
which the medium shall be either the language itself or English. The medium for Islamiyat shall be Arabic, Pashto,
Urdu, or English.
7. The admission of a research scholar shall be cancelled if his academic progress or conduct is found
unsatisfactory at any stage by the supervisory committee.
8. The scholar shall abide by the rules and regulations framed by the University from time to time.
9. The size of the typing paper should be 8x11". All five copies of the thesis must be hard bound in dark green
cloth. The complete title of the thesis should be printed in block, golden letters on the top of the cover. In the middle of
the cover, full name of the candidate should be printed. The spine should have the surname of the scholar, the year in
which the thesis was submitted and the name of the degree for which the thesis was presented, i.e., M.Phil.
10. Where these regulations are silent, the Board shall have the discretion to make such recommendations as it
considers necessary.
SAMPLE FOR A TRANSCRIPT(ANNEXURE)
Name of Scholar __________ Registration No.__________
Father's Name________________________________________
Research Programme___________ Semester_______________
Course
No.
Course Title
Major/
Related Course.
Teacher conducting the course
Credit Hours
Grade Point
GPA = Total of grade divided by the number of credit hours per semester
CGPA Calculated as above, for all courses taken during two or more semesters.
Signature
Chairman Examination Committee.
REVISED STATUTES AND REGULATIONS RELATING TO Ph.D. DEGREE.
In pursuance of Section 27(1) and 28(1)(c) and (d) of the University of Peshawar Act-1974, the
following Statutes and Regulations are prescribed to govern the matter relating to Ph.D. degree to be awarded by the
A. SHORT TITLE, COMMENCEMENT AND APPLICATION
1. These Statutes and Regulations shall be called the University of Peshawar revised Statutes and Regulations
relating to Ph.D. degree.
2. These shall come into force from the date of approval of the Syndicate.
3. These shall apply to research scholars admitted in a post-graduate Department/Centre or Institute of the
B. DEFINITIONS:
1. In these Statutes and Regulations, unless the context otherwise required, the following expressions shall have
the meanings hereby respectively assigned to them:
1. "University" means University of Peshawar.

2. Ph.D. stands for Doctor of Philosophy.
3. "Board" means Advanced Studies and Research Board as constituted under Clause 5(1) of the First Statutes of
the University of Peshawar Act-1974 (as amended).
4. "Admission Committee" means a Committee of an Institution as constituted under Clause 8 of the
Regulations.
5. "Supervisory Committee" means a Committee appointed for a research scholar under Clause 10 of these
Regulations.
6. "Examination Committee" means a Committee as constituted under Clause 12 of these Regulations.
7. "Research Scholar" means a scholar as defined under Clause 6(iv) of these Regulations.
8. "Examiners" means the examiners as appointed under Clause 21 of these Regulations.
9. "Thesis" means thesis encompassing original research performed by a scholar.
10. "Head of Institution" means Chairman of Department, Director of Centre/Institute, Principal
of College.
11. "Related subjects" means subject(s) conducted by Institution other than the one in which the scholar is
enrolled.
12. "Institution" means a Department, Centre, College, or an Institute of the University.
2. All other terms and expressions shall have the same meanings as assigned to them under Section-2 of the
University of Peshawar Act - 1974 or explained in these Regulations.
C. STATUTES AND REGULATIONS:
1. SCHEME OF STUDIES:
The scheme of studies for Ph.D. degree shall be as under:
1. Course work in the major subjects in which the scholar is registered for the Ph.D. degree.
2. Course work in subject(s) related to the major subject.
3. An oral examination as prescribed under clause 19 (i) of these regulations.
4. Thesis on a topic approved by the Board.
5. Public defence.
2. DURATION OF COURSE AND SEMESTERS:
1. The Doctorate of Philosophy (Ph.D) programme shall extend over a period of at least three years/six
semesters.
2. There shall be two semesters in a year (Fall and Spring), each of 18 weeks duration including examination.
3. ADMISSION PROCEDURE:
1. Admission for Ph.D. degree shall be advertised by
a. The Registrar in consultation with the Deans of the Faculties, or

b. By the Directors of Centres.
2. Application on prescribed form shall be submitted to the Head of Institution within the prescribed period.
3. The number of scholars to be admitted shall be determined by the Admission Committee.
4. Provisional admission may be granted within one month of the last date of the receipt of application by the
4. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS:
1. Candidates possessing a First class or a CGPA of 3.0 in M.A./M.Sc. degree of the University in relevant or
related disciplines or an equivalent qualification from any other recognised University and having a good previous
academic record will be eligible for admission to Ph.D. course on the recommendation of the Admission Committee
and with the approval of the Board.
Provided that candidates possessing second class or equivalent grade in M.A. English shall stand eligible for admission.
(Academic Council dated 16.6.1998 and Syndicated dated 3.9.1998).
2. Confirmed teachers of the University who are otherwise qualified to Ph.D. degree shall be given
preference.
CLARIFICATION:
For the purpose of this regulation a University teacher shall be allowed to join Ph.D. classes as a regular scholar
without obtaining leave of absence, on production of a certificate from the Head of the Institution to the effect that the
normal teaching work of the teacher will not be affected.
5. ADMISSION, TUITION FEE, ETC.
1. The following fees (subject to revision) shall be paid to the University (50% concession as fee/charges for 1-5
to the University employees).
1
Registration Fee
Rs.1500/-(at the time of first registration)
2
Tuition Fee per Semester
Rs.1500/-
3
Examination Fee
Rs.120/-per Credit Hour (to be deposited in the Institution)
4
Thesis and Public Defence fee
Rs.2000/-
5
Incidental Charges (non-refundable)
Amount to be fixed by and paid to the Institution.
6
Caution Money (refundable)
Rs.2000/- (to be deposited in the Institution)
2. Foreign nationals shall be required to pay tuition fees, etc., as prescribed by the Government of Pakistan. They
will have to forward their case of admission through the Ministry of Education, Islamabad. No objection certificate by
the said ministry is, therefore, mandatory in the case of foreign scholars.
3. Admission of the scholar shall stand cancelled if fees, etc. are not deposited within one month of the
admission.
6. REGISTRATION:
1. A scholar for the degree of Ph.D. shall be registered in a teaching Institution of the University.
2. The Registrar shall maintain a register of Ph.D. scholars and assign a registration number to each scholar at the
time of admission.
3. Admission may be renewed on payment of the prescribed fee, if a scholar is re-admitted within a year, after
having been struck off the roll for any valid reason.
4. A scholar registered for the Ph.D. course shall be called a Ph.D. research scholar.
5. All rules of the University shall be applicable to Ph.D. research scholars.
7. APPROVAL OF ADMISSION AND CONFIRMATION OF REGISTRATION:
1. The Head of the Institution shall forward the cases of provisional admission, within one month of the date of
recommendations of the Admission Committee, for the approval of the Board, through the Dean of the Faculty.
2. The registration shall be confirmed only after successful completion of probationary period of two semesters.
Only under extraordinary circumstances, the probationary period may be extended by the Board, on the
recommendation of Supervisory Committee, for one semester only.
8. ADMISSION COMMITTEE:
1. There shall be an Admission Committee, for a period of three years, which shall consist of:
1. Head of the Institution concerned as ex-officio convener.

2. Two to four seniormost teachers of the Institution.
3. If required, one or two external experts, to be nominated by the Dean on the recommendation of Head of the
Institution.
2. The members of Admission Committee shall be appointed by the Deans.
9. FUNCTIONS OF THE ADMISSION COMMITTEE:
1. To process the applications received for admission.
2. To propose a Supervisory Committee for each scholar for the approval of the Board.
10. SUPERVISORY COMMITTEE:
1. There shall be a Supervisory Committee consisting of three teachers, one of whom shall be a Supervisor, who
shall be Chairman of the Committee. The Supervisory Committee shall be constituted by the Board on the
recommendation of the Admission Committee.
2. A teacher holding a Ph.D. degree will be appointed as a Supervisor. In case such a teacher is not available, a
Professor or Associate Professor may be appointed instead.
3. If otherwise essential, Co-supervisor(s) shall be appointed by the Board on the recommendation of the
4. The Head of the Institution shall be an ex-officio member of the Supervisory Committee.
11. FUNCTIONS OF THE SUPERVISORY COMMITTEE:
1. To recommend and plan the course of studies.

2. To determine topic of research in consultation with the research scholar.
3. To supervise and review the progress of the research scholar.
4. To recommend to the Board the confirmation of registration of the Research Scholar through the Deans.
5. To propose to the Vice-Chancellor a panel of experts for evaluating the Thesis and conducting Public Defence.
12. EXAMINATION COMMITTEE:
There shall be an Examination Committee in each Institution for the conduct, control and supervision of examinations.
It shall consist of:
1. The Head of the Institution as Convener and Chairman of the Committee.

2. Two to four seniormost teachers of the institution. In case where the required number of teachers is not
available, the Vice-Chancellor may nominate qualified teacher(s) from elsewhere, on the recommendation of the
13. FUNCTIONS OF THE EXAMINATION COMMITTEE:
1. To make arrangements for the conduct and supervision of examination.

2. To submit an advance copy of the tabulated result on prescribed proforma for transcript (As Per Annexure)
showing courses taken, teacher, time, duration, detailed marks, subject-wise, aggregate and grade. This would be duly
authenticated by the Chairman of Examination Committee for the declaration of result.
Tabulated results should be submitted within two weeks of the end of the semester.
14. CONDUCT OF EXAMINATION:
1. There shall be two examinations: mid-term and final, in addition to home assignments.
2. The weightage of the examinations and assignments shall be as follows:
1. Mid-term examination 30%

2. Home assignment,term paper, etc. 30%
3. Final Examination
(covering the entire course content) 40%
15. COURSE REQUIREMENTS:
A research scholar for the Ph.D. degree shall fulfil the following requirements, in consultation with the Supervisory
Committee and approved by the Board.
1. Approved course of 21 credit hours in the major subject (700 and above).
2. Courses of 6 credit hours in related discipline(s) (May be below 700, but these will neither be given numerical
grades nor counted towards CGPA. Courses below 700 shall be given letter grades P or F which shall be: P = 60% and
more, F = Less than 60%).
3. An additional work as may be prescribed in an individual case.
2. Course work, research topic and synopsis shall be approved by the Board on the recommendation of the
16. GRADES AND ACADEMIC STANDING:
1. The grading system for the Ph.D. course of 700 and above levels shall be as follows:
A. Excellent (4) 80% and above

B. Good (3-3.9) 65-79%
C. Satisfactory (2-2.9) 50-64%
D. Pass (1-1.9) 40-49%
F. Failure (F,< 1,i.e.0) < 40%
I. Incomplete (I)
Note: In case where numerical grades are not assessable (i.e., field work), letter grade P (Pass) or F (Fail) may
instead be used, and not converted towards CGPA.
2. The minimum standard for successful performance in a Ph.D. programme shall be a CGPA of 3.3. A scholar
whose record falls below it must raise his CGPA to the required minimum (3.30) by taking additional course(s) in the
following semester, otherwise he shall be considered as withdrawn.
17. CREDITS AND AUDITS:
1. Unless otherwise noted, a credit shall represent a study in an approved course carried out for one theory hour
or two laboratory hours per week for the full period of one semester.
2. A scholar who desires to attend a course without taking examination in that course shall be called an auditor
and shall be shown in the transcript card. An auditor must secure the consent of the instructor. He shall be registered as
an auditor and shall pay the regular fees but no credit will be granted for the course.
18. COURSE CHANGE AND CREDITS:
1. A scholar is expected to complete the course work within the semester in which he takes that course. The
subject teacher may recommend an extension of time up to one year for the completion of that course. If a scholar fails
to complete the course within the permitted period of extension, the course shall be shown as "incomplete" on the
scholar's record and shall not be credited towards the degree.
2. A scholar may request the Head of Institution that his status in a course be changed to that of an auditor or that
he may be permitted to withdraw from a course but not later than the end of the fourth week of the semester. If the
request is granted, the scholar's record shall be marked "Auditor" or "Withdrawn" against that course. A scholar who
fails to complete a course without having his status so changed to "Auditor " or "Withdrawn" shall receive at the
teacher's discretion either a grade of I (incomplete) or F (failure).
19. ORAL EXAMINATION:
1. On the completion of the course work, a Ph.D. scholar shall have to pass an oral examination on the courses
studied during the period.
2. The oral examination shall be conducted by the Supervisory Committee which may co-opt teacher(s)
associated with the course work of the scholar.
3. If a scholar fails in the oral exam, he shall be given only one chance within a period of six months.
20. RESEARCH REQUIREMENTS, THESIS:
1. The scholar shall pursue a research work for at least two calendar years, under the guidance of a Supervisor.
2. The statement of research problem (synopsis) shall be submitted preferably during his first Academic session
for the approval of the Board.
3. The scholar may start research and course work simultaneously. Successful completion of the
probationary period shall be determined from the over-all performance of the scholar in research and course work. In
case a scholar starts course and research work simultaneously, the course work should be successfully completed at
least one year prior to the submission of thesis.
4. On the completion of research, the scholar shall submit a draft of thesis for scrutiny and advice to the
5. Five type-written or printed copies of the research work shall be submitted to the Head of the Institution for
the purpose of examination.
6. Thesis for the Ph.D. degree shall not be accepted earlier than six semesters and later than eight semesters,
after the date of First Registration.
21. EXAMINERS APPOINTMENT AND OPINION:

1. On the recommendation of the Supervisory Committee through the Dean, the Vice-Chancellor shall appoint
three examiners for the thesis, one of whom shall be the supervisor.
2. The external examiners for the evaluation of the thesis shall be experts in the relevant field, one of whom may
be preferably from abroad.
3. The examiners shall examine the thesis and communicate the result to the Controller of Examinations as
follows:
1. The scholar may be recommended for the award of the degree. In such cases, the scholar shall have Public
Defence of the thesis in the presence of his supervisor and one of the external examiners.
2. The scholar may be asked to revise the thesis for resubmission.
3. The thesis may be recommended for the award of M.Phil degree.
4. The thesis may be rejected.
4. If the majority of examiners find that the thesis needs revision, the scholar will be allowed to revise it. It shall
be re-submitted for a fresh examination by the same examiners within a period of twelve months.
5. If the majority of examiners feels that the thesis, despite some shortcomings, is of sufficient merit, the scholar
may be directed to improve the thesis for re-submission within six months, but without a fresh examination. The re-
submitted thesis must carry a certificate by the Supervisory Committee to the effect that the shortcomings identified
have been rectified.
22. CHANCES FOR THE RE-SUBMISSION OF THESIS AND PUBLIC DEFENCE:
1. Only one chance for re-submission of thesis shall be allowed to the scholar. If the revised thesis is not
approved under the provision of clause 24, the thesis shall be finally rejected.
2. If the thesis is adjudged as adequate but the scholar fails in the Public Defence, he may be given a chance to
re-appear in the Public Defence within a period not exceeding three months.
23. EXTENSION IN STUDY PERIOD:
In special circumstances, to be recorded, extension up to three years in the study period may be allowed by the Board
on the recommendation of the Supervisory Committee subject to the payment of Rs. 700/= per semester to the
University and Rs. 700/= per semester to the institution, in addition to the payment of normal fees, etc. Extension
beyond three years shall not be allowed under any circumstances.
24. TRANSFER FROM M.PHIL. TO Ph.D.
1. A scholar already registered in M.Phil. programme may be transferred by the Board to Ph.D. programme on
the scholar's request and on the recommendation of his Supervisory Committee, provided that the scholar has
completed at least one year of his M.Phil studies, with a minimum C.G.P.A. of 3.3. Such a transfer will be deemed to
have taken effect from the date of his admission to M.Phil. programme. Similarly, a scholar registered in Ph.D.
programme may be transferred to M.Phil. programme on the scholar's request and on the recommendation of the
2. In the case of a candidate who has either been awarded an M.Phil. degree or completed an M.Phil. course
requirement within the last five years, upto 14 of his credit hours may be transferred toward his Ph.D. course.
25. STUDY LEAVE AND N.O.C.
An employed person may be considered as a whole time regular scholar with or without obtaining leave of absence,
subject to the production of:
" A No Objection Certificate from the Head of Institution (employer) concerned to the effect that studies of the scholar
in Ph.D. programme would not be affected by official duties."
26. CANCELLATION OF REGISTRATION:
If a scholar does not fulfil the requirements as prescribed in clause 15(i) or fails in the examination as provided under
clauses 21 and 22, his registration shall be deemed as cancelled.
27. GENERAL REGULATIONS:
1. The research scholar shall have to attend at least 75% of the total contact hours of course.
2. If a scholar continues as a regular student of the University/Centre during the period of revision of thesis, etc.,
he shall have to pay the tuition fee, etc., for the semester(s), for which he stays in the institution.
3. If a scholar qualifies the public defence of the thesis, his result will be declared with the approval of the Board
and he would be awarded a Ph.D. degree.
4. If a scholar fails to qualify the Public Defence of his thesis in the second chance, he may be recommended for
a viva-voce for the award of M.Phil. degree.
5. English language shall be the medium of instruction and examinations for all subjects, except Oriental
languages, in which the medium shall be either the language itself or English. The medium for Islamiyat shall be
Arabic, Pashto, Urdu or English.
6. The admission of the research scholar shall be cancelled if his academic progress or conduct is found
unsatisfactory at any stage by the Supervisory Committee.
7. The scholar shall abide by the rules and regulations framed by the University from time to time.
8. The size of the typing paper should be 8x11". All five copies of the thesis must be hard bound in black cloth.
The complete title of the thesis should be printed in block, golden letters on the top of the cover. In the middle of the
cover, full name of the candidate should be printed. The spine should have the surname of the scholar, the year in which
the thesis was submitted and the name of the degree for which the thesis was presented i.e. Ph.D.
9. Where these regulations are silent, the Board shall have the discretion to make such recommendations as it
considers necessary.
SAMPLE FOR A TRANSCRIPT(ANNEXURE)
Name of Scholar __________ Registration No.__________
Father's Name________________________________________
Research Programme___________ Semester_______________
Course
No.
Course Title
Major/
Related Course.
Teacher conducting the course
Credit Hours
Grade Point
GPA = Total of grade divided by the number of credit hours per semester
CGPA Calculated as above, for all courses taken during two or more semesters.
Signature
Chairman Examination Committee.
EXAMINATION
PROCEDURE FOR PRIVATE CANDIDATES
The following precedents shall be fulfilled by every person who applies for permission to appear in any
University Examination as a private candidate, viz; that he has his permanent residence within the territorial limit of the
University.
1. Temporary residence at a place outside the territorial limits of the University at the time of applying for
permission to appear in an examination shall not be a bar if the application form is accompanied by a declaration
verified by a magistrate not lower in rank than first class, to the effect that the applicant is a bonafide resident of a place
within the territorial limits of the University.
Bachelor's degree and master's degree examinations in the Islamic Theology, Arts and Science Faculties.
2. No one who has been on the rolls of an affiliated college or a University Teaching Department at any time
during the academic year proceeding an examination shall appear in that examination as a private candidate.
3. Subject to articles 1 and 2 above, persons falling into the below mentioned categories shall be allowed to
appear in the Bachelor of Science and Master of Science Examinations as private candidates if otherwise eligible:
i) Women:
ii) (a) Teachers, (including Laboratory Assistants) and
iii) (b) Directors of Physical Education, Physical Training Supervisors, Physical Training
Instructors and Drill Masters.
The candidates shall satisfy the following conditions viz;
(a) is a paid member of the full-time staff of the University of Peshawar or of an affiliated
college or of a recognized school;
(b) has, before the first of April of the year of Examination or before the first of September if he
is appearing in an examination to be held in September, either served for a period of two years in the aggregate or has
been in service for a period of nine months continuously.
(c) is a teacher etc; both at the time of applying for permission to appear as a private candidate
and at the commencement of the examination, and
(d) is recommended by the Vice-Chancellor of the University of Peshawar, the head of the
University Teaching Department, the Principal of the college or the head master of the school concerned.
iii) Members of the Inspecting Staff of the NWFP Education Department.
iv) Full time librarians or library clerks or full time librarian-cum-clerk/steno who have, for the twelve
months previous to the application for appearing in the examination have served either in the library of the University
of Peshawar or in the library of an affiliated college or in the library of a recognized high school or in any public library
approved by the Syndicate for the purposes of the rules.
v) Full time research workers who have worked for at least two years in the University of Peshawar or
an affiliated college or a scientific technical or research department or institute approved by the Syndicate for purposes
of these rules and are recommended by the Vice-Chancellor of the University of Peshawar or the head of the college,
department or institute concerned.
vi) Late University or colleges students who have completed the prescribed course for an examination
within a period of three years after completing such course.
vii) Candidates, other than those mentioned in (vi), who have been given permission to appear as private
candidates in any capacity but fail to appear in the examination or fail in the examination within a period of two years
after the examination in which they failed to appear or in which they failed, provided they are otherwise eligible under
these rules.
viii) Combattant personnel of the defence forces of Pakistan (Army, Navy and Air Force) residing within
the jurisdiction of the University.
4. A private candidate for an examination in a Science subject, other than a late college student who has
completed the prescribed practicals for the examinations shall produce evidence to the satisfaction of the Syndicate, of
having undergone practical training in the science subject or subjects offered, in a laboratory approved by the
Syndicate, if it is not a University laboratory or a laboratory attached to an affiliated college of any University of
Pakistan.
The authority giving the certificate will have to keep a record of the attendances and work performed by the
candidates, which can be inspected by the University if necessary to see that the candidate has completed the minimum
requirements as required under the rules.
5. Persons who have completed their practicals in an approved laboratory can take the B.Sc./M.Sc. examination
as private candidates within a period of three years.
6. The candidates who appear in an examination in private capacity and produce a certificate of having
completed the practicals in the University or its constituent colleges laboratories will be charged fees for the period
they do their practicals in the laboratories.
EXAMINATIONS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF PESHAWAR:

Provision of General Application
1. All admission forms duly completed in all respects pertaining to examinations conducted by the University
should be addressed to the controller of examinations, University of Peshawar.
2. The examination admission forms for an examination must reach the University Office by the last date fixed
for the examination. Last dates without late fee, with late fee and with double examination fee for sending examination
admission forms will be found in the chapters of the examinations concerned.
3. A male private candidate shall submit three attested copies of his photograph and Photo copies of National
identity Card alongwith his examination admission form. Where a candidate is unable for any valid reason to submit
copies of his photograph, the Vice-Chancellor may, at his discretion, accept any other method or make of identification.
Candidates on field service may send their examination admission forms certified by the officer commanding of their
unit or detachment and will produce either an identity card with a photograph, or their pay book (AB-64) as proof of
identity at the examination hall.
4. To avoid hardship in genuine cases and as a very exceptional measure, the Vice-Chancellor shall have the
power to accept the examination admission form with a double examination fee after the expiry of the last date of
receipt of form, provided no difficulty is faced by the office in accommodating the candidates.
5. All fees prescribed for admission to examinations shall be fully paid up before any action can be expected to
be taken on the admission form pertaining to them.
6. A late fee charged for the various University examinations would be refundable, if the last date for submission
of forms is extended or late fee is erroneously deposited by the candidate, or the candidate as declared ineligible for an
examination.
7. Examination fees once paid shall not be refunded or transferred to a subsequent examination even if the
candidate fails to present himself for the examination or fails in the examination. But fees shall be refundable in the
following cases:
i) If the name of a regular student was sent up provisionally on account of a shortage in the
student's lectures or attendances and the authority that sent up the name withdraws it one week before the
commencement of the examination for failure to make up the shortage.
ii) If the candidate dies before the commencement of the examination. In such case the fees
will be refunded to the legal heirs or assignees of the candidate.
iii) Those who are considered ineligible for an examination.
iv) Those who remit their examination fees but do not submit their forms for the examination.
v) If the student fails in the college text examination (for MBBS students only).
8. Not withstanding anything to the contrary in the provisions pertaining to an examination, the Syndicate shall
have power to exclude any person whether a college student or a private candidate from any examination if it is
satisfied that he/she is not a fit person to appear in it.
9. In cases where text-books are prescribed for a University examination, candidates will be required not only to
show a thorough knowledge of the text-books but also to answer questions of a similar standard, set with a view to
testing their knowledge of the subject.
10. The syllabuses and course of reading prescribed for University examinations can be changed from time to
time. Such changes with duly announced at least tow years before the date of the examination from which they are to
take effect, except in special case.
11. No candidate who passes an examination piecemeal or avails himself of the concession of appearing in a
supplementary examination will be entitled to a prize, medial or scholarship. This rule will apply to all examinations
whether or not such provision is made in the special chapter pertaining to each examination. The fact of having passed
any examination piecemeal or of having passed it in the supplementary examination shall be mentioned on the
certificate/degree.
Candidates having passed the examination by availing themselves, the concession of compartment will be
shown in the certificate/degrees below:
(a) College/Department if he /she was a regular student.
(b) Name of the District if he/she was a private candidate at the time of coming into compartment.
12. Merit Certificate:

i) A University Merit Certificate will be issued on application and on payment of Rs.75/- to the
candidates securing 1st and 2nd positions in the University annual examinations, provided a candidate secures at least
2nd division marks.
ii) Merit Certificate will be awarded on the aggregate result of the Final Examinations and not for the
parts separately.
iii) In case of a difference of marks due to change of syllabi (old and new) etc. the Merit Certificate will
be considered on the highest percentage of marks obtained by a candidate from amongst both categories of candidates.
iv) The Merit Certificate will contain the following information:
(a) Name of the examination and year.
(b) Name and father's name.
(c) Roll No of the Final Examination.
(d) University Registered Number.
(e) Institution/district from which appeared and passed.
(f) Total marks obtained out of the total marks of the course.
(g) Total number of successful candidates.
v) Students appearing for improvement of division shall not be eligible for the Merit Certificate.
13. The candidates placed in compartment or secured exemption in the University examination will be issued with
Detailed Marks Certificate upon the usual payment of the fee.
14. The blind candidates will be issued certificates, Provisional Certificates, Detailed Marks Certificates and
degrees free of cost.
15. The name of the student who is absent without leave continuously for 14 days may be struck off the roll
without provision that the student whose name has been struck off may apply to the Principal/Head of Department for
the review of the order so passed, within fifteen days of the day on which the order was issued.
16. There will be no restriction of chances for passing any University examination but those who fail to avail them
of two consecutive chances will have to appear in the examination as a whole.
THE CONDUCT OF EXAMINATION
1. All examinations shall be held at such Centres as may be appointed by the Vice-Chancellor.
2. No one who has passed an examination of this University shall be permitted to reappear at the same
Examination except as specially provided for in the Provisions for the examination concerned.
3. The Superintendent of each Examination Centre shall be appointed by the Vice-Chancellor at least one month
before the date fixed for the commencement of the Examination or as soon as possible.
Where necessary, the Controller of Examination shall arrange for the appointment of one or more Assistant
Superintendents.
4. The rules relating to the Duties of Superintendent of Examination Centres including Directions to candidates
may be altered by the Syndicate from time to time.
5. If a candidate's Answer-paper is lost after having been received by the Superintendent of the Examination
Centre or by one of his Assistants, and if the candidate passes in all other papers, he may be permitted to reappear in
that one Paper on a date to be fixed by the Controller of Examinations and if he obtains pass marks in that Paper, he
shall be deemed to have passed the Examination. In the case of a dispute as to whether the candidate's Answer-paper
was duly received or not the Controller of Examination's finding shall be final.
6. Every day before the Examination begins, the Superintendent or the Deputy Superintendent, shall ask all the
candidates to search their pockets, part with and deliver to him all books, paper or notes which they may have in their
possession. This demand shall be made of all late-comers also who are admitted into the Examination room.
7. Any candidate who fails to part with or is found to have in his possession or accessible to him, books papers or
notes relating to the subject of the Examination paper or is detected in giving assistance or using or attempting to use
any other unfair means in connection with the Examination, shall be reported to the Controller of Examinations for
necessary action.
8. If a candidate is found as having in his possession or accessible to him, books, papers or notes which might
possibly be of assistance to him he shall be debarred from passing the Examination that year.
9. A candidate appearing in an Examination who makes himself responsible for any of the categories of
reprehensible conduct enumerated below shall be liable to such punishment as, in his case, may be determined by the
Syndicate in its discretion, according to the gravity of his misconduct on the recommendation of the Discipline
Committee.
(i) giving or receiving assistance or copying from any book, paper or memorandum or another
candidate's answer book or allowing any other candidate to copy from his Answer-Paper or using or attempting to use
these or any other unfair means;
(ii) deliberate previous arrangements to cheat in the Examination such as smuggling in another
Answer-book, or impersonation or similar misconduct of a serious nature;
(iii) obtaining admission to an Examination on a false representation made in his Application or
Admission Form;
(iv) using abusive or obscene language in his Answer-paper;
(v) forging another person's signature on his Application or Admission Form;
(vi) refusing to obey the lawful order of the Superintendent of the Examination Centre in the
Examination-room or changing his seat or Roll Number Card with another candidate or creating disturbance of any
kind during the Examination or otherwise misbehaving in or around any Examination Centre;
(vii) being found in or around an Examination Centre in possession of fire arms or any thing ordinarily
used as a weapon of offence;
(viii) any one helping the candidates.
10. No change of Centre will ordinarily be permitted, but to obviate genuine hardship, candidates may be
permitted to change Examination Centres under the following rules:
(i) The application for a change of Centre (to be made on a prescribed form) should come
through the Head of the Institution who signed or countersigned the candidate's Admission Form.
(ii) If a change of centre is being asked for on the ground that the father or guardian of the
candidate has been transferred from his previous station, that fact should be certified by the Head of the Office in which
the father or guardian was employed. If the father or guardian is not working in an office, the fact that he is moving out
of his former station should be certified by a Gazetted Officer of the Government of the West Pakistan or by the
Principal who signed the Candidate's Admission Form or by the Principal of an Affiliated College.
(iii) Where a candidate seeks to change his Centre for reasons of ill-health, the application must be
accompanied by a certificate signed by a Registered Medical Practitioner.
(iv) The fee payable for affecting a change of Centre, whether from one station to another or
within the same station, shall be Ten Rupees. This fee shall not be refunded if the permission to change the centre is not
availed of by the candidate.
(v) No fee shall be charged if a candidate is allotted by the University Office for want of
accommodation or for some other reason a Centre other than the one asked for by him in Admission Form.
(vi) The Vice Chancellor may, to avoid hardship, authorize a change of centre in exceptional
cases not covered by these rules.
11. (i) An Amanuensis shall be allowed only if a candidate suffers from a disability which renders him
unable to write normally provided that the fact if duly certified by a Registered Medical Practitioner.
(ii) The Amanuensis employed must be of a lower grade of education than the candidate and must not be
attached to the institution to which the candidate belongs.
iii) The Superintendent of the Examination Centre shall chose a suitable Amanuensis and forward to the
Controller of Examination immediately a report giving full particulars of the candidate and of the Amanuensis
employed.
(iv) The Superintendent shall arrange for a suitable room for the candidate and also appoint a special
Assistant Superintendent for invigilation.
(v) The fee to be charged from candidates other than blind candidates shall be Seven Rupees for one
Session and Twelve Rupees for two Sessions on the same day. No fee will be charged from blind candidates.
(vi) Out of the fee charged from the candidate 50 percent will be paid to the Amanuensis.
12. Appointment of Inspectors of Examination Centres:
Inspectors will be appointed for various examination centres during the course of examinations and a payment
of T.A./D.A. and Inspection Fee of Rs.120/- for local and Rs.100/- for non-local per Centre will be allowed to them.
13. No candidate shall be allowed to appear at a time in two University Examinations leading to two separate
degrees unless otherwise specified in the University Regulations.
14. A candidate who fails in the aggregate in any University Examination wherever such provision exists, shall for
the purpose of admission/examination in the next higher class/examination be deemed to have failed in one or more
papers/subjects in which he/she opts only upto the number of papers/subjects which entitles him/her to appear in
different examinations simultaneously and the option so exercised shall be final until he/she passes the examination.
15. There will be no restriction of chances for passing any University Examination but those who fail to avail of
two consecutive chances will have to appear in the Examinations as a whole.
16. The result of the lower and higher examinations of a candidate who has been allowed to take combined
examinations of the University, will be declared except in case of the final examination where the result shall only be
declared if the candidate passes the lower examination, otherwise the result of the Final Examination shall remain with-
held till he/she passes the lower examination within the prescribed limit, if any.
Improvement of Division:
17. A candidate who has passed the Bachelor's Degree Examination in the third or second division of this
University may be permitted to improve his/her division from 3rd to 2nd and 2nd to 1st by availing one chance as a
private or a regular candidate. The candidate may be allowed to improve the division in Part-II or Part-I and Part-II
together as a private candidate. Such a candidate if he/she improved his/her division shall be eligible to receive a new
degree. The result of such a candidate will be declared only if he/she secured a second or a first class.
Such candidates will have one chance to re-appear for improvement of division in the syllabus in vogue of the
relevant examination, within two consecutive examinations.
17(a) In the case of M.A./M.Sc., M.Com; M.B.A. Part-II examinations, 3rd/2nd Divisioners will be allowed to
improve their divisions. However, they will be required to be examined in the latest adopted syllabus as regular or
private candidates. This concession will be allowed only once. In the case of the M.A./M.Sc., the candidates will be
required to appear in the Previous and Final Examinations both simultaneously or in the Final Examination only.
17(b) Allowed marks/division improvement in B.A./B.Sc. and M.A./M.Sc. on the following conditions:
1. Additional fee of Rs.200/- shall be charged for one paper improvement.
2. Additional fee of Rs.500/- shall be charged from the students appearing in more than one paper.
(Approved by the Academic Council on 3.3.1992 and Syndicate on 23.5.1992).
18. Blind candidates will be given a concession of an additional 45 minutes for solving the question paper.
Regulations relating to Grace Marks/Condonation Marks in various disciplines.
19. Regulations - Grace Marks/Condonation Marks:
i) The benefit of grace marks/condonation marks of upto one percent of the total number of marks
allotted for an examination, subject to a maximum of ten marks, should be given to a candidate who, but for this
benefit, would have failed in the examination. These marks may be distributed over the various units of passing. The
benefit of fraction of marks should go to the candidate.
ii) The benefit of grace marks/condonation marks of upto one percent of the total number of marks
allotted for an examination subject to a maximum of five marks, should be given to a candidate who, but for this
benefit, would have been placed in a lower division in the examination.
iii) Should a candidate desire not to avail of the concession of grace marks, he/she may be allowed to
apply for withdrawal of such concession within a period of 30 days after the declaration of the result. This option once
exercised by the candidate shall, however, be final.
iv) The grace marks shall be admissible in all the University examination except the M.Phil, Ph.D. and
Medical Examination.
20. Presidential Awards:
Presidential Awards namely "Azaz-i-Sabqat" of Rs.5000/- each will be given to 10 top division candidates
(five from the settled districts and five from the tribal areas) every year in the following University (Annual)
Examinations:
1. Bachelor of Laws.
2. M.B.B.S.
3. Master of Science.
4. M.A. (Arts subjects).
5. M.A. (Oriental Languages).
Rechecking of Answer Books under Conventional System of Examination:
21. The candidate shall apply on the prescribed form for re-checking of his/her answer book within 21 days of the
declaration of result giving full justification of re-checking.
22. The candidates shall be required to pay a fee of Rs.160/- per paper.
23. Only those candidates shall be eligible to apply for re-checking who fail in the subject by not more than 5
marks.
24. The re-checking will be done in the presence of Vice-Chancellor and Controller of Examination by the
Principal/Head of Department concerned. The Principal/Head of the Department may co-opt if necessary a Faculty
member, who is a teacher of the subject.
25. The Principal/Head of Department shall satisfy himself that:
i) All questions have been marked.
ii) The total of marks allotted to individual questions are correct.
iii) The Answer book belongs to the candidate by comparing it with his/her hand-writing in the
admission form etc.
iv) The marks allotted to the candidate are in conformity with the marking of the Examiner in other
cases.
26. In case answer to a question has been left unmarked or the marking of the script in the opinion of the
Principal/Head of the department is at variance with the general standard of marking of the examiner the script will be
referred back to the examiner alongwith the comments of the Principal/Head of the Department for reconsideration
whose decision shall be final and the result of the candidate may be revised in the light of the new awards with the
approval of the Vice-Chancellor. While forwarding the script of the candidate to the examiner the scripts of candidates
on whom the opinion of the Principal/Head of the Department is based would also be forwarded to the examiner for
reference.
Note: 1. These rules shall repeal all previous decisions made so far on the subject.
2. Re-checking will not be allowed in case of Practicals, Viva-Voce, Project, Thesis etc.
3. The said rules are exclusively meant for Conventional (Annual) System of examination.
(Approved by the Syndicate on 28.5.1979).
APPOINTMENT, DUTIES AND REMUNERATION OF
EXAMINERS AND SCRUTINEERS
1. Appointments of Examiners shall be made by the Vice-Chancellor annually, ordinarily from lists of persons
recommended as suitable for the purpose such lists being submitted to the Vice-Chancellor every year by the Boards of
Studies in various subjects or in accordance with instructions issued by the Vice-Chancellor from time to time.
2. In case of emergency, the Vice-Chancellor may appoint Examiners on his own initiative.
Explanation:
The term examiner comprehends:
i) those who set question papers and examine scripts;
ii) those who set question papers but do not examine scripts; and
iii) those only examine scripts.
Examiners again are either (a) external (b) neutral or (c) internal.
(a) An external examiner is one who is not teaching in an affiliated/Constituent College or Post-
Graduate Teaching Department of the University of Peshawar.
(b) A neutral examiner is one who is not teaching (and has not taught during the two year
preceding the Examination) candidates for the particulars Examination for which he is appointed. He may or may not
be on the staff of an Affiliated/ Constituent College or Post-Graduate Teaching Department.
(c) An internal examiner is one who is teaching (or has taught during the two years preceding
the Examination) candidates for the particular Examination for which he is appointed.
Duties of Examiners:
3. Examiners shall distribute their questions as far as possible over the whole range of the subject in which they
are setting question-papers.
4. Where alternative text-books are prescribed for an Examination, Examiners shall not base their Questions
exclusively on any one of such text-books.
5. Paper-Setters shall assign marks for each Question in the paper separately, such marks being clearly indicated
in the question paper for the information of the candidates.
6. Any paper that does not conform strictly to the rules herein laid down, may be returned to the Examiner
concerned for correction.
7. Every Examiner shall send his paper to the Controller of Examinations (by name) by registered, insured post
in accordance with the instructions issued by the Controller of Examinations in the matter. Any paper not sent in the
manner prescribed may be rejected by the Controller of Examination.
8. No award list sent to the Controller of Examinations shall show any fractional marks for any paper.
9. In no case shall a Head-examiner himself increase or reduce the marks awarded in any paper by a Subordinate
Examiner. In the case of a difference of opinion arising in this connection between a Head-Examiner and a Subordinate
Examiner, the matter shall be referred to the Vice-Chancellor for decision.
10. It shall be the responsibility of the Head Examiner to see that the results in his paper are submitted to the
Controller of Examinations in time.
11. The Head Examiner shall, when the rules require, it re-examine the required percentage of the papers
examined by Subordinate Examiners and enclose with the result sent in to the Controller of Examinations a certificate
to that effect.
12. An Examiner who is a paper-setter as well, shall ordinarily hold office for one year only but he may be re-
appointed for another year for the same paper. But no paper-setter shall ordinarily be appointed for setting the same
paper for more than two consecutive years.
13. Subordinate Examiners shall be eligible for appointment for examining the same paper for one year only but
he may be appointed for another year for the same paper.
14. Paper-setters for all written Examinations shall be either External or Neutral Examiners.
15. No Examiner shall be asked to examine the Answer-papers of more than 400 candidates.
16. No student who is on the rolls of an Affiliated/Constituent College or Post-Graduate Teaching Department
shall ordinarily be appointed as an Examiner.
17. No one shall be appointed during the same academic year to set more than four Question-papers excluding
Question-papers for Supplementary Examinations. This will not, however, include papers for Practical Examinations
and will not affect the appointment of a person as an Examiner for a Thesis.
18. Before the results of an Examination are published, they shall be submitted to the Vice-Chancellor for
approval, together with a statement of the percentage of passes in the whole Examination and in each subject for the
current year and for the three preceding years. The Vice-Chancellor will authorize publication of the results if he
approves of them. If, however, the Vice-Chancellor considers, after examining the Statistics submitted, that there has
been a marked change of standard in the whole Examination or in a particular subject, he may refer the matter to the
Examiner(s) concerned for a report on the apparent change of standard, suggesting, at the same time, any specific
modification of the results he considers desirable. If the Vice-Chancellor and the Examiner(s) agree on the modification
(if any) to be made, the Vice-Chancellor shall authorize the publication of the results accordingly. If, however, the Vice-
Chancellor and the Examiner(s) do not agree or no report can be obtained from the Examiner(s) the Vice-Chancellor
may, if he is of the opinion that there has been a marked change of standard, order a re-examination of any paper or set
of papers by a new Examiner to be appointed by the Vice-Chancellor.
19. Special Rules for Post-Graduate, M.B.B.S., B.Sc. Hons in Forestry, B.A./B.Sc. Hons Part-II and III
Examinations:
(i) All Question-papers shall be set by External Examiners.
(ii) The Question-papers set by External Examiners shall be moderated by a Board of
Moderators consisting of the Vice-Chancellor, the Head of the University Teaching Department/Principal of the College
concerned and another member of the University Teaching Department/College if available not lower in status than a
University Reader.
(iii) In moderating Question papers, only such questions may be modified as have been set from outside
the syllabus prescribed for the examination concerned or are otherwise incorrect in some way or other or strike the
moderators as likely to be unfair to the Examiners. All other Questions shall be left untouched.
(iv) The Answer-papers shall be examined by the External Examiners who set the paper(s).
(v) The result will be moderated by the Board of Moderators mentioned in (ii) above.
REMUNERATION TO BE PAID TO EXAMINERS
20. I. Some Provision of General Application:

(i) If a paper setter does not examine the Answer-papers of candidates in the paper set by him
for any reasons, such as the following, he will be paid half the setting fee only:
(a) He expresses his unwillingness to examine the papers.
(b) He is unable to examine the papers on account of illness.
(c) He becomes unavailable by going out of Pakistan after setting the
Question-paper.
(ii) If an Examiner is appointed to Examine the Answer-papers pertaining to a paper not set by
him, he will be paid half the fee prescribed for setting that paper, in addition to the remuneration due to him for
examining the Answer-papers.
II. The rates at which remuneration will be paid to the Examines will be shown as per annexure.
Scrutineers and Tabulators:

21. Scrutineers for the results of the University Examinations shall be appointed by the Vice-Chancellor annually
on the recommendation of the controller of Examinations.
Duties of Scrutineers and Instructions for their Guidance:
22. The detailed scrutiny of results shall include:
(i) Comparison of marks entered in the result sheet by the Tabulator with the award list
submitted by the Examiner.
(ii) Checking of (a) Subject total; (b) Grand totals; (c) Underlining the marks indicating failure
and (d) Passing and failing according to the regulations in force.
(iii) Verification of absentees from the absentee memos supplied by the Superintendent of the
Examination Centres (in the case of Written papers) or by the Examiners (in the case of Oral and Practical
Examinations) concerned.
(iv) Checking of transferred marks from the old result sheets in the case of candidates appearing
under compartment rules.
(v) Comparison of real and fictious Roll Numbers with the key supplied by the Secrecy Officer
(This applies to Examinations where fictious Roll Numbers are used).
23. (i) That marks written in words in the award lists against each Roll Number tally with marks
given in figures, and that marks have not been awarded in excess of the maximum.
(ii) That each page of the award list and corrections in award lists have been duly signed by the
Examiner or the Head-Examiner or both as the case may be;
(iii) That marks have been correctly posted in the Result-sheet according to the subjects shown against
each Roll Number.
24. After the results have been thoroughly scrutinised the Scrutineers shall sign against each "PASS".
They shall not sign against any failed candidate unless it is a compartment case. They shall also sign a
certificate on the last page of the result sheet to the effect that the results of the Roll Numbers allotted to them have
been scrutinised and found correct or corrected, as the case may be, with any other remarks that may be considered
necessary.
25. All entries in the result-sheet must be made by the Tabulators concerned. In no case must any Scrutineer make
any entry in his own hand.
26. A Scrutineer must get, every mistake detected by him in the result sheet, corrected by the Tabulators
concerned and he must initial the correction.
27. When the result or marks of a candidate cannot be declared on account of any discrepancy in marks or for
want of marks in any paper or some subjects, the Scrutineers shall write "M.L." or "R.L." (as the case may be) against
the particular Roll Number mentioning also the paper on subject in which marks are missing or unconfirmed.
They shall also mention the Roll Numbers of such candidates at the bottom of the result-sheet.
28. In the case of there being some objection to pass a result, the Scrutineers must put up a note in writing for the
decision of the proper authority.
29. The Scrutineers are expected to maintain the strictest Secrecy in the matter of the results. Any attempt on the
part of the office to divulge the result in any case must be reported to the Controller of Examinations in writing.
30. Any suspected case of tampering with the results must be reported to the Controller of Examinations in
writing.
31. The Scrutineers shall jointly submit a confidential report regarding the work of the tabulators in the form to be
obtained from the office. The report should be handed over to the Controller of Examination in a closed cover
immediately after the scrutiny.
32. All Scrutineers are expected to scrutinise `LATER CASES' whenever they are required to do so.
33. All Scrutineer fails to present himself for his work or fails to complete the work by given date, the work will
be given to another Scrutineer. In the later case, the Scrutineer shall forfeit his claim for remuneration even though he
may have done a part of the work.
34. When on account of non-receipt of award lists from Examiners or discrepancies in awards, results or marks of
any candidate are withheld, the Scrutineers concerned are expected to keep themselves in tough with the office to find
out when such results are complete and ready for scrutiny. This will help the office to clear as many `LATER CASES'
as possible before the publication of the results.
RULES RELATING TO THE DUTIES OF SUPERINTENDENTS/
SUPERVISORY STAFF, MEMBER OF THE EXAMINATION CENTRE
I. QUESTION PAPERS
1. Safe Custody of Question Papers:

The Superintendent shall be responsible for safe Custody of question papers from the time of taking delivery
of sealed packets. He shall keep them in his PERSONAL custody and make sure that no one else possesses a duplicate
key of the place where they are kept.
2. Superintendent's Residence:
The Superintendent shall, in no case, reside in a student's Hostel or in the house of the examine. Suitable
arrangements for residence, consistent with the safe custody of question papers, should be made before hand.
3. Opening of the Packet:

The Superintendent shall open the packet containing sealed Question Paper Envelopes only a day before the
commencement of an examination in the presence of two witnesses. One of the witnesses must invariably be the
Deputy Superintendent, if one has been appointed, the other should preferably be one of the Assistant Superintendents.
If no one from the Supervisory staff is available then two persons of known respectability may witness the opening of
the packet.
The Superintendent and the witnesses shall carefully examine the seals on the outer cover containing sealed
Question Paper Envelopes and if found in proper condition with seals un-injured, the following certificate* signed by
the Superintendent and the two witnesses shall be sent to the Controller of Examinations on the same day:-
"We, the undersigned, hereby certify that the sealed parcel containing question papers for the .............. Examination of
the .............. Centre has been examined by us and found to be in proper condition and has been opened in our
presence".
If the cover containing question paper envelopes appears to have been tampered with, the contents should be
removed without breaking the seals and the empty cover sent immediately to the Controller of Examinations along with
a detailed report.
4. Scrutiny of Envelope containing Question Papers:

The Superintendent shall scrutinize the sealed envelopes indicating the subject, paper, number of copies, etc.
and shall:
(a) Check the total number of envelopes.
(b) Compare the subjects indicated on the envelopes with the Date Sheet and the Centre Statement in
order to make sure that question papers for a particular subject are not missing.
(c) Ascertain that the number of copies of Question Papers for various subjects are sufficient for the
centre.
(d) See that the seals had not been damaged in transit.
The Superintendent shall report any discrepancy materially affecting the conduct of examinations at the centre
to Controller of Examinations ÌMMEDIATELY by Telephone, Express Telegram or by some other means.
The Superintendent shall submit the following certificate countersigned by two witnesses in regard to Scrutiny
of envelopes containing Question Papers:
"The packet containing ............ envelopes of question papers was opened in presence of the undersigned today. The
contents were correct according to the Date Sheet and Centre Statement. The envelopes did not appear to be tampered
with. The envelopes NOTED BELOW were damaged in transit and have been securely enclosed immediately in
another cover, which has been sealed by a seal in the possession of the Deputy Superintendent".
5. Opening of Question Paper Envelopes:

The superintendent shall open each envelope containing question papers in the Examination Hall on the date
and hour fixed for examination in the presence of two witnesses after verifying the subject by a reference to the date
sheet and carefully examining in the condition of the envelope and the seals. If the envelope is found in proper
condition the Superintendent shall open with a pen knife the flap side of the envelope leaving the seals intact for
inspection.
The opening certificate, printed on the flap side of the question paper envelopes, shall be signed by the
Superintendent and countersigned by two witnesses.
The empty envelopes should be carefully preserved and after the termination of the examination sent to the
Controller of Examinations along with the balance of question papers.
6. Before opening an envelope containing question papers, the Superintendent should ascertain if candidates are
present for that particular paper. If no candidate is present, the envelope should not be opened but sent to Controller of
Examinations (by name) with a forwarding letter.
7. The Superintendent shall, before distributing the papers to candidates, see that the envelope opened by him
contains the paper indicated on the envelope and mentioned in the Date Sheet. In case of a discrepancy, instructions
should be promptly obtained-from the Controller of Examinations.
8. Penalty for Opening a Wrong Envelope:

No honorarium will be paid to a Superintendent who, through an oversight, opens a packet containing question
papers meant for some other day. The Deputy Superintendent and the Assistant Superintendent who have acted as
witness for opening the envelopes, shall not be paid any remuneration. The matter shall be reported to the Vice-
Chancellor for such other action as may be considered necessary.
9. Despatch of Question Papers to the University:

The Superintendent shall forward a copy of the question paper of the University along with the answer books
of candidates.
10. Misprints in Question Papers:

The Superintendent shall immediately bring to the notice of the Controller of Examinations any misprint of
ambiguity in a question paper.
11. Prevention of Leakage of Question Papers in a Centre:

To prevent the possibility of questions on any subject being known at an other centre before time:
(a) No person, including menials, should be allowed to leave the examination hall till the expiry of half
an hour after the commencement of the examination.
(b) No copy of the question paper should be allowed to go out of the hall before the expiry of half the
time.
(c) No candidate should be permitted to leave the examination hall until the expiry of an hour after the
distribution of the paper.
(d) Candidates leaving the examination hall before the expiry of half the time should not be allowed to
take their question papers with them.
(e) The Superintendent should not allow any member of the Supervisory staff to read a question paper or
keep if in his possession.
(f) The Superintendent should keep spare copies of question papers after distribution IN SAFE
CUSTODY AND NOT LYING OPEN ON THE TABLE.
(g) The Superintendent should not give the question papers to any one but return the balance to the
University Office. Inspectors of Examination Centres shall invariably check the balance of question papers.
II. CANDIDATES
12. Admission of Candidates:

(a) The Superintendent shall compare particulars of candidates appearing at the Centre with the list
(Centre Statement) showing names of candidates, optical subjects offered and total number of candidates appearing for
various subjects in the examination.
The Superintendent shall not admit any candidate whose name does not exist in the
confidential list of candidates for the Centre or about whom he has no directions from the Controller of Examinations.
(b) If, at a place, where there are more than one centres of Examination, a candidate presents himself for
examination at a centre not allotted to him originally, the Superintendent shall, if there is sufficient time, direct the
candidate to go to the centre originally allotted to him. If, however, there is not sufficient time the Superintendent may
allow the candidate to take the examination at his centre for that day only and should report the case to the Controller of
Examinations. He should also inform the Superintendent of the Centre to which the candidate originally belonged.
(c) The Superintendent shall collect the Roll Number slips issued to candidate as authority for admission
to the examination centre and forward them to the Controller of Examinations after the termination of the Examination.
(d) If a candidate is unable to produce the Roll Number slip on demand, he should be allowed to take the
examination provisionally, provided his name exists in the attendance list and should be asked to obtain a duplicate roll
number slip from the University on payment of a fee of Rs.1/-. This measure is necessary to avoid impersonation. The
confirmation in case of candidate admitted provisionally should be obtained from the Controller of Examinations by
Express Telegram. The following certificate, signed by the candidate and countersigned by the Superintendent, should
be obtained from him:
"I .................................... son/daughter of ............................... being a candidate listed under Roll No.
......... for the ............ Examination 19 do hereby declare that in the absence of any authority issued on behalf of the
University of Peshawar by its Controller of Examinations I have solicited the favour of appearing at the Centre named
below at my own risk and responsibility and that the university or any member of its supervising staff incurs no liability
what so ever by permitting me to take my examination at this centre. I will further abide by the orders of the University
whose decision shall be final".
13. Stray Answer Books:

Answer books of candidates admitted under rule 12 are to be treated as stray answer books and should be sent
separately under registered parcel post to the Controller of Examinations (by name) under double cover, the inner cover
to be labelled as under:
STRAY ANSWER BOOKS-Subject ................. paper ........... Examination ......................... Roll

Nos..................... Centre ............................... Reasons in brief ..................................
14. Discrepancy in the Subject Offered:

The Superintendent shall not ordinarily allow any candidate to appear in the subject other than that shown
against his name in the confidential list of candidates. If, however, a candidate insists that he had offered a subject not
shown in the confidential list, the Superintendent shall allow him to appear provisionally in that subject and send an
intimation to this effect to the Deputy Controller of Examinations by registered post.
CORRIGENDUM
BOOK OF INSTRUCTIONS FOR SUPERINTENDENT AND SUPERVISORY STAFF
Delete Rule-15 Late Admission (a)(b) and (c) printed at page of the Book of Instructions and substitute the
following:
(a) ALL EXAMINATIONS SHALL START BY THE POST OFFICE TIME: The Superintendent shall
open doors of examination Hall each day half an hour before time specified for distribution of question papers.
Candidates admit to the Examination Hall before the time fixed for commencement of the Examination.
(b) No candidate shall be admitted to the Examination Hall for any whatsoever, after commencement of
Examination.
(c) The Superintendent shall send to the Controller of Examinations of candidates not admitted to the
Examination Hall with reasons refusal to do so.
16. Seating Arrangement:

The Superintendent shall make satisfactory seating arrangements a day before the commencement of the
examination. Candidates shall be seated in such a manner as to render any inter-communication impossible. Candidates
belonging to same institution must be seated well apart and candidates from the institution where the examination is
being held must be seated in main hall under direct supervision of the Superintendent.
17. Roll Numbers and photographs:

The Superintendent shall write the Roll Number of each candidate with white chalk on each table so that the
candidate may easily find his seat. He shall also fix photograph of a candidate on the table, if supplied by the
University.
18. Plan of the Examination Hall:

The Superintendent shall arrange for getting a plan of the Examination Hall typed showing the seating
arrangement as well as the direction in which the candidates are required to fact. A copy of the plan should be pasted at
a conspicuous place outside the Examination hall a day before the commencement of Examination. After the
termination of the examination, a copy of the seating plan shall be sent to the Deputy Controller of Examinations.
19. Purdah arrangement for Women Candidates:

In a combined Centre for men and women candidates, the later should preferably be seated in a separated
room. A separate both room should also be arranged for the women candidates.
Subject to safeguards against use of unfair means the Superintendent of the combined centre should, so far as
possible refrain from visiting the room where women candidates are taking their examination.
20. Bath Room Arrangements:

The Superintendent should be particularly careful about making arrangements for urinals and latrines for the
use of candidates. A commode and a pot might be placed in a suitable place, near the examination hall, if there is no
place latrine or urinal nearby. The Superintendent should see that one of the Assistant Superintendents always
accompanies the candidate wishing to make use of the urinal or latrine while the examination is going on, to prevent
any possibility of use of unfair means, the urinals or the latrine must be inspected each time before and after a candidate
uses it.
21. Identification Book:

Candidates on their first appearance should be required to write their names and roll Number (in their own
handwriting) in the Identification sheet. The roll Numbers and the names written by the candidates in the identification
sheet should then be compared with the attendance list of candidates. The signatures in the identification sheet should
be compared with the signatures of candidates on their Roll Number Slips. If there is any discrepancy, the matter
should be reported to the Controller of Examination along with candidates explanation. His answer books should be
sent as stray answer-book to the Controller of Examinations (by name). The Identification sheet should be sent to the
Deputy Controller of Examinations after the termination of the examination.
22. Ink:
No ink will be supplied to candidates by the University. The Superintendent shall not allow any candidate to
use any ink other than blue or black ink.
23. Blank Answer Books:
(a) The Superintendent shall not give more than one answer book to a candidate in one paper in any
circumstances. Continuation sheets should invariably be provided in case the answer-book supplied is finished.
Candidates should be asked to write on the title page of the answer-book, the number of sheets attached and the
Assistant Superintendent concerned should, in the presence of the candidate, verify this statement when receiving the
answer-books otherwise the responsibility of loss, if any, would be that of the Assistant Superintendent.
(b) The thread for stitching should be supplied by the Superintendent. It should be white, durable and
soft. To avoid detachment, candidates should be asked to stitch the Continuation Sheets inside the cover to their
answer-books, Assistant Superintendent should be instructed to see that the blank continuation sheet supplied to
candidates are stitched immediately.
(c) The Superintendent should keep a regular record of the blank answer-books utilized every day in
every paper and should strike balances per session. The prescribed from* should be submitted to the Deputy Controller
of Examinations duly filled in, along with Superintendent's bill after the termination of the Examination.
(d) The Superintendent shall be responsible for safe custody of blank answer-books. He should make
sure that he has received all the bundles sent by the University and that they are intact.
24. (a) Filling up to Memos:

Memos must be filled in correctly giving all details in full for each paper. Roll Numbers of candidates whose
answer-books are despatched must tally with those given on the answer-books as well as in the attendance list of
candidates supplied by the University; Roll Numbers of candidates present as well as absent must be correctly
mentioned in the Memo.
(b) Wrong Roll Number on an Answer-Book:

Candidates sometimes either through carelessness or in advertence, omit or wrongly write their roll-Numbers
on the answer-books. Such an omission or mistake when a passed by the Superintendent un-notice involves serious
complications in the University. To avoid this, the Superintendent must take special care to compare the Roll Numbers
written on the answer-books with those given in the Attendance List of candidates. When an answer-book with a wrong
roll Numbers is discovered in course of this comparison or otherwise, the Superintendent should send the answer-book
to the Controller of Examination (by name) with an explanatory note. He should not make the correction himself.
In case of two answer-books bearing the same Roll Number; the Superintendent should obtain explanation
from the candidates and send the case to the Controller of Examinations as an Unfair Means case (by Name).
The Superintendent should also ask the candidates to be particularly careful in writing their roll Numbers
correctly and legibly on the answer-books. Attention of Assistant Superintendent should also be drawn to the relevant
instructions in this book under the heading Duties of Assistant Superintendents.
25. The Superintendent should warn the candidates that in all examinations Roll Numbers should only be written
on the perforated portion of the cover of the answer-book and nowhere else as other-wise they are liable to be
disqualified.
26. All Answer Books should be despatched to the Controller of Examinations (by name).
27. Every answer-book supplied to a candidate must be signed as under:

(a) The signature shall be affixed by the Superintendent or the Deputy Superintendent on the perforated
portion of the cover of the answer-book only.
(b) Answer-book should, IN NO CASE BE SIGNED OR STAMPED BEFORE ISSUE. They must be
signed during the course of the examination. Serious notice shall be taken in case of omission of this instruction.
28. Use Drawing Instruments, Stencils etc.:

The Candidates may bring their own drawing instruments with them for their examination in Mathematics.
No ruler or instruments of any kind are to be used either in the sketch or the finished drawing. Candidates in
Physics and Chemistry may use stencils.
29. Illness of a Candidate in the examination hall:

In case of candidate falls ill in the Examination Hall, the Superintendent may send for a qualified doctor for
treatment, if the candidate so desires.
The Doctors fee in all such cases shall be paid by candidate concerned and not by University.
30. Amanuensis:
Superintendents are not allowed to sanction amanuensis under any circumstances.
III. ANSWER-BOOKS
31. Collection of Answer-books:

Immediately after the expiry of time allotted for a paper the answer-books should be carefully collected and
the examination hall-cleared of all candidates. Under no circumstances should the candidates be asked by the
Superintendent to leave their answer-books on the tables.
The Superintendent should instruct the candidates that they are not to leave the examination hall without
handing over the answer-books to the Assistant Superintendent of their section. The candidates should remain in their
seats and not leave their places until the answer books have been collected by the Assistant Superintendent concerned.
The Assistant Superintendent should then arrange the answer-books of his section seriously and hand them over to
Superintendent or the Deputy Superintendent. Care should be taken to insert absentee slips in lieu of the answer-books
of absentees.
Assistant Superintendent should see that a candidate who does not attempt even any-part of the question paper
nevertheless submit and answer-book bearing his roll Number and other particulars required on the title page. Such
answer books should be superscribed "Not attempted" in the hand writing of the Superintendent without initials.
32. Despatch of Answer-books:

All the answer-books received each day shall be arranged serially, securely tied, packed in cloth, sealed and
despatched to the Controller of Examinations (by name). In case of an afternoon paper when it is not possible to
despatch the packet on the same day the seal of the Deputy Superintendent should be used. In case the Deputy
Superintendent has no seal of his own, the packet may be sealed with the seal of the Superintendent but the seal must
remain in the custody of the Deputy Superintendent.
33. Special Instructions:

In all examinations the Memo for the Controller of Examinations must be packed inside the packet along with
the answer-books.
34. Attendance-Charts*:
The Attendance Charts duly filled in should be despatched to the Deputy Controller of Examinations after the
termination of the examination.
35. Packing of Answer-Books:

When answer-books are sent by registered post, the Superintendent should see that they are packed either in
cloth-lined envelopes or in cloth cover. Paper envelopes should, in no case be used for this purpose.
36. Mode of Despatch of Answer-Books:

The Superintendent should note the following instructions in regard to despatch of answer-books:
(a) If the affixed on the packet of answer-books is in the possession of the Deputy Superintendent, the
packet should be despatched by the Superintendent, otherwise by the Deputy Superintendent.
(b) Superintendent conducting an examination at a centre located in a State or a hill-station which is not
connected by railway line, should forward answer-books by registered post.
(c) In case of a place where there is a Railway Out-Agency the parcels should be sent through the
Agency.
(d) All small packets should be sent by post as they are likely to go astray if sent by Rail.
(e) Parcels of answer-books which are to be despatched by rail, must be sent prepaid and Receipts should
be sent under registered cover to the Controller of Examinations (by name).
IV. UNFAIR MEANS
37. Directions for Candidates:

A copy of the rules for the direction of candidates in a poster form supplied by the University shall be pasted
outside the examination hall.
38. Instructions to be read out by the Superintendent every day before time commencement of the Examination:
On each and every day of the examination each and every time before the examination begins and also to the
candidates who arrive late the Superintendent shall read out the following rules for the warning of the candidates:
(a) Candidates should search their pockets and deliver to the Superintendent all papers, books or notes
which they may have in their possession.
(b) Candidates should not disclose their identity or make any kind of peculiar marks in the answer-books.
(c) Candidates should not write their names, the name of their centre, College or District. The Private
candidates should not write that they are appearing as such.
(d) Candidates should use fictitious names like A,B,C, or X,Y,Z if they have been asked to write a letter.
Any infringement of this rules will be dealt with under Unfair Means Regulations.
The Superintendent shall forward to the Deputy Controller of Examinations on the termination of an
examination a declaration signed by him and witnessed by Deputy Superintendent to the effect that he did read out the
instructions to the candidates and called upon them to surrender all papers, books or notes in their possession.
39. Misbehaviour of Candidate in or around the examination hall:

Any candidate who refuses to obey the Superintendent or misbehaves in or around the examination hall shall
be liable to disqualification for one year or two years or a longer period in accordance with the ordinances of the
University.
The Superintendent shall report without delay each case in detail with evidence and explanation of the
candidate concerned.
40. Possession of weapons inside the Hall:

Candidates found in possession of fire arms or anything capable of being used as weapon of offence in or
around any examination hall, shall be liable to expulsion from the hall and disqualification ranging between one and
two years.
41. Explanation of the candidates using Unfair Means:

When the Superintendent takes action against candidates using or attempting to use Unfair Means, he should
invariably demand written explanation or statement of the candidate concerned. If any candidates refused to give his
statement, the fact should be noted in the report.
42. The Superintendent has the right of asking the candidates to leave the examination hall when he suspects the
candidate of using unfair means. He, however, cannot prevent the candidate from taking the Examination in subsequent
papers.
When a candidate is detected using unfair means, the Superintendent should take care that his reports is
always full and complete in every respect and includes all the known facts and relevant circumstances of the case and
other evidence. Each unfair means case must be submitted with a separate report.
While submitting a copy of the seating plan along with the unfair means case of any candidate, the
Superintendent, should show by an arrow which way the candidates was facing.
The Superintendent should submit his report on the prescribed form* and send it to the Controller of
Examinations (by name) along with the answer-book of the candidate.
43. Removal of Officials:

If any unfair means case remains undetected in a centre and is brought to the Controller of Examinations
notice by the Examiner, leading to a disqualification, the names of all or any of the officials concerned, i.e., the
Superintendent, the Deputy Superintendent or the Asstt. Superintendent may be removed from the list of supervisory
staff.
V. SUPERVISION
44. Supervisory staff at a centre in addition to the Superintendent will be as follows:

(i) Deputy Superintendent.
(ii) Assistant Superintendent.
(1) Deputy Superintendent:

(a) One Deputy Superintendent shall be appointed at each centre of examination in addition to the
required number of Asstt. Superintendents.
(b) If the number of candidates appearing at a centre is ten or less, the Superintendent and the Deputy
Superintendent will supervise without the assistance of another Assistant Superintendent.
(2) Assistant Superintendents:
(a) If the number of candidates is ten or less, no Assistant Superintendent will be appointed.
(b) One Assistant Superintendent for candidates exceeding 10 but not exceeding 40 will be allowed.
If the number is above 40 but not above 80, two Asstt. Superintendents. For numbers above 80 but
not above 120, three Asstt. Superintendents will be allowed and so on.
(c) Out of the usual quota of Asstt. Superintendent permissible under the rules, one of the supervisors is
to be appointed by the Superintendent to do the clerical work at a centre of examination.
45. (a) The rules (one Assistant Superintendent for every forty candidates) applies to each hall or room used
as a centre and not to the centre a whole. The number of rooms used and the number of candidates seated in each room
must invariably be stated in the Assistant Superintendent bill against each date. No extra Assistant Superintendent will
be sanctioned except extremely exceptional cases when the previous sanction of the Controller of Examination should
be obtained. This sanction should be attached to the bill to avoid unnecessary correspondence and delay in payment.
(b) In a combined centre where girl candidates are seated in a separate room, a lady Deputy
Superintendent or Assistant Superintendent should invariably be appointed.
If the number of girl candidates at a combined centre is ten or more, a lady Deputy Superintendent
will be appointed to supervise in the separate room for girls. But if the number of girl candidates at a centre is less than
ten, a lady Asstt. Superintendent will be appointed at that centre.
46. Duties of Assistant Superintendents to be read out:

(a) The Superintendent should read out and explain to the Assistant Superintendents their duties on the
first day of examination.
(b) The Superintendent shall keep and preserve for six months accurate in every detail, a list of duties
allotted by him to each Assistant Superintendent. He shall have a signed statement from every Assistant Superintendent
showing the Roll Numbers which the latter was supervising on each day of his duty. Similar record shall be kept in
respect of the Deputy Superintendent also.
(c) The Superintendent should also secure a certificate from the Deputy Superintendent and each
Assistant Superintendent that there was no relative or a candidate privately coached by him at that centre. The
Superintendent shall not allow as Assistant Superintendent to work at the centre where the latter's relative or a
candidate coached by him is appearing.
47. Teachers should always be preferred for appointment as Assistant Superintendents.
48. As far as possible no person should be appointed as Assistant Superintendent at centre where candidates
belonging to his own institution are taking their examination.
VI. PRACTICALS
49. Letter of Authority to Candidates for Practical Examinations:

All candidates should be given a letter of authority by the Superintendent for the examiner of the centre at
which the candidates have to take their practical examination.
50. Question papers for Practical Examinations:

The sealed envelopes containing question papers for each practical examination shall be handed over to the
examiners. The envelopes are to be opened by the examiners on the date and time specified on the envelopes in order to
make arrangements for the apparatus and equipment required for the examination.
51. The Superintendent of examination centre should in no circumstances:-

1. Set question papers.
2. Make financial commitments on behalf of the University.
3. Take any other action on matters not specifically mentioned in this book without pervious reference
to the University.
VII. MISCELLANEOUS
52. Superintendent not to leave centre without permission:
From the time, the Superintendents reach their stations of examination up to the time of conclusion of the
examination, they should consider themselves agents of the University and must not leave the station during the
examination days without the previous permission of the Controller of Examinations.
53. Superintendent not to leave Examination Hall:

The Superintendent shall remain in the examination hall during the time allotted for each paper. He shall, on
no account, speak or permit, any one to speak to a candidate on any subject pertaining to the question during the hours
of examination except for the purposes of correcting misprints or other errors.
54. Admittance of Visitors to the Hall:

No visitor should be allowed to enter the hall during the examination without the production of an identity
card of the University bearing the signature of the Controller of Examinations.
55. Report Re-conduct of Examination:

On the conclusion of the examination, the Superintendent shall submit to the Deputy Controller of
Examinations, a report about the conduct of the examination at this centre pointing out therein infringement of rules, if
any, either by himself or his Deputy Superintendent or by any of the Assistant Superintendents or candidate etc., in a
prescribed form*. He should also submit, with his bills, at the questionnaire duly signed as otherwise the payments are
likely to be held up.
56. Return of Furniture by the Superintendent:

The Superintendent should be particularly careful in returning the furniture taken from the various institutions
for the examination immediately after termination of the written examination.
57. Return of Blank Answer Books:
A separate report in duplicate on a printed form shall be submitted by the Superintendent about blank answer-
books. The Superintendent shall deposit all surplus blank answer-books with the person from whom they are taken for
use.
58. Logarithmic Tables:

The Superintendent should get the Logarithmic Tables from the Principal of the college in which the
examination is held after giving him a receipt and return the same to the Principal after the examination is over. The
Superintendent should see that the Logarithmic Tables lent to the candidates in the examination hall are returned intact
and receipt obtained.
59. Smoking not permitted in Examination Hall:

The Superintendent shall not allow the candidates to smoke inside the examination hall, not permit them to go
out of the Hall for a smoke.
VII. FINANCIAL RULES
The following are the rates of payments for conduct of examinations, approved by the Syndicate in its meeting held on
26.10.1994
RATES FOR LOCAL SUPERVISORY STAFF

3 Hours duration Examination:
Rates
1.
Superintendent
Rs. 100/- (Single Session)

Rs. 130/- (Double Session)
2.
Deputy Superintendent
3.
Asstt. Superintendent
4 Hours duration Examinations:
1.
Superintendent
Rs. 120/- Per working day
2.
3.
Asstt. Superintendent
NOMINAL STAFF (Local and Non-Local:
1.
Chowkidar
2.
Waterman
Rs. 40/- p.day w/o D.A.
3.
Chowkidar (Centre)
Rs. 10/- Per day
4.
Sweeper
5.
Typing of Seating Plans for whole examination.
Rs. 80/-
6.
Seating arrangement and its removal
Rs.80/-
RATE FOR "NON-LOCAL SUPERVISORY STAFF"

3 Hours duration examinations
1.
Superintendent
2.
3.
Asstt: Superintendent
4 Hours duration examination:
1.
Superintendent
2.
3.
Asstt: Superintendent
Misc: expenditure for conduct of examinations:
1.
Purchase of Articles
Rs. 100/- (upto 120 candidates)
Rs. 135/- (above 120 candidates)
2.
Superintendent Stationery for self use.
Rs. 35/- (for whole exam)
3.
Superintendent Conveyance allowance from his residence to centre and back.
4.
Despatch of A/Books from Centre to Post Office and back.
Rs. 10/- Per session
5.
Purchase of Cloth (for out station).
Rs. 150/- (for whole exam)
6.
Conveyance allowance to Lady Dy:/Asstt: Superintendent.
7.
Conveyance allowance to Local External Examiner for Practical Examinations.
8.
Inspection Fee
Rs. 120/- For local
Rs. 100/- For non-local
PRACTICAL/ORAL-GRADE
Paper Setting
Viva Voce
RATES
Minimum
1.
M.A./M.Sc. Post-Graduate Diplomas
Rs. 250/-
Rs. 15/-
Rs. 200/-
M.Sc. forestry/tour,B-Pharmacy
Per candidate
2.
Library Sc; B.A/B.Sc; B.Sc.Home Eco.
Rs. 200/-
Rs. 8/-
Rs. 150/-
B.Sc. Forestry; B.Sc. Geology;
B.Sc. PAF Academy Risalpur;
BBA Part-I, II & III
3.
B.Ed./M.B.B.B.S./B.D.S.
Rs. 10/-
Rs. 200/-
THEORY
Marking
1.
B.A./B.Sc. B.The/B.Sc. Home Eco:
Rs. 350/-
Rs. 8/-
Rs. 150/-
B.Sc. Hons: Geology Part-I,II & III/

B.Com Part.I,II, & III/BSc.Forestry/
B.Sc. PAF Academy/B.Ed./BLS/BBA/BFA/ MBBS/BDS/B.Sc. Nursing/Certificate/ Diploma.
2.
M.A./M.Sc. M.Sc. Hons;/M.Ed/M.Com/ LL.B./M.Sc.Home Eco:/M.L.Sc./M.Phil:/ Post-Graduate Diploma's/B-
Pharmacy.
Rs. 500/-
Rs. 10/-
Rs. 200/-
THESIS/RESEARCH PROJECTS:
EVALUATION
VIVA VOCE
1.
M.Ed./M.Sc./M.Sc. Forestry/M.L.Sc.
Rs. 200/-
Rs. 20/-
2.
M.Phil.
Rs. 300/-
Rs. 200/-
3.
Ph.D.
Rs. 800/-
Rs. 300/-
S.No.
Particular of Work
RATES
1.
Tabulators
Rs. 60/-per 100 candidates with Minimum
Rs. 40/- to each tabulator.
2.
Scrutineers
Rs. 30/-per 100 candidates with Minimum Rs. 30/- to each Scrutineer.
3.
Result cutting & proof Reading.
1/2 of Scrutineers bill.
4.
Typing of Question paper
Rs.20/- per stencil.
5.
Proof Reading of question paper stencil.
Rs. 8/- per stencil.
6.
Calligraphy of question papers.
7.
Cyclostyling of Q.paper (Machine operator).
8.
Checking of Scripts.
Rs.0.20/- per script.
9.
Typing of result stencil (B.A. B.Sc. M.A./M.Sc. B.Ed. B.Com.)
It comes within the official duties of the typist.
10.
Misc. work Register, Cards & envelopes etc writing.
Rs. 20 per hundred.
11.
Despatch of scripts (fictious R.No.) more than one centre.
Rs. 0.30/- per script.
12.
For clerical assistant relating to correspondence with Sub-examiners and Univ:
Rs.60/- for entire duration.
13.
Allowance to servant.
Rs.40/- for entire duration.
14.
Sub-examiner allowance.
Rs.40/- per sub-examiner.
15.
Writing of provisional certificate
16.
Typing of Degrees.
17.
Checking of Cert:/Degree.
60. Superintendent's Expenses:
The Superintendent is expected to make arrangements for the examination under his charge as economically as
possible, consistent with efficiency. A Superintendent's stationery Box will be available from the Head of the Institution
for use at the Centre. A list of the articles deposited in this box will be supplied by the University.
61. Articles Purchased to be returned:

Articles purchased for the examination, as sanctioned by the Controller of Examinations from time to time
should be deposited in the box after the termination of the examination. At least three lists of articles deposited should
be prepared. One should be sent to the Deputy Controller of Examinations for record, the second to be attached with the
contingent bill and the third to be kept in the box/bag.
62. Safe, Trunks and Locks:

The purchase or hire of safes, trunks and locks for question papers is not permissible.
63. If there is no clock in an Examination hall the Superintendent shall make necessary arrangements to procure it
on a reasonable rate not exceeding 25 paisa per day.
64. Bill of Expenses:

All necessary expenses of postage, arrangements of Examination etc. will be paid by the University on
submission of a detailed bill.
65. Previous sanction for the postage of ordinary, registered letters and parcels, railway freight and octroi expenses
is not required but actual payee's receipts where available in support of this expenditure should always be attached with
bill in order to avoid audit objections and delay in payments.
66. Conveyance for Superintendents:

(a) 75 paisa per day for despatch of answer-books.
(b) Actual charges upto a maximum of Rs.5/- per working day for conveyance to the Examination
Centre.
67. Advance Money to Superintendent:

An amount equivalent to Rs.3/- per candidate would be advanced to the Superintendent (by money order in
case of mofussil or cash in case of local Superintendents) to meet contingent expenses at the examination centres.
68. Purchase of Articles:

A flat rate of Rupees 20/- for a centre upto 100 candidates and Rupees 24/- for a centre above 100 candidates
is permitted for the following articles for Annual as well as Supplementary Examinations.
(1) Sticking thread. (2) Thread reel. (3) Sutri. (4) Stamping ink. (5) Needles. (6) Gharas or malkas and
tabmblars. (7) Jugs. (8) Oil and diya. (9) Match-box. (10) Waste news-papers (for packing of answer-books and pasting
on glass panes). (11) Gum Arabic. (12) Sealing-Wax. (13) Nails. (14) Chalk for writing Roll Numbers on tables. The
Superintendents shall be required to furnish a Certificate to the effect that the amount has actually been spent.
69. Stationery for Superintendent:

The Superintendent shall be paid at a flat rate a sum upto Rs.5/- for stationery to be purchased by him for his
personal use and that of the Deputy Superintendent.
70. Stationery to be Supplied by the Office:

The following articles of stationery would be supplied by the University:
(1) Blotting paper one piece per candidate per day.
(2) Graph paper one piece per candidate.
(3) Logarithmic table if necessary.
(4) Drawing paper for Engineering candidates one sheet per candidate.
71. (a) Packing Cloth when not supplied by the University:

A flat rate of Rs.20/- upto a centre of 50 candidates.
Rs.30/- upto a centre of 100 candidates and
Rs.40/- upto a centre of above 100 candidates.
Note: This is for Mofussil Centres and nor for local (Peshawar or University Campus.).
(b) Arrangements for Urinal. Only one pot and one Commode per Urinal per centre is permissible at the
rate of 0.25 paisa per day where pacca urinals are not provided in the building. At a combined centre for men and
women two separate urinals should be arranged.
72. Previous Sanctions:

(a) Previous sanction of the Controller of Examinations is required for all those items which are not
covered by these rules. Such sanctions may be obtained on the prescribed form meant for the purpose (in duplicate).
(b) (i) Extra Assistant Superintendent: For sanction of an extra Assistant Superintendent
the number of candidates seated in the Hall and the side rooms, when used, be specified in detail as required in the form
for the purpose. The appointment of extra Assistant Superintendent is only for the days when the necessity of such extra
work is realized.
(ii) No application regarding any sanction will be entertained unless it is made within a
week of the termination of the written examination.
(iii) The names and the particulars of the substitutes of those Assistant Superintendent and
Deputy Superintendent who for one reason or the other cannot undertake the work should be forwarded in duplicate for
sanction/ approval on the forms, supplied along with the list of Assistant Superintendent etc., appointment at the centre
by the University.
73. How to draw contingent expenses bill:

Bills of contingent expenses submitted by Superintendent are often delayed for want of correctly made
vouchers etc. The following instructions should therefore, be observed:
(i) A mere cash memo is not a valid quittance for payment unless the fact of payment is
expressly acknowledged. The receipt of the payee should invariably be obtained on the face of the memo in these
words "Received in full payment".
(ii) The details of the unused and spare articles deposited in the Stationery Box/Bag or
auctioned or sold should be supplied.
(iii) The details of the expenditure incurred on account of postage on ordinary letters and telegrams
should be attached with the bill in support of the claims.
(iv) The actual payee's receipts in support of payment should clearly bear the signatures or the
thumb impression of the payee's, which should be attached by the Superintendents giving the dates on which such
payments were made.
(v) The imperishable articles purchased by the Superintendents in connection with the conduct
of the examinations should either be deposited in/with the stationery box or auctioned and the amount properly shown
in the bill. Second copy of the same should be kept along with the articles in/with the stationery box for record. A third
copy of the same be forwarded to the Deputy Controller of Examinations immediately after the termination of
examination. The number of the box should be mentioned on this copy.
The box along with deposited articles should be returned to the University.
APPENDIX - I
Duties of Deputy Superintendents:
1. General Duties: The General Duties of Deputy Superintendents are:-
(a) To assist the Superintendent in the Control of the Centre.
(b) To assist the Superintendent in carrying correspondence etc.
(c) To take charge of the Examination Centre in case of an accident to the Superintendent.
2. Each Deputy Superintendent must get in touch with the Superintendent of the centre as early as possible so
that he can be present when the Superintendent opens the parcel(s) containing envelopes of question papers one day
before the Examination. He must see that the parcel is infect and bears no marks of being tampered with.
3. The Deputy Superintendent must help the Superintendent in checking up the envelopes. The Superintendent
and the Deputy Superintendent have to satisfy themselves that they have all the question papers for the subjects of
examinations at their centre. Figures on the envelope have to be compared with the Centre Statement to ascertain that
each envelope contains sufficient number of copies of question papers for the candidates appearing in each subject. If
there is any discrepancy, the Superintendent should at once inform the Controller of Examinations Telegraphically or
through any other expeditious means of communication.
4. The Deputy Superintendent has to examine the envelopes and see that seals are intact.
(a) If a seal is broken he will place his own seal alongside the broken one, if he had no seal at the
moment any blank impressing may be made across which he should sign.
(b) If the envelope is torn or otherwise damaged, the Deputy Superintendent and the Superintendent will
initial the place and then enclose the envelope in another large envelope or pack it up in a large sheet of strong packing
paper. The new packet should have the impression of the Deputy Superintendent's seal. If the damage is slight, the cut
or opening should be repaired by pasting a piece of paper which should be sealed by the Deputy Superintendent.
(c) If the envelope containing question papers is found tampered with or the seals injured on any
particular day, he will not sign the certificate and shall inform the Controller of Examinations, telegraphically. If it is
found necessary to repack the envelope as suggested in para (b) above, care should be taken to indicate the paper
correctly on the outer cover. The Deputy Superintendent and the Superintendent will be held equally responsible for the
correctness of this entry.
5. When the candidates are distributed in a number of room, he will help the Superintendent in general
supervision. If there is any distribution of duties, he will not supervise the section containing candidates from his own
institution, if any.
6. The Deputy Superintendent will invariably, be one of the witnesses of the opening of the question papers. He
will examine the seals and condition of the envelopes carefully every time and satisfy himself that it is in the same state
as seen by him on the opening of the packet before the examination. He must make certain that the paper to be opened
is in accordance with the detached.
The Supreme responsibility rests with the Superintendent and the appointment of Deputy Superintendent does
not relieve him of it, but if it is found that the Deputy Superintendent has not been careful in the Scrutiny of the
envelope or if a wrong paper is distributed he will be deemed to have been guilty of gross neglect and will be reported
to the Vice-Chancellor for disqualification or for any other action which may be necessary.
7. The Deputy Superintendent will assist the Superintendent generally. He will not leave the station without the
Controller of Examination's permission and will take over the duties of Superintendent in case of any accident to the
Superintendent and report the matter by wire to the Controller of Examinations.
8. The Deputy Superintendent must equip himself with a seal for the purpose mentioned above at 4(a) and (b).
No charges on that account will be paid by the University.
In all examination the answer-books shall be signed or stamped on the perforated portion of the title page
provided for writing Roll Number.
9. No conveyance allowance is permissible to the Deputy Superintendent except Lady Deputy Superintendent at
the rate of Rs.3/- per working day (Actual payee receipt will have to be produced) provided the distance between the
residence and examination centre is not less than half a mile.
APPENDIX - II
Instructions to Assistant Superintendent:

1. Assistant Superintendents shall have to report themselves to the Superintendent a day before the
commencement of the examination at 10:00 A.M. at the centre of examination otherwise their appointment would be
liable to be cancelled by the Superintendent. They shall have to be at centre an hour before the time fixed for
examination on the first day and half an hour before time on subsequent days.
2. The Assistant Superintendent shall be responsible to the Superintendent of the centre and would work under
his orders.
3. The Assistant Superintendents must see that every candidate takes his correct and writes his correct Roll
Numbers in FIGURES AS WELL AS IN WORDS and other particulars required of him on the title page of the answer-
book.
4. The Assistant Superintendents should note that no candidate be admitted to the Examination Hall after
question paper has been distributed without the express permission of the Superintendent.
5. No Assistant Superintendent should speak to any candidate in his room, after the question paper is distributed,
not even if there if any misprint or ambiguity. No Assistant Superintendent should disturb candidates by un-necessary
halting near them and trying to read their answers except in case of suspicion of use of unfair means by a candidate. He
is expected to see that the candidates are supplied with all their needs viz. blank answer-books, continuation sheets,
blotting papers, Water, etc.
6. Assistant Superintendents should note that only blue black ink is used by the candidates.
7. Assistant Superintendent should not be allowed any candidate to bring in any card-board, dabba or cover of
any ink-pot.
8. The Assistant Superintendents should keep moving among the candidates and should not be engaged in any
work which may impair their efficiency as Assistant Superintendent Lady Assistant Superintendent shall on no account
be permitted to knit in the Examination Hall.
9. No Assistant Superintendent can invigilate at a centre where a relative of his, her is taking examination. If an
Assistant Superintendent happens to be appointed in such centre, he/she must inform the Superintendent about the fact
before the examination starts for necessary replacement.
10. No conveyance is permissible to the Assistant Superintendents except ladies at the rate of Rs.3/- per working
day. Provided the distance between the residence and the centre of Examination is not less than 1/2 mile (actual payee
receipts will have to be produced).
11. An Assistant Superintendent shall invariably accompany candidates wishing to make use of bath room while
the examination is going on. The Assistant Superintendent will see before a candidate enters the Latrine that no paper
or book, etc, is already lying inside the latrine which a candidate can make use of. He/She will also see the Latrine after
the candidate has come out in order to verify that the candidate has not left any paper or book inside the Latrine.
12. The Assistant Superintendent should see that no candidate make use of notes, attempts to copy from another
candidate or has in his/her possession any book or papers not issued in examination Hall. If he/she happens to find a
candidate using unfair means, he/she should take possession of any book or articles so used and report the matter to the
Superintendent and sign the answer book and any other article as Superintendent may report.
13. Before distributing the question paper to the candidates the Assistant Superintendent should see that the
correct paper, according to the programme is given out. If he/she finds a wrong paper it should be given to the
Superintendent immediately, without reading it.
14. No question paper is to be taken from any candidate for reading it. As soon as the Assistant Superintendent has
finished distributing the question paper, he/she should return the remaining, if any to the Superintendent, without
reading them.
15. The Assistant Superintendents should distribute blank answer-book to candidates after they have taken their
seats. No candidate should be allowed to leave his/her seat after he/she has received the answer-books, until an hour
after the distribution of the question paper.
16. The Assistant Superintendents are responsible for the safe delivery of answer-books of the candidates
supervised by her/him to the Superintendent. They should see that the answer-books of each candidates are properly
stitched together, that the answer-books delivered to the Superintendent are serially arranged, that none of the
candidates leaves the room without delivering his her answer-book even if no question is attempted and that a blank
paper (not blotting paper) with Roll Number without any initials is inserted in place of the answer-book of an absentee.
17. All the exits should remain closed during the examination hours and only the main entrance should be opened
five minutes before the expiry of the time allowed. One of the Assistant Superintendent who-soever deputed by the
Superintendent should stand at the door in order to see that no candidate takes away an answer-book, or any other paper
from the Examination Hall.
18. After the time allotted is over, the Assistant Superintendent should collect and count all answer-books and if
everything is in order, the candidates may be allowed to leave the hall.
APPENDIX - III
(a) List of Documents sent by the University to the Superintendent:
(1) Parcel of question-papers.

(2) Blank answer-books.
(3) Attendance list of candidates.
(4) List of Supervisory staff.
(5) Book of Instructions for Superintendents.
(6) Superintendents File.
(7) Directions for candidates.
(8) Travelling allowance Bill Form.
(9) Bill Form for chemicals consumed.
(10) Bill for Laboratory Assistants.
(11) Contingent Bill Form for Superintendent.
(12) Bill Form for Supervisory Staff (written).
(13) Date-sheet.
(14) Photos of private candidates (males only).
(15) Centre Statement.
(16) Confidential List.
(b) List of Documents and papers to be sent by Superintendents to the Deputy Controller of Examinations:
(1) Confidential list of candidates.
(2) Supervisory staff Bills.
(3) Contingent Bill.
(4) Certificate re-opening of parcels of question papers.
(5) Certificate re-scrutiny of envelopes containing question-papers.
(6) Seating plan of Examination Hall.
(7) Identification book.
(8) Certificate of reading out rules for direction of candidates re-use of unfair means, etc.
(9) Report about blank answer-books receipt, utilized and returned.
(10) Report of Superintendent re-deposit of stationery box in the Store Section of the University office
containing perishable and imperishable articles.
(11) General report re-conduct of Examination.
(12) Book of Instructions for Superintendent.
(c) List of documents to be sent to the Controller of Examinations:

(1) Empty cloth lined envelopes with seals intact along with the balance of question papers.
(2) Roll Number slips, collected from the candidates.
(3) Photographs of private candidates.
Note: All documents mentioned above are to be submitted to the University within a fortnight of the
termination of the Examination (Written). Items Nos. 4 & 5 for Deputy Controller of Examinations should, however, be
sent on the day when the parcels containing question papers are opened.
REGULATIONS FOR AFFILIATION OF
EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS TO THE
UNIVERSITY OF PESHAWAR.
Whereas it is expedient to lay down procedure for the disposal of applications for the affiliation of educational
institutions to the University of Peshawar, the following Regulations are hereby framed under Section 31(3) of the
University of Peshawar Act-1974:-
1. These Regulations may be called the University of Peshawar Affiliation of Educational Institutions
Regulations, 1974.
2. In these regulations unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context:
a) "Affiliation" means affiliation to the University of Peshawar.

b) "Affiliation Committee" means the Affiliation Committee of the University of Peshawar
constituted under Section 10(1) of the First Statutes of the University of Peshawar Act-1974.
c) "Inspection Committee" means a Committee constituted by the Affiliation Committee for
inspecting the Educational Institution seeking affiliation.
d) All other terms and expressions shall have the same meanings as assigned to them under
Section-2 of the University of Peshawar Act-1974.
3. An educational institution applying for affiliation shall send a formal application to the Registrar
alongwith a statement under each of the sub-section of Section 31(1) of the University of Peshawar Act-1974.
4. All such applications shall be submitted alongwith a Bank Draft of Rs. 3,000/- (Three thousand)
(Non-refundable). This amount shall be charged on first application.
5. In case of subsequent applications for affiliation in any additional subject(s) Rs. 1,000/- (One
thousand) (Non-refundable) shall be charged for each subject.
6. No application for affiliation shall be entertained;
i. Unless fees as prescribed in Section 4 and 5 above are credited to the University.
ii. If the educational institution apply for affiliation has already been upgraded without the
prior approval of the University.
iii. If the statements submitted alongwith the application indicate that the prescribed
requirements have not been fulfilled.
7. The Registrar, after satisfying himself with regard to the completeness of the application in all
respects shall, in consultation with the Vice-Chancellor, furnish a copy of the questionnaire, appended to these
regulations as Annexure-A, to the head of the Educational Institution concerned.
8. On receipt of replies to the questionnaire, the Affiliation Committee shall examine them as well as the
statements submitted alongwith the original application.
9. If the Affiliation Committee is satisfied that these replies and statements show that the prescribed
requirements have been fulfilled or are in the process of being fulfilled, it may send an Inspection Committee to visit
the institution concerned in order that it could be seen if the prescribed requirements have been actually fulfilled.
10. The Inspection Committee shall consist of experts in subject in which the affiliation is sought.
11. The number of members of Inspection Committee shall not exceed 5.
12. In case the subjects in which affiliation is sought exceed the number of the subject expect experts, the
experts nominated shall also look after the relevant subject.
13. The Inspection Committee shall co-opt 2 officers, one each from the Academic and Examinations
Sections.
14. The Inspection Committee shall examine the Education Institution in the light of the provision of
Section 31 of the First Statutes of the University of Peshawar Act-1974 and the information supplied through the
questionnaire.
15. If the Inspection Committee, is satisfied that the prescribed requirements have been fulfilled, it may
recommend that the affiliation be granted.
16. The Inspection Committee may not recommend the affiliation if the prescribed requirements are not
fulfilled, provided that in case of such deficiencies as, in the view of the Inspection Committee, do not impede the
academic progress of the Institution, the Committee may recommend provisional affiliation.
17. The report of the Inspection Committee shall be placed before the Affiliation Committee which may
accept the recommendations or refer the case back to the Inspection Committee with certain queries.
18. The Affiliation Committee may co-opt the convener of the Inspection Committee as a member so that
he could reply to their queries.
19. The Affiliation Committee after such further inquiry, if any, as it might consider necessary, forward
its recommendation to the Academic Council.
20. No Educational Institution, desirous of seeking affiliation, shall conduct admission to any course of
study and impart instruction in any subject, unless it has been granted the affiliation, nor will it be permissible to start
any class in any subject in anticipation of the acceptance of application for the affiliation.
21. The Educational Institution affiliated to the University of Peshawar shall be governed by the statutes,
Regulations, Rules framed by the University from time to time regarding:-
i. the general scheme of studies;

ii. the duration of the courses;
iii. the medium of instruction and examinations;
iv. the conditions of admission to the courses;
v. detailed syllabi for the examinations held by the University.
vi. the conditions under which students shall be admitted to the examination of the University.
vii. the discipline of students and the supervision and control of their residence and extra
curricular activities;
viii health and general welfare of the students;
ix. the ratio between teachers and students and the total workload of a teacher.
22. Every educational institution affiliated to the University shall promptly report to the University any
transfer or change in the management or any circumstances affecting the adequacy of its financial resources.
23. The teaching staff of the educational institution shall possess such qualification as may be prescribed
by the Government of N.W.F.P.
24. An Inspection of every affiliated educational institution shall be held from time to time and action can
be taken against any institution under Section 34 of the University of Peshawar Act-1974.
QUESTIONNAIRE FOR THE AFFILIATION OF A COLLEGE TO
THE PRIVILEGES OF THE UNIVERSITY OF PESHAWAR.
1. Name of the Controlling Agency _________________________
_________________________
2. Financial resources of the _________________________

Education Institution.
Source of Income. _________________________
3. Staff list:
(giving the following information)
i) S.No. (ii) Name of teacher
with full academic
qualifications.
iii) Designation.
(iv) Date of birth/Domicile (District).
v) Date of first entry into Govt. Service.
vi) Date of adhoc appointment.
vii) Date of selection by P.S.C.
viii) Date of Promotion.
ix) Date of confirmation.
x) Date of transfer to the present College.
xi) Subject taught.
xii) Period per week.
xiii) Pay.
4. Students: (i) Number of students subject-wise

( on the following pattern).
S.No. subject 3rd year 4th year Total Remarks
Pre-Medical
1. Physics
2. Chemistry
3. Botany
Pre-Engineering
1. Physics
2. Chemistry
3. Mathematics
Humanities
1. English
2. Urdu
3. History
4. Economics
5. Civics
6. Pashto
7. Persian
8. Islamiyat
9. Geography
10. Arabic
11.
12.
13.
14.
Boarding House facilities.
Number of Boarders (on the following pattern).
3rd year 4th year No.of B/H No. of Rooms. Remarks.
5. Expenditure:
i) Tuition fee during

the year ___________________________
ii) Endowment funds, if any
with total volume of such
fund. ___________________________
iii) (a) Recurring grants

from Government ___________________________
(b) Non-Recurring grants

from Government ___________________________
6. Equipments: Its adequacy in regard to:-

i) Furniture _______________________
ii) Lecturer Rooms _______________________
iii) Laboratory and apparatus _____________
(iv) Seminar Rooms ________________________

7. Library: (a) Books
i) Total number of Books S.No. Subject Total Number

in each subject.
ii) Is number of books adequate or Inadequate

in any subject.
iii) Sanctioned
amount for purchase of books _____________________
Year _____________________
iv) Total number of circulation. ________________________________
v) Magazines/Journals Language in which

name of Magazine it is published.
vi) Librarian:
i) Whether qualified whole ________________________
time librarian alongwith
supporting staff is ________________________
appointed.
_______________________
vii) Reading Room:

i) Is there a separate
reading room. ________________________
ii) Is it a part of the

college Library. ________________________
iii) What is the total number

of readers per day and
per month. ________________________
Give detailed information about

Library Services. ________________________
________________________
________________________
8. Staff Residence:
Whether provision exists for the

residence of the Principal
and staff near in the College
If so please give detailed information.
________________________
________________________
________________________
9. Efficiency & Discipline of
staff and other Employees.
State Whether, the Educational

Institute has framed proper
rules regarding the efficiency
and discipline for teachers
and other employees.
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
10. Sports:
i) Are play-grounds for different

games available. ________________________
________________________
________________________
11) Affiliation:
i) Subjects in which the Educational
Institution is already affiliated
with the University of Peshawar.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
ii) Subject in which affiliation is sought.
1. 6.
2. 7.
3. 8.
4. 9.
5. 10.
12. General:
i) Societies _______________________
_______________________
ii) Name of Staff Magazine,
if any. _______________________
_______________________
iii) Name of the students

Magazine, if any. _______________________
_______________________
iv) (a) Previous annual

Board Results. _______________________
Subject-wise _______________________
_______________________
_______________________
_______________________
(b) Previous annual University

Results subject-wise. _______________________
_______________________
Dated: Signature of Head of

Educational Institution.
B. Rules for the Affiliation of Educational Institutions in Private Sector to the University of Peshawar.
Whereas it is expedient to lay down procedure for the disposal of applications for the affiliation of educational
institutions in Private Sector to the University of Peshawar, the following Rules are hereby framed under Section 31(3)
of the University of Peshawar Act-1974:-
1. These Rules may be called the University of Peshawar Affiliation of Educational Institution in Private
Sector Rules, 1992.
2. In these Rules unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context.
a) "Affiliation" means affiliation to the University of Peshawar.

b) "Affiliation Committee" means the Affiliation Committee of the University of Peshawar
constituted under Section 10(1) of the First Statutes of the University of Peshawar Act-1974.
c) "Inspection Committee" means Committee appointed by the Vice-Chancellor for inspection
of the Educational Institution seeking affiliation, (as provided under clause-10).
d) All other terms and expressions shall have the same meanings as assigned to them under
Section-2 of the University of Peshawar Act-1974.
3. An educational institution applying for affiliation shall send a formal application to the Registrar
alongwith a statement under each of the sub-section of Section 31(1) of the University of Peshawar Act-1974.
4. All such applications shall be submitted alongwith a Bank Draft of Rs. 50,000/- (Fifty thousand)
(non-refundable). This amount shall be charged on first application.
5. In case of subsequent application for affiliation in any additional subject(s) (in the same degree
programme) Rs. 10,000/- (Ten thousand)(Non-refundable) shall be charged for each subject.
6. An application for affiliation shall be considered only when;
i. The fees prescribed under Section 4 and 5 above are credited to the University.
ii. If the educational Institution has fulfilled all the requirements for affiliation.
7. The Registrar, after satisfying himself with regard to the completeness of the application in all
respects shall, in consultation with the Vice-Chancellor, furnish a copy of the questionnaire, appended to the rules (as
annexure), to the head of the educational institution concerned.
8. The head of institution seeking affiliation shall submit the questionnaire to the Registrar complete in
all respects supported by the relevant documents.
The amount of Rs.60,000/- (Sixty thousand) for Degree (Graduate) Colleges, Rs.70,000/- (Seventy
thousand) for Post-Graduate Colleges and Rs.1,50,000/- (One Lac and fifty thousand) for Medical Colleges, (non-
refundable) shall be deposited by the institution seeking affiliation in private sector only, when the affiliation of such
institution is recommended by the Affiliation Committee to the Academic Council.
9. If the Affiliation Committee after examining the documents is satisfied that prescribed
requirements have been fulfilled, it may send an Inspection Committee to visit the institution concerned, satisfying
itself that the prescribed requirements have been actually fulfilled, it may recommend the affiliation.
10. (a) The members of Inspection Committee shall be appointed by the Vice-Chancellor which will
include;
i. Dean of the relevant faculty or his nominee.

ii. Head of the concerned discipline or his nominee.
iii. Registrar, or his nominee.
iv. Controller of Examinations or his nominee.
v. Director Physical Education.
vi. Librarian.
(b) Any other member from the University faculties.
11. The Inspection Committee shall examine the Educational Institution in the light of the provision of
Section 31 of the First Statutes of the University of Peshawar Act-1974 and the information supplied through the
questionnaire.
12. The report of the Inspection Committee shall be placed before the Affiliation Committee which may
accept the recommendations or refer the case back to the Inspection
Committee for re-examination.
13. The Affiliation Committee may co-opt the convener of the Inspection Committee as a member if it so
desires.
14. The Affiliation Committee after such further inquiry, if any, as it might consider necessary, forward
its recommendation to the Academic Council.
15. Reports from affiliated educational institution

Every educational institution affiliated to the University, shall furnish such reports, returns in and
other information as the University may require to enable it to judge the efficiency of the educational institution.
16. No Educational Institution, desirous of seeking affiliation, shall conduct admission to any course of
study and impart instruction in any subject, unless it has been granted the affiliation, nor will it be permissible to start
any class in any subject in anticipation of the acceptance of application for the affiliation.
17. The Educational Institution affiliated to the University of Peshawar shall be governed by the statutes,
Regulations, Rules framed by the University from time to time regarding :-
i. the general scheme of studies;

ii. the duration of the courses;
iii. the medium of instruction and examination;
iv. the conditions of admission to the courses;
v. detailed syllabi for the examinations held by the University.
vi. the conditions under which students shall be admitted to the examination of the University.
vii. the discipline of students and the supervision and control of their residence and extra
curricular activities;
viii health and general welfare of the students;
ix. the ratio between teachers and students and the total workload of a teacher.
18. The Educational Institution affiliated to the University of Peshawar shall pay annually Rs.15,000/- as
affiliation fee.
19. Every educational institution affiliated to the University shall promptly report to the University any
transfer or change in the management or any circumstances affecting the adequacy of its financial resources.
20 The teaching staff of the educational institution shall be possessed such qualification as may be
prescribed by the University of Peshawar.
21. Inspection of affiliated educational institution shall be held from time to time and action can be taken
under section 34 of the University of Peshawar Act-1974 for violation of any of these Rules.
22. There shall be a Board of Governor of each institution which shall meet twice a year. The following
shall be ex-officio members of Board of Governors of the affiliated institution in addition to others :-
1. Dean of the concerned faculty.
2. Head of the concerned discipline.
23. ACCOMMODATION
1. Building of an institution (seeking affiliation) should consist of offices, class rooms, library,
staff rooms, Principal's office, common rooms, bath rooms, and such other facilities as are needed for an institution of
this nature.
2. The building is owned/hired by the management of the institution. In case of a rented

building a lease deed for a period of at least 10 years must be produced.
ANNEXURE
QUESTIONNAIRE FOR THE AFFILIATION
1. Name of Institution:
2. Name of the Governing/body/society/foundation:
* 3. Financial position of the Institution:
** 4. Staff list (giving the following information)
i. S.No. (ii) Name of teacher with full academic
qualification (iii) Subject taught
(iv) *** Period per week (v) Pay.
5. Hostel Facilities (with full details) if any.

6. Tuition fee/dues and other funds annually charged from the student.
7. Details of building, equipment and furniture.
8. Library (giving details of total number of books in each subject and other information about library
services).
9. Office and library staff (whether qualified whole/part time office staff/librarian alongwith supporting
staff is appointed).
10. Staff Residence, (whether provision exists for the residence of the Principal and staff near/in the
college. If so please give detailed information).
11. Efficiency and discipline of staff and other employees (staff whether, the proper rules have been
framed).
12. Sports. (Are play grounds for different games available?).
13. Subject(s) in which the institution is already affiliated with the University of Peshawar.
14. Subject (s) in which affiliation is sought.
15. Details of other information (if any).
16. The institution must be governed/run by a corporate body duly registered with the competent
authorities of the Govt.
______________________________________________________________
* Financial position be supported by certificate from bank/charted accountant in order to ensure that
funds are sufficient for making due provision for continued maintenance and efficiency of the institution.
** The institution concerned will have to submit contract of each teachers with the institution for at least
two years. Any change in the teaching staff will have to be submitted to the University of Peshawar.
*** The work load of the teacher will not exceed as prescribed for University teachers.
LIST OF CONSTITUENT, AFFILIATED COLLEGES, CENTRES, ACADEMIES &
INSTITUTIONS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF PESHAWAR.
S.NO. NAME OF COLLEGE

1. Islamia College, Peshawar.
2. Jinnah College for Women, Peshawar.
3. College of Home Economics, University of Peshawar.
4. Quaid-e-Azam College of Commerce & Business Administration, University of Peshawar.
5. Law College, University of Peshawar.
6. Area Study Centre (C.A.), University of Peshawar.
7. Pakistan Study Centre, University of Peshawar.
8. National Centre of Execellence in Geology, University of Peshawar.
9. National Centre of Excellence in Physical Chemistry, University of Peshawar.
10. Women Study Centre, University of Peshawar.
11. Pashto Academy, University of Pakistan.
12. Institute of Management Studies, University of Peshawar.
13. Govt. College for Boys, Abbottabad.
14. Govt. College for Boys, Charsadda.
15. Govt. College for Boyrs, Haripur.
16. Govt. College for Boys, Kohat.
17. Govt. College for Boys, Mansehra.
18. Govt. College for Boys, Mardan.
19. Govt. College for Boys, Nowshera.
20. Govt. College for Boys, Parachinar.
21. Govt. College for Boys, Peshawar.
22. Govt. Jehanzeb College, Swat.
23. Govt. Sir Sahibzada Abdul Qayum College, Swabi.
24. Govt. College for Boys, Thana (MKD) Agency.
25. Govt. Superior Science College, Peshawar.
26. Govt. Post Graduate College, Karak.
27. Govt. College for Boys, Matta Swat.
28. Govt. College for Boys, Daggar Swat.
29. Govt. College for Boys, Timergara Swat.
30. Govt. College for Boys, Chitral.
31. Govt. College for Boys, Khar Bajawar.
32. Federal Govt. Girls College, Kohat.
33. Federal Govt. College for Boys, Peshawar Cantt.
34. Govt. College for Boys, Landi Kotal.
35. Govt. College for Boys, Dara Adam Khel (Fr.Kohat).
36. Govt. Girls College, Abbottabad.
37. Govt. Girls College, Haripur.
38. Govt. Girls College, Mardan.
39. Federal Govt. Girls College, Peshawar Cantt.
40. Govt. Frontier Girls College, Peshawar.
41. Govt. Girls College, Kohat.
42. Govt. College for Boys, Hangu Kohat.
43. Govt. Commerce College, Mardan.
44. Govt. Commerce College, Peshawar.
45. Govt. Commerce College, Thana (Malakand Agency).
46. Govt. Commerce College, Abbottabad.
47. Govt. Commerce College, Kohat.
48. Govt. Commerce College, Chitral.
49. Govt. College for Boys, Dargai (Malakand Agency).
50. Govt. College for Girls, Mansehra.
51. Govt. College Toru, Mardan.
52. Govt. College for Boys, Balakot.
53. Govt. College Lund Khawar, Mardan.
54. Govt. College Swabi.
55. Govt. College for Girls, Swat.
56. Govt. College Khanpur (Hazara).
57. Govt. College No. 2 Mardan.
58. Govt. College No. 2 Abbottabad.
59. Govt. College Pabbi, Nowshera.
60. Govt. Sahibzada Khurshid Memorial College, Kohta Swabi.
61. Govt. College for Boys, Havelian.
62. Govt. College Khair Abad, Mardan.
63. Govt. College for Boys, Tangi Charsadda.
64. Govt. College Ahmed Abad, Karak.
65. Govt. College Sadda.
66. Govt. College Takht Bhai, Mardan.
67. Govt. College Oagi.
68. Govt. College for Girls, Nowshera.
69. Govt. College Alpuri, Swat.
70. Govt. Girls College, Maneri Swabi.
71. Govt. Girls College, Charsadda.
72. Govt. City Girls College, Peshawar.
73. Govt. Commerce College, Mansehra.
74. Govt. College, Dir.
75. Govt. College Banda Daud Shah, Karak.
76. Govt. Degree College, Mingora, Swat.
77. Govt. College Lassan Nawab, Mansehra.
78. Govt. College Bakhshali, Mardan.
79. Govt. Girls College No. 2, Abbottabad.
80. Govt. College of Commerce Jamrud, Khyber Agency.
81. Govt. College Sabirabad, Karak
82. Govt. Girls Degree College Kohat Road (Gulshan Rahman Colony), Peshawar.
83. Govt. College Badaber, Peshawar.
84. Govt. Girls College Thana, Malakand Agency.
85. Govt. College Ghazi, Haripur.
86. Govt. Girls College, Karak.
87. Govt. Girls College Manki, Swabi.
88. Govt. Khushal Khan Khattak College Akora Khattak, Nowshera.
89. Govt. Polytechnical College for Women, Peshawar
90. Forest Education Division, P.F.I., Peshawar.
91. Khyber Medical College, Peshawar.
92. Ayub Medical College, Abbottabad.
93. Saidu Medical College, Peshawar.
94. Gomal Medical College, Peshawar.
95. P.G.M.I. Lady Reading Hospital, Peshawar.
96. Khyber College of Dentistry, Peshawar.
97. Pakistan Institute of Community Ophthalmology, Hayatabad Medical Complex, Peshawar.
98. Pakistan Atomic Energy/Irnum, Peshawar.
AFFILIATED COLLEGES IN PRIVATE SECTOR
1. Frontier Law College, Peshawar

2. Islamia Law College, Peshawar
3. Peshawar Law College, Peshawar
4. Kohat Law College, Kohat
5. Mardan Law College, Mardan
6. Muslim Law College, Swat
7. Justice Law College, Abbottabad
8. Abbottabad Law College, Abbottabad
9. Ayub Law College, Haripur
10. Quaid-e-Azam Institute of Legal Studies, Nowshera
11. Swabi Law College, Swabi
12. Centre for Study Law and Democracy, Peshawar
13. Frontier College of Business Aministration, Peshawar
14. Peshawar College of Commerce and Business Admn. Peshawar
15. Muslim College of Commerce, Faqirabad, Peshawar
16. Khyber College of Commerce and Managements, Peshawar
17. Abbottabad College of Commerce, Abbottabad
18. Jinnah College of Commerce, Mansehra
19. Sarhad Institute of Education, Peshawar
20. Sir Syed College of Education, Kohat
21. Swat College of Education, Swat
22. Islamia College of Education and Higher Studies, Peshawar
23. Hazara College of Education, Abbottabad
24. DILs Academy Pakistan, Kohat
25. Mardan College of Education, Mardan
26. Jinnah College of Education, Mansehra
27. Khyber College of Education, Peshawar
28. Institute of Education, Karak
29. Army Public School and College, Peshawar
30. WAPDA College Tarbela, Swabi
31. Khyber Grammer School and College, Peshawar
32. Peshawar Grammar School and Degree College, Peshawar
33. Islamia Girls College, Peshawar
34. Amina Degree College for Women, Peshawar
35. Central Science College, Peshawar
36. Brain Institute of Computer Sciences, Peshawar
37. Peshawar Model Degree College, Peshawar
38. Hayatabad Science College, Peshawar
39. Army Public School and Degree College, Peshawar
40. Edwardes College, Peshawar
41. Qurtaba Public School and College (Boys), Peshawar.
42. Qurtaba Public School and College (Girls), Peshawar
43. International Business Institute, Hayatabad Peshawar
44. Islamic Institute of Modern Studies, Peshawar
45. P.A.F. Degree College, Risalpur, Nowshera
46. City Degree College Nowshera
47. Army Burn Hall College for Girls, Abbottabad
48. Comp. Tech. Computer Academy, Kohat
49. CECOS DATA Institute, Peshawar
50. Army Service Corps School, Nowshera
51. P.A.F. Academy Risalpur, Nowshera
52. P.A.F. Degree College, Peshawar
53. Nisar Shaheed College Risalpur, Nowshera
54. F.G. Girls College, Kohat
55. Institute of Fine Arts, Peshawar
56. Bahria College NAVAL complex Islamabad, Islamabad
57. Bahria College Karachi, Karachi
58. Center of Applied Epistemics, Peshawar
59. PETCOT, Peshawar
60. Armed Forces Medical College, Rawalpindi
61. Frontier Medical College, Abbottabad
62. Kabir Medical College (GIMS), Peshawar
63. Women Medical College, Abbottabad
64. Sardar Begum Dental College, Peshawar
65. Frontier Homoeopathic Medical College, Peshawar
B. RULES OF BUSINESS FOR THE MEETINGS OF THE SENATE, FRAMED UNDER SECTION 30(1) OF
THE UNIVERSITY OF PESHAWAR ACT, 1974.
In pursuance of the provision of Section 30(1) of the Act, 1974, University of Peshawar the following rules of
Business and procedure have been approved by the Senate:
1. These rules may be called the rules of Business of the Senate.
2. They shall come into force with immediate effect.
3. In these rules there is anything repugnant in the subject or context:
(a) "Senate" means the Senate of the University of Peshawar re-constituted under the University of
Peshawar Act, 1974.
(b) "Chancellor" means the Governor of NWFP in terms of Section 10(i) of the University of Peshawar
Act, 1974.
(c) "Member" means an elected or ex-officio member of the Senate under the University of Peshawar
Act, 1974.
(d) "Chairman" means the Chancellor, or Vice-Chancellor or a member of the Senate elected to be the
Chairman for meeting under clause 10.
(e) "Secretary" means the secretary to the Senate.
(f) "The Quorum" means the quorum of the Senate as laid down under Section 19(5) of the University of
Peshawar Act, 1974.
All other expressions shall have the same meanings as assigned to them and as defined under section-2 of the
4. The ordinary meeting of the Senate shall be held at least twice a year on dates to be fixed by the Vice-
Chancellor with the consent of the Chancellor.
5. The agenda and working papers for the meeting shall be prepared by the secretary with the approval of the
Vice-Chancellor a month before the date of the meeting.
6. The approved agenda and working papers shall be sent to the members at least fifteen days before the meeting.
7. A special meeting of the Senate may be convened with the approval of the Chancellor at the request of one-
third of the members to discuss a particular issue. Agenda for such a meeting shall be circulated at least a week before
the meeting.
8. An emergency meeting of the Senate may be called by the Chancellor, or on a written request made by two-
third of the total number of members of the Senate, whenever the occasion demands. Agenda for such a meeting shall
be circulated at least three days before the meeting.
9. Any member may propose an item for the agenda which may be included in the agenda with the approval of
the Vice-Chancellor or provided it is received ten days before the meeting and is otherwise admissible under Section-20
of the University of Peshawar Act, 1974.
10. The Chancellor or in his absence the Vice-Chancellor, shall preside over the meeting of the Senate at which
they may be present, but in the absence of both the Chancellor and the Vice-Chancellor the members present at a
meeting shall elect a Chairman to preside over such a meeting.
11. The Registrar, or in his absence, the Deputy Registrar shall act as the Secretary of the Senate.
12. Items included in the agenda or supplementary agenda may be taken up for consideration in such order as may
be deemed fit by the Chairman.
13. The Chairman shall control the order in which members of the Senate may address the meeting and the
manner in which the business of the house may be conducted:
(a) Members when speaking, shall address the Chair. No member shall, without special leave from the
Chairman, speak more than once on the same proposition.
(b) No members shall address the meeting on the issue after the Chairman has called for vote.
14. All matters shall be decided by simple majority of vote of members by voice-vote, show of hand for "A yes"
or "No", or under special circumstances the Chairman may order vote by secret ballot.
15. In case of a tie, the Chairman shall have a casting vote in addition to his vote as member of the Senate.
16. Proposals submitted to the Senate and entered upon the notice of meeting, shall be dealt with as motions
before such a meeting without being proposed and seconded.
17. Every other motion or resolution relating to the items on the agenda or amendment shall be reduced to writing
and read out by the mover and shall be delivered to the secretary. Every such motion that is not seconded shall drop.
18. In the event of no member wishing to speak on the motion or in respect of any amendment or after such
discussion on any such motion or amendment as the Chairman considers sufficient. The Chairman, shall proceed to put
the motion of vote.
19. When there is an amendment, the amendment shall be first put to vote; it the amendment is lost, and no further
amendment is proposed, the original motion shall be put to the vote.
20. Should any amendment be carried, the proposal as amended shall be stated from the Chairman and may then
be debated as a substantive proposal to which further amendments may be proposed and dealt with as hereinbefore
provided. No more than one amendment shall be put to vote at any one time.
21. Any motion or amendment may be withdrawn with the consent of the House, if the mover so desires.
22. The proceedings of the Senate shall not be invalidated on the ground that any member did not receive the
notice of agenda and working papers or both for meeting of the Senate.
23. The Secretary shall record the proceedings and shall submit them to the Vice-Chancellor for further necessary
action.
24. After the authentication of the proceedings, two master copies shall be kept under lock and key in the office of
the Vice-Chancellor and the Registrar. Every page of the master copies shall be signed by the Secretary and counter-
signed by the Vice-Chancellor.
25. Copies of the proceedings shall be circulated among all the members of the Senate.
26. If any member of the Senate draw the attention of the Secretary or the Chairman to any discrepancy between a
decision taken and its record in the proceedings, the views of the member shall be placed before the Chairman whose
judgement shall be forwarded to the member concerned.
If the member is still not satisfied, the matter shall be placed before the Senate at its next meeting, without
prejudice to the action taken.
27. The relevant extract of the proceedings alongwith relevant working papers/files shall be forwarded by the
Secretary to the respective sections for information and necessary action.
28. Any previous decision of the Senate shall not ordinarily be re-considered within two years of the decision of
the Senate in subsequent meetings without the permission of the Chancellor, or unless a written request is received
from two thirds of the total number of members of the Senate for re-consideration.
29. The rules may be added to, changed, modified or dispensed with from time to time at the discretion of the
Senate.
RULES OF BUSINESS OF THE SYNDICATE, UNDER SECTION 30(1) OF THE UNIVERSITY OF
PESHAWAR ACT, 1974
1. These rules may be called the Rules of Business of the Business of the Syndicate in terms of Section 30(1)
read with Section 30(2) of the University of Peshawar Act, 1974.
2. These rules shall come into force with immediate effect.
3. In these rules unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context of the University of Peshawar Act,
1974:
(a) "Syndicate" means the Syndicate of the University of Peshawar as constituted under the University of
Peshawar Act, 1974.
(b) "Member" means an ex-officio or elected member of the Syndicate.
(c) "Meeting" means a meeting of the Syndicate.
(d) "Chairman" means the Vice-Chancellor, University of Peshawar or if he is absent from any meeting
any other member elected by the members present to be the Chairman for the meeting.
(e) "Secretary" means the Registrar, University of Peshawar or in his absence the Deputy Registrar.
(f) "Quorum" means the quorum of the Syndicate as laid down under Section 21(3) of the University of
Peshawar Act, 1974.
All other expression shall have the same meaning as assigned to them and as defined under Section-2 of the
4. The meeting of the Syndicate shall be held on dates as may be approved by the Vice-Chancellor provided that
meetings shall be held once in six weeks.
5. The Secretary shall prepare the agenda and notify the meetings with the approval of the Vice-Chancellor at
least 10 days before the date of meeting.
6. The Secretary will circulate the agenda of the meeting alongwith working papers among the members at least
7 days before the meeting.
7. In case any occasion arises supplementary agenda may be issued by the secretary with the approval of the
Vice-Chancellor 4 days before the meeting of the Syndicate.
8. A member of the Syndicate may propose an additional item to be brought on the agenda with the permission
of the Vice-Chancellor.
9. A special meeting of the Syndicate may be convened at the request of one third of the members of the
Syndicate to discuss a particular issue. Agenda for such a meeting will be circulated by the secretary with the approval
of the Vice-Chancellor at least at seven day notice.
10. In case of an emergency the Vice-Chancellor may call a meeting of the Syndicate at 24 hours notice.
Circulation of agenda in such a case would not be necessary.
11. All matters shall be decided by a simple majority of votes of members by a voice-vote, show of hands or
under special circumstances by secret ballot. In case of a tie, the chairman shall have a casting vote.
12. The Chairman shall place each issue before the meeting and then the decision of the Syndicate whether by
consensus or by vote shall be announced and reduced to writing.
13. The Secretary shall maintain the record of proceedings of the meeting and get it approved by the Chairman of
the meeting. Copies of such proceedings shall be circulated among all the members of the Syndicate.
14. After the authentication of the proceedings two master copies will be kept under lock and key in the offices of
Vice-Chancellor and Registrar. Every page of the master copy shall be signed by the secretary and confirmed by the
chairman of the meeting.
15. Any previous decision of the Syndicate shall not ordinarily be reconsidered within one year of the decision of
the Syndicate in subsequent meetings without the permission of the Vice-Chancellor/Chairman or if a request is
received from two third of the total number of members of the Syndicate.
RULES OF BUSINESS OF THE ACADEMIC COUNCIL UNIVERSITY OF
PESHAWAR, AS PRESCRIBED UNDER SECTION 30(1) OF THE
UNIVERSITY OF PESHAWAR ACT, 1974.
1. These rules may be called the Rules of Business of the Academic Council.
2. These rules shall come into force with immediate effect.
3. In these rules unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context of the University of Peshawar Act,
1974:
(a) "Academic Council" means the Academic Council of the University of Peshawar as constituted under
the University of Peshawar Act, 1974.
(b) "Member" means a member of Academic Council.
(c) "Meeting" means a meeting of the Academic Council.
(d) "Chairman" means a Chairman of Academic Council, or any other person who presides at its
meeting.
(e) "Secretary" means the Secretary of the Academic Council.
(f) All other expressions shall have the same meanings as assigned to them and as defined under section-
2 of the University of Peshawar Act, 1974.
4. The ordinary meeting of the Academic Council shall be held at least, twice a year one in January and the other
in July on dates to be fixed by the Vice-Chancellor.
5. The agenda and working papers for the meeting shall be prepared by the Secretary with the approval of the
Vice-Chancellor and shall be sent to the members at least fifteen days before the meeting.
6. If a certain matter requires an early reference to the Academic Council a special meeting of the Academic
Council may be convened with the approval of the Vice-Chancellor. Agenda for such a meeting shall be circulated at
least a week before the meeting.
7. The Vice-Chancellor shall preside at the meeting of the Academic Council. In his absence the senior most
Dean by virtue of length of service in Professor's grade, shall act as the Chairman of the meeting.
8. The Registrar, or in his absence, the Deputy Registrar, shall act as the Secretary of the Academic Council.
9. Items included in the agenda or supplementary agenda may be taken up for consideration in such order as may
be deemed fit by the Chairman.
10. The Chairman shall control the order in which members of the Academic Council may address the meeting
and regulate the manner in which the business of the house may be conducted.
11. Member when speaking shall address the Chair. No member shall, without special leave from the chairman,
speak more than once on the same motion.
12. No member shall address the meeting on the motion after chairman has called for a vote.
13. All matters shall be decided by simple majority of the members which will be determined by the voice-vote,
show of hands for "A yes" or "No", or under special circumstances by secret ballot.
14. In case of a tie, the Chairman shall exercise casting vote in addition to his vote as member of the academic
council.
15. Proposals submitted to the Academic Council and entered upon the notice of meeting, shall be dealt with as
motions before such a meeting without being proposed and seconded.
16. Every other motion or resolution relating to the items on the agenda or amendment shall be reduced to writing
and read out by the mover, and shall be delivered to the Secretary. Every such motion that is not seconded shall drop.
17. In the event of no member wishing to speak on the motion or in respect of any amendment, after such
discussion on any such motion or amendment as the chairman considers sufficient, the chairman shall proceed to put
the motion to vote.
18. When there is an amendment, the amendment shall be first put to vote and if the amendment is lost, and no
further amendment is proposed, the original motion shall be put to the vote.
19. Should any amendment be carried, the proposal as amended shall be read out by the Chair and may then be
debated as a substantive proposal to which further amendments may be proposed and dealt with as hereinbefore
provided. No more than one amendment shall be put to vote at any one time.
20. Any motion or amendment may be withdrawn with the consent of the house, if the mover so desires.
21. The decision of the Academic Council shall not be invalidated on the ground that any member did not receive
the notice or agenda and working papers or both for meeting of the Academic Council.
22. The Secretary shall record the minutes and shall submit them to the Vice-Chancellor for authentication.
23. After the authentication of the minutes, two master copies shall be kept under lock and key in the office of the
Vice-Chancellor and the Registrar. Every page of the master copies shall be signed by secretary and countersigned by
the Vice-Chancellor.
24. Copies of the minutes shall be circulated among all the members of Academic Council before these are
referred to the Syndicate for approval. The minutes should be referred to the Syndicate at least, after the expiry of
fifteen days of their issue to the member. If any member of the Academic Council objects that there is some
discrepancy between a decision taken and the minutes recorded, his objection should be considered by the chairman
whose judgement shall be forwarded to the member concerned. If the member is still not satisfied, the matter shall be
placed before the Academic Council at its next meeting, without prejudice to the action taken.
25. The relevant extracts of the minutes alongwith relevant working papers/files shall be forwarded by the
secretary to the respective sections for information and necessary action.
(Approved by Academic Council on 12.3.77 and Syndicate on 15.8.77)

TRANSPORT RULES, 1992
Approved by the Syndicate on 14.7.1992
1. Short title and commencement: These rules shall be called the University of Peshawar Transport Rules, 1992,
hereinafter referred to as rules, which shall come into force immediately.
2. DEFINITIONS:
a) "University" means the University of Peshawar.
b) "Department" means a teaching Department and for the purposes of these rules, includes a College, a
Study Centre of Excellence, an Academy, a School, established by the University or located on the University Campus
except the Khyber Medical College.
c) "Head of Department" means any person who is incharge of the Administration of a Department such
a Chairman, a Principal, a Director etc. including a person who is officiating in such capacity.
d) "Transport Officer" means any officer of the University of Peshawar, or to whom the Vice-Chancellor
has delegated the functions transport office.
e) "Student" means any person who is enrolled as a student in a department.
f) "Employ" means an employee of the University whether employed on whole time basis or otherwise.
g) "Vehicle" means any type of motor vehicle mentioned in the annexure or which may be subsequently
added in the annexure and it includes vehicles donated to a Department or purchased by the Department from its
private fund.
h) "Fuel Charges" means charges made only for fuel consumed by a vehicle in addition to charge as
overtime and daily allowance to drivers and cleaners under the rules.
3. Transport fleet of the University consisting of all kinds of vehicles is the property of the University and shall
be used primarily for the purpose of education of students, research and official duty of the University.
4. The Transport Officer shall be the incharge of Transport Section and shall be responsible for the proper use of
all the vehicles. He shall maintain the movement, the vehicles in working order and will look after their movement,
maintenances, POL, and all other related matters.
5. All the University vehicles shown at the Annexure-I will be under general pool with the Transport Officer
except the following vehicles:
A. PRN 6710 Vice-Chancellor

B. PRD 2518 Registrar
C. PRK 8120 Provost
D. ID-665 Administrative Officer
E. PRF 6323 Security Officer.
The vehicles at general pool shall be allowed by the Transport Officer for official work of the University and
its Department on proper requisition of the Head of the Department/Section etc.
6. Vehicles at A,B,C,D,E, will be under the administrative control of the Vice-Chancellor, Registrar, Provost,
Administrative Officer and Security Officer and shall have the following maximum ceiling for official use in a year.
Maximum limit in a year:

A. Staff Car with Vice-Chancellor, No Limit.
B. Vehicle with Registrar 12000 km per annum
C. Vehicle with Provost 12000 km per annum
D. Vehicle with Admn Officer 12000 km per annum
E. Vehicle with Security Officer 12000 km per annum
There will be no limit of kilometers and fuel for use of vehicle at "A". The University will however meet the
expenditure of fuel to the extent of maximum limit fixed for the vehicles at B,C,D,E in a year.
7. These rules shall also be applicable to all those Colleges/ Departments/Schools/Institutions who have transport
of any kind in their charge. Annexure-II shows list of vehicles at the disposal of various Colleges/Departments/Schools
and Institutions.
8. The vehicles as shown in annexure-II will be under the administrative control of the Head of the concerned
College/ Department/Institutions and shall be used for official duties (except the following) according to the Transport
Rules which requires proper requisition by the user:
1. Principal Islamia College, Peshawar PRM 9168
2. Principal College of Home Economics PRG 5421
3. Principal Jinnah College for Women PRG 2921
4. Principal University Model School PRK 4902
5. Principal Islamia Collegiate School PRK 3809
6. Principal University Public School PRJ 2473
7. Director, I.E.R. PRK 1126
9. Vehicles at S.No. 1-7 will be under the administrative control of the concerned Head of Institution and shall
have the maximum ceiling of 12,000 K.m. for official use in a year. The concerned Institution will meet the expenditure
of fuel to the extent of maximum limit fixed for the vehicles of the Head of Institution.
10. The vehicles shown at Annexure-II can be called for official duty by the Transport Office of the University as
and when needed.
11. The Vice-Chancellor can transfer any/all of the vehicles shown in Annexure-II and put it/them at the disposal
of the Transport Office.
12. No other person except authorized drivers of the University shall drive the vehicles. They shall be responsible
for putting the vehicles in their garages after performance of their duty and shall report to the Transport Officer to this
effect. Registrar, Provost, Administrative Officer and Security Officer shall be permitted to drive the vehicles when
drivers are not available for their vehicles. But they will be fully responsible for the safety and maintenance of the
vehicles at their disposal.
13. Vehicles shall not be allowed for POLITICAL PURPOSES such as participation in political public meetings,
reception of political leaders, procession and demonstration arranged by political parties and celebrations of mourning
on political events, death anniversaries and students elections campaigns and convincing etc.
14. Officers who have been earmarked vehicles by designation or to their offices shall not be entitled for
conveyance allowance.
15. Transport may be made available on fuel charges for any excursions trip arranged by not less than three
tutorial group of students provides such groups are accompanied by a member of the teaching staff authorized by the
Head of Department in order to make excursion and educational activity subject to approval of the Vice Chancellor and
proper requisition of vehicle.
16. Transport will be allowed on fuel charges for educational purposes. Such trips will have to be arranged by the
Head of the Department in accordance with general policy of the University subject to approval of the Vice Chancellor
and proper requisition of vehicle.
17. The Vice Chancellor shall use his own discretion in allowing Transport for religious purposes only, subject to
proper requisition of vehicle.
18. In the event of the death of any student on the campus or in any Hospital in Peshawar, the University shall
make arrangements for free transportation of the dead body.
19. The University shall maintain two emergency vehicles round the clock with the Transport Officer, in the event
of emergency the vehicles will be provided free of charges to take a sick student or employee to the nearest relevant
dispensary or Hospital and bring him back. The student will invariably be accompanied by a teacher if the emergency
occurs during the working hours or the Warden/Assistant Warden of the concerned hostel if the emergency take place
after working hours.
20. In case of the death of an employee or a member of his family including parents, brothers and sisters in the
Campus or any Hospital in Peshawar, University shall make arrangements for free transportation of the dead body.
21. The University may allow transport facility on payment to its employees only on the occasion of their
marriages etc subject to proper requisitions.
22. Use of University vehicles for private purpose either by the employee or students of the University should not
be allowed. However under very specified circumstances, vehicles for private purpose be allowed with the permission
of the Vice-Chancellor only, on payment of the prescribed rates.
23. The University shall charge for private hiring of vehicles as per rates fixed by the Syndicate which will be
subject to change from time to time.
24. a) The user of the vehicle shall ordinarily pay the vehicle charges in advance at the rate prescribed. The
charges will be adjusted and accounted for on the basis of actual bill or return from the journey with proper printed
receipt shall be issued by the Administrative Officer's office.
b) The vehicles are not to be driven to a place other than the approved destination for which they have
been requisitioned.
25. The Vice Chancellor may allow requisitioning of its vehicle to any other institutions on the campus or other
Government, Semi Government and Autonomous Bodies on usual charges provided proper request is made from such
institutions.
26. The driver of each vehicle shall strictly observe the following:
a) He shall be responsible for the proper up-keep and cleaning of the University vehicle, actual consumption,
careful driving, caution against accident and timely service and repair.
b) He shall get entries recorded in the log book before an officer/ a requisitioner leaves the vehicle after
return from official/private duty.
c) He shall be responsible for any damage which may be caused to the vehicle due to his negligence.
d) He shall observe the driving and traffic regulations speed limits laid down in different areas.
e) He shall not leave the vehicle unattended or in dangerous position while on duty.
f) The above rules from A-E shall also be applicable to authorized officers where they drive themselves.
g) In case any officer/official/requisitioner insists on driving the vehicle, the driver will not resist, but
shall report the matter to the Transport incharge for action. In such case the concerned officer/official/ requisitioner
shall be fully responsible for the damage if any.
27. The driver/cleaners shall be paid overtime allowance for the duties exceeding duty hours (8 hours) as per rates
to be fixed by the Syndicate.
28. LOG BOOK:
1. Proper log book will be maintained for each vehicle which shall remain in the custody of the driver of
the vehicle. The Registration Number of the vehicle shall be indicted on the title cover of the log book.
2. Every person using the vehicle shall make and sign entries in the log book in respect of journey
performed by him in the vehicle and the total kilometers for which vehicle use.
3. Petrol/Diesel put in the vehicle be entered in the log book shall be signed by the officer in whose
presence the same has been put in the vehicle.
4. Entries in regard to repair/service of vehicle etc shall be made in the log book.
5. Log Book of the vehicles earmarked to the officer under clause-5 of these rules shall be properly
maintained by the concerned officer except Vice-Chancellor where log book will be maintained by the Private
Secretary.
29. AUDIT:
Audit of Accounts related to each vehicle will be carried out by the RAD (AUDIT) at the time of passing fuel bills and
will check and ensure that rules for detailment/use of vehicle/ consumption of fuel/entries in log book and petrol
account register have correctly been followed.
30. REQUISITION SLIP:
SPECIMEN OF THE REQUISITION SLIP
Please detail University vehicle for

Purpose of duty from to on (date) at (time)
Signature of Officer/Employee
Transport Officer
Signature of Transport Officer
ALLOWED
NOT ALLOWED
Vehicles used
1. Vehicle Registration No.
2. Date
3. Use from to (time)
4. Vehicle reported on (date) to (time)
5. Vehicle used till (time)
6. Meter reported (out)
7. Meter after use (in)
8. Total L.M. used
Signature of requisitioner
Annexure (I)
LIST OF LIGHT VEHICLES
S.No.
REGN: NO. OF VEHICLE
NATURE OF VEHICLE
MODEL
1.
PRC-5103
Hiace
Toyota
2.
PRD-2518
Car
Toyota Corona
3.
PRF-6322
Pick Up
Suzuki
4.
PRF-6323
Pick Up
Suzuki
5.
PRF-6324
Pick Up
Suzuki
6.
PRF-5642
Pick Up
Suzuki
7.
PRK-8120
Car
Suzuki
8.
PRK-3167
Coaster
Toyota
9.
PRN-3832
Car
Toyota
10.
PRN-3832
Motor Cycle
Yamaha
11.
PRP-2912
Car
Suzuki
12.
PRP-4689
Hiace
Toyota
13.
PRQ-1854
Car
Suzuki
14.
PRQ-1903
Van
Suzuki
15.
PRQ-1904
Van
Suzuki
16.
PRQ-1905
Van
Suzuki
17.
PRK-8363
Van
Suzuki
18.
PRO-5574
Pick Up
Toyota
19.
PRC-6815
Van
Suzuki
20.
PRE-1538
Van
Suzuki
21.
ID-665
Car
Toyota
LIST OF HEAVY VEHICLES
S.No.
NATURE OF VEHICLE
MODEL
1.
PRB-961
Bus
Bedford
2.
PRB-963
Bus
- do -
3.
PRB-6512
Bus
- do -
4.
PRD-8603
Bus
- do -
5.
PRD-8605
Bus
- do -
6.
PRK-3415
Bus
- do -
7.
PRL-7284
Bus
- do -
8.
PRL-7285
Bus
- do -
9.
PRL-3866
Bus
- do -
10.
PRN-9610
Bus
- do -
11.
PRN-9716
Bus
- do -
12.
PRG-5827
Tractor
Fiat
LIST OF VEHICLES AT THE DISPOSAL OF CONSTITUENT COLLEGE/SCHOOLS
COLLEGE OF HOME ECONOMICS
S.No.
NATURE OF VEHICLE
MODEL
1.
PRN-6969
Bus
Isuzu
2.
PRK-7384
Bus
Bed Ford
3.
PRH-5642
Mini Bus
Mazda
4.
PRH-5643
Mini Bus
Mazda
5.
PRG-5421
Suzuki Van
Suzuki
JINNAH COLLEGE FOR WOMEN
1.
PRN-5333
Bus
Hino
2.
PRD-8602
Bus
Bed Ford
3.
PRK-3483
Mini Bus
Mazda
4.
PRG-2921
Suzuki
Suzuki
UNIVERSITY MODEL SCHOOL
1.
PRJ-7675
Bus
Bed Ford
2.
PRK-4236
Bus
- do -
3.
PRK-4237
Suzuki Van
Suzuki
4.
PRL-4902
Suzuki Car
Suzuki
PART - IV
PROCEDURE
&
GENERAL
TERMS AND VACATIONS
1. The University year shall be divided into three terms as follows:
i) Autumn term ______ 1 September to 20 Dec.

ii) Winter term ______ 6 January to 5 April.
iii) Summer term ______ 20 April to 14 June.
These terms will be separated from each other by two short Recesses and one long vacation as follows:
2. The University teaching departments shall function throughout Term time except on holidays approved by the
Vice-Chancellor and the students on the rolls of these Departments shall be expected during this period to attend
lectures, seminars, tutorials etc., as arranged by the Heads of Departments. A list of holidays shall be published in the
beginning of each academic year.
3. University teachers, including those on the staff of Affiliated Colleges engaged in University teaching shall be
available for students enrolled in University teaching departments unless they have been granted leave of absence by a
special or general order by competent authority.
4. The affiliated colleges in the plains shall keep to the University division of the year into "Terms and Holidays"
though the Principals may, with the approval of the Vice-Chancellor depart from it as circumstances permit.
5. The affiliated colleges on hill stations shall observe the following division of the year into Terms and
Holidays. The Principals may, with the approval of the Vice-Chancellor depart from it as circumstances necessitate:
Autumn Term 1 October to 23 December.
Long Vacation 24 December to 21 February.
Spring Term 1 March to 31 May.
Recess 1 June to 30 June.
Summer Term 1 July to 14 September.
Recess 15 September to 30 September.
Any change in the dates in all these cases shall be notified by the Vice-Chancellor if and when necessary.
6. The First and third year classes will be enrolled in the last fortnight of May and August in Colleges on plains
and colleges in hill stations in the last fortnight of May and July. The Principals may, with the approval of the Vice-
Chancellor, depart from is as circumstances permit.
7. The full course of lectures required for the purpose of Bachelors Degree Examination shall be reckoned from
the beginning of the first term of the year, of enrolment to the 10th April of the year following that in which the second
and fourth year classes began work excluding lectures (if any) delivered during vacations and recesses.
8. The affiliated colleges shall deliver to candidates for the Bachelor's Degree Examination in the Islamic
Theology, Arts and Science Faculties in the course of a normal period of two academic years, a minimum of 385
lectures in English, 250 lectures in Mathematics and in each compulsory Science subjects nd 220 Lectures in each Arts
subject, lectures in each Science subject to be Supplemented by a minimum of 65 Practical each of at least two hours
and a quarter's duration.
9. No lectures, delivered during Vacations of Recesses shall without the previous permission of the Vice-
Chancellor enter into any calculation of lectures to be delivered by affiliated colleges or required to be attended by
candidates for University Examinations.
10. No lectures delivered during Vacations of Recesses shall without the permission of the Syndicate enter into
any calculation of lectures deliverable by Affiliated Colleges or required to be attended by candidates for University
Examination.
LIST OF RECOGNIZED DEGREES, DIPLOMAS, CERTIFICATES
AND THEIR EQUIVALENCES.
S.No
Name of Country
Qualifications
Equivalence
1.
Afghanistan
i. Bacclaurate Certificate (12 Grade) Ministry of Education.
F.Sc. (Pre-Medical and Pre- Engineering both.
ii. Rahman Bab Laissa (13 years)

Chowki Laissa (12 years)
Khushal khan Laisa(12 " )
Intermediate for the purpose of admission to B.A.
iii. Afghanistan Institute of Tech. Kabul Certificate (AIT) Technical Section.

For admission to 1st Year Engineering.
iv. M.B.B.S.
M.B.B.S.
v. All B.A.
B.A. (Corresponding Degree)
vi. B.Sc. Industrial Management Degree Kabul University.

B.A. Degree for admission to M.A. Economics (Prev.) Class.
vii. B.Sc. Degree in biology from Kabul University.

B.Sc. of Peshawar University for admission to M.Sc. (Prev.) class in the Deptt. of Zoology.
viii M.D. Degree

M.B.B.S.
2.
Australia
i. Higher School Certificate Examination.
Intermediate for the purpose of Admission to 3rd year B.Sc. class.
ii. Diploma in Science, Deakin University.

B.Sc., (Pass) Class.
iii. Higher School Certificate Examination in Australia.

Intermediate Examination for the purpose of admission to 3rd year B.Sc. class.
3.
Bangladesh
i. B.A./B.Sc.
B.A./B.Sc.
ii. M.A./M.Sc.
M.A./M.Sc.
4.
Belgrade
i. M.Sc.
M.Sc.
ii. D.Sc.
Ph.D.
5.
Bulgaria
i. Diploma, Certificate, Degree awarded by various educational institutions/ Universities/Technical Education
Centres f Bulgaria.
Diploma, Certificate and Degree.
6.
Cyprus
i. Final Certificate or Cyprus Forestry College.
F.Sc. for the purpose of admission to B.Sc. Forestry Course.
7.
Ethiopia
i. B.Sc.(Biology Addis Ababa University).
B.Sc. for the purpose of admission to B.Sc. Forestry Courses.
ii. Diploma of AMBO Agriculture High School Ethiopia.

F.Sc. for the purpose of admission to B.Sc. Forestry
iii. Two-year Post-Secondary Diploma in Agriculture (institute of Agriculture JIMMA).

F.Sc. for the purpose of admission to B.Sc. Forestry
iv. Diploma in Agriculture Technology from Awassa Junior College of Agriculture, Addis Ababa University.
F.Sc.
v. Ethiopian School leaving Certificate (12th Grade Examination).

HSSC/Inter.
8.
Egypt
i. Agriculture Secondary Education Diploma from Ministry of Education.
H.S.C. (Intermediate).
ii. Àl-Ijazatul Alia' from Jamiat-ul-Azhar, Cairo.

B.A.(Pesh) and eligible to appear in M.A. Islamiyat/ Arabic Examination.
9.
France
i. University of French Matrise Degree.
M.A. for admission to Ph.D.
10.
Finland
i. Reform School of Language Helsinki baccalaureate (Pervasion).
For admission to MA English (Previous).
ii. Baccalaureate Previous Reform School of Language Helsinki.

For admission to MA English (Previous).
11.
Ghana
i. Intermediate Examination of Associate of International Accounts from the University of Ghana.
Intermediate for admission to B.Com. Part-I.
12.
Germany
i. Ph.D. Degree of all types of German Universities.
Ph.D. for the purpose of employment.
13.
Hungry
i. Degree of Doctor of Horticulture Science.
Ph.D.
14.
India
i. All Degrees, Diplomas and Certificate.
Corresponding examination on reciprocal basis.
ii. Sanad of Fazli-e-Deoband Examination.

M.A. Islamiyat for the purpose of teaching and appointment.
iii. G.C.E. (O) level of Madras University. First year Exam. for 3-year of Madras University.
F.A./F.Sc. Exam. for admission to next higher class in General Professional subjects.
iv. Forest Rangers Courses in Forestry (2-year) India Forest College, Dera.
B.Sc. Forestry for the purpose of admission to M.Sc. Forestry.
v. B.Sc. of Andhra University.

B.Sc.
15.
Iran
i. Intermediate Examination from Iran Shahar High School Yazd.
Recognised for admission to 3rd year class of B.A.
ii. Sixth Mathematical Group Exam. of Iran.

Recognized for admission to 1st year MBBS and Engineering.
iii. Sixth Grade Natural Course.

Recognised for admission to 1st year MBBS.
iv. Sixth Grade Home Economics Examination Certificate.

F.Sc. Home Economics for admission to 3rd Year B.A./B.Sc.
v. Sixth year (Grade-12) Record Domestic Science Certificate

Intermediate Examination for admission to 3rd year B.A./B.Sc.
vi. Secretariat Course of Diploma (Sixth Year Diploma of 12-year Course).

Intermediate Examination for admission to 3rd Year B.A./B.Sc.
vii. Sixth Grade (Mathematics Course).

viii High School Graduation.
ix. Sixth year natural Science Exam.

x. Sixth year Literature Branch of Secondary Studies Final Examination of Iran.

For admission to B.Sc. (Hons) Geology Part-I.
xi. Technical Studies Secretaryship Course of Iran

For admission to B.Com. Part-I.
xii. Diploma I,II & III Year Secretarial Course of Iran.

For admission to B.Com. Part-I.
xiii M.A. History of Tehran University.

M.A. History.
xiv. B.A. Examination of Tehran University.

B.A. Examination for admission to M.A. (Prev) Persian.
xv. Ph.D. of Tehran University.

Ph.D.
xvi. B.A. Examination in Persian Literature from Isphahan University.

B.A. Examination for admission to M.A. (Prev) Persian.
xvii 12th class natural Science Examination of Shahpur High School Iran.
For the purpose of examination in B.A.
xviii 4th Grade (12 year) Exp. Science Physics and Mathematics.
H.S.C. (Intermediate.
xix. 4th Year (6 year) Electronics, Technical & Industrial Secondary School of Tehran.
F.Sc of B.I.S.E. Peshawar.
xx. 4th Grade Economics and Social Branch Secondary School, Tehran.
F.A.
xxi. Grade-4 Experimental Science Certificate.

xxii Sixth Grade (12th level) Courses Commerce.

Intermediate of Pakistan.
xxiii Sixth Year (12th Grade) Field Maths.

xxiv Sixth Grade (12th year) Major Field of Study Mathematics.

xxv. Sixth Grade (12 level) High School Graduation Diploma Course (Maths).
xxvi Certificate from Technical High School (Major Field of Study - Maths).
S.S.C./Matric of Pakistan.
xxvii. Experimental Science and Maths Certificate of Mereat High School.

Intermediate of Pakistan for the purpose of taking B.A. Exam. subject to the fulfillment of other conditions laid down
for foreign nationals.
16.
Jordan
i. General Secondary Education Certificate, Ministry of Education.
Recognized for admission to 1st year Engineering.
ii. General Secondary Study Certificate Exam. U.A.R.

iii. Egyptian G.C.E. Certificate Scientific Section.

iv. Secondary Education Certificate Exam.

F.Sc. Pre-medical for admission to 1st year MBBS
v. General Secondary Education Certificate & General Vocation Commercial Secondary Education Certificate
Examination.
For admission to B.Com. Part-I class.
vi. Vocational Agricultural Secondary Education Certificate.

F.Sc. Agriculture for admission to B.Sc. Hons Agriculture Part-I.
vii. B.A. Departmental of English, Faculty of Arts, University of Jordan.

B.A. for admission to M.A. English.
viii General Secondary Education Certificate (Literary Stream)

F.A.
ix. General Secondary Education Certificate (Scientific Stream).

F.Sc. (Inter., Science).
x. Bachelor of Arts
Bachelor of Arts
xi. General Secondary Education Certificate Exam. (Industrial Stream) Trade-Electric Generation from Ministry
of Education.
HSC/Inter. of Pakistan, subject to confirmation of verification of original documents by the IBCG.
xii. General Secondary Education (Commercial Stream) Ministry of Education.

HSC(Commerce/Diploma in Commerce of Pakistan.
xiii Takhasus Lughata Arabista-Wa/ Adbiyat from Yarmuk University.

B.A./B.Sc. of Peshawar University.
xiv. Diploma in Business and Office Practice course awarded by UNRWA/UNESCO Department of Education
Wadi See Training Centre Jordan.
Intermediate Commerce of B.I.S.E.
Note: Any Degree from Arab countries having the name of License or Bacalarus will be equivalent to our B.A./B.Sc.
Degree.
17.
Japan
i. Doctor of Engineering from Tokyo Institute of Technology, Japan.
Ph.D. Degree for the grant of Qualification Allowance.
18.
Kuwait
i. Secondary School Certificate, Ministry of Education.
ii. B.Sc. Engineering, University of Kuwait.

B.Sc. Engineering (B.E.).
iii. General Secondary Education Certificate the Ministry of Education, Kuwait.

19.
Kenya
i. Advance Certificate of Education.
F.Sc.(Intermediate) for admission to B.Sc. Forestry Course.
ii. B.Sc. Degree in Arabic Language and Literature from the Beirut, Arab University.
B.A. Degree for admission to M.A. (Previous) Arabic.
iii. B.Com. (Eco. & Pol. Science) Degree of Beirut, Arab University.
For admission to B.Com. Part-I Class.
iv. B.Com. Arab University of Beirut.

Bachelor of Arts.
v. Kenya Certificate of Education.

SSC/Matric of Pakistan.
vi. Kenya Advanced Certificate of Education, passed in Principal not in Subsidiary level.
HSSC.
20.
Lebanon
i. American University of Beirut Degree Examination.
Corresponding Examination Degrees on reciprocal basis
ii. License Degree in Literature from Beirut University.

B.A. from Pakistan.
21.
Libya
i. Al-Ejazat-ul-Alia (Tripoli University).
Bachelor of Arts.
ii. B.Sc. Degree of University of Garyounis, Benghazi.

B.Sc. for admission to M.Sc. Chemistry.
iii. Shahda Thaniyya Amma.

Intermediate for admission to Degrees classes.
iv. Bakalaryoos Handash.

B.Sc. Engineering/B.E.
v. Bakalaryoos Tib
M.B.B.S.
vi. Bakalaryoos Zira'ah.

B.Sc.(Hons.) Agriculture.
vii. B.A./B.Sc. (Education)

B.Ed./B.T.
viii General Secondary Education Certificate.

Matriculation.
ix. 4-year B.Sc. Course from Faculty of Agriculture University of Al-Fateh, Tripoli.
B.Sc. from Pakistan for admission in M.Sc. forestry at the Pakistan Forest Institute Peshawar.
22.
Malta
Post-Graduate Certificate in Education from Nes-University
B.Ed. for the purpose of admission to M.Ed. Class.
23.
Morocco
License Degree in Law from University of Hassan-II, Casablanca, Morocco.
B.A. from Pakistan.
24.
Nepal
i. Intermediate Examination from Tri-Chandra College and Tri- Bhuvan University Khatmando.
ii. B.Sc. from Tribuven University.

Bachelor of Science.
iii. B.A. from Tribuven University.

Bachelor of Arts.
iv. Proficiency Certificate in Forestry from Tribhuvan University Khatmandu.

Intermediate in Forestry.
v. Certificate in Forestry from Institute of Forestry, Tribhuvan University, Hetauda Campus, Khatmandu.
Intermediate for admission to B.Sc. in Forestry.
25.
Netherlands
Intermediate Baccalaureate Examination of International School of Amsterdam, Netherlands.
26.
Nigeria
i. Bachelor of Science (Hons) Degree from university of JOS, Senate University.
B.A. Degree from a Pakistani University for admission to M.A. Economics Previous class.
ii. Interim Joint Matriculation Board Examination from Amadu Bolo University Zaria, Nigeria.
HSSC/Intermediate of Pakistan for admission to B.Sc. 3rd Year class.
27.
Palestine
Higher Secondary School Exam. of Palestine, Ghaza.
F.A. for admission to 3rd Year class.
28.
Pakistan
i. Pakistan Army Special Certificate of Education Examination.
Matric Examination.
ii. Pakistan Military Academy, Kakul Intermediate Exam.

Intermediate.
iii. Pakistan Military Academy, Kakul BA/B.Sc.(2-year Course)

B.A./B.Sc. (2-year course).
iv. Royal Pakistan Navy High Education Test.

Matriculation.
v. Pakistan Navy dock Yard Apprentices Final Examination

Matriculation.
vi. Special Emergency Regulations Certificate University of Punjab.

Matriculation.
vii. B.Sc. Engineering Degree from University of Engineering and Technology, Lahore.
B.Sc. Engineering Degree (on reciprocal basis).
viii All Boards of Intermediate and Secondary Education, Intermediate Examination.

Intermediate Examination (on reciprocal basis).
ix. All Universities in Pakistan, All Examinations/Degrees.

Equivalent to corresponding Examinations Degree (on reciprocal basis.
x. Intermediate Certificate awarded under "Special Regulation G", University of Punjab, Lahore.
For admission to Degree Examination of Pakistan University.
xi. Academic Certificate from PAF College Risalpur.

Recognised to appear in B.A./B.Sc. Examination privately.
xii. Diploma in commerce from Board of Technical Education, Punjab.

Equivalent to B.Com. Part-I for admission purpose.
xiii Military College of Engineering Risalpur.

Its staff as junior Scientific Assistant, Demonstrators and other Teaching Staff can appear in B.Sc./M.Sc. Examination
privately.
xiv. Pakistan Forest Institute, Peshawar.

1st Research workers can appear in University's examinations as it has been recognised as Research Institute.
xv. B.Sc. Agriculture Engg. Degree from Agri. Univ. Lyallpur (Faisalabad).
B.Sc. Agriculture Degree.
xvi. Three years diploma Holder of Govt. Polytechnic Institute and Rasool Engg. College.
Allowed admission in First year Engineering class.
xvii. Teacher Diploma from University of Sindh.

Equivalent to C.T. (on reciprocal basis).
xviii. Intermediate Technical Group Certificate of B.I.S.E. Peshawar.

For admission to first year Engineering class.
xix. Pakistan Forest Rangers' Course, Abbottabad.

b.Sc. in Forestry.
xx. Three Years Mechanical/ Technical course from N.E.D. Engg. College Karachi.
Equivalent to Bachelor of Engineering Degree.
xxi. University of Peshawar B.A. (English only).

Candidates to be considered a full fledged Degree Holder.
xxii Certificate in Industrial Art Educational Examination (2-year Course) from Teacher Training College,
Layallpur (Faisalabad).
Equivalent to C.T. for appearing in B.Ed. Examination privately.
xxiii. J.C.O's Basic Conversation Course School of Army Education Upper Topa, Murree.
Equivalent to C.T. for Teaching of Sociology at Degree level in Affiliated Colleges.
xxiv M.Sc. Rural Sociology Degree from Agricultural Institute Lyallpur (Faisalabad).
Equivalent for teaching of Sociology at degree level in Affiliated Colleges.
xxv. C.T. (Agro-Tech.).

C.T. (General) for appearing in B.Ed. Exam.
xxvi Apprenticeship Certificate from P.A.F.

Eligible to appear in B.A. Examination.
xxvii. Diploma for Teacher of Deal (T.D) Lahore with regular C.T.
Eligible for admission to B.Ed. examination.
xxviii. P.A.F. Apprentices Certificate from P.A.F. Apprentice School (Air-Headquarters).

Intermediate Technical Group for the purpose of Commissioning only.
xxix M.Phil. Degree (six terms) Quaid-e-Azam University, Islamabad.

Post M.A./M.Sc. Degree (Higher than master Degree and will relate to Arts, Science subjects.
xxx. Associate Engineer Diploma (3-year) from Government Polytechnic Institutes.

F.A./F.Sc. for admission to B.S./B.Sc. examination and class.
xxxi M.A. (Religion) degree from University of Sindh.

M.A. Islamiyat.
xxxii. Certificate of Medical School to Technology national Health Laboratory.

Intermediate Science (Medical Technology).
xxxiii. Diploma of fine Arts from national College of Arts, lahore.

Eligible for admission to fine Art only.
xxxiv. Shahadat-i-Almia (Ijaza IV Examination) of Jamia Islamia, Bahawalpur.

Equivalent to B.A. Pass Course Examination.
xxxv. Intermediate Exam. Conducted by Armed Forces Board of Board of Higher Education, G.H.Q. Rawalpindi.
Eligible to appear in Post- Intermediate Examination.
xxxvi. M.A. Degree (Islamic Learning) University of Karachi.
M.A. Islamiyat.
xxxvii. D.Com. of Board of Technical Education/BISE

Intermediate (Arts) for admission to B.A.
xxxviii. B.Sc. Medical Technology of the Jinnah Post-graduate Medical Centre, University of Karachi.
Equivalent to B.Sc. (Candidate possessing this degree is eligible for admission to MBBS.
xxxix. Diploma of Intermediate school of Islamabad (Grade-12).

F.A/F.Sc. level in Pakistan
xl. B.B.A.
B.Com.
xli. M.B.A.
M.Com.
xlii. All degree/diplomas/ Certificates from Allama Iqbal Open University.

All corresponding Degree/ Diplomas/Certificates.
xliii. B.A. Degree of Naval Headquarters Pakistan.

Bachelor of Arts.
xliv. M.Sc.
M.B.B.S. for the purpose of admission to M.Phil. Course
xlv. M.B.B.S. degree from Medical College of Pakistan.

Eligible for admission to M.phil. in Bio-medical Sciences only.
xlvi. Certificate of Medical Technology, N.H.L.

Equivalent to Intermediate Science Medical Technology.
xlvii. "Ashahada-ul-almiyya, Fil-Uloomil Islamia".
a. Ashahdat-ul-Fazeela, Sanad awarded by Wafaqul Madaris.

b. Ashahadat-ul-Raragh, Sanad awarded by Tanzemul-Madaris. "Ashahadat-ul-Almiyya, Fil-Ulloomil Islamia"
c. Asjajadat-ul-Alia, Sanad awarded by Liwahedat-ul-Salfia (Ahel-Hadis).
d. Sultan-ul-Afazil, Sanad awarded by Wafaq-ul-Madaris (Shia). After DORA-E-HADITH.
e. Ashadat-ul-Almiyya, Fil- Uloomil Arabia-wal-islamia Sanad awarded by Jamia Ashrafia, Lahore
Equivalent to M.A. in Arabic/Islamic Studies, for the purpose of teaching.
Arabic and Islamic Studies in colleges/Universities in Arabic and Islamic Studies and for pursuing higher Studies in
Arabic & Islamic Studies. For employment in other fields other than teaching, the holder of such sanad will require to
qualify in to additional subjects other than Arabic and Islamic Studies at B.A. level plus compulsory subject of Islamic
Studies and Pakistan Studies at B.A. level.
xlviii. Degree of Board of Islamic Institute (Wafaqul Madarass-e-Arabia Multan).
Equivalent to M.A. Islamic Studies for the purpose of employment provided the student holding this degree passed
B.A. English Examination only.
xlix. Haqqania
-- do --
l. Apprenticeship Certificate of Pakistan Air Force.

Permitted to appear in B.A. Examination.
li. Diploma for Teacher for the deaf (T.D.) awarded by the Training College for Teacher of the Deaf, Lahore.
Certificate of Teaching (C.T.) for the purpose of admission to B.Ed. Exam. for private candidates subject to fulfillment
of other conditions prescribed for the examination.
lii. Holders of M.A. Social Work and M.A. Social Anthropology Degree.
Sufficiently qualified to teach Sociology at degree classes.
liii. Holders of M.A. degree in International Relational.

Sufficiently qualified to teach Pakistan Studies degree colleges.
liv. C.T. (Agro-Technical).

C.T. (General) for the purpose of appearing in B.Ed. Exam. privately. Subject to fulfillment of other conditions.
lv. Bachelor of Technology (Pass Course) from Govt. College of Technology, Peshawar.
B.Sc. Degree.
lvi. B. Pharmacy (Four-year after F.Sc.) Degree from Peshawar University.

Eligible for admission to M.Phil. & for appointment as Lecturer in the concerned department.
lvii. Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree from National College of Arts, Lahore.
B.A. Degree of the Peshawar University.
lviii. Diploma of Graduation from Murree Christen School.

HSSC/Intermediate of Pakistan.
lviv. LL.B. (Shairah) from International islamic University, Islamabad.

Recognised by Peshawar University.
lx. B.A. (Hons) Usul-ud-Din from International Islamic University, Islamabad.

-- do --
lxi. B.Sc. (Hons) Economics from International Islamic University, Islamabad.

-- do --
lxii. B.Com. Degree from Allama Iqbal Open University Islamabad.
B.Com. of Peshawar Univ.
lxiii. M.Sc. in Economics from International Islamic University, Islamabad.

Recognised by Peshawar University.
lxiv. Ph.D. in Economics from International Islamic University, Islamabad.

-- do --
lxv. B.Sc. Chemical Engineering (1st Div.) holder for appointment as a Lecturer in Fuel Technology and Material
Science Department.
Eligible for appointment as Lecturer. However, suitability for any factual post is determined by the employer.
lxvi. M.Sc. Geography Degree Holders.

Eligible for appointment as Instructor/Lecturer for the purpose of teaching Pakistan Studies at the Intermediate and
B.A. levels.
lxvii. Diploma Holders in Advance Training Programme, Pakistan Air Force.

Equivalent to Intermediate for the purpose of taking B.A. Examination.
lxviii. M.Sc. and Ph.D. in Botany, Zoology, Agriculture, Physical Science and Natural Sciences.
M.Sc. Forestry.
lxviv. Graduate Degree from Command and Staff College.

For the purpose of admission to an M.A. course /Examination.
lxx. LL.M. (Shairah) from International Islamic University, Islamabad.

May be considered for the purpose of advance increments.
lxxi. Al-Shahadat-ul-Alimiya Fil-Uloomi Arabic Wal Islamia after Dore Hadith from Darul Uloom Muhammadia
Ghousia Bhera (District Sargodha).
Equivalent to M.A. in Arabic and Islamic Studies for the purpose of teaching /higher education and employment.
lxxii. Diploma in Qada awarded by International Islamic University, Islamabad.

Post Graduate Diploma in Law, higher in status than Ll.B. but not equivalent to LL.M.
lxxiii. Alshahadat-ul-Almiyyah Fil-Uloomil Arabbiyah Wal Islamia awarded by Rabitatul Madarisal Islamia Lahore.
The holders of such Sanad may be allowed to appear in Arabic Examinations provided the holder of such Sanads
completed 8 years studies in recognised Islamic Institution.
29.
Philippine
i. Colliague-e-la Milgrosa Sarsogan Philippine Degree in Elementary Education (B.Sc. Education).
For admission to post-graduate classes.
ii. Master in Management from ASIAN Institute of Management Manila.

Master of business Administration Degree of the University of Peshawar.
iii. B.Sc. Degree in Nursing from Central Phillopines University.

B.Sc. from Pakistan.
30.
Poland
M.A. Economics (Scpis) Warsa.
M.A. Economics of Pakistan.
31.
Qatar
General Secondary Education Certificate (Scientific Section) Ministry of Education Youth Welfare.
Intermediate (Pre-Medical).
32.
Sudan
i. Higher Secondary Education 12th Year Course from Sudan School.
Intermediate for admission to B.Sc. (Hons) Part-I Geology.
ii. Sudan School Certificate.

F.Sc. for the purpose of admission to B.Sc. Forestry.
iii. Taksess-Fe-Taleem Al-Ghatta-ul Arabia (Specialization in Arabic Language and Literature) of Khartoum
Institute for preparing Specialists in Teaching of Arabic Khartoum.
M.Ed./M.A.
iv. High Secondary School Certificate, Sudan Secondary School Certificate.

F.Sc.
v. Secondary School Certificate.

Intermediate Certificate for the purpose of admission to B.A. 3rd Year Class.
33.
Saudi Arabia
i. Saudi Arabia Liasance of Ale-Kul-Liyyat Us Shari of Jamiat-ul-Madina.
B.A./B.Th. Course for admission to M.A. (prev.) Islamiyat.
ii. General Secondary Education Certificate Examination (Science Group) Scientific Section.
Intermediate Examination Certificate for admission to B.A./B.Sc. 3rd Year class.
iii. Tawjihi & Baccalaurate Certificate of Middle East Arab Country.

i. Intermediate.
ii. One-Year deficiency course may be prescribed for candidates for admission to 1st Year Degree Course in
various subjects.
iv. Bachelor Degree in Administration, Science Riyadh.

B.A. and allowed for M.A. Examination.
v. Bachelor Degree in Sociology (Liassance) Riyadh.

-- do --
vi. Majestere (M.A.) in Dawa and Ihtisab from Islamic University Madiana.
M.A. Islamiyat for the purpose of admission to Ph.D. in Fiqah.
vii. Tawjihi Certificate of Saudi Arabia.

Intermediate Examination in general and professional subject to the completion of one year orientation remedial course
conducted by the Saudi Arabia Cultural Office for those students who wish to join Medical College and English
Proficiency Courses in case of others.
viii B.A. Degree in Arabic Language, Literature and Education (King Abdul Aziz University Makkah).
Bachelor of Arts.
ix. B.A. (Liassance) Degree from Faculty of Usul-Din Islamic University of Imam Mohammad Ibn Saud, Riyadh,
Saudi Arabia in the subject of "Faith" and contemporary religions.
B.A. Degree of Pakistan.
x. B.A. (Liassance) in the subject of "Quran and its Sciences" from the Faculty of "Usul-Din" Islamic University
of Imam Mohammad Ibn Saud, Saudi Arabia.
xi. B.A. (Liassance) from the Faculty of Preaching from the University of Madina Munawara.
xii. Shahadtul bikalorious Fi Shariatah from Islamic University Imam Mohammad Bin Saud.
Equivalent to B.A.
xiii M.S. Degree in Chemistry from King Fahad University.

May be superior, but not equivalent to M. Phil.
xiv. Bachelor Degree in Islamic Studies from Faculty of Arts and Humanities, King Abdul Aziz University.
B.A. Degree of the Peshawar University.
xv. Bachelor Degree in Library Science and Information from King Abdul Aziz University, Jaddah.
Equivalent to corresponding degree from Pakistan.
34.
SEATO
Graduate School of Engineering Master Degree in Engineering.
master Degree for the purpose of employment.
35.
Sharjah
International baccalaureate Diploma from International School of Chouiefat.
36.
Singapore
i. G.C.E. Ordinary level from Singapore (5 Passes).
SSC/Matric of Pakistan.
ii. G.C.E. Advance level (3 passes) from Singapore.

iii. G.C.E. advance level in two subjects from Singapore with SSC of Pakistan.
37.
Somalia
i. B.A. Degree from Jaamacadda Ummadda Soomaaliyeed.
B.A. Degree of Peshawar University.
ii. Secondary School Leaving Certificate from Afgoye Agriculture Secondary School.
HSSC/Inter. level which would normally be required for admission to B.Sc. in Forestry.
iii. Secondary School Leaving Certificate from Shabelle Secondary School and Forestry and Wildlife Certificate
from Afogye forestry and Wildlife Training Centre.
Eligible for admission to B.Sc. Forestry Course.
iv. B.Com. & M.B.A. Degree awarded by Somali National University.

B.Com. & M.B.A. Degree of Peshawar University.
v. Laruea in Economics from Somali National University.

B.A. Degree of Peshawar University.
vi. B.Sc. Degree from Somalia.

B.Sc. corresponding degree in Pakistan Universities.
vii. Secondary School Leaving certificate from Ministry of Education.

HSSC/Intermediate (provided it is awarded after 12 years).
38.
South Africa
Senior Matric Mrauick II from University of South Africa.
For admission to B.A. 3rd year class.
39.
Sri Lanka
G.G.E. (Ordinary Level) 10 years duration of Royal College and St. Anthony College Kandy.
Matric of B.I.S.E.
40.
Spain
Bachelor of Arts in Economics Takushuan, University.
Bachelor of Arts.
41.
Sudan
i. Bachelor of Arts from the University of Khartoum.
ii. Technical Secondary School Certificate from Ministry of Education.

iii. Bachelor of Arts in History (Single Major) from University of Khartoum.

Equivalent to the corresponding degree of Peshawar University.
iv. B.Sc. (General) Degree in Chemistry and Zoology from University of Khartoum.
B.Sc. from Pakistan.
v. B.A. Degree in Psychology and Arabic from University of Khartoum.
B.A. of Pakistan Universities for admission to M.A. Class.
vi. Higher Technical School Certificate.

I.Com/Intermediate from Pakistan.
vii. 3 years Diploma in Agro-Forestry from Khartoum polytechnic college of Agriculture Studies Shambat
Khartoum.
Eligible for admission to B.Sc. Forestry.
viii Diploma of Specialization in Arabic Language and Literature from Khartoum International Institute.
M.A. from Pakistan.
ix. Secondary School Certificate from Ministry of Education.

Equivalent to Intermediate of Pakistan for the purpose of admission to B.A./B.Sc.
42.
Syria
i. General Secondary (Science) Education Certificate of Syria.
For admission to 1st Year Engineering class.
ii. Two years Diploma in Forestry from Arabic Institute for Forestry & Range Management Boga-Latakia.
Eligible for admission to B.Sc. Forestry.
43.
Tanzania
Diploma in forestry (three years after passing 12 Grade (F.Sc.).
B.Sc. Forestry.
44.
Thailand.
i. Mattyam 8th from Islamia College of Thailand.
Equivalent to Intermediate for admission to 3rd year Arts.
ii. Secondary Education Vocational Course of Technical Institute.

iii. B.A. in Archaeology degree from University of Arts Thailand.

For admission to M.A. (Previous) Archaeology.
iv. 12th Year Grade of Secondary School of Study Ruamrude of Secondary School of Study Ruamrudee
International School, Bangkok.
Equivalent to Intermediate.
45.
Turkey
i. Middle East Tech. Universities Ankara Degree.
B.Sc. Engineering.
ii. T.E.D.College Ankara Lise III

For admission to 3rd year B.A./B.Sc.
iii. Mohammad-al-Ulmal Sharieh, Turkey.
B.A. degree for admission to M.A. (Prev.) Islamiyat.
iv. Ph.D. Ankara University.

Ph.D.
v. High School Diploma Ministry of Public Education Youth and Sport.

46.
U.A.E.
Secondary School Certificate, Ministry of Education.
47.
U.A.R.
i. Al-Azhar University Cairo, Al-Shahadat-ul-Alia.
M.A. Arabic/M.A. Islamiyat.
ii. Diploma Examination from Police College.

For admission to M.A. Arabic Previous class.
iii. Agriculture Secondary Education Diploma from Ministry of Education, Egypt.

HSSC (Intermediate).
48.
United Kingdom
i. Cambridge School Certificate Examination.
Equivalent to 1st Year.
ii. Oxford School Certificate Examination.

-- do --
iii. B.A. Degree (2nd class Hons) in Business Studies from College of N.A.A. (U.K.).
B.A. degree for admission to LL.B. (Previous) class.
iv. B.Sc. degree (3rd year Hons) from Aston University U.K.
B.Sc. (Hons).
v. University of London, Matriculation.

Equivalent to First Year.
vi. Cambridge High School Certificate.

vii. G.C.E.London (Ordinary Level)

Equivalent to Matric Exam.
viii G.C.E. London (Advance Level)

ix. Diploma in Diesel Engineering British Institute of Engineering and Technology Kensington.
For admission to 1st Year Engineering class.
x. General Certificate of Education (overseas) University of London.

F.Sc. (Pre-Medical).
xi. B.A./B.Sc. from University of London.

B.A./B.Sc.
xii. Cambridge High School Certification (5 Units).

For admission to 1st Year Engineering Class.
xiii Academic Diploma in Education from Institute of London University.

B.Ed. Examination.
xiv. G.C.E. High Cambridge School Certificate Examination.

Equivalent to Intermediate if it is qualified.
xv. B.A.(Hons) Susex University.

M.A. International Relations.
xvi. G.C.E. (A) Local Examination Syndicate, University of Cambridge.

Intermediate.
xvii. B.Sc. degree (with 3rd class Hons) from Auston University in Birmingham U.K.
B.Sc. (Hons) from Pakistan Universities.
xviii. B.A. degree (with 2nd class Hons) in Business Studies awarded by the Council for National Awards (U.K.)
B.A. Degree for admission to LL.B. (Previous) class.
xix. High School Graduation Diploma (12th Grade) Marymount International School Surrey, England.
xx. Advanced Diploma of Association of Business Executive.

B.Com. Part-II.
xxi. Master Degree from Schiller International University (London Campus).

Master Degree of the University of Peshawar.
xxii SC/GCE Ò' Level in 7 subjects and GCE À' level in 2 subjects from University of Cambridge, London.
49.
U.S.A.
i. High Land School California, High School Diploma.
Recognized for admission to 3rd Year B.A.
ii. High School State of Hawaii 12 Grade.

For admission to 3rd year Arts.
iii. Grinell College, Grinell Graduate Degree Lowa, U.S.A.

For admission to M.A. (Previous) English.
iv. Associate Degree in Data Processing.

B.A. (Pass).
v. B.A. Degree Augustana College, Sioux Falls, South Dokota, USA.

B.A. Degree for the purpose of admission to M.A. English (Previous) class.
vi. Sacremenate Senior High School 12th Grade Lova, USA.

Intermediate for admission to 3rd Year B.A./B.Sc.
vii. Degree of Association of Arts (Business) from Allan Honcock College Santa, California Maria.
B.A. Degree for admission to M.A. Economics.
viii 12th Grade Diploma from Americal School of Foundation, Mexico.

Intermediate.
ix. Higher School Graduation.

x. High School Diploma.

xi. Associate of General Studies Degree from Miami Dade Community College Miami, Florida, U.S.A.
B.A. (Pass) Degree from Pakistan.
xii. Diploma Examination from Kansas State High School.

Equivalent to HSC (Humanities Group).
xiii Associate in Applied Science Degree from Lincoln College (An Illinois Easter Community College) USA
issued after two years of Passing High School.
xiv. B.Sc. Degree in Business Administration from California State University.

Equivalent to corresponding B.A./B.Sc. Degree awarded by Pakistani Universities.
xv. High School Diploma Course from South Port Land High School Maine.
Equivalent to HSC/Inter. of Pakistan.
50.
U.S.S.R.
i. Diploma of Industrial and Civil Engineering.
M.Sc. Degree of the University of Peshawar in the relevant subject.
ii. Diploma (Degree of Master of Art in History from Patrice Lumumba Pectiles Friendship University, Moscow).
Equivalent to that of M.A./ M.Sc. etc.
51.
Yemen
i. Secondary School Certificate (Scientific Section) Ministry of Education, Yemen Arab Republic.
F.Sc.
ii. Secondary School Certificate Examination.

Secondary School Certificate Examination.
iii. B.A. Degree from Sana University.

Equivalent to B.A. Degree of Peshawar University.
UNIVERSITY OFFICERS SINCE INCEPTION
VICE CHANCELLORS
1. Sh. M. Taimur
2. Prof. M. Razi-ud-Din Siddiqui
3. Col. M.K. Afridi
4. Ch. Mohammad Ali
5. Prof. Abdul Hashim Khan
6. Mr. Abdul Ali Khan
7. Dr. G.M. Khattak
8. Prof. Muhammad Ismail Sethi
9. Sahibzada Mohammad Zubair
10. Dr. Rashid Ahmad Khan Tahirkheli (S.I.)
11. Prof. Dr. Abdul Matin Khan
12. Prof. Dr. Mohammad Anwar Khan
13. Maj. Gen. (R) Khurshid Ali Khan
14. Prof. Dr. Farzand Ali Durrani, (S.I.)
15. Prof. Abdul Ghafoor
16. Prof. Dr. M. Qasim Jan (S.I.)

REGISTRARS
1. Prof. S. Minhaj-ud-Din
2. Prof. Abdul Hashim Khan
3. Mr. M. Ahmad Hassan
4. Lt. Col. Faiz Ullah Khattak
5. Prof. Zia-ud-Din
6. Dr. Abdus Sabuh Qasimi
7. Dr. M. Anwar Khan
8. Prof. S. Hassan Shah
9. Prof. Abdus Sattar Khan
10. Dr. Noor-ul-Islam Mian
11. Mr. Abdus Sadiq
12. Mr. Yousaf Ali Khan
13. Mr. Iftikhar Hussain Khan
14. Dr. Shakeel Ahmad
15. Mr. Fazli Hamid
16. Mr. Sherin Zada Khattak

TREASURERS
2. Mr. M.A. Khan
3. Dr. Mohammad Nazir
4. Mr. Mohammad Aslam Khan
5. Mr. Iftikhar Hussain Khan
6. Prof. Abdul Malik Hashmi
7. Mr. Rashid Ahmad Saleh
8. Mr. Khan Badshah
9. Mr. Naimatullah Abid
CONTROLLERS OF EXAMINATIONS
2. Mr. Inayat Ullah Khan
3. Mr. S. M. Shaukat
4. Mr. Abdus Sadiq
5. Mr. Mohammad Hadi
6. Dr. Haroon-ur-Rashid
7. Mr. Ahmad Ali
8. Mr. Mohammad Islam
9. Prof. Muhammad Kamal
10. Prof. Dr. Muhammad Javed Khan

EMERITUS PROFESSORS
1. Dr. Razi-ud-Din Siddiqui
2. Dr. Omar Hayat Malik
3. Lala Abdul Rahim Niazi
4. Dr. Noor Ahmad Khan
5. Prof. U. Durrani
6. Prof. A. Majid Mian
7. Prof. Jalal-ud-Din Khilji
8. Prof. A. Hashim Khan

SENIORITY LIST OF ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICER OF
THE UNIVERSITY OF PESHAWAR AS ON
S.NO.
NAME
POST PRESENTLY HELD
DATE OF BIRTH
Date of initial appointment BPS and post
Date of present substantive apptt post and BPS
1.
Mr. Iftikhar Hussain
Director Admn.
15.6.1953
28.11.1981
BPS-18 Dy. Treasurer
2.
Mr. Ajmal Khan
Provost
12.9.1949
13.12.1981
BPS-18 Dy. Provost
3.
Dr. Hafiz Sanaullah
Director(P&D)
22.3.1952
1.3.1971
BPS-5 Asstt Librarian
4.
Mr. Sherin Zada Khattak
Registrar
1.3.1955
29.11.1981
BPS-17 Asst Provost
5.
Mr. Muhammad Islam
5.4.1950
21.2.1987
BPS-17 Lecturer
6.
Mr. Naimatullah Abid
Treasurer
7.
Mr. Sikandar Khan
Admn. Officer
8.
Mr. Mohammad Shafi
Dy.Controller Examinations
24.5.1951
1.9.1986
BPS-17 Lecturer
9.
Mr. Muhammad Usman Ali
Dy. Registrar (Acad)
18.4.1959
1.7.1990
BPS-17 Asstt Controller
10.
Mr. Sher Bahader
Dy.Controller Examinations
25.10.1956
1.7.1981
BPS-5 Jr. Clerk
11.
Mr. Zahid Gul
Asstt Treasurer
3.3.1964
1.7.1990
BPS-17 Asstt Treasurer
12.
Mr. Ishtiaqullah Khan
Asstt Registrar (P&D)
27.5.1964
1.7.1990
13.
S. Fazli Hadi
Asstt Provost
13.3.1962
13.1.1992
14.
Mr. Muhammad Shahid
Asstt Controller (Degree)
5.4.1964
13.1.1992
15.
Ms. Shaheen Akhtar
Asstt Provost
1.1.1957
18.10.1992
BPS-17 Asstt Provost
16.
Mrs. Aisha Suleman
Asstt Treasurer
12.11.1970
27.6.1995
BPS-17 Asstt Treasurer
DIRECTORATE OF SPORTS
17.
Mr. Bahar-e-Karam
Asstt. Director (Sports)
16.11.1967
22.11.1993
BPS-17 Asstt Director Sports
DIRECTORATE OF WORKS
18.
Mr. Saleem Elahi Malik
X.E.N. (Electricity)
12.4.1944
1.7.1979
BPS-17 SDO(E)
19.
Mr. Muhammad Sajjad
S.D.O.(Civil)
10.5.1961
30.3.1992
BPS-17 SDO(Civil)
CHILD WELFARE CENTER
20.
Dr. Mrs. Saboohi Ahmed
Deputy Medical officer
10.8.1953
10.4.1978
BPS-17 Dy Medical Officer
As amended by "The Peshawar University Amendment Act, 1953 - Act No. XI of 1953".
"The Peshawar University Amendment Act 1952 - Act II of 1952" changed the name "The Peshawar
University" to "University of Peshawar".
As amended by "The Peshawar University Amendment Act, 1952".
Added by "The University of Peshawar (Amendment) Act 1955 - Act No. I of 1955".
As amended by "The Peshawar University Amendment Act, 1952 - Act II of 1952".
As amended by the University of Peshawar (Amendment) Act, 1954 - Act XV of 1954".
As adopted under the West Pakistan (Adaptation of Laws) order 1955.
As amended by the University of Peshawar (Amendment) Act-Act XV of 1954.
As amended by the University of Peshawar (Amendment) Act-Act XV of 1954.
As amended by "the Peshawar University Act - Act No. V of 1951".
(3)Deleted by the Peshawar University (Amendment) Act No.V of 1951.
Deleted by the Peshawar University (Amendment) Act No.V of 1951.
Approved by Governor NWFP vide letter No.SO(UE)20-28/82 dated 22.9.1985.
(W.P.U.) (Amendment) Ordinance 1962.
(xiii) "to supervise and control the residence, extra-curricular activities and discipline of the students of the
University and affiliated colleges, make arrangements for promoting their health and general welfare; and to ensure the
undesirable persons do not take advantage of or otherwise exploit any association of students for extra-curricular or
other activities".
(xiii-a) to frame rules for taking disciplinary action including the imposition of penalties of rustication and expulsion
in relation to students of the University or of the affiliated colleges".
Amended by the University of Peshawar (Amendment Act, 1963).
W.P.U. (Amendment Ordinance, 1962).
Amendment of the University of Peshawar, employees (Efficiency and Discipline) University Ordinance,
1961.
Amendment of the University of Peshawar (E&D) Ordinance, 1961.
Amendment of the University of Peshawar (E&D) Ordinance, 1961.
Preamble.
Short title.
Amendment of West Pakistan Ordinance XXIII of 1961.
Amendment of the University of Peshawar Employees (Efficiency and Discipline University Ordinances,
1961.
Short title and commencement.
Insertion of section 46-A in West Pakistan Ordinance XXIII of 1961. W.P.U. (Amendment Ordinance 1962
Amendment of the University of Peshawar Employees (Efficiency and Discipline Ordinances, 1961).
This Ordinance replaces section-34 to 40 of the Service Ordinance 1963. The revised Ordinance was passed
by the Syndicate on 4.9.1973 and assented to by the Chancellor on 2.10.1973.
The sub-section (4) and (5) added in Section-7 through NWFP Universities (Amendment) Ordinance, 1980.
(Amendment made by the Governor received vide letter No.S.O.(UE)19-18/85 dated 2-3-1987).
Amendment made through the NWFP Universities (Amendment) Act No VII 1985, as per Annexure-I, (Page
145)
Amendment made through the NWFP Universities (Amendment) Ordinance No. III of 1992, as per annexure-
II (Page 147).
Amendments made through the NWFP Universities (Amendment Ordinance 1980 and University of
Peshawar (Amendment) Ordinance, 1981.
Additions made through Act of 1985 (Reference SO(UE)20-49/85 dated 10.12.1985 from Education
Department NWFP).
Omitted through NWFP University (Amendment) Ordinance, 1983.
Approved by the Chancellor, vide letter No. S.O.(U.E.)20-1/78/79, dated 15-2-79.
Approved by the Chancellor, vide letter No. S.O.(U.E.)20-1/78-79, dated 15-2-79.
Approved by the Chancellor, vide letter No. S.O.(U.E.)20-1/78-79, dated 15-2-79.
Approved by the Chancellor, vide letter No. S.O.(U.E.)20-1/83-111, dated 5.5.83.
Approved by the Chancellor, vide letter No. 2783-S-I(A)/75-GS dated 29.8.1975.
Approved by Chancellor, vide letter No. 2067-S.I.(A)/76-Gs, dated 10.6.1976.
Approved by the Chancellor, vide letter No. 2067 S-I(A) 1760GS dated 10.6.1976.
Approved by the Chancellor vide letter No. S.O(U.E)20-1/78-79 dated 15.2.1979.
(Recommended by Syndicate on 5.12.1990 and approved by the Senate on 17.12.1990).
Approved by the Senate on 7.1.1992.
Approved by the Chancellor vide letter No. S.O.(U.E.) 20-1/78-79 dated February 15, 1979.
Note: * Approved by the Chancellor vide letter No. 2067 S-I(A) 176-G.S. dated June 10, 1976
Approved by the Chancellor vide letter No. 2835/S-1(A) GS dated 7.8.1977.
Approved by the Chancellor vide letter No. S.O.(U.E.) 20-1/78-79 dated February 15, 1979.
Approved by the Chancellor vide letter No. 4350 S-1.(a)/76-GS dated 15th December, 1976.
Approved by the Chancellor vide letter No. S.O.(UE)20-1/83 dated 18.4.1987.
Approved by the Chancellor vide letter No. 1175/S-II-I(a)/77-GS dated 23.3.1977.
This amendment will be effective from 1.3.1978. Approved by the Chancellor vide letter No.S.O.(UE)20-1-
78/79 dated 15.2.1979.
Approved by the Chancellor vide letter No. 2835/SI(a)/77-GS dated August 7, 1977.
Approved by the Chancellor vide letter No. 2835/SI(a)/77-GS dated August 7, 1977.
Approved by the Chancellor vide letter No. S.O.(UE)20-1/78-79 dated 15.2.1979.
Approved by the Chancellor vide letter No. S.O.(UE)20-1/78-79 dated 5.2.1979.
Approved by the Chancellor vide S.O. letter No. 3811 S-I(a) G.S/76 dated November 15, 1976.
Approved by the Chancellor vide letter No. S.O. (UE) 20-1/78-79 dated February 15, 1979.
Approved by the Chancellor vide letter No. S.O.(U.E.)20-1/78-79, dated 15th February, 1979.
For Islamia College the present incumbent has been allowed NPS 17 (Rs.900-50-1150/60-1750) as personal
grade w.e.f. 30.6.1977.
Approved by Chancellor vide letter No. S.O. (UE) 20-1/78-79 dated 15th February, 1979.
Approved by Chancellor vide letter No. S.O. (UE) 20-1/78-79 dated 15th February, 1979.
1. (ii) Rs.625-40-825/50-1325(NPS-16)from 1.5.1977(vide Chancellor's letter NO.(UE)20-1/78-
79, 15.2.1979
2. (ii) 900-50-1150/60-1750 (NPS-17) from 1.5.1977 (vide Chancellor letter No. S.O.(UE)20-1/78-
79, 15.2.1979
Approved by Chancellor vide letter No. S.O. (UE) 20-1/78-79 dated 15.2.1979.
For Medical Officer NPS-19 (Rs.2250-100-2750) has been allowed as personal grade w.e.f. 30.6.1977 to the
present incumbent of Female Dispensary and Child Welfare Centre.)
(Approved by Chancellor vide letter No. S.O. (UE) 20-1/78-79 dated 15.2.1979).
Deleted by Chancellor vide letter No. S.O. (UE) 20-1/78-79 dated 15.2.1979.
Approved by Chancellor vide letter No. S.O. (UE) 20-1/78-79 dated 15.2.1979).
Notification No. 8511/Acad-1, dated 24.7.1991.
Approved by the Chancellor vide letter No. S.O. (UE) 20-1/83-III, dated 5.5.83.
Notification No. 8511/Acad-I, dated 24.7.1991.
Approved by the Chancellor vide letter No. S.O. (UE) 20-1/78-79, dated 15.2.1979.
These addition will be effective from 1.3.1972.
Approved by the Chancellor vide letter No. S.O. (UE) 20-4/80/K.C-III, dated 29.4.1981.
Approved by the Chancellor vide letter No. 2835/S-1(a)/77-GS dated August 7, 1977.
* University of Peshawar (Class-III and Class-IV Employees) National Scales of Pay Rules 1972.
Approved by the Chancellor vide letter No. S.O.(UE) 20-1/78-79 dated 15.2.979.
Approved by the Chancellor vide letter No. 8417/S-I(a)/76-GS dated 15th July, 1976.
Approved by the Syndicate vide proceedings of its meeting held on 7.11.1978.
Approved by the Chancellor vide S.O. letter No. 4203 S-I(a)/76-GS dated 7th December, 1976. In case Pesh-
e-Imams obtain qualifications comparable to that of teacher in N.P.S. 10 they will be granted the same also.
In case Pesh-e-Imams obtain qualifications comparable to that of teacher in N.P.S. 10 they will be granted the
same grade. (Approved by the Chancellor vide S.O. letter No. 4203 S-I(a)/76-GS dated 7.12.76).
This scale is admissible to those drivers who were appointed before 1.6.1974. This addition will be effective
from 1.3.1972, but no arrears shall be paid prior to 1.8.1973. (Approved by the Chancellor vide letter No.
2835/S.I(a)/77-GS dated 7th August, 1977).
Approved by the Chancellor vide memo No. 2835/S-1(a)/77-GS, dated 7.8.1977.
(Approved by the Chancellor vide letter No. S.O.(U.E.)70-1/83-III, dated 5.5.83.
Approved by the Syndicate on 27.10.1983.
The word appearing in paragraph-2 of NWFP Finance Deptt's letter No. FD (PRD)1-1/86 - VOL VI dated
17.3.1986 have been substituted vide Register, University of Peshawar Endst No. 19926-20076/F-1/A-1/Estt dated
25.9.1995.
Amendment approved by the Syndicate on 31.1.1978.
Approved by the Chancellor vide Government of N.W.F.P. education department notification No. SO (U.E.) 1-
9/89, dated 3.5.1992.
Approved by the Syndicate in its meeting held on 25.6.1994.
Approved by: 1. A.C. on 19.11.1983.
2. Syndicate on 18.2.1984.
Form No SF-2 in Superintendent's file.
Form No. S.F.- 12 in Superintendent's file.
Form No. S.F.- 6 in Superintendent's file.
A certificate to be issued to this effect by the Head of Educational
Institution (that the financial resources of the Education Institution are
sufficient for making due provision for continued maintenance and efficient
working of the Educational Institution.

Calander University of Peshawar

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Calander University of Peshawar

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

THE CALENDAR OF

UNIVERSITY OF PESHAWAR 2000.

CONTENTS Page No.

ACTS AND ORDINANCES

i) The University of Peshawar Act-1950. 1

i) The University of Peshawar Service Statutes, 1977. 134

RULES AND REGULATIONS

i) The University of Peshawar Leave Rules 1977. 344

PROCEDURE AND GENERAL

i) The University of Peshawar Terms and Vacations. 524

Says Henry Martin in 1922:

1. Mr. M. Ahmad, Chief Secretary to Government, NWFP.

Growing from a "three-classroom campus: in 1950 to a full-fledged institution spreading over a

West Frontier Province, to be known as the

WHEREAS it is expedient to establish and incorporate a residential teaching and affiliating

Short title, extent, and commencement

In this Act, unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context:-

(b) "Academic Council" means the Academic Council of the University;

(c) "Faculty" means a Faculty of the University;

(h) "Principal" means the head of a Degree College;

(k) "Senate" means Senate of the University;

(m) "Syndicate" means the Syndicate of the University;

(n) "University" means the University of Peshawar;

(o) "University Department" means any Collegiate institution or post-graduate research

5. The University Incorporation:

6. Powers of the University:

7. Admission to the University:

10. Officers of the University:

The following shall be the officers of the University:-

(1) The Chancellor.

11. The Chancellor:

11-A. The Pro-Chancellor:

12. The Vice-Chancellor:

13. Powers and duties of the Vice-Chancellor:

15. Other Officers:

16. Authorities of the University:

17. The Senate:

21. Power and Duties of the Syndicate:

22. Academic Council:

24. Other Authorities:

25. University Boards:

26. First Statutes:

28. Statutes how initiated and made:

(a) The admission of students to the University.

32. Hall and Residence:

34. Admission to University Courses:

36. Annual Report:

37. Annual Accounts:

38. Withdrawal of Degrees:

39. Chancellor's power of removal from membership of University:

40. Chancellor to decide validity of appointment etc:

41. Appeal to Chancellor:

42. Composition of Committee:

43. Casual Vacancies:

44. Vacancy not to render Act invalid:

45. Appointments to be by Contract:

46. Disputes to be referred to arbitration:

47. Pension and Provident Fund:

48. Protection of Acts and Orders:

51. Appointment of First Vice-Chancellor:

52. First appointment of University Staff:

53. Extraordinary powers of first Vice-Chancellor:

The Vice-Chancellor appointed under Section 52 shall have powers:-